Skip to main content

Search

UPLOAD
SIGN UP | LOG IN

BOOKS

VIDEO

AUDIO

SOFTWARE

IMAGES
Sign up for free
Log in
Search metadata
Search text contents
Search TV news captions
Search radio transcripts
Search archived web sites
Advanced Search
ABOUT BLOG PROJECTS HELP DONATE CONTACT JOBS VOLUNTEER PEOPLE
Full text of "Deeper Insights Into The Illuminati Formula"
See other formats
Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 1 of 296

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

rbackl

Book in chapters

Important Explanation of Contents

DEDICATION

WARNING- ft EAfo THIS BEST KEPORE READING THE

INTRODUCTION by Fritz

GLOSSARY OF HOW BASIC TERMS ARE USED IN THIS BOOK

INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER 1. SCIENCE NO. 1 - SELECTION & PREPARATION OF THE VICTIM

BREEDING GOOD SUBJECTS for HYPNOSIS-hvpnosis as it relates to selection &
preparation of the victim.

GENETICS

TRAINING THE UNBORN CHILD

COMMON ILLUMINATI WORK WITH TWINS

SELECTION OF ADULT CANDIDATES FOR MIND-CONTROL

U.S. GOVT. MIND-CONTROL LEVEL 1. U.S. GOVT. MIND-CONTROL LEVEL 2

U.S. GOVT. MIND-CONTROL LEVEL 3. GOVT. MIND-CONTROL LEVEL 4 U.S. GOVT. MIND-CONTROL
LEVEL 5
TESTING YOI JNG CHII ,DREN TO PLAN THE PROGRAMMING.

CHAPTER 2. SCIENCE NO. 2 -THE TRAUMATIZATION & TORTURE OF THE VICTIM

DAILY ABUSE WORKS BEST FOR PROGRAMMING

ANGER-MANAGEMENT-PROGRAMMING TRAUMAS
SILENCE PROGRAMMING TRAUMAS to TEACH SILENCE

TORTURE FOR NO-WRITE PAY ATTENTION TORTURE A COMPLIANCE TORTURE - The Black Slave
Chair.
A TRAUMA TO DEVELOP ANIMAL ALTERS TRAUMA TO ISOLATE THE VICTIM

CHAPTER 3. SCIENCE NO. 3 The USE OF DRUGS

ADMINISTRATION OF DRUGS FOR PROGRAMMING

MORE PROGRAMMING DRUGS (these were not listed in the Vol.2 Formula book)

STABILIZING THE PROGRAMMING

EXTENSIVE RESEARCH DONE TO INFLUENCE HUMAN MEMORY BY DRUGS

The BASIC PHASES of MEMORY

WHAT the MIND-CONTROL PROGRAMMERS USE to MANIPULATE memory.

HIDING THE CODES

PROGRAMMING WITH LSD-25 (Lysergic Acid Diethylamide)

CHEMICALLY TRIGGERING NATURAL INSTINCTUAL DRIVES

SEXUAL STIMULATION-PROGRAMMING

THEIR ABILITY TO MANUFACTURE (SYNTHESIZE! BRAIN CHEMICALS TO MAKE MIND-CONTROL

DRUGS

CHAPTER 4. SCIENCE NO. 4 - HYPNOSIS

HYPNOSIS & the OCCULT

UNDERSTANDING THE BASICS ABOUT HYPNOSIS

THE POWER OF HYPNOSIS
UNDERSTANDING THE DEEPER MECHANICS of HYPNOSIS Intention System cognitive demon
processes

PROGRAMMING AIDS Fasting

USING HOLOGRAMS as an ACCESS AID

KEEPING THE MIND IN ALPHA STATE

PREPARING THE BRAIN

EARLY TRAINING FOR SLAVES

MAGICAL TRAINING ON THE STARLIGHT LEVEL

FINETUNING

THE MONARCH PROGRAMMING SCRIPT FOR OVER THE RAINBOW

DEEP TRANCE PROGRAMMING
COLOR PROGRAMMING

THB ASpftCTATTOM OP OOIjORPUT- SIGHTS. ROUNDS. RHYTHM & DANCE.

LIGHT & COLOR Elizabeth Clare Prophet

SPECIAL COLORS

HEALING BY CORRECT VIBRATIONS & RAYS

USING HYPNOSIS TO HEAL THE SLAVE AFTER ABUSE

REINFORCING THE PROGRAMMING WITH A DECOGNITION PROCESS

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 2 of 296

color-alpha-numeric code

MONARCH MIND-CONTROL CODES A-T

Program Codes During 1972-1976 for Dr. Green
The Illuminati.

The Network
The establishment, the System.

CHAPTER 5: SCIENCE NO. 5 - THF, SKTEE OF LYING. THE ART OF DECEIT

DECEPTION DIMINISHES POWER

PROGRAMMING DECEPTIONS
BE WISE AS SERPENTS

DISINFORMATION TO MAKE THEIR DOUBLE-AGENTS LOOK GOOD

SLEEPER AGENTS

NAMES of TYPES of DISINFORMATION AGENTS

TRICKING SUSPECTS

THE NAMES OF DECEPTION TRICKS

STANDARD DECEPTION DEVICES

MASKS

COVERS

ONE OF THE GREATEST DECEPTIONS OF ALL TIME: DISNEY

INTRODUCTION

Observations about HOW THE ILLUMINATI LIKE TO HIDE BEHIND PERFECT FRONTS.

CONTENTS IN THE DISNEY DECEPTION SECTION OF CHAPTER 5.

a. an introduction

b. an overview

c. Who was Walt Disney?

PERSONAL DETAILS
MICKEY MOUSE
OCCULT PORN KING

A possible CHRONOLOGY OF EVENTS surrounding WALT DISNEY'S ILLEGITIMATE BIRTH

WALT DISNEY’S CHARACTER

d. Who was Roy O. Disney?

e. Who is Roy E. Disney?

The battle between the two Disney factions

f. What do we know about them in general?

g. A history of Disney Harry Cohn Bank of America Bank of Italy Claude Debussy
EPCOT center

SOME DISNEY people of interest. Warren Beatty Shirley Maclaine Shirley Temple Black
Stephen Bollenbach Warren Buffett
The Tommy Dorsey Band Michael Dammann Eisner Rich H. Frank The Osmond Brothers
Michael Ovitz Frank G. Wells

h. Disney and its mob connections Some MOB HISTORY.

How the Disney Executives have figured out how to steal land all across the U.S.

i. Disney and its government connections

i. Disney and mind-control

DISNEY VACATIONS FOR THE ELITE

MELODYLAND

DISNEY ANA FOR THE PROGRAMMED & OBSESSED.

Mind-control features in Disney movies. Bette Midler

k. Detailed Script of how one Disney movie is used for programming.

SUMMARY

l. Partial List of Sources

CHAPTER 6: SCIENCE NO. 6-THE USE OF ELECTRONICS & ELECTRICITY

Section A. An Overview of the subject

Al. Where this article is headed

GLOSSARY OF TERMS FOR UNDERSTANDING ELECTRONIC MIND CONTROL

Bio-medical telemetry
EMF weapons
Psvchotronics

Remote Viewing (RV for short!

Svntel

A2. Where the NWO is headed Pvramider

Section B. An intro to implants

Bl. Three typical implant victims

B2. Documentation of implants

REFERENCE PAGE FOR UNDERSTANDING ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES & MIND-CONTROL

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 3 of 296

B3. GWEN Towers

B4. Body suits

Section C. Specific Implants

Cl. Audio implants (a. public, b. secret)

BACKGROUND INFORMATION
BRIF.F CHRONOI.OGY OF AUDIO IMPLANTS
BASICS OF HOW THE IMPLANTS CAN FUNCTION
USES OF THE IMPLANTS
TYPES OF AUDIO IMPLANTS:

Part A. Publicly admitted audio implants

Part. B. Secretly implanted audio implants COCHLEAR DENTAL AUDITORY RIDGE

C2. Body manipulation implants
C3. Visual holographic implants
HOW THEY WORK

TYPES : FIBER OPTICS ARTIFICIAL LENSES BIO-CHIPS HOLOGRAPHIC OR H-INSERT

HOLOGRAPHIC IMPLANTS VIA NANOTECHNOLOGY & NANOBOTS
C4. Memex/Brain Link implants
INTERFACE DEVICES

ORGANIC BIOPROCESSORS LINKED TO VIRUSES

PSYCHICS

C5. Torture/Nerve & Muscle Stimulation Implants

C6. Tracking & LD. Implants

Section D. Direct monitoring & manipulation of the brain/mind

Dl. Direct monitoring

TESLA WAVES USED TO READ MINDS & IMPLANT VOICES

D2. Direct manipulation

SUMMARY OF ELF WAVE MIND CONTROL CAPABILITIES

Section E. Auxiliary uses of electronics & electromagnetic waves

El. hypnotic induction
E2. polygraphs

E3. attacks against people & objects

LIQUID CRYSTALS
"ALIEN" implants
BED COILS STANDARDIZED FOR MIND-CONTROL POTENTIAL
E4. virtual reality

CHAPTER 7: THE SCIENCE OF STRUCTURING

A. STRUCTURING OF MPD WORLDS
WORKING WITH PARTS OF THE MIND
CONTROL ALTERS called PROCESSORS
BASIC DESIGNS of an ALTER SYSTEM
RINGS The Ferris-wheel subsystem MULTIPLEX
DATA ENTRY POINTS

TESTING ALTERS TO SEE IF THEY CAN BE USED.

THE SCRIPTS.

Assassination Models (Delta Models).

AUTHORITY FACTORS ARF, MAXIMIZED

ACCOUNTABILITY & ANONYMITY
Monkey Alters.

Plant alters.

Presidential Models
Prostitute Models.

Psychic models.

Reporting Alters.

Repunzel alter.

Transformation alters.

Internal Wall alters

Structuring Internal Programmer Alters.

STRUCTURING WITH THE GRAND DRUID COUNCIL.

STRUCTURING THE SHADOW ALTERS
STRUCTURING IN THE MIRRORS
STRUCTURING THE TAPESTRY
STRUCTURING THE ALTER FAMILIES BY SPINNING

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 4 of 296

CHAPTER 8: THE SCIENCE OF BODY MANIPULATION & PROGRAMMING

A. CRANIAL MANIPULATION
INTRODUCTION

CRANIAL BLOOD PRESSURE has been kept a SECRET

CEREBRAL SPINAL FLUID kept SECRET

THE CHINESE SECRET OCCULT SOCIETY CONNECTION

The ancient EGYPTIAN CONNECTION

THE TIBETAN CONNECTION

ANOTHER EXAMPLE

THE JAPANESE CONNECTION

THE EARLY EUROPEAN OCCULT CONNECTION

NINETEENTH CENTURY OCCULT CONNECTION

THE WITCHCRAFT CONNECTION Phrenology

THE MODERN AMERICAN OCCULT CONNECTION Osteopathy and chiropractic Anne L. Wales
BONE & SKULL STRUCTURE
CEREBROSPINAL FLUID

TRANSCENDENTAL MEDITATION (TM1 & the HINDU CONNECTION

The 3-in-One school Connection. Applied Kinesiology

B. GENETIC MANIPULATION
Transgenic humans Chimeras

USING RADIATION & CHEMICALS TO CHANGE GENETICS associated WITH THINKING

WHAT WE'VE COVERED

CHAPTER 9: THE SCIENCE OF MIND MANIPULATION BY PSYCHOLOGICAL PROGRAMMING METHODS:

BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION. PSYCHOLOGICAL MOTIVATION & NLP
"STRIPPED" OF FEELINGS

PROGRAMMING TO HIDE REVEALING DREAMS

PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE
EFFECTS OF PROGRAMMING
FALSE IMPLANTED MEMORIES
PERCEPTION CLOUDS MEMORY

CHAPTER 10: THE 10th SCIENCE — USING SPIRITUAL THINGS TO CONTROL A PERSON-

PART A. Intro on the importance of spiritual programming tactics.

PART B. The history of Programmed Golem
KABBALISTIC BLACK MAGIC
PART C. The 3 foundations: Loss of identity. Fear, and Demons
UNDERSTANDING THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN FEAR & DEMONS
DEMON POSSESSION & SPIRIT GUARDS
The Use of Giving Demonic Assistance to entrap.

The Use of Occult Focal Points.

DOES IT GLORIFY DEMONS TO CAST THEM OUT?

PART D. A complete Chronology of how the victim experiences the early spiritual
programming. Steps a through o. (by Cisco)
FINE-TUNED

HIDING THE INTERNAL SELF-HELPER

INTERJECT DISKS

PART E. Specific spiritual programming maneuvers

WHITE GOLD, other tefbnaatfen

CHAPTER 11: SCIENCE No. 11- INTERNAL CONTROLS

A. TEACHING OCCULT PHILOSOPHIES

B. INTERNAL COMPUTERS
Installation of the Standard Programming
Front Programs of Front Computer.

Misinformation Computers.

Beast Computer.

Programmer Access to the Computer Areas.

C. INTERNAL HIERARCHIES

THE INTERNAL HIERARCHIES form RATIONALES

CHAPTER 12 SCIENCE No. 12-EXTERNAL CONTROLS

Advertising & Trauma-based programming.

ASSET CONTROL
SURVEILLANCE.

HARASSMENT

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 5 of 296

CAR COLORS
TELEVISION

BUILDING FAMILIES AND COMMUNITIES THAT HAVE INTERWOVEN PROGRAMMING

ISOLATION

BOARDING SCHOOLS & BODY PROGRAMMING.

When awtrols fait TOP. FINAL SOLUTION.

The Programmers

APPENDIX 1 - PROGRAMMERS/RESEARCHERS

DIRTY PSYCHIATRISTS involved with MIND CONTROL

DIRTY RESEARCHERS

DIRTY TAVISTOCK CONTROLLERS

SOME OF FREEMASONRY’S MIND-CONTROL PEOPLE

REMOTE VIEWING MIND-RESEARCH

ODDS & ENDS

LIST of PROGRAMMERS (continuation from the list given in Vol. 21

A FEW random CIA/INTELLIGENCE MEN involved WITH MIND-CONTROL
Anton LaVev— Profile of a trauma-based mind-control programmer
WHAT TO LOOK FOR.

MICHAEL AQUINO, a militarv/cult mind-control programmer

HIS CAREER
PERSONAL HISTORY.

UNDERSTANDING The CHURCH OF SET

UNDERSTANDING SOME OF AQUINO'S PROGRAMMING.
BACKGROUND
SEQUELAE OF ABUSE

APPENDIX 2. THE PROGRAMMING SITES

PUBLICLY ANNOUNCED GENETIC EVENTS

Section A. The "Future Shock" that this topic subjects the common person to
Section B. Instructions on how to clone a person
A TECHNIQUE-INSTRUCTIONS HOW TO CLONE A HUMAN
Section C. The four types of "clones" that are used by the Illuminati.

L actual clones.

2. synthetic people.

3. organic robotoids.

4. doubles (look alikes) How the memory of a person is transferred for the organic
robotoids

Section D. Secret cloning sites (See also Appendix B. where D.U.M. bases are
listed.) Simon Wiesenthal

OREGON’S UNDERGROUND SECRET CLONING FACILITY

FURTHER INVESTIGATIONS AT DULCE’S UNDERGROUND CLONING FACILITY

SUMMARY OF THE FOUR METHODS.

FINAL NOTES. Clintons

Important Explanation of Contents

A successful treasure hunter of the sea said, "You have to convince others of what
you are looking for, and be
incredibly persistent in looking for it." I, Fritz, could really identify with what
he was saying. I have searched
for tmth like a treasure hunter, I have sifted the dusty pages of documents, like a
patient miner panning for gold.
How far & deep are you willing to search for tmth? Cisco and I feel we are
accountable to tell you the whole
tmth as far as we know it, what you do with that is up to you. This book will
explain many occult ideas and
beliefs, many of them never before publicly revealed. There is an important reason
why these occult ideas and
beliefs are introduced, we need to study our enemy and know how he thinks. The U.S.
Army used indian scouts
to track the indians. Gen. MacArthur learned everything he could about the Japanese
so that he could defeat
them. Christ was extremely savvy as to Satan’s tricks. The Apostle said, "We are
not ignorant of Satan’s
devices." Time and time again, this author has seen powerful Masonic clergyman do
their handshakes, their
codewords, etc. in front of the common people and the Christians do not catch on.
On the one hand the
Christians want proof of what is happening, but on the other hand, they are not
willing to learn how to identify
what the opposition is doing. Such doublemindedness has contributed to the churches
becoming, sad-to-say,
fronts for the Illuminati. I have included the Illuminati’s understanding of things
and other occult beliefs,
http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 6 of 296

because I have witnessed that knowing these things can be helpful in defeating the
mind-control. If I were trying
to help a refugee who was trying to escape the Yakuza, I would study the tactics of
the Yakuza. If I were trying
to free a witch of JuJuism, then I would learn about JuJuism. I strongly recommend
that readers always stand on
the foundation of the Word of God, and that they use the Word of God as a
refreshing bath to cleanse their
minds. This author has found tapes with scriptures to be an encouragement.

Some Christians have criticized this author for the content of the books, because
it doesn’t portray the lighter
side of Christianity (whatever that is). It seems some people only want enough of
God to to make them cozy, but
not so much that their sleep would be disturbed. Some have even gone so far as to
claim this author is not a
Christian because the content of the books is so heavy. It is sad that many
Christians do not know their own
Scriptures nor where hope comes from. True hope is given by the Spirit of God,
because hope is the vantage
point that the Spirit of God has for the situation. A therapist may be optimistic
about a victim of mind-control,
but the therapist’ s optimism only turns to sincere hope when they become involved
personally with the tragedies
of the victim through caring and prayer. The Biblical hope is not a warm fuzzy that
has its head in the sand
pretending that everything is "rosy and peachy". Quite to the contrary, if we look
at the following portion of
scripture, we will see the Word of God portraying trauma after trauma with a light
still at the end of the tunnel!
Such is the power of our hope, that we have hope in spite of how fierce evil
manifests.

Lamentations chapter 1

1 I am the man that hath seen affliction by the rod of his wrath.

2 He hath led me, and brought me into darkness, but not into light.
3 Surely against me is he turned; he tumeth his hand against me all the day.

4 My flesh and my skin hath he made old; he hath broken my bones.

5 He hath builded against me. and compassed me with gall and travail.

6 He hath set me in dark places, as they that be dead of old.

7 He hath hedged me about, that I cannot get out: he hath made my chain heavy.

8 Also when 1 cry and shout, he shutteth out my prayer.

9 He hath inclosed my ways with hewn stone, he hath made my paths crooked.

10 He was unto me as a bear lying in wait, and as a lion in secret places.

11 He hath turned aside my ways, and pulled me in pieces: he hath made me desolate.

12 He hath bent his bow, and set me as a mark for the arrow.

13 He hath caused the arrows of his quiver to enter into my reins.

14 I was a derision to all my people; and their song all the day.

15 He hath filled me with bitterness, he hath made me drunken with wormwood.

16 He hath also broken my teeth with gravel stones, he hath covered me with ashes.

17 And thou hast removed my soul far off from peace: I forgat prosperity.

18 And I said, My strength and my hope is perished from the LORD:

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 7 of 296

19 Remembering mine affliction and my misery, the wormwood and the gall.

20 My soul hath them still in remembrance, and is bowed down within me.

21 This I recall to my mind, therefore have I hope.

22 (It is of) Jehovah’s Iovingkindnesss that we are not consumed, because his
compassions fail not.

23 They are new every morning; great is thy faithfulness.

24 The LORD is my portion, saith my soul; therefore will I hope in Him.

25 The LORD is good unto them that wait for Him. to the soul that seeketh him.

26 It is good that a man should both hope and quietly wait for the salvation of the
LORD.

We are in a battle for our minds, are we willing to seize the hope that is before
us, or will we resign and say "all
is lost"? Discouragement is not of faith. Do you think Almighty God is a
discouraged person? He is calling
people to serve others, because God knows that you will never find happiness in
selfishness. God is calling
people to bind up the broken shattered multiples and to let their deeper parts know
that they are loved and
worthwhile. To adopt an attitude of defeat before freedom loving men and women have
exhausted all potential
remedies for this mind-control is inexcusable.

DEDICATION

This book is dedicated to the two million Americans and counting who have been
programmed with Monarch-
type trauma-based mind control. This book is written to destroy trauma-based mind
control before it destroys
the human race. It’s time for this horrendous secret to end. It is also written as
part of God’s end time work to
propel people of faith to the high calling that is prophecied of the Body, but
cannot be attained without men of
faith understanding these things. Humanity’s great prophet said he came to heal
those whose hearts had been
broken— literally split and crushed, and to free those who are captive. That work
needs to go forward. Blood,
sweat and tears are associated with this book. The blood of the innocent victims of
this mind-control cries out in
a single unison, along with the pungent sweat of those who have tried to minister
help to the shattered humanity
left by the sadistic programmers, and the pools of tears shed as this book was
written, "How long, O Lord, holy
and true, do you not judge and avenge our blood on earth?"

HOPE

.... Thou shalt know that I am Lord: For they shall not be ashamed that wait on Me.
Shall the prey be taken from
the mighty, or the lawful captive delivered? But thus saith Yahweh, even the
captives of the mighty shall be
taken away, and the prey of the terrible shall be delivered: for I will contend
with him that contendeth with thee,
and I will save thy children. Isaiah 49:23b-25

WARNING, READ THIS FIRST BEFORE READING THE BOOK.

IF THERE IS ANY CHANCE you the reader have had mind-control done to you, you must
consider the
following book to be DANGEROUS. If you are consulting a therapist for DID (also
known as MPD), it is
recommended that you consult your therapist before reading this book. The
complications that could result for
those under mind control learning the truth— could be fatal. The co-authors take no
responsibility for those who
read or misuse this information. The reader’ s mind is like a garden. It may not be
time to plant the truth in your
mind. Perhaps you need some weeding or ground preparation, before the garden of
your mind is ready. Perhaps
the weather is too stormy to plant the truth. Pray to the Lord of the Harvest. The
blessings that flow from
planting the information of this book in your mind, will require the presence of
living waters of love. If you do
not have love in your heart, this book is not for you. The information contained in
this book is the biggest news-
story of the 20th century, and still the biggest secret. It will challenge you,
shock you, horrify you and hopefully

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 8 of 296

motivate you to redouble your efforts to humble yourself and seek strength from God
Almighty.

The programming procedures which are described in this book are based on research
and consultation with
deprogrammers, ex-programmers, therapists, counselors and pertinent literature. To
the best of our knowledge
the statements made in this book are factual, although they may not reflect the
latest or currently accepted
methodology among each and every faction of the New World Order which carries out
Monarch-type
programming. This book tends to devote more emphasis to Illuminati programming,
which is the highest level
of programming. For individual application in understanding a survivor of Monarch
programming, therapists are
admonished to use this material with consideration for the Monarch victim’s
personal case and situation. The
authors disclaim any responsibility for therapeutic work based upon this material.
Fritz Springmeier and Cisco Wheeler have co-authored They Know Not What They Do, An
Illustrated
Guidebook To Monarch Mind Control. Both Fritz and Cisco bring years of experience
in dealing with Monarch
programming to bear on the writing of this book. Fritz has researched the
Illuminati, while he has worked with
victims of its programming. He has authored The Top 13 Illuminati Families, and
several other books.

INTRODUCTION by Fritz

There are many dangers to the human race, some real and some imagined. I believe
that the trauma-based mind
control which this book exposes is the greatest danger to the human race. It gives
evil men the power to carry
out any evil deed totally undetected. By the time the astute reader finishes this
book, they will be as familiar
with how to carry out trauma-based mind-control as some of the programmers. Ancient
and more recent secrets
will no longer be secrets. Over the years, I have spent thousands of hours studying
the Illuminati, the
Intelligence agencies of the world, and the occult world in general. The
centerpiece of these organizations is the
trauma-based mind control that they carry out. Without the ability to carry out
this sophisticated type of mind-
control using MPD, drugs, hypnosis and electronics and other control methodologies,
these organizations would
fail to keep their dark evil deeds secret. When one of the mind-control programmers
of the Church of
Scientology, who has left Scientology, was asked about MPD, he said, "It’s the name
of the game of mind
control." Research into this subject will never be complete. This book has tried to
give a comprehensive view of
how the programming is done. The basic techniques were developed in German,
Scottish, Italian, and English
Illuminati families and have been done for centuries. Some report that some of the
techniques go back to ancient
Egypt and ancient Babylon to the ancient mystery religions. The Nazis are known to
have studied ancient
Egyptian texts in their mind control research. The records and secrets of the
generational Illuminati bloodlines
are very-well guarded secrets.

Even when I’ve learned about the location of secret depositories of some of the
Illuminati’s secrets in Europe,
America, and Asia, their records and secrets are too well-guarded to be examined.
The intelligence agencies,
such as MI-6 began investigating these mind-control techniques early this century,
but their records have been
routinely destroyed and tampered with. There are some survivors and professionals
who know that the British
used programmed trauma-based MPD (DID) agents in W.W. I. In Jan., 1987, Richard
Kluft submitted an article
to the American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis about 8 MPD patients who were between
60 and 72 years of age.
Traugott Konstantin Oesterreich (1880-1949), who was professor of philosophy at
Tubingen University,
Germany studied MPD and demonic possession and wrote a classic study of it in 1921
entitled Possession
Demonical & Other, which was translated into english in 1930. His classic work on
this subject provides
documented cases which reveal that the basic trauma-based mind-control was going on
in Germany, France &
Belgium long before the 20th century. Although he is unable to put together all the
pieces and the clues for what
they are, the reader of this book might enjoy reading the 1930 English translation
of his classic work after they
finish this book. Oesterreich’ s research in early 1900s was the type of research
that the Nazi mind-control
programmers were very aware of. In 1921, the Germans such as Oesterreich would
describe personality
switches, by the term "somnambuliform [hypnotic states] possession" or "demonical
somnambulism" or what
might be called "Besessenheit von Hypnotismus und bosen Geistern."

The ability to study both the spiritual & psychological aspects of mind-control
phenomena, is often lacking
today. There are exceptions such as Dr. Loreda Fox’s book The Spiritual Dimensions
of MPD. In the 1920s, the

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 9 of 296

Germans also were aware that the human mind has a variety of ego-psycho-
psysiological states rather than one
unified mind, which they termed "Sub jecklose Psychologie" or the psychology of
having correlated
psychological states rather than the concept of a single ego. The Germans and
Italians under the Nazi and
Fascist governments began to do serious scientific research into trauma-based mind
control. Under the auspices
of the Kaiser Wilhelm Medical Institute in Berlin, Joseph Mengele conducted mind-
control research on
thousands of twins, and thousands of other hapless victims. Himmler supervised
genetic research. The Nazi
research records were confiscated by the Allies and are still classified. A trip
can be made from downtown
Washington D.C. on a gray-government van which serves as a shuttle to the Suitland
Annex where the
government’s secrets are buried including research papers captured from the Nazi
Mind-Control research. Most
of Mengele’ s concentration camp research is still classified. Much of it dealt
with mind control. A researcher
can visit the top floor, but underground below the top floor are the real secrets.
The real secrets are lying in
millions of sheets of classified documents hidden behind blast proof doors. There
they have vault after vault,
and row after row of top-secret files that only a few privileged persons with
security clearances above
COSMIC— such as with a "C3" or "MJ" security clearance can visit. Everyone with
these high security
clearances which I have identified is connected to the Illuminati. Each underground
area at Suitland Annex has
its own subset of secret access words, known only to the initiated. Most of the OSS
records have been
destroyed, a few have been left, the important ones have been misfiled or remade.
(This is according to a
reliable British intelligent agent.) Also according to reliable inside sources the
CIA is working night and day to
remake old records, to expunge all the real dirty secrets from their records. The
basement of CIA HQ is known
as "the Pit," In the Pit documents are being shredded and burned on a round the
clock basis. The large remains
of these secrets are sold for landfill. The Illuminati have developed secrecy to a
fine art. They train their people
in the art of secrecy from the time they are bom. Most everything they do, is done
orally. They are trained not to
write rituals and other things down. There is very little paper trail left by the
Illuminati.

The creation of slaves with photographic memories facilitates this secrecy. But
this book is not about how they
have managed to keep their trauma-based Monarch Mind-Control a secret. They have
managed only to keep it a
secret to the general public. They have not been able to completely cover-up the
millions of wasted lives that
their programming has ruined. For many years, they were able to shut-up and quietly
discard their programmed
multiples by labelling them Paranoid Schizophrenics. But therapists are now
correctly identifying these people
as programmed multiples and are not only diagnosing them better but giving them
better treatment. After Candy
Jones’s husband deprogrammed her enough that she could participate in writing a
book exposing some of what
had been done to her, the secret was out. (See The Control of Candy Jones Hypnotism
and the CIA by Donald
Bain.) Ever since then, the intelligence agencies and the Illuminati have been
carrying out damage control. Their
biggest damage control campaign has enlisted the power of Hollywood and the
controlled Media. This
campaign is known as the False Memory Syndrome campaign, or as those of us who know
the facts like to call
it ""the false memory spin-drome." The headquarters of the False Memory Spin-drom
Foundation is located at
3401 Market St., Suite 130, Philadelphia, PA 19104. Some of the original founders
were doctors of the
University of Pennslyvannia. The inside story about these early FMS doctors of the
University of Pennslyvannia
is that they practiced Satanic Rituals during their work days. What is unusual
about this— is that generally satanic
rituals are performed at night, but these doctors did their coven work during the
day. I know about these men.
Now you can see why these men started the FMS! They started it to cover their own
sins, because many of them
were abusers themselves. In other words many of the EMS people are abusers of
trauma-based mind-controlled
slaves, or the victims of abuse who are in denial about their own abuse from
trauma-based mind-control. Martin
T. Orn (the person credited with founding the FMS) had ties to the CIA. Two members
of the EMS advisory
board, Ralph Underwager, Ph.D. and theologian, along with Hollida Wakefield, M.A.
let the cat out of the bag
when they publicly supported pedophilia (that is adults having sex with children).
Their support of pedophilia
came in an interview with a Dutch magazine Paidika, The Journal of Paedophilia
(Winter, 1993).

Although the False Memory Syndrome Foundation gets upset at any mention that there
might be a conspiracy
by the perpetrators of mind-control, because conspiracies supposedly don’t and
can’t happen, they want us to
believe that all therapists are conspiring together to implant false memories of
abuse into their clients, which
could not be further from the truth. Monarch slaves typically run into a great deal
of denial by their therapists
that anything like this could be happening. The bottom line is that Multiple
Personality Disorder (now refered to
as Dissociative Identity Disorder) is a recognized bona fide diagnosis. False
Memory Syndrome is not a
recognized medical or psychological diagnosis and does not appear in the American
Psychiatric Association’s

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 10 of 296

Diagnostic and Statistical Manual III-R nor the recently released DSM-IV. Those who
followed Fritz’s writings
have learned about the close working relationship between the Mondavi’s and the
Rothschilds (see his article
about the Mondavi/Rothschild Napa Valley winery). Guess who got the court
precedence which gives the EMS
some legal ground to attack therapists? The precidence was supposedly a wife who
went to a doctor who told
her she had syphilis. The wife assumes she got it from her husband and divorces
him. Then she learns she
doesn’t have syphilis. The husband then sues the doctor. Upon this bizarre case
rests the legal precedence for a
third party to sue a person who gives advice, such as family members suing a
therapist.

Upon this weak precidence, an abusive father who worked for Monday in a winery in
California successfully
destroyed a legitimate therapist who was trying to save his daughter who was a
programmed Monarch victim.
Supposedly the therapist had implanted false memories of rape in his daughter, when
the record shows that the
daughter’ s mother told the therapist the girl had been raped by the father. When a
valid case of SRA and
repressed memories went to trial in Washington state involving a police officer
whose family was MPD, Dr.
Richard Ofshe of the False Memory Spindrom showed up to cause mischief. And
mischief he did work. The
case involved the children of a ""Christian"" police officer named Ingram who had
satanically ritually abused
his family for years. The daughter won in court, but Ofshe of the EMS was not above
writing a book full of lies
and distortions about the case. Lynn Crook, who was the abused daughter in the case
wrote up a paper exposing
what EMS person Richard Ofshe did to her, The controlled media is giving full
license and great coverage to the
EMS people. Rather than fighting the government for scraps of declassified
documents which have had their
secrets marked out, and which may even be fake documents manufactured by the CIA, I
have decided that there
is a much better approach to expose the Monarch Mind Control to the world. If a
person could never go to
Nepal, he can see pictures of it and believe it exists. If a person can not get
into the top secret records of the CIA
and Office of Naval Intelligence and MI6, they can be given the exact RECIPE for
creating a Monarch slave. I
believe that by giving the step by step recipe, people will see that A. all the
ingredients are available, B. it is
possible to combine the ingredients, C. all it takes is the motive to do it, and
that motive is self-evident. We’ll
even provide some of the names and places as we go along. This book will provide
the step-by-step recipe for
making a Monarch Mind-Controlled slave, It is a trauma-based mind control which
programs multiple
personalities using every known technique of mind-control. Every type of mind-
control technique has been
combined into a group package which makes the total package almost impossible to
break. It is this ability to
synthesize all these methods into a group package which is so powerful.

Edward Hunter, author of Brainwashing In Red China, testified in 1958 before a U.S.
Congressional House
Committee on Un-American Activities: "Since man began, he has tried to influence
other men or women to his
way of thinking. There have always been these forms of pressure to change
attitudes. We discovered in the past
thirty years, a technique to influence, by clinical, hospital procedures, the
thinking processes of human beings.
Brainwashing is formed out of a set of different elements ... hunger, fatigue,
tenseness, threats, violence, and in
more intense cases.. .drugs and hypnotism. No one of these elements alone can be
regarded as brain washing,
any more than an apple can be called apple pie. Other ingredients have to be added,
and a cooking process gone
through. So it is with brainwashing..." Hunter said brainwashing was a Red Chinese
threat. He said that the
Chinese were the ones using these tactics. In reality, this mind control was being
done in the U.S. and Hunter
was a pawn to help justify the criminal activities of the programmers should they
ever be found out behind their
cover of "National security." The handlers of mind-controlled slaves carry around a
black or grey 3 ring
notebook or a lap top computer with the access codes and triggers. Some of the
programmers and handlers have
this all memorized. The deepest parts, core/gems/executive committee, false trinity
etc. are charted in esoteric
language such as Enochian, Hebrew (which is considered magical), and Druid symbols.
I have never gotten the
opportunity to look at one of these, although a number of the slaves who I’ve
talked with have while they were
being programmed. These notebooks have color-coded graphs showing the arrangement
of alters, the structure
of the system, the training of the alters, the history of the alters and other
details. All the primary tortures carried
out on a slave are coded using dates/no. s so that the memories can be pulled up by
the programmers. There is a
standard set of hand signals, gestures, and codes that allow a handler to work with
someone else’s slave, but the
accepted code among the handlers is to leave another man’s slave alone. As one
leading psychiatrist put it,
"Different ideologies use the same methodologies of mind control."

The Illuminati have secretly put in base programming that allows them ultimate
control over many of the other
groups’ slaves. This will be described within this book.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 1 1 of 296

For both the ease of reading and the ease of writing, I have dispensed with most
footnotes. To provide my
sources would double the size of the book, and many of them are confidential. (In
the past, when I have
attempted crediting information, some people have gotten braised feelings for
having been passed over or for
being named. When information comes in from several sources, it becomes difficult
to pass out credit.) I have
made conservative judgement calls about what material I could use. Most of this
information has been verified
by several reliable sources. Confidential eyewitnesses are often the only source,
when there is such a powerful
conspiracy to keep this vast NWO mind control secret. Paper trails were not left or
are not available.
Programmed slaves who have worked for the military as mind-controlled slaves have
witnessed their files
expunged and sanitized. The New World Order in 1981 made training films for their
novice programmers.
Monarch slave Cathy O’Brien was used to make both the film "How to Divide a
Personality" and "How To
Create a Sex Slave." Two Huntsville pom photographers were used to help NASA and
the NWO create these
training films. Undoubtedly, other porn training films exist too. In others words,
there is film evidence of the
Monarch Total Mind-control but these porn films are kept in very secure sites.
During the last few years, I have
visited with ex-programmers, I have visited with hundreds of victims of the Monarch
type programming. I have
gone to programming sites, I have visited with therapists who work with the victims
of this mind-control, and I
have met several of the programmers of the CIA/Illuminati face to face in the
adventures of trying to save
people from their programming.

1 hope that God gives me the strength and the opportunity to get the information I
have learned out to the world
in general. When this information gets out, hopefully it will help lift some of the
secrecy of the Monarch
Programming. The Monarch Programming is a foundation rock of the New World Order
that when pulled up,
will reveal the most evil two-legged bugs and slimy critters. When their rock is
lifted, they will have to scurry to
hide. Because the authors know what the programmers do, they must honestly record
several areas of
programming that will be controversial. The programmers are very much into
demonology. Before therapists
close their minds to this subject, the authors would like to point out, that they
personally know of cases where
Monarch slaves whose Christian personalities & other alters didn’t believe in
demonology were talked into
participating in real deliverance, and the slaves discovered much to their surprise
that work they had
unsuccessfully tried to do for years with their therapist was accomplished in a day
or two.

Some prestigious researchers have decided the subconscious doesn’t exist because
they can’t find it— its
mysterious. To the man in the street the concept "subconscious" is as mysterious as
the concept "demon". Both
have been the objects of intense research by U.S./Brit./Ger. Intelligence groups.
In fact, many of the concepts in
this book have been purposely obscurred by the Illuminati’s control over the media
and universities. These
obscurred concepts include M.P.D. (DID), recovered memories, hypnosis, demonic
possession, aliens, mind-
control, the subconscious, a conspiracy to bring in a NWO, truth, etc. The
smokescreens of controversy will
continue; but those who love the truth, if they seek it, will realize the
importance of this book. It’ s on public
record that MK ULTRA, the mind control research which CIA director Admiral
Stansfield Turner admitted to in
1977 spent millions of dollars studing Voodoo, witchcraft, and psychics. On August
3, 1977, at a Senate hearing
the then CIA director Admiral Stansfield Turner disclosed that the CIA had been
conducting mind control on
countless numbers of unsuspecting victims for years, without their knowledge or
consent. These CIA mind-
control operations were carried out with the participation of a least 1 85
scientists and at least 80 American
institutions, including prisons, pharmaceutical companies, hospitals, and 44
medical colleges & universities.
Many of America’ s most prestigious institutes of medical research, had cooperated
with the CIA. as well as
numerous big name corporations. Casey admitted that day that the CIA did mind-
control consisting of drags,
hypnosis & electro-shock. A few of the victims of the Monarch Project were even
awarded financial
compensation for their misery. But what was admitted was admitted in the spirit of
covering up the extent of the
full truth. The compensation was actually hush money, because victims were given
"gag orders" by judges not
to talk about what had happened to them. It’s been a disaster for Monarch victims
that so many ministers have
ignored those words of their Scripture, "For we are not ignorant of the devil’s
devices." 2 COR 2: 1 1 This book
is a must for those ministers who seriously believe "Having therefore these
promises, dearly beloved, let us
cleanse ourselves from all filthiness of the flesh and spirit, perfecting holiness
in the fear of God." 2 COR 7: 1. In

2 TIM 2: 19-21, believers who "nameth the name of Christ" are asked to purge
themselves of their uncleanliness
( unclean spirits). There are many top notch Christians in the churches today who
are under mind-control, inch
many of the Christian leadership. I would like to remind Christian ministers that
Isaiah the great prophet said,
"The Lord GOD hath given me the tongue of the learned that I should know how to
speak a word in season to

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 12 of 296

him that is weary: he wakeneth morning by morning; he wakeneth mine ear to hear as
the learned." Ignorance is
not godliness. Isaiah learned to speak with the great learned men of his day, just
as Paul the great apostle could
speak to the learned men of his time. One of the character traits of God is that He
is all-knowing. WHO says it is
godly to be ignorant? The prophet Daniel said Yahweh God "reveals the deep and
secret things." (Dan. 2:22a)
God’s instruments will do this revealing. Jesus’ advice to his disciples was in
effect to "Be wise as serpents, and
gentle as a lamb". This advice certainly applies in helping the victims of trauma-
based mind-control. Paul in his
letter to the Thessalonians (1 Thes 5:14) says that in effect that different people
need different counseling, but
they all need to be treated with patience. The first step in suggesting a cure is
to find out what happened. That is
what this book is about. This book is about how the Occult Network creates the
problem that therapists and a
few ministers try to deal with. But the keys to open doors to healthy solutions for
the victims of trauma-based
total mind control will reveal themselves in this book for the reader as this book
reveals the nitty-gritty of how
the total mind-control happens. Christ came to free the captives (Isaiah 61:1).
Satanic ritual abuse has a history
that is almost as old as history itself. Good King Hezekiah was a victim as a child
of SRA. (2 Chr. 29) who got
free. Moses confronted the satanic magic of Pharoah’s magicians who could create
live snakes from sticks. The
Apostle Paul had to deal with Simon Magus, a leader of what is now known as
Satanism. Solomon, one of the
greatest men of faith, backslide and became one of the greatest satanists of all
history. We have "no fellowship
with unfruitful works of darkness, but rather reprove them" (as per EPH 5:11).
While we have no fellowship
with evil, the mind-control programmers are counting on us being so ignorant of
their devices that they can hide
their control devices behind perversion & filth that many people shy away from. We
must be strong enough to
face evil and not shy away from it. The victims of mind-control must look evil in
the face & not look away to
gain their freedom. We, who want to help them, must be courageous & strong enough
to do this too. This book
is written for that divine goal "till we all come in the unity of the faith, and of
the knowledge of the Son of God,
unto a perfect man, unto the measure of the stature of the fulness of Christ." Eph.
4: 13 If the body of Christ is to
attain fullness, we need this book to weed out the hidden terrible cancer that is
consuming the body from within.
This book is written for ministers, secular and Christian therapists, and truth
lovers of all kinds. If you love the
truth this book is for you. If you see something good in the human race so that our
species should be preserved
as well as the spotted owl and the sand flea, then this book is for you. IF YOU
LOVE THE TRUTH, this BOOK
is for YOU.

GLOSSARY OF HOW BASIC TERMS ARE USED IN THIS BOOK

For those readers who are not familiar with these basic terms let us introduce you
to the definitions under which
this book uses them.

Alter-Our usage is trying to follow the programmers usage of this word. A

dissociated part of the mind which
has a seperate identity and is given cue codes by the mind-control programmers to
trigger that dissociated part
of the mind to come to the front of the mind. The alter’ s identity may be a gem,
rock, a tape recorder, a poodle,
a white kitten, a dove, a horse, or even think of itself as a person or a demon. It
all depends on its programming.
An alter is different from an alter fragment in that the alter fragment is a
dissociated part of the mind which
serves only a single purpose. The programmers will give an alter a history, and
insure that shadow alters will
provide a full range of accessible emotions. Sometimes the distinctions between
alters and alter fragments is
vague, but examples from the two ends of the spectrum are easy to tell apart. We
use the word alter in this book
to conform to what the programmers’ charts are encoding as alters. A typical main
Mengele-created grid would
be a grid of 13x13 principal A-coded alters, which is 169 principle alter
personalities. In Illuminati systems,
ceremonial "alters will consist of 3 alters placed on a spinning pedistal together
into triad goddesses or gods.
That means that an A-coded alter on some levels is actually 3 alters spinning
together, which must be locked in
place to communicate with, and then rotated to communicate to the other two.

Beta— This is the second Greek letter, and it represents the sexual models and
sexual alters that the Programmers
are creating. The primitive part of the brain is involved in this type of
programming. An early sexual abuse
event will be used to anchor this programming. These sexual slaves will develop
sexual abilities that are far
beyond what the public is aware is even possible. They also receive the worst kind
of abuse far beyond what
most people’s imagination can picture. Beta alters generally see themselves as
cats.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 13 of 296

Councils (Illuminati)— The Illuminati has frequent meetings. Some of these meetings
are organized to appear
"acephalous" and "accidential" in their meetings, when in reality they are
stmctured and planned. One group,
MJ-12 has gone by the following names: the Group, the Special Study Group, the Wise
Men, the Operations
Coordinating Board (OCB), 5412 Committee, 303 Committee, 40 Committee, PI-40
Committee, and Policy
Planning Group (PCG). Some of the formal policy and ritual groups have names that
all Illuminati members
who have gotten high enough to learn, will recognize:

The Council of 3, Council of 5, Council of 7, Council of 9, The Grand Druid

Council, The Committee of 300,
and the Committee of 500 (known as Fortune 500). Many of the meetings are conclaves
without formal names.
The Grand Druid Council is not something fictional, but an actual body of people
who formally meet and whose
membership, we have been trying to keep track of. The groups which make decisions
to control this planet are
networked together. Each decision has its own origin and route that it takes.

Delta— This is a Greek letter shaped like a triangle which symbolizes change in
calculus. It has become a
favorite word to use in naming things for the occult elite. Delta teams are 4
person assassination teams which
usually are secret teams. Delta Forces is an elite unit that operates under the
Joint chiefs of staff that is made up
of highly trained total mind-controlled slaves. Delta models are slaves whose sole
purpose is assassination.

Delta alters are alters within an Illuminati alter system which are programmed to
be assassins. These alters are
often some of the deepest in a system and in a Genie bottle or with Umbrella
programming.

Deliverance ministry-(This book is about HOW the mind-control is done, it is not a

textbook on solutions.) The
use of the term deliverance ministry in this book connotates any person(s) who via
faith in God is able to pray
for divine help in a fashion that a victim is helped from demonic activity. A
deliverance ministry is a natural
outgrowth of a life in harmony and fellowship with Yahweh God. However, this is not
to be confused with
Exorcism of the traditional Catholic or witchcraft nature in which certain spells
and incantations are used in a
prescribed method. "Deliverance" connotates divinely inspired faith, exorcism
involves ritual. A deliverance
ministry might perhaps teach a person about forgiveness, or how they can renounce
an oath, or how to apply
Jesus Christ’ s atoning blood to their life. In this fashion, the person finds
deliverance through biblical spiritual
principles rather than the efficacy of some ritual or hocus pocus spell. This book
is in no way meant as a blanket
endorsement of every spiritual warfare tactic. If anything, this book suggests that
ministers learn more about
mind-control, as well as grow stronger in their walk with Almighty God.

Illuminati— The Illuminati are 1 3 elite bloodlines which have manuevered

themselves into control over this
planet. They lead double lives, one for society and a hidden one which is based on
a gnostic luciferian
philosophy which consists of lots of blood rituals.

Monarch Programming— This was a specific Project carried out by secret elements of
the U.S. government and
intelligence groups. There were, according to someone a few years ago who had
access to the computer(s)
which contains all the names of active monitored human slaves, 40,000 actively
monitored Monarch slaves.
However, this book uses the term generically to include all victims who have
suffered this type of trauma-based
mind-control. In the same way, that a brand name like "Hyster" is used to describe
all lifts— when we use the
term we use it in its broadest sense. This is the only way it can be used and
technically correct, because as of
this date, the authors have not seen who is on the active Monarch Program list of
slaves.

System— This term is used in several ways. It is frequently used to refer to a

victim of total mind control
because the victim consists of alters, programming, implant(s), internal computers,
and numerous dissociative
states which function together as a system. The word is also used in this book to
refer to the body’s functional
physiological units, such as the respiratory system. The word is also infrequently
used to denote the established
social-economic-political system controlling the world, also known insiders as the
Network. Other standard
meaning may also occasionally be used for the word.

Multiple Personality (DID)— Multiple personalities or MPD or Dissociative Identity

Disorder is the situation
where different dissociative parts of a single brain view themselves as separate
persons. The DSM-IIIR
definition of MPD is the guideline for determining MPD for this book.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 14 of 296

New World Order— The New World Order is the global design for a One-World-
Government One-World-
Dictator and its constituents. Insiders call themselves the "network" and "the
neighborhood".

Satanic Ritual Abuse (SRA)— This is used to represent all categories of ritual
abuse which would be inspired by
the desire to rob, kill, or destroy something worthwhile in a person, especially
their freedom of thought. Many
groups carrying out SRA do not mention Satan by that name. They may make Pacts to
Baphomet, and call upon
Rex Mundi, or Belair, or Lucifer, or the Father of Light, God, or Kali or even
"Jesus" or "Jesus Christ" (there
are demons which call themselves "Jesus", who are not to be confused with Yeshua or
Yehoshua ben Joseph
who is known as Jesus Christ of Nazareth.) SRA is not a value judgement by the
authors against some group,
the victims themselves on some level know that he or she is being abused.

Switching— This is when one part (fragment) of the mind takes over from another, or
in simple terms, this is
when one alter personality (or alter fragment) takes the body from the alter which
is holding the body.

Switching can occur via the Programmers’ codes for calling up alters, or by
external or internal stimuli that
trigger an alter to come out. Switching will usually cause at least a flicker of
the eyes, and for outside observers,
who know the different personalities, they will observe another personality take
the body.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 15 of 296

The BASIC Theoretical Concepts of the

RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN

PHYSIC AL FEATURES OF THE SKULL & FACF &

which are used for purposes of mind-control.

(See Cranial Manipulation, Chapter 8)

* pTh« Frontal Lobes are crucial lor

ui .. I higher thinking, and conscious

HIGHERS THINKING AREA thinking, and conscious choices.

| The proportion of brain cells In

* this area Indkatcs how much brain
I matter Is available for higher
! thinking.

Our minds use this faciei area lo communicate

what we are thinking. This communication Is
both conscious and unconscious. People watch
this area of the face lo determine what we are
thinking, which Is why the poke, face developed.

I MOTION AREA

AREA

| What causes the body to move?

/ The body combines Into from Its senses

A compares these to Its emotions.

The emotions then give final review

as to whet motion the body will make.

The cortex has a'serfes ot motor areas. A

the parietal lobes process sensory Into.
K-Hnea have been built Into various
areas ot the mind that are activated
lo produce the desired sequence of
muscle contractions A body activity to
get the desired action. The brain size of
the motion area shows how much brain ts
available tor motions and actions

FOR FEELING & EMOTIONAL TRAITS

" 1 "

.A

■kLl t

In the back'of the skull contains momory.

The secondary and primary visual areas lay
In Uw back part of skuH. The 'basal pad of
the frontal lobes contain prtmiry speech A
tear Identity centers. The eyes'are an
extremely valuable sense organ that the
body uses tor much ot Its new Information

1 itrmys ( Uti Ij J-'fo

-e.-er'

Pic p_cranial2.jpg

pic p_basic-structurel.jpg

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 16 of 296

BASIC STRUCTURE
of

SATANIC CONTROL

over

GNOSTIC RELIGIONS

BASIC

STRUCTURE
OF A

GNOSTIC

RELIGION

KNOWLEDGE

KEY MEN ARE SATANISTS

COVER "RULING" BODY
INITIATES

Pic p_records2.jpg

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 17 of 296

2 0 OCT 13/5

HEtiOKAHOOH FOR:
FROM :
SUBJECT :

Director of Control Intelligence

Inspector General

Destruction of Records on Drugs and Toxins

Action R equ ested :

1. .Hone. This M-.norandum is for your infomation

udckground :

2. At your request, we looked into .the destruction of Agency records

related to drugs and toxins. Wc limited our investigation to avoid inter-

fering with other ongoing investigations of this ratter, including that of
the FBI. I/e held discussions with several people in the CD/SM, Records
Center, and Archives and reviewed a number of CIS files. Our findinyj and
conclusions follow. _ *' •

Suroiary Con clusions:

3. HKULTRA Records: This was an ur.hrclla project for funding sensitive

TSD activities including research into nethods for controlling human behavior:

■- Ho drug-related HKULTRA files were turned up during our

investigation.

* • i- v '*:

— A number of documents concerning the destruction of

HKULTRA drug records arc attached at Tab A. In general, they

show that the records wpre destroyed on the instruction of Dr. ' •
Sidney Gottlieb, then Chief, TSD, on 31 January 1973. Both Branch
• files and records retrieved from Archives were destroyed.

— Tab A also contains statements by Messrs. . .i. ~

' /of OTS. These statements indicate’that the

destruction of HKULTRA drug files was ordered by Hr. Helms.

INTRODUCTION

In Jan. '96, 1 bound the first copies of The Illuminati Formula Used to Create
Undetectable Total Mind-
Controlled Slave. Hundreds of people in the United States and other countries were
reading this book, and were
expressing their appreciation and praise for the work. Some also contributed more
details about the Illuminati’s
mind-control. It was also gratifying that the illustrated Guidebook to Monarch
Mind-control, which contains my
co-author’s art work done under programming, was translated and sold this year
(’96) as a paperback in Japan.
The word is getting out, and people with ears to hear are grateful. The original
goal was to write the Vol. 2 book
to be about 300 pages long, but it spilled into 500 pages. At 500 pages, it was
brought to a grinding halt. In this
DEEPER INSIGHTS book, I bring you more profounder mysteries of the Illuminati’s
mind-control abilities.
These deeper insights were some items left out of the Vol. 2 due to space, as well
as some things that have been
found out since the Vol.2 book was written. Those who were intrigued by the Vol. 2,
and cut their teeth on the
subject of mind-control via my writings over the past 5 years, will enjoy this
further expose of the deeper secrets
of Illuminati mind-control. For instance, scattered in several sections including
Chapter 3 is a great deal about
the base programs which are laid in using controlled LSD trips in sensory
deprivation tanks. Another exciting
set of new revelations are Cisco’s information on the core, and her revelations
giving the chronology of layering
in the mind-control programming. I have also done a great deal of research into
Cranial manipulation (see
Chapter 8), which has been an extremely well-hidden mind-control secret known only
to a few select people
worldwide. Another area of intense research has been to expose the role Disney
played in mind-control.
Although other writers have superficially touched on implants, nanobots, thought-
transfer, soul entrapment and
other secret technologies, I decided to provide many details to expose these new
technologies that are being
used in conjunction with the dissociative programmed multiplicity. Beside learning
countless programming

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007
Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 18 of 296

secrets, the reader will take another quantum leap into understanding what has been
going on in this mixed-up
world. If life is a riddle, then this book contains many answers to the riddle of
life. During the summer of 1996,

1 had the privilege to speak on mind-control to audiences in 12 major American

cities, as well talk on over 50
radio stations. The response was encouraging. People are beginning to wake up, and
are hungry to learn the
truth about how the movers and shakers of this world have developed sophisticated
methods to make children
into undetectable Illuminati robots (from the cradle to the satanic throne), as
well as their extensive abilities to
control the common person’ s thinking from the cradle to the grave. When Christ
asked the question, will I find
faith when I return? it was a serious question. We no longer live in a situation
where we can depend upon our
mind and our thoughts actually being our own. Our minds are under a constant
assault and manipulation by
those who control things. No one is exempt. Fortunately, there are still some
rational thinking humans, who can
challenge and expose their plans for total control over the minds of the entire
human race. I, as a minister &
researcher, along with the victims represented by Cisco Wheeler and others, can’t
expose this mind control on
our own. We need the help of others. Will you help us get the message out about the
New World Order’s/the
Illuminati’s mind control? Cisco has consulted with me, and we decided to make two
continuations. The
continuation of the Illustrated guidebook would be authored by her, and the
continuation of the Vol. 2 book
would be carried out by yours truly, Fritz Springmeier. We have combined these two
continuations into this
book called for short DEEPER INSIGHTS into the Illuminati Mind Control Formula.
This volume is meant to
be an extension of the previous volumes. IF YOU HAVE NOT READ the previous book
entitled Vol. 2 The
Illuminati Formula used to create an Undetectable Total Mind Controlled Slave, THEN
you are not really
prepared to understand this material. In my previous books, I have shown how the
intelligence agencies are
simply prostitutes and fronts of the Illuminati. The Illuminati always "sterilize"
their activities, so their actions
can’t be identified in the flurry of secret intelligence activities. Recently, at
one conference on mind-control,
victims of government mind-control were told that their stories were not welcome
because the conference was
on "cult" mind-control. Dear reader, the intelligence agencies are cults, and not
only that, but they have a dark
satanic side to them, which not only brands them as cults, but "occult cults."
Witchcraft and Freemasonry refer
to themselves as "the Craft"; how appropriate it was for Allen Dulles, DCI-head of
the CIA, to entitle his book
"The Craft of Intelligence". How appropriate it was that people within the CIA
referred to their top management
as the Knights Templars. As the Vol. 2 Formula book indicated, the intelligence
agencies which work for the
Illuminati have kept only the minimum of records, and the records they do keep are
out of reach of people like
you and I. But that doesn’t mean that the researcher like myself can’t work
backwards. One of the side effects of
the traumas that create multiple-personalities (DID) is that sadistic or criminal
alters are often formed, and with
careful research the historical record of criminals with multiple personalities can
be traced back into history.

The Illuminati have created trained-multiples for centuries, but insiders say that
programmed DID (MPD) was
developed in the Nazi concentration camps. The worldwide Illuminati planned the
camps with the goal to
determine what programs would work on children, and used the cover story of Nazi
racial hatred to hide the real
purpose of the camps— mind-control experiments which used large numbers of children
traumatized by their
separation from their parents.

With today’s sophisticated programming and structuring of MPD worlds, these evil
alters can be controlled
better than in the past, and yet we still have serial killers like Wayne Cox, and
serial rapists like William Stanley
Milligan, who were programmed multiples stalking our streets. Kenneth Biani, the LA
Hillside strangler who
killed 9 people was diagnosed as a multiple, but claimed he had faked the disorder.
Thomas W. Piper in Boston
in the 1870s, and Paul Miskamen, one hundred years later in California, are
examples of multiples who had an
alter capable of murder and another alter who was a good Christian. One of the best
disinformation campaigns
of the Illuminati, is to make people think programmed-multiples are just for
espionage, prostitution and
assassination. They have taken over our pulpits, like the Illuminati programmed
multiple Jimmy Swaggart, and
they have taken over our political offices, like A1 Gore, and our universities.
Even with the elite’s secrecy intact
via their control of libraries, publishing houses, and newspapers, the record still
shows the traces of the
Illuminati’s history of creating controlled multiple personalities. The historical
record of criminals with multiple
personalities includes the Illuminati coke multimillionaire Harry K. Thaw. He was
one of the elite of society,
who had charming sophisticated front alters, and sadistic deeper alters. His
position prevented him from being
convicted of a murder he committed in public on June 25, 1906. However, another
multiple Henry Spencer, who
didn’t have such clout was hanged after killing Allison Rexroat in 1914. Another
multiple William Heirens, who
murdered two women in the ’40’s, had one of his front alters write in the mirror
after a murder, "For heaven’s
sake, catch me before I kill more, I cannot control myself." He had an alter George
who was doing the murders.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 19 of 296

The story doesn’t stop with evidence of physical murders, but includes the vast
numbers of spiritual deaths that
have resulted from the spiritual manipulation of the masses via programmed
multiples. Programmed multiples
have been great for carrying out religious deceptions. Many of the great spiritist
mediums were multiples. In the
1920’ s, Patience Worth was a famous name of an author. Patience was an alter of
Mrs. John Curran. As a child
Mrs. Curran had played the piano in her uncle’s Missouri Ozark church when young
and then she later grew up
to be a famous medium and writer. A Dr. Charles E. Cory investigated her multiple-
personality disorder. He
discovered that her author alter was much more intelligent than the front alter who
did the housekeeping &
normally held the body. The occult world has manipulated MPD to manufacture
validation for their theories of
reincarnation, spiritism etc. Where once the Word of God was accepted as truth by
society as a whole, now
society questions whether there is such a thing as truth. When it has come to
finding out about mind control
from the first level of perpetrators, the government, there have been a number of
manufactured (bogus),
sanitized and original CIA documents released to the public under the nearly
worthless Freedom of Information
act. The Freedom of Information Act has been manipulated to lead people to think
that the public has access to
secrets.

A letter of inquiry in 1995 requesting declassified documents on Mind Control,

Monarch, MK Ultra, Artichoke
and Blue Bird got the following response from the CIA, "...as you might expect, we
have already conducted
broad-ranging and exhaustive searches and reviews on every conceivable aspect of
human behavior, including
mind control and brainwashing, and have located and released 11, 336 pages of
material on the general subject
of human behavior studies under MKUFTRA. Most of the 1 1,336 pages of this
previously released material are
very limited in scope and consist primarily of financial records." (quote from a
CIA letter of response in answer
to a request for declassified mind-control information.) Yes, and long-story-short
even those 1 1,336 pages only
got released due to a mistake.

In one CIA document pertaining to mind control released under the Freedom of
Information act, which is a
memorandum dated 20 Oct. 1975 to the Director of Central Intelligence from the
Inspector General Donald F.
Chamberlain, the Inspector General states, "From his investigation of the project
[MKNAOMI], Dr. Stevens has
concluded that gaps in the files are the result of a conscious policy on the part
of those involved to keep very
little paper on the project from its inception in 1952 to its demise in 1970.
People formerly connected with the
project interviewed by Dr. Stevens asserted that the practice of keeping little or
no record of the activity was
standard MKNAOMI procedure." Philip Agee, who wrote an expose of the CIA entitled
Inside The Company:
CIA Diary (Toronto, Can.: Bantam Books, 1975), said that as an employee of the CIA
"You get so used to lying
that after a while it’s hard to remember what the truth is." Philip Agee writes,
"The life of a CIA operations
officer ... There is not much time to think about the results of your actions and,
if you try to do it well, the job of
operations officer calls for dedication to the point of obsession. But it’s a
schizophrenic sort of situation. You
have too many secrets, you can’t relax with outsiders. Sometimes an operative uses
several identities at once. If
somebody asks you a simple question, "What did you do over the weekend?" your mind
goes Click! Who does
he think I am? What would the guy he thinks I am be doing over the weekend? Y ou
get so used to lying that
after a while it’s hard to remember what the truth is. When I [Philip] joined the
CIA I signed the secrecy
agreement... [now] I may have violated that agreement. I believe it is worse to
stay silent, that the [security]
agreement itself was immoral." [bold added to quote] On Nov. 15, 1996, DCI Deutsch
of the CIA paraded
himself and some politicians before a public meeting in south F.A. (broadcast on C-
Span) and told the people
the CIA would investigate allegations that the CIA had run drugs. One man asked CIA
Director Deutsch,
"Everyone knows that the CIA was running drugs in Vietnam from the Golden Triangle,
and that they have
continued doing it to today, and you want to come here to south F.A. and pretend to
us that this hasn’t happened
when everyone knows it did. Are you crazy?" Deutsch couldn’t help but show a
revealing smile. (The above
quoted question was taken from C-Span’ s broadcast & is a closely paraphrased
version.) One of my questions to
Deutsch would be, "When a drug addict’s life gets out of control, he’ll go into
denial, and he’ll steal from
everyone in his life, including his own mother, and live a life of lies, and when
an intelligence agency gets out
of control, they are like an addicted person, they stay in total denial and keep
secretly hurting everyone in sight,
WHAT can and should the people do to get an out-of-control intelligence agency to
stop its power addiction?
Unfortunately, the problem with power addiction, addiction to lying & deception,
and drug addiction began
centuries before the CIA within the Illuminati families that started the CIA. The
CIA is simply reflecting the
problems of its parent. Their addiction to lying keeps the common gullible man in
public ignorant. Their total
mind-controlled slaves are used extensively for disinformation campaigns, and are
helpful to disseminate

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 20 of 296

WHITE, GREY, & BLACK propaganda for the New World Order’s Network. To coordinate
their lies requires
a special intelligence group that keeps meticulous records of the disinformation
that has been disseminated, so
that they don’t get mixed up in their lies. It is extremely rare to get the truth
out of the perpetrators, the mind-
control programmers. Recently, on television a movie portrayed a victim of trauma-
based mind control trying to
get one of her programmers, who she’d taken prisoner, to confess to what he’d done.
He defied her, and did all
he could to make her think her memory was her imagination. It was an excellent
portrayal of how hard it is to
get the truth out of the perpetrators. The sadistic programmers have exercised
their power for decades in
secrecy. They have understood the implications of their power for decades. However,
the implications of this
undetectable mind-control are staggering, actually overwhelming and beyond the man
in the street’ s ability to
comprehend. It means every organization can be infiltrated ("penetrated" as they
say), and used as a front or
controlled. It means nothing is as it appears. It means that Russia can hate
America on the surface, and be
working hand in glove on the secret level. It means every one of the millions of
new immigrants from Russia,
China and Eastern Europe into the U.S. is a potential time bomb. It means much of
what has been blamed on
Christians has had its origin in Satan. Satanic programming has seriously damaged
the reputation of Christians.
The programmers are major players in how the world’s events unfold, while they
receive absolutely no
attention. These men are illegitimate rulers of the world. They have never gained
from the common man the
right to rule. Therefore they rule through puppets who owe their total allegiance
to their mind-control masters.
They are rapidly trying to establish legitimacy for themselves, and plan to
culminate their plans to gain
legitimacy with the rule of the Antichrist, who will rule based on mass-produced
myths and fantasies that the
Illuminati will articulate to the imaginations of millions of slaves worldwide.
They have already begun to
market the Antichrist and his reign to the world. The campaign for the acceptance
of homosexuality is just one
part of this marketing effort. They are also skillfully justifying their
Antichrist’s rule, by creating problems that
only his superior management abilities and leadership skills will be able to deal
with. The strength of New
World Order and the Antichrist’s rule is the total and undetectable mind-control
that is being carried out on a
mass scale to little children and people who fit specific profiles. According to a
reliable deprogrammed source:
Adults, who have the following profile are subjected to mind-control. This profile
is:

• alone without a support system of family or friends.

• an I.Q. above 120.

• good hypnotic candidate

• has other attributes worthwhile to exploit

More about this will be discussed in chapter 1, where an entire overview of how the
intelligence agencies take
adults and program them will be given. Adults who are used by the intelligence
agencies for WET OPS or one-
time one way missions are programmed in stages. These stages are designated levels
1-5. Level 4 is where these
slaves begin to resemble the total mind-controlled slaves of the Illuminati who
have been subjected to mind-
control since they were defenseless babies. The men involved in the programming of
little defenseless children
are skilled. They have been earned their jobs on the basis of a dog-eat-dog
environment. They are ruthless. They
operate out a hidden zone, which I will call the twilight zone of believability.
Anyone who tries to expose what
they are doing, must write about things that are outside of that box of things
commonly believed in. It is as they
intentionally gauge what is believable and then step outside of that zone in which
to operate. These ruthless
programmers have egos which think they are god-men. Somewhere deep in their minds,
they inwardly know
they are worms. There is a part of themselves deep down that knows the truth, but
Satan has buried that so deep,
that they cannot face the reality of who they are. They seek eternal life by
stealing the life force of innocent
victims. They know that their father is Satan. They are victims of Satan. Where
does one draw the line between
who is a victim and who is an abuser? There is no line. The word of God indicates
that God has turned many of
these men over to Satan due to their wicked minds. It’s sad to think that some of
these men are dependant on
Satan for spiritual life. Many of the slaves still have a spark of reality and a
spirit that cries for freedom. They
have ears to hear the truth, should it come their way. This book is written for
those who love the truth and love
the liberty that Almighty God has given us to seek and to love the truth for
ourselves. Although only a minority
of the people today have Total Mind-Control, the Illuminati are attempting to
confuse and manipulate everyone.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 21 of 296

One of their favorite tactics to scare people with is the ambiguous bogeyman of
national security. They
constantly use their spin-doctors to whip up fear, so that the public will gladly
surrender their freedom to protect
"national security". Unfortunately, or ironically, the very concept of "national
security" is being used as a cover
for the Illuminati to steal every last vestige of freedom left to the American
people. American tax-dollars
support secret conferences such as the classified conference sponsored by Los
Alamos on Nov. 16-17, 1993
where the Applied Physics Lab of John Hopkins University taught our military about
"non-lethal" weapons. The
satanist/ ex-Green Beret Dr. John Alexander, now head of the Los Alamos National
Lab, gave one of the
opening talks on 1 1/16/93. The next day, the military men gave talks on the
technology involved in controlling
people’s minds electronically via both implants and energy beamed at them. Dr. Dave
Morgan, of Lockhead
Sanders also gave a specific talk on their "syntel— synthetic voices they place in
the heads of victims with
telemetry to auditory implants. You will read more on their implants in chapter 5.
The battle for the freedom of
the human mind must be fought now. The battle gets increasingly difficult, but we
must fight it whether we win
or lose, for the human spirit and the human mind was not created by God for slavery
to Satan and his
Antichrist. Over and over, the truth of Jesus’ words still shine forth, "And you
shall know the truth and the truth
shall set you free." Let us realize that the man who said those eternally powerful
words also said, "I am the way,
the truth, and the life." For His light shone in darkness, "and the darkness has
not overcome it." If those of us
who still have free minds must die— then let us die for the TRUTH, that the Truth
in Christ Jesus shall live.

The hidden World Order government that increasingly controls our lives operates
through many clandestine
operations and groups. What you see is not what you get. In order to maintain total
secrecy of such a vast scale
of operations, they use millions of mind-controlled slaves world-wide as well as
numerous willing servants who
out of raw terror will not buck the system. On the surface, EPIC is just another
secret military unit. The patch
below belongs to the EPIC unit, a clandestine unit which is doing the real banking
for part of Mexico, much of
the U.S. and part of Canada. This agency (El Paso Intelligence Center— EPIC) is
obviously not a U.S.
jurisdictional agency, but operates under FINCEN (Financial Crimes Enforcement
Network- as in crimes
against Big Brother). This unit is stationed at Ft. Bliss, which contains Army &
Air Force units. American
elections are rigged, and there is no longer a government of the people, for the
people and by the people (if there
ever was one). The American people are kept in place because they think they
elected the government that rules
them. Mind-control is pervasive and is being used not just to create sexual slaves,
or banking employees, but to
control society at all levels. Will we continue to allow a shadow government to
rule us? Will we continue to let
them tell us that these things have to be secret in the interest of "national
security", when in reality they are only
in the interest of NATIONAL SLAVERY?

EPIC is also involved with the NAFTA machinations, many of which were done with the
help of mind-
controlled slaves. Within the NAFTA agreement was the U.S./Mexico Border XXI
Framework Document,
(based on the La Paz Agreement signed in ‘83) which in effect ends American &
Mexican sovereignity over all
land within 52.5 miles of the border. Special international agencies have been
created to regulate the various
environmental and legal needs of the Border XXI region, as the border is dissolved
into a border region. The
U.S./Mex. Border XXI document created the Border Cooperation Project & the North
American Development
Bank. The World Bank will also provide financing, and some funds will come from
Mexico. EPIC is well
situated in the approx, geographic center of this border region.

CHAPTER 1. SCIENCE NO. 1 - SELECTION & PREPARATION OF THE VICTIM

The average person who has been spoon-fed what he knows from the controlled
establishment (the
establishment’s news, churches, and schools) is overwhelmed and in denial that
mind-control can be happening.
Who would want to carry out mind-control? One category are those groups who use the
Cabala. Hasidic
Judaism, Freemasonry, and Witchcraft are all based on the Cabala. Llewellyn’s
magazine New Worlds of Mind
and Spirit (a prominent witchcraft magazine) in their June/July ’94 issue state on
page 56, "The golem of Prague
is perhaps the most famous example of ‘practical cabala’- the use of cabala for
magical cabala." Golem are
mind-controlled beings. There are several cabalistic and witchcraft written
references that point out that the
creation of mind-controlled zombies (golem) was the highest goal of the cabala.
Albert Pike, perhaps the most
important Freemason of all times, clearly stated as the head of Freemasons
worldwide that Freemasonry is based

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 22 of 296

on the Cabala. A cabalistic psychiatrist in Psychoanalysis Review, ’44, issue 31,

p. 180 wrote, "Victory over the
world would be secured by any man who possessed the Shem...[We shall control the
world (words to this
effect)]... when we shall attain the consciousness of the Shem within us and will
control the power of the Golem
to regenerate the world." [The Golem are energized by the magic Tetragrammaton,
which the Jehovah’s W.s
emphasize so much.] In The Worldwide Weekly, Defense News of 3/20-26/95, the
Defense News an official
military paper indicated that the navy was attempting to produce an "Army of
Zombies". The Defense News
stated:

"The research, called Hippocampal Neuron Patterning, grows live neurons on computer
chips, William Tolies,
the recently retired associate director of research at the Naval Research Lab, said
March 15. This technology
that alters neurons could potentially be used on people to create zombie armies,
Lawrence Korb, a senior fellow
at the Brookings Institution, said March 16 .... The research has captured the
attention of the U.S. Intelligence
community."
1 have taken the space to give you the reader a paper trail that shows that YES
INDEED, there are groups of
people that desire human zombies. So where do they select their candidates for
their zombie creating programs?
That’s what this chapter will deal with. You’ll have to go to some of my other
books to learn how these mind-
control groups all interconnect.

The previous book by this author The Top 13 Illuminati Bloodlines was intended to
help people begin to
understand the major role bloodlines play within the Illuminati. When this author
was on speaking circuit, he
ran into a number of researchers who had researched the New World Order and the
Illuminati for years and not
realized the significance of the bloodlines. In tracking the bloodlines, it became
apparent that the European
Illuminati bloodlines were trying to integrate some of the American Indian
bloodlines into their own bloodlines.
Why? They wanted the occult power that these bloodlines contributed. And it seems
that not only do
generational spirits help in many ways, but there are reasons to believe that the
Aborigines of Australia, the
Bushmen of the Kalahari, and some of the American Indian tribes such as the
Cherokee have high paranormal
abilities in addition to their demonic spiritual abilities. Some believe that the
psi-gene was valuable for the
survival of primitive hunter tribes, while tribes who went into agriculture lost
some of the power of the primary
and secondary psi-genes since natural selection would not have encouraged psi-genes
in agricultural based
societies. The primary psi-genes are thought by some to be some genetic coding
which enhances proteins to be
better biophysical batteries, storage units, and other roles. The secondary genetic
psi-coding are thought to be
codes for creating richer and higher-functioning neural pathways, and neural
capabilities. Whether this was true,
if the Illuminati believed it was true, it could account for their penchant for
mixing in American Indian blood
with their elite "blue blood."

BREEDING GOOD SUBJECTS for HYPNOSIS-hypnosis as it relates to selection &

preparation of the
victim.

Hypnosis and programming work well in the alpha state of the mind. This is why the
child is traumatized even
in the womb, so that it will naturally be in that alpha state even before birth.
The man in the street may think that
the hypnotist looks for weak-willed subjects, however the mind-control programmers
and professional stage
hypnotists say that a "fighter", "a determined forceful personality" are the types
they search for to have a
successful hypnotic session. Weak-willed persons are usually incapable of seriously
concentrating for the
successful pursuance of any idea, and usually are the worst subjects. Intelligence
is often helpful, and (as stated
in the first volume) the ability to be creative is extremely important to the
programmers. An extremely important
factor for the subject of mind-control to have is the "emotional drive to pursue to
its successful completion a
given objective." (McGill, Ormond. Professional Stage Hypnotism, pp. 87-88.) One
reason the programmers
like to work with children who were preemies is that they are fighters. Another
reason the programmers like to
work with intelligent children, and not waste time trying to program lower-than-
average intelligent children, is
that they are easier to hypnotize.

This does not mean that only people who appear intelligent are programmed. During
the programming process,
many of the victims are programmed to appear stupid to others and to themselves.
Only the master (and those

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 23 of 296

who work with him) are to use the full potential of the victim. The victims’
talents are stolen from them. An
intelligent child, who comes from an intelligent family, and who is programmed with
total mind-control may
grow up into adulthood thinking he or she is of average or below average
intelligence.

GENETICS

Pres. Theodore Roosevelt, who was blood related to both President Martin Van Buren
and to Franklin Delano
Roosevelt, is on record, "Some day we will realize that the prime duty, the
inescapable duty of the good citizens
of the right type is to leave his or her blood behind him in the world; and that we
have no business to permit the
perpetuation of citizens of the wrong type .... The problem cannot be met unless we
give full consideration to
the immense influence of heredity .... I wish very much that the wrong people could
be prevented entirely from
breeding; and when the evil nature of these people is sufficiently flagrant, this
should be done .... The emphasis
should be laid on getting desirable people to breed." Many of the people within the
Illuminati bloodlines have
made statements like this, and have done all they could to leave many secret
offspring behind, because these
elite bloodlines have felt they were the chosen to lead humanity. Your ancient
aristocratic families such as the
Cabots, Lodges & Delanos have been in favor of placing the blame on society’s
problems on the "bad blood" of
the common man. They forget all the evils that have been perpetrated on these
common people by the blue
blooded aristocratic families that think they are so superior. For instance,
Illuminati kingpin Harriman’s wife
purchased land at Cold Springs, NY to promote a eugenics program. She said that
being raised around good race
horses helped her appreciate good breeding in man. Eugenics is the philosophy that
some humans are
genetically superior to others, & that inferior genetic races/individuals should be
destroyed. The first eugenics
program started in the United States was by John Humphrey Noyes, the cult leader of
communist Oneida
communities. John Humphrey Noyes’ father was a Vermont Congressman, and his mother
was a relative of
Rutherford B. Hayes, the 19th U.S. President. His family was from the burned out
district, from Putney,
Vermont. In 1833, Yale granted him a license to preach. Noyes began creating his
communist communities
around 1836, and he dictated all their major decisions, including their group sex
and eugenics policies. In 1869,
John H. Noyes selected 53 women and 38 men to be the only ones in his communities
allowed to produce
children. The goal was to perfect the genetics of the community by only allowing
well bred children. This is
believed to be the first eugenics program. All members of the community were
encouraged to have sex with
everyone else & not to form emotional attachments around it. However, they were not
to have procreative sex.
The Oneida group can clearly be tied in with European occult groups that tie in
with the illuminati. The Oneida
group used central committees and social control through mutual criticism to keep
their members in line. Their
social control methods were extremely effective. Years later, Chinese communism
began using these
innovations of Noyes’. Charles Guiteau, who assassinated Pres. Garfield, was a
member of Noyes’ Oneida
community. He became a member because his father, a disciple of Noyes, took him
there as a boy. Charles
stated that at the Noyes’ community, he came under the influence of Noyes and "I
was unable to get away from
that influence ... A man was just as isolated from the world as if he were confined
in state’s prison or lunatic
asylum. I suffered greatly in mind and body and spirits during incarceration in
that community." He claimed he
had never gotten free of the control that began when he entered the Oneida
community. In 1880, he began
hanging around the Republican Party’s NY HQ. This was a very strange thing, because
Charles Guiteau had
never had any interest in politics his entire life. He bought a pistol from a
"gentleman", and then shot President
Garfield. Knowing that Illuminati mind-control was already taking place at this
time, certainly makes this
assassination an area for further study. John Noyes had his groups conducting
seances and carrying out initiation
rites. He personally sexually initiated the girl children of his communities at
these rites. In June, 1879, when the
authorities came to arrest him for mass rape of little girls, he fled to British
Canada, where the British
government gave him asylum. After Noyes skipped the country, the community was
incorporated as a joint-
stock corporation called Oneida Ltd., which later burned a large amount of the
personal records and the diaries
of the members to keep their sexual activities forever secret. It’s interesting to
note, that long before 1879, in
June, 1847, Noyes’ had treated a woman Harriet Hall for tuberculosis & dropsy by
holding a seance ritual and
sexually sealing the spiritual cure with intercourse with the woman. After the
woman’s husband reported this, a
grand jury indicted Noyes. He skipped bail and an almost sure conviction by fleeing
to New York. People have
wondered how he managed to practice his odd sexual behaviors for years and never
get into trouble with
authorities.

Margaret Sanger, an early feminist, was also an advocate of eugenics. In their zeal
to make her a hero, modern

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 24 of 296

feminists have neglected to notice this side of her. Sanger advocated sterilization
of the feeble-minded by he
government. This all sounded good at the turn of the century before legitimate
research showed that genetics
played only a partial role in how people turned out, and that environment and
choices by individuals also played
just as big of a role in how people turned out. Many of the people who were
sterilized under eugenic laws were
realized to have been victims of pseudo-science and hysteria. The Great Depression
leveled many proud and
haughty people down to the same level as the common people they had sneered down
upon. Rich and poor
found themselves in bread lines. The financial elite and the academic elite were
humbled and the eugenics racial
theories in the U.S. largely disappeared. Finally, H.J. Muller, a famous and
respected geneticist, gave an
outstanding and courageous speech to the Eugenics Society in NY in 1932 where he
lambasted the eugenicists
for using false better-breeding theories to rationalize the criminal behavior of
the elite. The Illuminati had
suffered a temporary setback in legitimizing their criminal rule over humanity. In
recent years, the Illuminati’s
evil ideas about superior and inferior blood lines are being given more credence
again. The National Institute of
Health funded a $1.7 million study at the University of Hawaii’s Behavioral Biology
Lab to get solid
information on how genetics relates to intelligence so that "informed decisions"
about population control can be
made in the future. Almost every state has now adopted genetic screening of new-
born babies in the U.S. While
the Illuminati may not be able to fully implement their superior blood theories in
society in general, they have
been secretly working feverishly in labs and in secret rituals around the world to
redesign mankind to their
preferences. Many Ilium, members are the end result of carefully monitored genetic
engineering. They want to
manufacture the future via control over human genetics. Many years ago, the first
step in the Illuminati genetic
program was the creation of specifications. When these specs, these criteria, were
set as goals, they then worked
to realize them. They have been working at them, and refining the results as they
continue to work toward
specific goals. They have sought the perfect assassin. They have sought the perfect
slave. They have sought the
perfect baseball player and golf player. They have sought the perfect soldier. The
borders between these
manufactured Illuminati total mind-control slaves and an industrial robot are fast
becoming blurred. The end of
the human race as we know it, and civilization as we know it, is rapidly
approaching. Via molecular biology and
genetics, humanoids that are vastly different from normal humans have been created
in secret underground
installations. They have been modifying humans to design para-humans, and then
applying mind-control to
them. The Illuminati is not only controlling humanity, but under their control
redesigning it. Lest anyone forget,
the descendants of John Noyes’ Oneida Colony, and the genetic model wonder children
born in Nazi Germany
are still around. According to one source, the Nazi’s produced numerous offspring
of Hitler which were secretly
taken to many countries and then later reassembled in certain special towns. These
children received mind-
control as well as being specially endowed with as many special traits as the
Nazi’s could give them. If this is
true, it could have some significance in the future. Illuminati kingpins are also
able to store their semen via
cryogenics for all kinds of scenarios. Lrozen sperm can be used to create a son
after the father had died. Should
an Illuminati kingpin want to impregnate his grand-daughter 10 years after his
death, it would be possible. On
the flip side, single women can choose semen from sperm banks. Another twist that
the Illuminati have taken
advantage of is taking the fertilized egg of one set of parents and implanting it
into a brooder slave to raise the
child as a surrogate mother.

It should also be mentioned that ex-Illuminati members have explained how planned
births are coincided to
have the child be born on particular special occult dates. (The Illuminati have a
intense lifestyle of secrecy, so
most of their members do not carry the last name of the bloodline they belong to.
Some members are given
significant occult names for their legal name, and others use legal names which
have no significance. Having a
legal occult-significant name is not essential, because the alter system will
receive a secret Illuminati occult
name.)

The bottom line is that bloodlines, genetics and genetic engineering is playing a
role in the selection process of
who is programmed a certain way. Also the Illuminati has particular research goals
that have been structured
into their 20 year, 30 year and 50 year plans. Case histories show that a child
will receive education and
programming in order to participate in secret research projects years down the
road. Some of today’s marked
children are invariably being quietly educated to help with future research goals.
As might be suspected the
inbreeding within the secret Illuminati bloodlines and their secret satanic
lifestyles take their genetic toll..

How do the Illuminati get rid of their leftovers, the children their bloodlines
have that aren’t going to amount to
a great deal? In terms of mind-control, the male children that are the programming
leftovers, the ones that are

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 25 of 296

not really fit to make into politicians, doctors and lawyers, will be made into
stalkers, according to an ex-
Illuminati programmer, who worked in this area of programming, the ratio of men to
women that are
programmed for stalking is about 90% to 10%. Why discuss how the Illuminati makes
stalkers? First, many
people doubt that there is a controlled conspiracy by the Illuminati to control the
world, because in their limited
understanding they think that there are too many uncontrollable people around for
the world to be controlled.
They don’t realize that a large share of those crazy people were intentionally
created by the Illuminati. The
Illuminati programmers and handlers during the 40’s through the 60’s, according to
insiders, had specific quotas
on how many people to have go crazy so that the mental institutions (which were
used for programming) could
maintain their government financing.

Readers, who have followed this author’s lectures, have heard him explain how a.
the Illuminati make a decision
to "solve" a problem they have created, then b. get the government and private
groups to study the problem for
years so that eventually it looks like their (secretly preplanned) decision is the
best course of action for the
country, and then c. their lackey’s in the political process implement the decision
supposedly for the "good of
the people". After 30 years of good financing for the mental institutions so they
could do their assigned task of
programming hundreds of thousands of people with tasks for the NWO, the Illuminati
then set things up so that
the mental institutions dumped their populations out onto the streets, where they
can carry out the missions they
had been programmed to carry out.

They next step was to privatize the prisons, which are being used for mind-control
(not to mention hard-core
porn of women victims in prisons). The Illuminati’s long range plans for mind-
control included that they would
turn over the prisons to people like the Illuminati’s Order of the Skull & Bone’s
Wackenhut Services, Inc.,

Coral Gables, FL, (ph. no. 305-666-5656), and the Illuminati’s GE Government
Operations, Cherry Hill, NJ
under James Becker at 609-486-5042. In the 18 page Heritage Foundation’s study of
prison needs entitled "A
Guide To Prison Privatization” (done on May 28, 1988, Wash. D.C.), the Heritage
Foundations gives all the
correct Illuminati answers to the question of privatization of prisons, including
listing the following
"corporations that provide prison services ... Behavioral Systems SW, Inc.,...
Eckerd Family Youth Alternatives,
Inc., ... GE Government Operations, Cherry Hill, NJ.. .Wackenhut." All groups that
this author’s research
indicates are Illuminati and involved with mind-control. An example of several
studies that this author has
obtained that were done to show us that privatization of prisons is the best answer
to our problems is The
Development, Present Status, and Future Potential of Correctional Privatization in
America by Charles W.
Thomas, Prof, of Criminology & Dir, of Private Corrections Project; Charles H.
Logan, Prof, of Sociology,

Univ. of Conn., & Visiting Fellow, Fed. Bureau of Prisons. This paper was done May
1991 . Our government
also got into the act and the GAO wrote up a govt, report in Feb. 1991 stating that
the government could save
money by privatizing prisons. The Illuminati need their people seeded at all levels
of society, at the gutter level
as well as in palaces. This is where the stalkers, their leftover children used for
programming are handy. Many
of these stalkers had secret Illuminati lineages that are hidden via adoption. As
one ex-Illuminati member said,
"They are the weak links." The Illuminati must have dependable people everywhere,
even in the gutter and
prisons.

Why create stalkers? There are a long list of reasons. It is somewhat difficult to
explain unless readers are
already familiar with the bigger picture. People, who have sat in on Illuminati
meetings where their 20, 30, and
50 year plans were discussed, will explain how the Illuminati wanted to break down
the family structures and
bring violence into the schools. This is Ordo ab chaos. However, the schools had
rules to protect themselves
from dangerous violent activity done by children, so they had to create violence in
the streets, to get violence
into the schools by the backdoor. Stalkers were part of the program to create
violence. Another purpose stalkers
serve for the Illuminati is that they make excellent spies if they get attached to
someone. They will find out
everything they can about that person. Their minds will creatively invent all kinds
of ways to get information
about their fixation.

How does the Illuminati program a child to become a stalker? They have the
programming techniques to create
a stalker down to a fine science. In short, it consists of 1. they bond the child
extremely close to its mother or a
woman as it grows up. This creates a side-effect of homosexuality. The mental
mechanics of this side-effect are
that the male has an unmet need for men. The Illuminati will manipulate this latent
homosexuality but not allow
its expression. They want to continue to strengthen the apron strings that attach
the child to the mother image.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 26 of 296

Meanwhile they utterly destroy all self-respect and self-image of the child. It is
totally disgraced so that its only
identity is its identity with its mother figure. The child can not stand on its own
two feet without the support of
the mother-figure. When the boy approaches puberty, they are watched very closely
by the Illuminati, be that in
a military school or tightly controlled cult family setting, etc. They do not want
the apron strings to ever be cut.
They want them to remain dependent when they would naturally become independent.
They want to insure that
the young boy doesn’t develop a sense of who they are. The victim of stalker
programming will never
emotionally grow out of that age of about 11-13 when boys would sever the ties to
their mother. They stop
growing emotionally at about age 12. This is all carefully crafted by the
Illuminati. These young men never
understand themselves or their programming. They don’t understand the impulses and
uncontrollable drives that
hit them. They can’t get off their programming merry-go-round, because it is rooted
in the first brain, their
maternal instincts, the "reptilian brain" which has no conscience. Their stalking
of their mother figure is a
survival instinct that they don’t understand. They make good spies. They will
persist in tracking and stalking a
victim, until they break down the victim’s walls of privacy by their sheer
tenacity, persistence, and force of will.

This is because it is a survival instinct that has been harnessed by the Illuminati
programmer. Because this
programming is laid in at the reptilian first brain level, these stalkers can be
violent without a higher brain
conscience, and their minds will manufacture some justification to protect this
survival need to stalk. The mind
protects itself, so they have a strong denial system. Every time someone "rejects"
them, it triggers their
programming. Because they are driven by their reptilian first brain (the various
brains are explained later in this
book) they only think in the here-and-now, long-term projects bore them, they don’t
have the stick-to-itiveness
needed for many jobs, except their eternal quest for an identity with the mother-
figure they stalk.

TRAINING THE UNBORN CHILD

The Illuminati in its typical schizophrenic way, has not neglected the
opportunities to begin the programming
process in the womb. The scientific research in this area has been kept quiet, but
from an ex-Illuminati
programmer it is clear that they are aware of much more about the unborn child in
the womb and its thinking
processes than the public knows about. I was privileged to read the excellent book
The Secret Life of the
Unborn Child by Thomas Veiny, M.D. with John Kelly. This book is written from a
loving Christian viewpoint
and incorporates scientific research about the thinking of unborn children.
Interestingly, Veiny studied research
into the mind of the fetus from researchers at the Max Plank Institute, Munich,
Germany, from the Esalen
Institute, Big Sur, CA., from the Center for Research on Birth and Human
Development, Berkeley, CA which
are all institutions involved in mind-control and mind-control research. Just one
example of the learning abilities
of the unborn child, an autistic child remembered the english her French speaking
mother was around during
work while the child was in the womb. Veiny writes, "The fetus can see, hear,
experience, taste and, on a
primitive level, even learn in utero (that is, in the uterus— before birth). Most
importantly, he can feel— not with
an adult’s sophistication, but feel nonetheless." (p. 12) Research has clearly
showed that the fetus can think and
is shaping its (his or her) personality while in the womb. Maternal thoughts,
feelings, actions, and fears all reach
the child in the womb and affect the child. The maternal bonding with the child
while in the womb is also
critical.

Researchers have been unable to pinpoint when a baby in the womb begins to think,
and have a consciousness,
but some theorize that it goes back clear to the beginning of conception. One study
taught fetus babies to kick
on the cue of a vibration. The researchers have determined that the unborn child
hears what is being said around
it, and is beginning to associate its language skills around the voices it hears.
The unborn child hears and reacts
differently to different music played. Soothing words and soothing music will calm
a fetus. One conductor
remembered into his adult years, the cello music that had only been played while he
was an unborn child.
According to excellent research, the start of awareness is clearly evidenced
between the 28th and 32nd week. At
that point, the brain’s neural circuits are just as advanced as a newborns. This is
why the Illuminati can get away
with causing so many preemie births to enhance dissociative abilities. From the
32nd week on the child shows
that it carries out REM sleep. It is also interesting the children, teenagers and
adults have widely divergent sleep
patterns but the time spent in REM sleep stays constant. Researchers have been able
to trace memories going
back to the sixth month of pregnancy. In other words, from the sixth month of
pregnancy onward, some of what
the unborn child learns will be remembered. (See pg. 23 of Varny’s The Secret Life
of the Unborn Child.) This
is why the Illuminati has made a point of having the unborn child hear the voices
of people who will play a role

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 27 of 296

in the trauma and programming of the child. The child may already know the hypnotic
voice of one of its cult
programmers at birth. Researchers found that by playing a tape of a mother’s
heartbeat to new-born babies that
the babies felt dramatically more secure, and were much healthier and did much
better. A child who has been
trained to its father’s soothing voice in the womb, has been proven to remember it
and hear it after birth and to
respond to it in a positive way. In fact, the emotionally healthiest children have
been found by researchers to
have had their father’ s voice in their life prior to birth. Unborn children do not
like to be poked at. In the eighth
week of life, the unborn child is already using his physical abilities to show that
he dislikes intensely to be
poked. One of the early fetus traumas, that the Illuminati like to carry out is to
poke the fetus with a sharp object
to make it dissociative in the womb. By the fourth month, the unborn baby is making
facial expressions. Four to
eight weeks later they are sensitive to touch, and don’t like to be tickled while
in the womb. Sometimes children
are tickled during medical exams. If cold water is injected into the mother’s
stomach, the baby intensely dislikes
it. The child can be overwhelmed while in the womb with horrible sounds, bad tastes
caused by what the mother
eats, being touched in ways that it dislikes, etc. Rock music drives unborn
children crazy. Programming drugs
that cause particular thinking in the fetus can also be administered. Can one see
that the traumatization to cause
MPD can easily start in the womb? In fact, with many Illuminati babies, they do
create womb splits, and have
even started trying to teach Christ to the child while in the womb, to speed up the
process of when they will
purposefully make the child feel rejected by God and to experience the black
communion with Satan. The
foundation of trauma-based total mind-control is fear. A deep spirit of fear
cripples a person spiritually &
emotionally. The foundation of fear can begin to be layered in while the child is
still unborn. The unborn child
has near-sighted seeing. He can detect light shined on his mother’s stomach. In
fact, the fetus’s eyes, which are
living in a dark world, will hurt when light is shined onto the mom’s stomach. A
long-term unresolved personal
stress on the mother will be one of the worst stresses her unborn child has to deal
with. Short term stresses don’t
seem to have the long term side effects that long term stress has. Short term
stresses are soon forgotten by the
child. Somehow, the love that the mother has for the child is transmitted to the
child, and forms a protective
shield so to speak for the child to resist traumas and stresses. When the mother is
ambivalent (even though
outwardly happy) or cool in their emotions, the babies have been proven by
researchers to consistently have
more physical and emotional problems.

If the Illuminati want to create an effeminate gay man, they can administer
progesterone and estrogen to the
mother during her pregnancy, and this will influence the development of male
children to be effeminate. Certain
researchers have been warning about the hormones that are in our daily food because
modern techniques of
raising cattle and producing milk include giving hormones to the animals.
It is also known that the child’s concept of "I" the self starts in the womb. Those
children who have had a secure
womb feeling have been shown to be more confident with their sexual lives later on
in life. While those who
were terrified in the womb had a tendency to have sexual problems. The traumas that
are induced into some of
the babies for programming purposes may have a destabilizing effect on the sexual
stability later on in life, and
it may be that the programmers take advantage of the unsure destabilized feelings
that are a consequence of
terror in the womb. Children bom from induced labor have a statistically high
relationship to sexual sadism, and
males typically have masochistic personalities. (See pg. 19 of The Secret Life of
the Unborn Child). Since
certain Illuminati children have their birth’s induced to match certain dates of
the year, this is one contributing
factor as to why Illuminati males, bom into bloodlines that have for centuries
considered certain birthdates
important, have such a high incidence of sadistic tendencies. Verny believes that
C-section babies, due to what
happens to babies during the birthing process in contrast to a normal birth, have
certain emotional needs that
later as adults are expressed as promiscuous lives. Women due to their C-section
birth, develop a deep seated
desire to be held, and intercourse later becomes the price they have to pay to
satisfy this deepseated need.

COMMON ILLUMINATI WORK WITH TWINS

The Illuminati mask the removal of babies from pregnant mothers with "alien
abduction of fetus" cover stories.
When twins are in the utems, it is common for the Illuminati to skillfully take one
of them. This is part of why
the disappearance rate for a twin baby is 75%. It is so prevalent that it has been
given the name "the Vanishing
Twin Phenomenon". The Vanishing Twin Phenomenon is well established by statistics.
Establishment doctors
generally claim that one twin has absorbed the other twin. Some researchers claim
that this can not be the real
explanation for any part of the birthing process. Elizabeth Noble in her book
Having Twins, (Houghton Mifflin,

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 28 of 296
1990) states, "With increasing use of ultrasound, it has been observed that more
multiples are lost in the utems
than previously thought— some studies say as high as 80 percent of twin
pregnancies. Considering that there are
still 2 in 75 people born as twins, what a great number of twins would be born if
the disappearance rate were not
so high. There are many cases of two heartbeats being detected only hours before
the delivery, and yet only one
baby being born. Many mothers have been suspicious, but the doctors tell them that
the second heartbeat "was
only a mistake." The explanations that doctors give for disappearing babies who are
never born often do not
seem satisfactory. There are different kinds of twins:

a. There are dizygotic, also called fraternal twins. Two variations of this is when
eggs from two consecutive
ovarian cycles are separately fertilized, or a single egg divides and each of its
halves gets fertilized.

b. There are monozygotic, which are identical, or clones so to speak of each other.
Identical twins are always of
the same sex. They share the same genes, the same fingerprints, dental
characteristics, etc.

c. There are monozygotic mirror twins, which have identical characteristics on

opposite sides of their body.

When one twin disappears, the surviving twin will often develop psychological
problems around the
disappearance, even if the child is never told that they had a twin disappear. The
Illuminati believe that the soul
of a dead twin goes into the live twin. They consider twins which have two souls
very powerful individuals. One
doctor, William Baldwin, has written in his book Spirit Releasement Therapy: A
Technique Manual that he
believes that the dead twin astrally attaches its soul to the surviving twin. Dr.
Alice Rose believes that some
eating disorders are the result of a twin dying in the womb due to competition for
food.

To further complicate things, the Illuminati program their slaves to believe that
they have a twin somewhere.
Elvis Presley, a Monarch mind-controlled slave, believed he had a twin that
communicated with him spiritually.
In the Angel Times magazine, (Oct. issue), a childhood friend of Elvis states that
Elvis communicated with
beings as a child. These being had showed Elvis a vision of dancing, and of people
"dressed in white with colors
all around." While it is popular to dismiss the vanishing twin phenomena with
superficial medical explanations,
or with alien theories, at least of some of the phenomena is the result of the
Illuminati’ s massive system of
abuse, where they need babies for sacrifice, experiments and programming.

SELECTION OF ADULT CANDIDATES FOR MIND-CONTROL

There is an ongoing operation within the intelligence agencies to identify adults

who would make good
candidates for mind-control. For this reason, the CIA set up many years ago chains
of weight-loss centers (as
well as stop-smoking centers and stop-drinking centers) that help people with
weight loss, & breaking drinking
& smoking addictions. At these centers, people trained to identify clients with
high levels of suggestibility have
been identifying for the intelligence agencies, (esp. the CIA) potential mind-
control victims. Intelligence assets
are located around the country and even outside of the United States. The
perpetrators try to look for individuals
that come through immigration, who come into county clinics and hospitals,
government hospitals, etc. who
have the following initial attributes:

a. they are over 120 I.Q.

b. they are alone without a support team of family and friends

c. they do well on their first session where hypnosis is clandestinely perpetrated

on the individual

d. they have other attributes that can be exploited to the advantage of the
intelligence groups.

If a person is identified at a weight-reduction center (which is a CIA front) as

having a weight problem that
needs to receive hospital treatment AND they are also highly suggestible, they will
be subjected to mind-control
while hospitalized. According to one source, IF the individual, who has been a.
spotted, b. singled out and c.
placed under hypnosis without their consent, d. looks likes a useful candidate for
mind-control to the

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 29 of 296

psychologists and intelligence field officers, THEN a file will be started and they
will be placed in a CALL
LILE. The initial hypnotic session may be in a dirty doctor’s office, or in some
cases in emergency rooms. Dirty
doctors working in emergency room settings are careful to work undetected by clean
hospital workers. The
hypnotic suggestion is implanted that the victim return at a particular date to a
location where more detailed
work can be done.

U.S. GOVT. MIND-CONTROL LEVEL 1.

A proper candidate, that is one with an I.Q. above 120 and proper hypnotic
abilities, will be given a code cue,
that is an alpha-numeric code, or a number or a word code that identifies them.
This is embedded hypnotically.

If the person has no relatives that are important, they will be instructed and
secretly helped to move to a location
chosen by the intelligence agencies. The programmers will cover their tracks so
that what has happened at this
level is deeply embedded in the subconscious mind & can’t be retrieved.

U.S. GOVT. MIND-CONTROL LEVEL 2.

At this level the person is used operationally at very easy and unimportant tasks.
He is also assigned someone.
The hypnotist programmer is beginning to soften the victim up and make them more
pliable to suggestions. If he
successfully performs these small jobs that have been hypnotically written into the
mind, then he will be given a
RECALL SERVICE NOTICE by the person who is in contact with the victim. Now the
person moves on to
level 3, which is a fully operational level.

U.S. GOVT. MIND-CONTROL LEVEL 3.

When the victim is instructed to come in, they do not realize what is in store for
them. Now their own
personality will be re-written according to what script the programmers want it to
have. The person will be set to
carry out his instructions as needed. The slave will now be given specific trigger
codes to carry out assignments.
All field agents of the intelligence agencies get level 3 control.

GOVT. MIND-CONTROL LEVEL 4

This level is reserved for candidates who are very intelligent and very loyal to
hypnotic commands. Victims of
this level of mind-control will follow out any command they are given, whether it
be suicidal or harmful.
Because these victims of mind-control are now under total mind-control, just as
many members of the Illuminati
grow up under, the intelligence agencies want to protect their level 4 slaves. They
will be given a new life along
with a total new identity. All the credentials and paperwork that the new identity
needs will be created. The
slave has now received a totally new life, and whatever SCRIPT (agenda) the
intelligence agencies want. The
programming that was placed in up to level 3 is erased in a sense and an entire new
life script is placed in. This
is done with the use of drugs, deception, and other sophisticated mind-control
techniques described in Vol. 2
and this book. Complete areas of memory are erased at this stage and then a new
history is written into the pre-
puberty area of memory. This takes some time, and is accomplished using a number of
techniques our books
have described. The old memory is erased and OVERWRIITEN with the new history and
script. The brain
assimilates this new knowledge as if it's always been there, because it feels
comfortable putting something into a
void spot. The programmers prefer to find a period in the original person’ s life
when nothing happened. It is
easy to erase a memory block when nothing significant is in original memory, i.e.
it is basically blank anyway.
As a sleeper the level 5 slave may marry and lead a relatively normal life. One
clue that the person is going to be
used on a mission is if he suddenly leaves his wife & goes somewhere. This may be a
clue that the handlers are
positioning the person for a mission. They may also have nullified the slave’s
external life, so there isn’t the
purpose of life to prevent a suicide mission.

U.S. GOVT. MIND-CONTROL LEVEL 5

This level is reserved for people with an I.Q. of at least 130. This level will
require taking the slave to a special
programming center, where they are taken down to the comatose level of subconscious
awareness to place the

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 30 of 296

programming in at the deepest levels of the mind. The victim may be comatose for
days or months, and this
requires a catheter in the neck, urinary and digestive tracts to keep the body
properly functioning. Because the
person will be hospitalized for quite a while, a popular cover story is that they
had an automobile accident.
Remember, in Vol. 2, it was discussed how Roseanne Barr (now an actress with
MPD/DID) had as a teenager an
"automobile accident" during which she received significant programming. Many of
these level 5 slaves are
placed as sleepers into organizations of all kinds, where they lead "normal lives."
The level 5 triggers activate
programs deeply embedded and NESTED into the memory of a person. A team of
programmers work on level 5
slaves. They must make sure that the victim has a support system so that they do
not self-destruct. They may
have psychologists in normal life set up to serve as a support person for the
slave. It was interesting to see that
AFTER learning from people in the know about how memory is erased and a new
identity given, that the show
"No Where Man" portrayed this happening to a black man. Whoever wrote the scripts
for No Where Man had
an excellent understanding of what is going on in mind-control.

TESTING YOUNG CHILDREN TO PLAN THE PROGRAMMING.

In Vol. 2, chap.] it was explained how the programmers can test the pre verbal
child to determine & plan how
they will program them. EEG’s & Gittinger’s Tests were discussed. Here is more
information. Researchers have
been able to study the personalities of unborn children and to watch how these
personality traits stay with the
children through their lives. In the Vol. 2 book it was explained how the
Illuminati has used EEGs to determine
the personalities of pre-verbal children so that they know what type of programming
is best suited for that
personality. Interestingly, on Mon., April 12, ’96, 1 1 p.m. after the Vol. 2 book
was out on the market, 20/20 did
a show where they showed researchers using EEG electrodes to monitor childrens’
brainwaves for their
happiness potential. It is known that brain potentials associated with voluntary
movements have been identified,
thereby giving big brother the potential to predict when a person is going to make
a particular movement. The
brain is dynamically looking at patterns and continously generating hypnotheses
about its environment which
are then validated or invalidated by information picked up by the senses. The P300
wave (known as the P3 wave
for short) allows neuroscientists to track decision making in a brain’s cortex. The
P300 wave shows when the
mind’s thought processes have been internally surprised. In this way, detection of
the P300 gives a method of
lie-detection superior to the polygraph. When surprised the brain creates P300 wave
by internal brain functions—
such as what chapt. 4 will call "cognitive demon processes". Initially, EEGs are
taken of child victims, with an
analysis of the different wave forms. Next, will come tests of VERs (visually
evoked responses). This is
valuable for instance, because bright children will show asymmetric (high
amplitude) responses during VERs
from the right hemisphere. Children with low I.Q. show the same evoked response
from both hemispheres. This
is just one window on the mind that the Illuminati programmers have of the
preverbal children. There are other
evoked-potential tests that are being used to determine personality traits too.
Evoked-responses can also be used
to show whether the person is conscious, or how deep they are in a coma. The early
components of the evoked-
response, which occur 10-20 milliseconds after a stimulus, are believed to come
from the brain stem and can be
used to determine a level of a coma. Evoked-responses are also used to determine
particular learning disabilities
within a child. Right-handed children will show even prior to birth, an anatomical
specialization that favors
language acquisition in the left hemisphere. So they can even determine what
handed-ness the child has very
early on.

Image2.gif

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 3 1 of 296

Baron Guy de Rothschild, of France, has been the leading light of his bloodline.
The Baron is an Illuminati
Kingpin and slave programmer. For those who have bought the cover story that the
Catholic Church is not part
of the Illuminati’s NWO, I would point out that the Baron has worked with the Pope
in programming slaves.
This photo was picked for the trauma chapter because the Baron has a droopy left
eye. Many of the deeper
Illuminati alters show droopy left eyes due to the trauma they have received. The
authors are not aware of what
the official explanation for his droopy left eye would be.

CHAPTER 2.

SCIENCE NO. 2 -THE TRAUMATIZATION & TORTURE OF THE VICTIM

The basis for the success of the Monarch mind-control programming is that different
personalities or personality
parts called alters can be created who do not know each other, but who can take the
body at different times.

Let’s review some important points that were mentioned in the Vol.2 book, ‘The
amnesia walls that are built by
traumas, form a protective shield of secrecy that protects the abusers from being
found out, and prevents the
front personalities who hold the body much of the time to know how their System of
alters is being used. The
shield of secrecy allows cult members to live and work around other people and
remain totally undetected. The
front alters can be wonderful Christians, and the deeper alters can be the worst
type of Satanic monster
imaginable— a Dr. Jekyll/Mr. Hyde effect."

A great deal is at stake in maintaining the secrecy of the intelligence agency or

the occult group which is
controlling the slave. The success rate of this type of programming is high but
when it fails, the failures are
discarded through death." Each trauma and torture serves a purpose." To create
alters (dissociative parts of the
mind) the worse the trauma, the better the amnesia walls, so programmers have been
spending years trying to
outdo each other in creating the world’ s worst traumas that humans can survive, so
they can program people.
Readers may at first wonder why cover this gruesome part of the programming? There
are a number of reasons.
People who pretend to be helpful people— such as some ministers, and some
professional therapists— are
unwilling to look at the facts of what have been done to the victims they claim to
want to help. How can the
victim ever come out of denial and face the issues around their dissociation— IF
the people helping them who
didn’t experience these traumas first hand can’t even face the existence and nature
of these traumas? Many

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 32 of 296

therapists encourage the victim to maintain their amnesia walls, "let the past be
the past". They say, "You can’t
change the past." No matter how appealing this advice sounds, this advice for
victims of trauma-based mind-
control this is defective, idiotic simple advice. This type of advice only
continues the mind-control and the
abuse of the victim. No wonder Christian ministers who are under their mind-control
are used to spout off this
type of defective advice. It is important to cover programming traumas because it
validates the memories of
recovering victims, and because there are standard types of trauma that are used
for certain types of
programming. For instance, traumas that desensitize a person to killing— i.e.
traumas where the victim is forced
to kill innocent people— are used to program assassination alters. The base of the
programming is FEAR layered
via trauma. Hopefully, the readers will be inspired and motivated like this author
to try to stop this horrendous
mind-control.

DAILY ABUSE WORKS BEST FOR PROGRAMMING

To insure that the programming and abuse stays hidden from even the slave, the
slave is given daily traumas as
a child to keep them dissociative. The Illuminati’s programmers get the cooperation
of a vast network of abusers
who traumatize the children who are being programmed. One of the Illuminati’s
fronts is the Catholic church,
which the Jesuits manage for the Illuminati. Under the cover of religious retreats
and their religious image,
many Catholic clergymen have been participants in the vast trauma network actively
creating trauma-based
mind controlled slaves. The problem in exposing this is that first the people who
are being traumatized have
trust in the clergymen who are doing the traumas. Second, if the victims or parents
of the victims suspect
anything, they usually go to church officials rather than the police in order to
clear up the problem, yet protect
the church. Additionally, in most cases both the corrupt religious system, working
behind the corrupt police and
judicial system manoeuver to protect the abuser and to further victimize the mind-
control victim and anyone
coming to the person’s rescue. The following are but a few examples of a widespread
network of secret abuse,
that will not be uncovered because the system to catch abusers has long ago been
corrupted and infiltrated and
controlled by mind-controlled slaves, as well as by blackmailed or bribed dirty
persons of authority.

Roger Trott, a Catholic Priest in Delmont, PA convicted of molesting 12 boys, got a

suspended sentence by the
judge. Can you believe such unbelievable leniency?

Father John Engbers (b. 1922, in Holland), catholic pastor at Leroy outside of
Lafayette, LA. He baby-sat for a
family, in which he sexually molested their children, their five daughters. He was
treated as a member of this
family and the mother, who was of Amer. Indian descent, was very close
("worshipped"-according to one
daughter) to Father John. She spent long hours alone with him. He would tell his
victims that they were his
"puppet, like Pinocchio." He molested some of the girls almost every day, and had
them under his control
enough that they returned even when they were living at a distance from him. He had
what appeared to be a
hypnotic type spell over them. Father John Engbers molested many children during
his years as a Louisiana
priest, until he fled in 1985. He had lots of money to spend. The Catholic church
had known he was molesting
children clear back in 1952, when some parents complained. The Catholic hierarchy
helped him escape back to
Holland in mid-1985, when reports and law suits over how he sexually molested
children came out. The case of
Father John Engbers has all the earmarks of a participant in the daily Monarch
mind-control abuse given to
children.
Dennis Dellamalva, a Pennslyvannia Catholic Priest, who molested boys, and the
judicial system protected him
from prosecution. The judge, a catholic order the records of this paedophilia
priest sealed, and the catholic
church which knew of his deviant behavior continued to give him a position of
authority.

Michael Peterson, a child molesting priest, who was a drug addict and a homosexual,
was one of the catholic
hierarchy’s main men involved with investigations of pedophilia, who died of AIDS,
and his rich sidekick
Stephen B.C. Johnson II, who administered a catholic facility near Boston, Mass.
Michael Peterson lived a rich
lifestyle in Marsalin, and later Suitland, next to St. Luke and told people that he
was not worried about anyone,
because he had the goods on them to force them to comply. Michael Peterson’s St.
Lukes was used by the
Catholic church to receive many priests that were caught doing paedophilia. In the
first six years, St. Lukes
claimed to have cured 55 child molesting priests.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 33 of 296

Monsignor William A. Kraft, (b. Rochester, NY), Knight of the Holy Sepulcher, was
pastor of St. Therese
during the ‘60’ s, and by 1978 the rich pastor of St. Charles Borromeo, San Diego.
His father was a chief
executive with Eastman Kodak. Kraft’s sexual molestations of children have all the
earmarks of being a
Monarch mind-control abuser. He was protected by the Catholic hierarchy and the
system from prosecution for
molestation of children. When children are being tortured and traumatized by
persons who are respected in
society, and when these children see the police and judges protect these people, do
you see why this further
traumatizes them, and convinces them that there is no hope? Once they lose hope of
outside help, their minds
are further propelled to obey the commands of (continue with the picture below. The
text continues under the
girl in the left upper corner. Editor's note)

p_little_girl2
WHAT THE PROGRAMMERS LOOK FOR
WHEN traumatizing {This section is
illustrated by the col age of photos on this
page.)

< this page's college shows a child in

the upper right who has reached a state of
programming compliance from trauma. The
head is held I np The eyes ore clossy. The
hands are clasp in submission. The photo
just to its left shows a child who has
submitted to puppet programming. The hips

tteir abusers. People, who do not understand

the depth of the traumas, think these victims
of mind control should be able to verbalize
their slavery and abuse. The victims have been
stripped of this ability. The only hope they see
is to survive the sadistic expectations of the
monsters who own them.

Tlie abuse that comes from parents,

police, politicians and ministers makes the
victim feel like there is no one safe to run to.
The ongoing secret abuse keeps the child very
dissociative. Wc arc discussing general abuse,
later this chapter will cover some specific
p.ogranuuing traumas.

are cisjoirted, the hands ere to the side in a

military fist, & the chid is in a submissive
puppet stance. This child's appeatanoe is the
condttor where the programmers try to get
a child. The photo of the chid clapping
snows a slow robotic clap due to the puppet
training. T ne child in these photos has in fact,
showed every indication of having received
total mind-control, and has seen under the
care of Roman Catholics.

ANGER-MANAGEMENT-PROGRAMMING TRAUMAS

The first type of abuse is prenatal. The second series of abuses occurs from 2 to
4. The third round of
programming abuse, is given to the child around 5 to 6 years of age. One of the
specific programming abuses is
http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 34 of 296

teaching the child slave to redirect their anger away from Papa or Daddy the slave
owner. The Papa Bear,

Daddy figure in the slave’ s young life will intentionally provoke the child with
teasing to aggravate the child
into rage. Exactly what is done to provoke rage within the child will vary, but the
result is the same, the child
feels rage. The question is then asked, "Are you angry with daddy?" "Yes!" at that
point electroshock is applied
to the head, toes, tips of fingers, nipples & inside the vagina, or penis by
electrodes attached to the child. The
child will be brought to the level of rage, and then allowed to cool down for 30
minutes. The child’s alters are
then via behavior modification & hypnosis taught to redirect their anger toward
themselves. "WHEN YOU ARE
ANGRY WITH YOUR FATHER, YOU WILL HURT YOURSELF. DO YOU UNDERSTAND? The message
will be played over & over & the question "Do you understand?" will be played over
& over. The child is
shocked until they are compliant. The suicide programming will be layered in. Part
of layering in the suicide
programming, is to create pain in the right ear via a needle to the ear, with the
creation of horrible disorienting
sounds, while pulsing lights drive the brain into its alpha programming state. At a
certain brainwave state the
programming begins with repetitious self-destruct messages. These messages debase
the value of the person to
reinforce the suicidal destruct messages. After the child has learned that they are
to hurt themselves, then they
will learn specifically to cut themselves if they get angry at Papa or anyone in
the Illuminati family they belong
to. After this training, the child will attach subconsciously a fear of pain to the
concept of anger toward its
Illuminati controllers.

SILENCE PROGRAMMING TRAUMAS to TEACH SILENCE

One way to teach silence is to repeatedly kill persons of all ages in front of the
person being programmed while
telling the mind-control victim that the people who are being sadistically killed
because they talked. However,
the "no-talk" lesson will be repeated and embedded in many different fashions for
Illuminati mind-controlled
slaves. Perhaps a favorite Illuminati method is to expose the victim to watching
dental tortures. The viewing can
be reinforced by subjecting the victim to some dental tortures themselves. A common
dental torture would be to
extract the tongue of a live and conscious victim. Then dental tortures are done to
the victim, and the intense jaw
pain of the torture is linked to tripping the no-talk programming. If the person
talks— their jaw hurts and they
may pull up the dissociated feelings of seeing a person lose their tongue. This
then will be further backed up by
training an alter to carry out Russian Roulette if the system talks, and training
numerous other alters other types
of suicide if the system talks. In other words many back up programs mutually
support each other in overkill.
Considering that dental torture is used for no-talk programming, it was with dismay
that this author discovered
that Virtual 1-0 Co. is now making virtual reality eye glasses for dental work.
Seashells and other images are
linked to the concept of "no-talk" via programming laid in using methods described
elsewhere.

Another "no-talk" program is the "Don’t tel me" telephone no talk programming.

TORTURE FOR NO-WRITE

The victim has their right hand bound behind their back and then is made to walk on
their knees like a dog.

PAY ATTENTION TORTURE

There are a host of these, one example is a needle inserted up the nostril behind
the eyeball.

A COMPLIANCE TORTURE - The Black Slave Chair.

The Black Slave was invented by a Syrian doctor who helped supervise torture, hence
its arabic name al-Abd
as-Aswad. The victim is strapped to this metal chair. What is unique about this
chair is its design & its hole so
that a hot skewer can be shoved up the anus. Another device for programming is a
harness used as a suspension
device. Yet another is an electrofied water bed for turning one in an electric
eel." Compliance is also taught by
taking an eyeball out of the victim (later replaced), and by dislocating an arm at
the shoulder. After this the
victim can be wrapped as if in a cacoon within bandages. The supposed treatment for
the dislocation, places the
victim in sensory deprivation, another trauma.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007
Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 35 of 296

A TRAUMA TO DEVELOP ANIMAL ALTERS

Helpless humans will be displayed to child victim of mind-control. These helpless

humans will be visciously
killed by some animal, a lion, a tiger, a snake, a wild dog or whatever. The
programming lie emphasized at this
point is that it is better to be that particular type of animal than it is to be
human. Then the animal is sacrificed
and its spirit is ritually joined to the child’s alters. Other programming is added
to insure the dehuminization
process to make certain child alters into particular animals. When finished, the
child will contain viscious
protector animal alters within their system. The prior example of a programming
trauma actually pertains to
structuring. The mind-control science of structuring MPD (DID) is discussed in
chapter 7. It may be of
significance to stress to the reader that traumas come in many shapes. The traumas
are not done without some
thought. Specific traumas are given for specific desired outcomes. The power and
horror of a trauma is hard to
gauage. It often results in a type of subconscious adrenlin-rush addiction. The
traumas involving sensory
deprivation and betrayals of trust can be just as devastating as painful tortures.
Sad to say, sometimes for
programming purposes all three types may be skillfully combined into one horrendous
experience that
overwhelms the mind.

TRAUMA TO ISOLATE THE VICTIM

A birthday party will be given for the victim. The birthday cake will contain a
bean somewhere. It is announced
that whoever gets the bean will get a surprise. When someone gets the bean, the
mind-control victim finds out
that the surprise is that they must take the life of the child who has found the
bean. This programming trauma is
part of a series of traumas designed to make deeper alters afraid of accepting any
gifts from outsiders. The
deeper alters are programmed that gifts always come with a sacrifice. Gifts always
cost something. Nothing
comes free. "SEVER ALL TIES, HAVE NO FRIENDS" are the programming messages. In
reality, what Satan
is doing with this trauma on a spiritual level is what the British Empire did with
small countries. The British
would warn small countries, "you are in danger, we will protect you. (The Spirit of
Fear says, gifts are
dangerous, let me the Spirit of Fear protect you.) When the British moved into
small countries like this, they
called them protectorates, & then they took over. (The Spirit of Fear, pretending
to protect the victim, takes over
and the victim develops a deep-seated free-floating phobias towards gifts from
anyone. What pretends to
protect, actually ends up controlling & enslaving.) As the reader treks through
this book, he or she will
encounter places where other traumas are discussed, such as tortures via implants,
& traumas via rides in
amusement parks, & spinning traumas during the structuring for creating alter
families from an alter. Finally,
the waves of fear created by repeated traumas layer in Spirits of Fear, which form
a dark spiritual foundation.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 36 of 296

AMorlaltd

A Democrat in beast’s clothing

Vice Presides '-I Gnre ,ind h s yule. reap, tfe 'rnt slops d their ics cense in
WesIv
pose to i Haflcveen thcco in costume on listen. O.C. Hoi ewccn is TucsdO/

above. Pholographre emdenee Of mind.crmirol

dehumanizahon This lemsle called 'Oneen
S whohas managed professional wrestlers
an a team called the New World Order gn/aa
visible prool dial pro'eaaional wrestling ia lied
lo muKl-conlrDl. One of her nresllers Macho
King Savage claims his fa vurile thing to say is
You'll now before the Kingdom ol Madness '
Compare her photo witn programmer Al Gore

mniHil as a Beast in a recent nows article.

p_clothing2.jpg

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 37 of 296

Ad renal chrome, a secret black market drug,

is harvested from victims of human sacrifices
In other wortte. there ts big money in human
sacrifices That mainstream law enforcement
agencies have kept Adrenatehrome's existence
a secret for bo many years shows the power
that the Ilkimmati-Masonic network has had
over law enforcement in th*s country from law
enforcement's inception. This ts a micrograph
taken of an adrenalchrome cell (caled a
chromaffin cell) The cell has been enlarged

p_adrenalchrome2 15M0 t,mes

CHAPTER 3.

SCIENCE NO. 3 The USE OF DRUGS

IN REVIEW

The science of Pharmacology (drugs) has given the Programmers a vast array of mind-
altering and body-
altering drags. Some of the drags are not used to directly alter the mind, but to
change the body (make the skin
bum), or make the person vomit, or some other reaction that can be harnessed to
further their nefarious
programming goals.

DRUG RESEARCH

One of the sites which has done research/programming into MPD and drag action on
the brain has been
Bethesda, MD where Dr. Irwin J. Kopin was Chief of the Laboratory of Clinical
Science, at the National
Institute of Mental Health. He was active in research into how drugs can affect the
mind.
CLASSIFYING MIND-DRUGS

When this author studied differential equations, and higher mathematical it became
clear that everything can be
reduced to a mathematical explanation. Sometimes a mathematical notation is easier
and clearer, than other
explanations. This author suggests that drags that affect the mind could be
classified on three scales:

Scale X: the wakefulness or arousal scale, which runs from a coma, to asleep, to
alert, to hyperalert

Scale Y: the attitude, or affect scale, that is one's manner of feelings, responses
etc., running on a scale from

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 38 of 296

suicidal and depressed to euphoric, blissful and elated.

Scale Z: the integration of reality scale, which runs from confusion, delusions,
and psychotic thoughts to
integrated, clear, lucid thinking.

Many (if not all) of the drugs that were listed in Vol. 2 and this chapter can be
plotted along one of these scales,
and sometimes 2 or 3 of these scales, which means an x,y, z axis configuration can
be used to compare such
drugs. In terms of naturally occurring brain substances which are manufactured
synthetically and injected
according to the programmers’ needs, it could be stated that the original purpose
of the substance can be
malevolently tampered with.

p_mind-drugs.jpg

ADMINISTRATION OF DRUGS FOR PROGRAMMING

The distribution into the brain of a drug is dependent upon many factors. Under
microscopic-level inspection,
one discovers a person’s brain is physically constmcted to allow certain molecules
to enter into the brain in
certain complex ways. Just because a substance is put into the blood doesn’t mean
it gets into brain tissue.
Researchers have discovered such drug properties such as lipid solubility, the
ionization, its tissue-protein
bonding abilities, and its molecular size all play a role in how well drugs get
into the brain. Further, the
Cerebrospinal Fluid (CSF) which will be discussed indepth in Chapter 8 can play a
role in drug absorption.
Several studies during the 1960’s showed that the removal of drugs or substances
from the CSF, can reduce the
effective concentration of a drug in the extracellular spaces which make up perhaps
12% of the brain’s volume.
These physical factors are not the only factors involved.

Researchers have repeatedly discovered that different people respond to mind-

changing drugs in many different
ways— including two different people having opposite responses to the same drug.
There have been a number of
studies about this phenomena, including: (SarwerFoner, 1957), (Henninger, et. al.,
1965), (Rickels & Downing,
1966), (McNair et al., 1966). Over the years, it has been discovered that a
person’s mental abilities,
expectations, prior drug experience, age, sex, race, personality traits, and
personality types can all potentially
influence how a mind-altering drug will effect a person. For instance, a sedative
drug administered to an
extroverted confident athlete caused the athlete to feel anxiety and
disorientation. In contrast, an introverted
nervous intellectual felt calmness when the same drug was administered. Particle
size of the drug and the rate of
dissolution will help determine the rate at which a drug is absorbed (and
eliminated) into the body. For instance,

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 39 of 296

when colloidal silver has been produced by a process that yields small particles,
it will cleanse the body, while
larger particles of colloidal silver will kill a person. Different companies and
different preparations of the same
drug may have different outcomes upon the body. The persistence of a drug in the
body is calculated by
programmers using half-lives of a drug. This means that at one half-life, one half
of a drug is left in the body. At
two half lives, one-half of one-half is left or (1/4). At three half-lives there
will be 1/8 left of original drug. In
other words, the rate of elimination decreases with time. When heroin is processed
into morphine, its
characteristics change. The heroin takes affect quicker, but doesn’t last as long
as morphine. This is because of
enzyme mechanisms in the liver and how they react to the morphine in contrast to
the heroin. Different drags
react differently with the complex enzyme mechanisms of the liver. Phenobarbital
amazingly increases the
enzyme content of the endoplasmic reticulum with habitual use of the drag.
Phenobarbital will then enhance a
particular type of toxicity. Low doses do not hurt the body, but there is a
threshold where damage from
phenobarbital will begin occurring to the liver and kidneys. This is a sampling of
why it is important that the
Illuminati use extremely skilled medical personnel in the application of
programming drags. The programmers
are far more skilled than most legitimate therapists in understanding how much of
what drag to give to which
alter personality. The mental makeup of an alter will influence how that alter will
respond to drags. Some
deeper alters can resist drag influence due to training. Some deeper alters are so
fine-tuned that they only need
small doses. With their superior knowledge of how a System of Multiple
Personalities has been created within a
victim’s mind, the programmers have a distinct edge over deprogrammers in how to
administer drags. On top of
that the programmers, place in all types of programming to prevent anyone but the
programmers (or approved
people) from administering drags. An example of how strong the mind can be over
drags— is when the
programmers "SET THE STAGE", "PRESENT THE SCRIPT’ and then use Seconal to obtain
deeply embedded
programming commands. Setting the stage is a programming term for talking to the
victim in such a way that
the mind is receptive for what the programmer wants the victim’ s mind to do.
Presenting the script is the actual
set of commands that the programmer gives to the victim. For instance, the
programmer functioning as a
hypnotist tells the victim that a powerful sedative will be given but that part of
the mind will be strong enough
to overcome the sedative effect of seconal. The victim is instructed "WHEN YOU HEAR
THE WORD [trigger
power code word, for instance: ZEBRA COME FORTH] . . .' YOU WILL RESPOND TO WHAT I
AM
SAYING." The seconal is given and the person is placed in an isolation chamber. A
good programmer skilled in
hypnotism can actually get a victim’ s mind to respond under the influence of
seconal in an isolation chamber.
Then the programmer will lay in deeply embedded commands while the person is in a
sleep deeper than a
twilight sleep. When the human body receives several different kinds of drags,
sometimes drags compete with
each other during the excretion/elimination phase. This may create a buildup or a
retention of one of the drags.
As discussed in Vol. 2, the programmers don’t like to use combinations of several
drags because it complicates
things. There is still a great deal of unknowns concerning adverse drag reactions.
Some people do not show an
allergic response to a drag until it is administered several times. Because of the
potential for allergic reactions or
side effects, the Programmers are helped because the programming centers, according
to ex-programmers are
extremely well stocked with different drags, & the Programmer can if need be shift
to an alternative
programming drag. Most slaves are programmed to stay away from the use of drags,
except those drags that the
programmer/handler approves. By reducing the use of drags of all kinds, the problem
of adverse drag reactions,
and other complications is reduced for the programmers. Some people who are health
freaks who stay away
from drags are actually carrying out a front program for their programmers.

MORE PROGRAMMING DRUGS (these were not listed in the Vol.2 Formula book)

Acetophenzine aka Tindal— (this anti-psychotic has been used on multiples, it mutes
anxiety, suspiciousness and
delusions, it would fall more into the control category of uses rather than for
actual programming.)

Amines— (this is a general term for many types of the brain’s own chemicals used to
produce moods, and
feelings)

Damiana— (aka Mex. Witching Herb, the extract is used w/ other herbs during
progamming for a relaxed
pleasure state.) »An example is Damiana-Biack Kava Kava-Valerian-Skullcap-Wild
Lettuce Opium, which
makes a "it’s-nothing-but-a-dream" state.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 40 of 296

Chloral hydrate— (which is a hypnotic put in pill form such as chioral betaine,
Beta-Chlor, and given with
something like a glass of milk. About 500 mg. of Chloral hydrate are given for a
hypnotic for an adult.)

Cyciohexamide— (produces retroactive amnesia)

Cylert— a type of speed

Datura aka Jimsonweed, or thorn apple— (sometimes used to help a child conjure up
their personal spirit.)
Iminodibenzyis— (used for sedation)

Lettuce Opium— (tradition Hopi shaman trance drug)

Mandrake— (from the Mandragora plant, an ancient occult drug, a traditional

witchcraft drug for causing people
to sleep)

Methaqualone— (a rapid hypnotic drag that produces a dissociative high, it can be

used to put someone into a
coma)

Pemoline-magnesium hydroxide (aka PMH, helps enhance conditioned avoidance training

by acting as a
stimulant, is helpful for repetitive learning situations by a general alerting
effect on the mind)

Phenothiazines— (used to raise the threshold of electrical stimulation tolerance,

to tranquilize or induce sleep)

Rowan— traditional sleeping/death herb of witches; May Day is also called Rowan
Tree Witch Day.

Seconal, aka Seconal Sodium or Secobarbital Sodium— (a popular programming drag to

stabilize programming,
to set in deep programming into the base of the mind such as dates and codes, and
to block out memory of
missions by slaves, see various paragraphs below for more explanations. Used in 10,
20, 30, 50, 100 mg.
increments. A tubal pregnancy/birth can be hid in a woman by 300-400 mg., while
surgery on an adult man may
require 500 mg.)

Tetradoxyn (made from the Puffer Blowfish, used by Voudoun, & others to create a
zombie state)

In our discussion of drags used in programming, this chapter will expand upon the
previous book by discussing
the application of drags to:

a. to stabilize the programming after torture b. hiding the codes

c. building in deeply embedded structures and beliefs, and the creation of false
identities

b. to influence the memory by drags c. to stimulate instinctual behaviors

d. to create moods and attitudes by synthetically manufacturing and injecting the

brain’s own natural amines.

STABILIZING THE PROGRAMMING

The total mind-control of the Illuminati is called "trauma-based mind-control"

because repeated traumas are
inflicted upon the victim is a very systematic calculated inhumane way. The
tortures and stress are all parts of a
programming package. After a particular harsh session of programming the victim’s
mind will be in a high state
of terror, shock, dissociativeness and splintering. The victim’s mind can’t take
much more, and the potential of
having uncontrolled splintering of the victim’ s mind and thereby having the
destruction of the mind and
programming threatens the programmers’ control. The programmer wants the mind and
body to rest so that the

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 41 of 296

programming can set in, without destabilizing events occurring. For instance, after
severe water torture
(drowning) the programmer will want the programming (hypnotic script) to set in,
and he will give seconal (aka
seconal sodium or secobarbital sodium) to induce a deep sleep. Sleep occurs within
10 to 15 minutes.

Sometimes a victim's heart has been pushed to its limits during a trauma and they
must shut the body down to
let the victim rest. Seconal is a drag of choice for this. Seconal is administered
in hospitals or programming sites
where trained personnel know how to give the drug. Dirty psychiatrists, who
understand the relationship
between drugs and human behavior and who are either programmers themselves or
assistants to programmers
often are the ones who give the victims drugs like seconal.

EXTENSIVE RESEARCH DONE TO INFLUENCE HUMAN MEMORY BY DRUGS

The complete list of researchers who have studied the effect drugs have on memory
would require a massive
book. However, we will just mention a few that pertain to this book briefly. One of
the places the effect of drugs
on memory was researched was at the Univ. of California at Irvine, CA. Another was
at institutions in the
Boston, Mass, area such as the Massachusetts General Hosp., in Boston. Dr. Talland
in Boston tested the effects
of PMH on human memory. He discovered PMH could help people relearn material that
had been partially
forgotten. The Illuminati programmer Cameron (aka Dr. White) also tried out various
approaches including the
administration of RNA and RNA- synthesis stimulants. John C. Lilly, who admits
being a member of an
Esoteric Mystery School, was a government researcher on the use of LSD to program
people. He did part of his
work on LSD programming at the Maryland Psychiatric Research Center under admitted
government financing.
His book Programming and Metaprogramming in the Human Biocomputer (NY: Julian
Press, 1967, & revised
format 1972) is an excellent paper trail of how the Illuminati has used LSD to
program total mind-controlled
slaves. Originally, the book was given out only to a few select people. The book
attempts to hide what it talks
about behind a long intro, long sentences, big words and arcane psychological
terms, but it does spell out how
they do the mind-control programming with LSD. A section later in this chapter will
lay out for the reader how
they do this.

ONE TYPE OF EXPERIENCE OF VICTIM HYPNOTIC DRUG A MIND-CONTROL

The drugged victim feels like he is looking through a keyhole and the hypnotic
voice of the programmer is the
key hole. The world may be very shadowy and drawn in on itself. The mind has its
attention on the
hypnotist/programmer.

The BASIC PHASES of MEMORY

The human memory process can be basically broken down into 3 phases, the
registration phase, the retention
phase and the retrieval phase. Great amount of research has gone into how to use
drugs to manipulate each of
those phases. Great amount of research also went into how to measure people’s
abilities to a. learn, b.
remember, c. and to do non-learned behavior such as arm-hand steadiness and visual
time reaction.

WHAT the MIND-CONTROL PROGRAMMERS USE to MANIPULATE memory.

Scopolamine was found to impair short-term memory. It was discovered that

retrograde amnesia could be
created by electroshock several hours after the brain had learned something. This
lesson caused the Illuminati
and those working in mind control with them to use cattle prods and stun guns.

If a person performed something they were to forget they can be stunned or given
scopolamine to deaden their
memory. A quick anesthetic applied immediately after something has been done might
also impair the retention
of what had happened. Yet another way is seconal, which will be discussed soon. Low
doses of analeptic drugs
given about 10 to 20 min. before training were found to help learning. Analeptic
drugs include bemegride,
diazadamantanol, pentylenete-trazol, picotoxin, and strychnine. It was discovered
that strychnine helps enhance
classical conditioning. It can be administered either before or after the learning
has taken place. It is believed
that memory storage is enhanced by strychnine and strychnine sulfate. Strychnine
was also found to help protect
the mind’ s memory against the effect of electroshock. Abusers out on the street
have been turning to GHB and

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 42 of 296

Rohypnol to decrease inhibitions and to cause memory loss in their victims.

Rohypnol (which sells for up to $10
a tablet) is dependable but more expensive than the GHB. A number of women who have
been raped by adding
these drugs to their alcoholic drinks at the Club Boca, Palm Beach, FL made the
paper after they were dragged
and raped after partying at the club. (The Palm Beach Post, Mar., 1996 pp. IB,
10B.) GHB (Gamma Hydroxy
Butyrate) is a compound essential to the body. It acts similar to a
neurotransmitter. It helps release the Human
Growth Hormone and removes inhibitions around intimacy, as well as some other
beneficial effects. GHB
crosses the blood-brain barrier and metabolizes into GABA. GHB’s high degree of
safety was proved over 25
years of research, and was basically an established fact before the FDA and the
media demonized GHB. Several
sources seem to indicate that the FDA banned GHB —not because it has dangerous side
effects, which it doesn’t
have inspite of the established media’ s disinformation campaign with half truths—
but because it is not patented
by the drug companies and would cut into their profits.

GHB also has a great aphrodisia effect. It reduces inhibitions to have sex, but
because the woman clitoris is
more sensitive it interferes with female orgasms. However, when the women do
achieve it, it is longer and more
intense, according to GHB researchers. (This author got much information on GHB
from the Centurion Aging
Research Lab.) GHB is described here because it is a drag that is known by the type
of people who use sexual
slaves and other people, and its use and misuse pertain to mind control. Like so
many things involved with
mind-control, GHB and many other items could be put to positive uses if used in the
proper way. Sometimes the
programmers use drugs rather than ECS (Electroconvulsive shock) to destroy the
memory in slaves after they
have done some mission for the Illuminati, the Syndicates, or Cult they belong to.
The decision to use drags
rather than ECS is largely personal tastes. The very sadistic programmers enjoy
using ECS, while the less
sadistic ones often use the drags, which in some instances actually perform better,
but are not as violent to the
victim of mind control. Retroactive amnesia can be caused by an intracerebral or a
subcutaneous (under the
skin) shot of Acetoxycycloheximide, cyclohexamide, or puromyxcin. A more
sophisticated technique
incorporates the drug seconal (aka Seconal sodium), the victim’s dissociativeness
(the MPD), and hypnosis.
Seconal is a strong sedative that puts people into sleep. The programmers have
considered it "wonderful". The
victim’s mind is conditioned hypnotically to be able to remember the dragged-
seconal state. Then the hypnotic
command is given that if anything about a particular mission is remembered, the
person will immediately trigger
(pull-up to the front of the mind) the seconal memory. This is why many therapists
discover their clients getting
sleepy when they get close to certain thoughts, or when they try to do therapeutic
work.

HIDING THE CODES

Chapter 4 provides some of the programming codes, some of which are standard and
some of which are unique
to a particular slave. Seconal was the standard drug used during the 1950’s and
1960’s to hide the programming
codes in the mind’s memory. The procedure is to give a small child under 50 lbs.
perhaps 10 mg. of seconal.

The programmer has already "SET THE STAGE" and presented the script. After the
child goes into its deep
sleep, the programmer pulls the child’s mind awake hypnotically (actually to be
technically correct, the
programmer pulls up those alters/parts of the mind that the programmer wants to
work with). The child may
awake on an satanic altar or other programming setting. The child is then
programmed. After the programming,
which may include satanic rituals, the child slave is given 20 mg. more of seconal
and allowed to go into a sleep
again. A cover program (a cover story— that is a false code will be planted
hypnotically in front of the real code.
"IF YOU SHOULD REMEMBER THIS..." If a slave starts to remember any code, in spite
of the hypnotic
commands not to, and all the threats and alters trained to protect the codes, etc.
then the programming to sleep
kicks in. Also remember that the codes are placed in when the victim is groggy, so
to pull up the memory will
cause the slave to abreact the drugged-state. Not all the alters are drugged. In
setting the stage, the programmer
orders some alters to back off from feeling or associating the experience. They are
hypnotically commanded not
to experience the drag’s effects, or to only experience it in a partial manner.
This can be done with small
amounts of seconal. Larger amounts of seconal will override the mind’s ability to
block the drug’s effects. The
programming experience where the codes are put in, will likely be remembered by the
slave as something
similar to the following, a sleepy blurry picture of a nurse, then a doctor and a
table, and then an IV, then the
memory fades, and the slave gets sleepy thinking about it.

It should be pointed out that the mind has strong natural abilities to dissociate
painful memories. Not only must
the victim try to retrieve memories by fighting the mind’s natural dissociative
abilities, the victim must fight the

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 43 of 296

hypnotic suggestions, the irrationality of conflicting ideas due to the false cover
memories laid in, the DRUG
memories attached to induce sleep if the victim remembers, the memory shattering
from the shock of the stun
guns, and the fear of countless other threats internal and external if the memory
is recovered. It is no surprise
that most victims of this horrendously abusive mind-control have front alters who
are totally unaware of the
mind-control and abuse.

PROGRAMMING WITH LSD-25 (Lysergic Acid Diethylamide)

The Programmers use controlled and manipulated LSD trips for mind-control purposes
when layering in the
programming for the Illuminati slaves. The victim’ s mind is trained and mentally
prepared before actually being
subjected to the drug. The programmers understand how the mind unleashes its fears,
including its fear of LSD
itself, while under the drug, so that small doses are given at first and then
increased. This is so the victim of
mind-control can learn to face and manage the effects of the drug.

When the Illuminati want to set the foundations for a system, they will use LSD in
a sensory deprivation tank on
a child to program in such things as: the hell-pit (a dungeon in a castle), the
images of evil guardians, worlds &
stars & galaxies which contain alters, the outer space in a system, and the
protective program where the mind
spreads out like molecules and loses the ability to think. The sensory deprivation
tank will be set at 92.0 to 95.0
F. isothermal skin, saltwater suspension, zero light, near zero-sound levels. The
victim will be naked without
contact with the side of the tank and in remote isolation for several hours.
Electrodes can be hooked up to shock
the victim if they move to prevent the victim from wanting to move. Victims usually
are conditioned to like the
sensory deprivation tank before they are programmed inside it with LSD. After
having listened to two ex-
programmers describe LSD sensory deprivation programming, this author was amazed to
discover that the LSD
programmer John Lilly had actually written a book about how to do the programming!
(John Lilly was also into
witchcraft & aliens.) The government wasn’t quite as thrilled with his book as I
was, they withdrew research
funds from him in 1968 when only a few copies of his book came out. And now finally
almost twenty years
later, the human LSD programming that John Lilly described is finally being put
into its larger context— that of
trauma-based total mind-control. On page 126-127, Lilly explains that implanted
programs in the child can be
placed in below the level of the mind’s awareness, but which will affect their
entire outlook on life, and which
will control their thinking and behavior far into adulthood. The programs can even
be done to control the most
basic functions of life. Lilly says that the programming possible with the use of
LSD is "...not achievable
outside the use of LSD-25. This amount of control can be said to resemble other
ways of achieving control and
visual projection but in actual intensity I know of no other way to achieve it.
Hypnosis is a possible
exception." (Programming and Metaprogramming in the Human Biocomputer, p. 20) On
page 19, Lilly states
that LSD can be used to change an experience to have a negative or a positive
charge on it. Sometimes people
who work with the mind refer to negative experiences as "negative charges on an
experience", and good
experiences as "experiences with a positive charge". Apparently, according to
Lilly, the brain can switch
chemical charges on an experience and shift its attitude from viewing as either
positive or negative. In fact, this
very thing is done during Illuminati programming. Lor instance, it may be done if a
memory surfaces that the
programmer doesn’t want the alter being programmed to understand. This last
paragraph is interesting when one
realizes that under LSD the subconscious mind is allowed to release its thinking
into the conscious. If a person
has been traumatized, the subconscious mind under LSD will release the trauma
memories and flood the person
with horrible thoughts. So before one can get to the transcendental wonderful
creative thoughts, a person has to
deal with this garbage. The sub-conscious erupts like molten magma. Before the
child is given the LSD, the
child is going to have to be mentally prepped. Just as Seconal could only be used
after the hypnotist programmer
had SET THE STAGE, so also with the LSD. The LSD programmer if he is experienced
will have an idea how
the victim will react to the drug. Each person reacts in his or her own way, but
there are patterns of reaction. The
programmer will hypnotically warn the victim, YOU’RE NOT TO FEAR such and such
thought. They may tell
the victim that it is just their imagination, when it is repressed memories of
trauma surfacing. The programmer
will let one alter carry the true feelings (such as fear) of the surfacing traumas,
and another to carry the story line
being programmed in with LSD. The programmer may have to calm the victim down while
they are in the tank.
The Illuminati use hypnosis in conjunction with the LSD programming trips. They
also use some other mind-
control items too. Further, LSD is not the only programming hallucinogenic that
they have used for some of this
type of programming, they have tried Peyote, but LSD seems to be the drug of
choice. On page 20, Lilly
describes the use of mirrors along with LSD to create visually projected images.
The Illuminati programmer will

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 44 of 296

play a movie, a script over and over so that it is constantly in the forefront of
the victim’ s mind. Then the stage
is set and the script (such as TAKE WHAT YOU SEE INTO THE MIRROR) is hypnotically
given. The victim
goes under LSD and in about 15 minutes reaches their LSD high. Most people can be
talked to by the
programmer during the programming, and the programmer can get some feedback from
what is happening in
the victim’s mind. The victim will be placed in front of a mirror. Then the victim
will project the image that was
repeatedly shown him or her (say for instance, Alice In Wonderland, or Tinkerbell,
or Mickey Mouse) onto their
own image in the mirror. A special state of consciousness is induced where the
person’ s perception is altered
and they see the projected image as their own reflection. While watching the
projected image on the mirror, the
mind under LD will also project its own feelings and facial features into the
mirror. If the victim is angry,
happy, in pain, admiring themselves, etc. then projected image (for instance,
Mickey Mouse) will also been seen
this way. Using this type of programming, the programmers can create twinning
parts. That is if two people are
to be twinned, parts that see themselves as the other person are created using the
LSD mirror programming.
Ceremonies and demons will also be added to strengthen the twinning, and this may
be done to a 1 3 year old
teenager within the Illuminati. These projections can be maintained and worked with
for about 30-40 min.
during the drug’s high. After this length of time fatigue sets in and the person
must rest before being brought to
another high. A clean slate alter can be prepared by the script and then will
actually believe that it saw itself as
the projected image. By the time, the session is through the clean slate alter
believes it is Alice in Wonderland or
whatever character the programmer(s) wants it to be. During the trauma of an LSD
programming trip, the mind
may see flickering images, melting, mosaics and other things. These distortions can
form a cover memory if the
programmers wants them too. During the sensory deprivation tank experience under
LSD, the victim can be
asked to open their eyes, or close them. If asked to form a mental screen, the
victim under LSD will see a blank
screen differently if their eyes are open as compared to closed. If the victim is
allowed to look while in a dark
tank out into the darkness under LSD, they will visualize themselves as merging
with the infinite universe and
not even having a body. This memory is used to build in the outer space of a
system. On page 32, Lilly
describes the type of programming used to create an Infinity, a Rubicon, or Outer
Space within a system. He
says, "The self is still centered at one place but its boundaries have disappeared
and it moves out in all directions
and extends to fill the limits of the universe as far as one knows them. A person
taking LSD may experience,
whether being programmed or not, that they are in touch with all the stars of the
universe.

LSD distortions in reality can also be used to protect the programming. If the mind
gets too close to
remembering something, then the mind triggers automatically a memory of its
molecules expanding into the
universe and losing their ability to think. This is simply a controlled LSD memory.
When external stimuli is
ceased, the brain takes over the spaces that were formerly occupied in the thinking
process by external reality,
and replaces it with feelings and thoughts from the internal mind. Lilly states on
pg. 24 that when programming
people under LSD, "The blank screen is the most difficult one to work with but is
the least ‘driving’ of the
group. The blank screen interferes least with one’s creative efforts;..." In other
words, if the victim is closed off
to external stimuli, the mind can focus all its energy into free associative
creativity. Once the victim is in
isolation, religious music can cause the brain to free associate religious visions,
cartoon voices can cause the
brain to free associate the cartoon figures, etc. The Illuminati/Intelligence
agencies must wait 3 to 6 months
between LSD programming sessions. If they do it more often, they run the risk of
hooking the person’s mind on
the drug state. Then the person will lose interest in reality, and simply try to
escape reality into the LSD world
as a drug addict. From recollections from ex-programmers and victims, its clear
that as the child victim is
traumatized during the [SD sensory deprivation (including being shocked)
experiences it goes through a
sequence or chronology of changes which are noted in detail by the programmers.
Certain splits occur at certain
points in time which will be used for special tasks. For instance, at a particular
extreme moment the victim may
go into a "nothingness state" which is between life and death, where the mind quits
perceiving that it has a body.
This is not an out-of-body experience, it is a nothingness experience due to an
extreme near-death experience.
This clean slate can be used for the Cabalistic programming of the Ain Soph Aur.
The Ain Soph Aur is the
cosmic egg from which the universe supposedly began, ain = vacuum, soph limitless,
and aur = limitless light.
For Satanists they interpret this to the light at the top of the pyramid, Lucifer.
Alters created in such a fashion
may be placed in a succession of realms. If true Caballism is followed this will
consist of 4 realms (worlds) of
10 clean slates. These four worlds are Atziluth = boundless world of divine names,
Briah the Archangelic World
of Creations Yetzirah = the Hierarchal World of Formations Assiah = the Elemental
World of Substances

The child victim in the sensory deprivation tank is not allowed to move without
being shocked. Gradually the

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 45 of 296

will of the victim is broken by the total control the programmer maintains over the
child in the tank. But the will
of the child continues to be broken until the will of the child to live is broken.
At this point, when the mind has
given up the will to live, the programmer (or assistant programmer) will tell the
child in the tank, "If you create
such and such types of persons and such and such no. of them (perhaps 10 or 20 are
asked for) then you can
come out and we’ll stop hurting you. Give me a signal that you’ve done your job and
I’ll stop hurting you when
the job is done. Move a finger or blink your eyes three times if you’ve done your
job."

Blinking three times generally feels the safest for the child, and is generally the
limit of what the mind and body
can muster to save themselves. The alters, which are made when the mind & body have
lost the will to live, are
the dissociated parts that will be made into suicide alters. Their breathing is
very shallow, they are in pain in the
tank. When these parts take the body, they still function in that state. Years
later, if the adult body has these
suicide alters take the body, there is a good chance they will commit suicide, if
not simply die from the shallow
breathing. Lilly states on page 31, "One experiences [under LSD programming] an
immediate internal reality
which is postulated by the self. It is apparent to me that one’s own assumptions
about this experience generates
the whole experience. The experienced affects, the apparent appearance of other
persons, the appearance of
other beings not human, one’s own past phantasies, one’s own self-analysis, each
can be programmed to happen
in interaction with those parts of one’s self beyond one’s conscious awareness."

While the victim is in the sensory deprivation tank, the programmer can ask the
victim to create guard alters
within the castle images they create. These are equivalent to the imagery that is
done in witchcraft. These image
alters are not the same as a trauma-created dissociative alter. The following are
the type of beliefs that can be
programmed into a person in the sensory deprivation tank under LSD no matter what
their prior beliefs (this is
substantiated by Lilly, pages 4 1-49 and ex-programmers).

a. The person could successfully park the body and leave the body somewhere, astral
project and explore new
universes. The victim can be brought during an LSD trip to this thinking and
experience the astral projection
from around 20 mm. to 2 hours.

b. The victim can be made to feel as if they are a tiny mote, a tiny dot, a single
microflash of energy in their own
view of time, a mere particle. Time can become infinity and the victim a mere
microflash. The victim during
this experience seeks a god who is a great being to control him. This is used in
the Illuminati alien programming
to program in the evil and good aliens, or evil or good gods. The gods or the
aliens on such a programming trip
will not be so strange that the victim as a mote can’t understand their purposes
and activities. In other words, the
aliens on programming trips like this turn out humanoid. The victim experiences
being nurtured by these beings
or the god(s) that he sees. The victim may perceive these aliens on the trip
experimenting with us. One UFO
researcher and author about the aliens has used his LSD trips to research aliens.
Sad to report, this researcher is
a programmed multiple. It is easy to see how the mind could think that it was
learning about aliens, because this
is a common easy-to-create LSD programming script. Again in summary, this second
set of beliefs is that the
person is a mere mote, a small flash in infinite time. When an alter of a slave
thinks or goes internally where it
shouldn’t, this programming is attached to the mind so that the victim loses sight
of who they are and feels very
insignificant and only a dot.

c. The next program that LSD naturally lends itself to, is that the victim is only
part of a vast computer, only
part of a vast mind. For some reason, the LSD is able to hit a part of the mind
that regulates the perception of
free-will. In this type of programming, the victim under LSD is convinced that he
or she has no free will and
must participate each second with some larger mind or computer.

d. Personalities that have been seen externally by the victim will be incorporated
within the person’ s internal
world.

e. LSD changes the victim’s perception of time, and can be used to go back or
forward in time in the mind.
Under guidance, the programmer can manipulate this ability to build into the mind
false memories and images.

f. If "white noise", that is random background noise is placed into an isolation

tank trauma, the programmers

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 46 of 296

have found that under LSD the brain tries to make sense of the random sounds and
projects the voice of God
into the random noise as a method to turn chaos into something comprehendible. With
the right dose, and under
the right conditions, the programmers can get the voice of "God" to say about
anything they want. Because the
sense of hearing in the sensory deprivation tank is not feeding the mind anything,
the human brain under LSD
can easily substitute in the voice of God.

g. For girls, who have been determined to have personalities with low sexual
appetites, the sexual desires of
certain alter personalities can be manipulated during an LSD trip by having these
alters hold the body and the
body go through exaggerated pelvic movements and other experiences. This is an
example of the type of
training that Gittinger (see Vol. 2) discovered was necessary in order to change
thinking patterns within a
person— in this case with the MPD (DID), some alters can be radically changed from
the original personality.

The overall effect of such LSD programming on anyone, whether child or adult, is
that the mind at a deep level
begins to doubt its ability to grasp the real from the imaginary. Therapists
sometimes wonder why alters are not
more anxious to determine reality. Part of this may be the side-effect at a
profound level of the brain beginning
to doubt its abilities to separate reality from fiction. If the LSD trips were not
controlled by the programmers,
insanity could result for the victim. Further, the LSD trips pose a danger that
they could clutter the internal
world of the victim and splinter their mind uncontrollably. This is why the trips
must be carefully guided,
controlled and monitored.

CHEMICALLY TRIGGERING NATURAL INSTINCTUAL DRIVES

The brain when a child is born is like a computer which is ready to go, and just
needs the software loaded on. In
other words, the brain is already a functioning complicated programmed piece of
hardware, it is not a blank
sheet. The mind is preprogrammed to carry out important instinctual functions, such
as drinking water, eating
food and sleeping. Likewise, the adult mother instinctively has maternal instincts.
Selectively applied chemical
or electrical stimulations to the brain will elicit the instinctual behaviors that
are pre-programmed into the brain.
A microinjection of a soluble sex steroid into the anteromedial hypothalamus would
likely trigger the maternal
instinct in a person. The various instinctual behaviors that are triggered by
microchemical injections or small
select electrical shocks will last for up to an hour. (A.E. Fisher was one of the
principal researchers in this line
of research during the 50’ s and 60’ s.) For instance, A.E. Fisher and E. Vaughan,
discovered that the male
instinct for sex could be stimulated by a small shock to a specific part of the
brain. (See "Male sexual behavior
induced by intracranial electrical stimulation", Science magazine, 1962, 137, pp.
758-760.) Steroids are one of
the chemicals that are used as well as selective minute electrical shocks to
trigger instinctual behaviors. Reliable
responses can be obtained from a victim, if the correct chemical is placed at a
place in the brain where the
chemical will cause the brain to send an electrical signal to trigger an
instinctual behavior. A searching reaction
can be created so that a person or animal searches for something in his
surroundings by electrical stimulation of
the hippocampus. Eating can be reliably induced electronically or by drugs.
Perfusate taken from ventricles or
neural tissue of a person who was starved before death, and placed into the lateral
hypothalamic area will cause
the person to eat whether they are hungry or full.

SEXUAL STIMULATION-PROGRAMMING

The users of slaves need some of the parts to be nymphomaniacs. In order to program
this type of behavior, the
programmers not only use the reversal effect when pain becomes pleasure (see Vol.
2), but they also use
hormones and drugs to make certain parts nymphomaniacs. If they were not
artificially stimulated they could
not endure the over-use they are subjected to at times.

THEIR ABILITY TO MANUFACTURE (SYNTHESIZE) BRAIN CHEMICALS TO MAKE MIND-

CONTROL DRUGS

Part of the ability to do mind-control has to do with their ability to synthesize

the actual specific chemicals that
the brain produces to alter itself. When the brain wants to relax, or excite itself
it uses certain compounds. A
large number of the brain’s chemicals have been cataloged and can be reproduced in
the lab. The messages the

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 47 of 296

brain sends have to jump from one neuron to another via transmitters. The rate that
the brain releases these
transmitters can be both directly and indirectly changed by drags. In other words,
one can tailor make moods
and emotions in the brain chemically.

Page 36 ...

The term "Amines" (which are compounds that have a nitrogen atom that can accept a
proton) came to have a
specific meaning for brain researchers. The transmitters between neurons in the
brain are Amines such as
dopamine, epinephrine, histamine, norepinephrine, octopamine, serotonin, and
tyramine. The principle method
to synthesize these transmitter amines is "decarboxylation of the parent amino
acid." In other words, the chemist
takes Tyrosine and applies Tyrosine Hydroxylase (an enzyme) and produces Dopa
another similar compound;
and then the enzyme Dopa Decarboxylase is applied and from that the similar
Dopamine amine is created. Then
Dopamine-Beta-oxidase (another enzyme) is applied in the final step of the three
enzyme steps to create
Norepinephrine. Both Dopamine and Norepinephrine are neural transmitters. If
norepinephrine is diminished in
the brain, sedation occurs. Alpha-methyl-p-tyrosine (as well as other compounds)
was found to be one of the
things that would prevent the brain from creating (synthesizing for itself)
norepinephrine. Serotonin (5-
hydroxytryptamine) is created in a fashion similar to dopamine, in that tryptophan
is taken and acted upon by
the enzyme Tryptophan hydroxylase to get 5 -hydroxy tryptophan, and then a
decarboxylase converts this
compound to serotonin. To reverse things, and prevent the brain from having
serotonin, they can prevent
selective parts of the brain from creating it with p-chlorphenylalanine.

ADRENALCHROME (Adrenal Chromaffin)

This naturally occurring yellowish brown drag was not mentioned in the Vol. 2 book,
although it was mentioned
in this author’s newsletters in ’93 and May ’95 The drag is obtained by sacrificing
a terrified person, perhaps by
plunging the athame into them, and then taking a hypodermic needle and extracting
the adrenalchrome from the
base of the neck in the pineal gland. A sacrificed person only yields about 10 c.c.
so the drag is not only very
secret on the black market but very expensive. A Scientific American article by
Carmichael and Winkler is the
best thing that I have discovered on the adrenalchrome. The Max Planck Institute in
Germany did research into
Adrenalchrome. Dirty law-enforcement officials and others have worked to keep the
existence of adrenalchrome
a secret. It is not known if Adrenalchrome has ever been used for programming, but
it is a popular secret drag of
the elite Illuminati kingpins. For many years, they were not able to synthetically
produce the drag, and had to
rely on human sacrifices as their source. It is possible that in the last year or
so, that some method to synthesize
the drag may have been found. Chromaffin cells secrete adrenaline, noradrenaline
and other substances into the
bloodstream which exert a great deal of control over tissue, and organs.

HERBS

Another place that programmed DID Satanic Ritual Survivors may encounter herbs is
the use of herbal charms
to enhance magic spells.

OILS

The Illuminati have also used oils for their powerful properties. Recently, a
doctor who was trained by the
Freemasons has been helping people discover the powerful properties of these oils.
Christians also have been
rediscovering the powerful healing powers in pure Fennel, Frankincense, Juniper,
Lavender, Peppermint, Pane
and other cold pressed Oils and combinations of oils.

Summary of Major Point.

The guided LSD trips in the sensory deprivation tanks are crucial for laying in the
foundational programming.
Readers will learn more about guided LSD trips & programming drags throughout this
book.

Page 37 ...

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 48 of 296

CHAPTER 4. SCIENCE NO. 4 - HYPNOSIS

HYPNOSIS & the OCCULT

From the Egyptian Sleep Temples to ancient shamans, the occult world has been
putting hypnosis (including
self-hypnosis) to work for centuries, even millennia. During the 18th and 19th
century, the Masonic lodges put
hypnotism to use. In 1882 Jean-Martin Charcot, considered the world’s greatest
neurologist at the time, gave
hypnotism respectability by publishing his own studies, which included recovering
A. trauma memories blocked
by amnesia, and B. memories presumed permanently lost by organic amnesia. At that
time, a group of french
medical doctors located at Nancy just a 100 kilometers southeast of the Mothers-of-
Darkness castle, had a
school of hypnosis that influenced doctors all over the world including Freud.
These french doctors had caught
on to the power of suggestion to the subconscious.

In the 1780’s, Marquis de Puysegur was putting people into deep hypnotic trances
and then commanding them
to forget the hypnotic session. James Esdaile in his book Mesmerism in India & its
Practical Application in
Surgery and Medicine, (pub. Longman, Brown, Green, Longmans, 1846) pp. xxiii-xxiv,
describes and lists
hundreds of surgeries (some quite serious) which he did in India using hypnosis as
his anesthesia. He found his
patients could heal quickly and experienced no pain under hypnosis.

In modem medical history, every type of surgery has been successfully carried out
without drugs and "without
pain" by using hypnosis. In the VoL 2 book, it was brought out that perceptive
researchers have figured out that
the pain under hypnosis is placed by the mind into a dissociated piece of the mind,
which is essentially what
MPD (DID) is all about. Tests have shown that hypnosis to reduce pain does not work
by the brain releasing
endorphins (see Hilgard, 1975 & Spiegel and Leonard, 1986). The mind simply diverts
the pain into a "mental
floppy disk" that it doesn’t look at. In the early 1880’s, occult researcher Edmund
Gurney found he could give
post-hypnotic commands that would be successfully carried out in the future.

What amazed him was that subjects would fulfill commands exactly as commanded at a
particular time on a
particular day without even looking at the clock. Various European doctors, too
numerous to mention,
discovered in the 1880’s that they could cure various diseases via hypnosis. The
cure rate was not 100%, but
significant enough to make hypnosis an option in some treatments.

This author (Fritz) has reported that programmed multiples are able to increase the
temperature of one body
part, or one side of their body. Cisco, the co-author of this book, when she hits
certain programs, turns ice-cold
on the right of her body and burns on the left side. It was with great interest
then when this author located the
1920 work of hypnotist J.A. Hadfield who published his work in Lancet, 2: pp. 68-
69, under the title "The
influence of suggestion on body temperature.

"Using hypnosis, Hadfield could get a subject to drop his temperature in one hand
to 68.0 while the other hand
stayed at 94°. Here is the paper trail to what they have been doing to programmed
multiples for half a century.
Today, the occult world uses sophisticated hypnotic techniques as one of their
programming tools to create
mind-controlled slaves. The slave’s mind is structured into a robotic-computer
controlled by a master. Parts
(alters) of the slave will learn how to trance (self-hypnosis) on cue. The better
conditioned a subject is to
hypnosis, the easier they fall into trance. The victims of mind-control are all
very conditioned for hypnosis, even
though their programmers then hide that under post-hypnotic suggestions that no-one
else is to be allowed to
hypnotize the slave. The ancient saying is that a picture is worth a thousand
words. In conveying suggestions to
the subconscious mind, the occult world of black magic and the programmers are very
aware of the power that
picture images convey. The good programmer will be able to utilize images to give
him tremendous leverage in
hypnotic techniques. An alter which needs to create something in the mind can be
prepped with images, and can
be asked to borrow images, such as borrow such and such quality from this person or
animal. The child alter
who becomes a Lion after eating a dead lion’s parts can imagine the qualities
(speed, agility, fierceness) of the
lion easily. The image of the lion is worth a thousand words to the hypnotic
programmer. If the programmer

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 49 of 296

wants an alter that is trained in karate to be agile, quick and fierce, they don’t
mind dehumanizing that alter to
become a lion or tiger. One element of why this is done is the power of the image
for hypnotic commands. The
deeper Illuminati alters will be highly skilled in self-hypnosis & the ability to
change at will into various states
of consciousness. This is part of their witchcraft training in order to practice
witchcraft.

UNDERSTANDING THE BASICS ABOUT HYPNOSIS

The Programmer is attempting to produce suggestions that the unconscious mind will
accept. If the
subconscious mind accepts the programmer’s suggestions then the suggestion becomes
reality to the victim, just
as if the victim had experienced it as reality over a period of time. The
programmer, if he is good, will be able to
get the subjects imagination involved. He will also build rapport with his victim.
For instance, the master might
hypnotically stroke the forehead of kitten sexual alters before giving them their
code to go back into the mind.
The good handler/programmer is not simply working off of fear, but he wants to have
the trust and cooperation
of the victim. This is similar to how Hitler was both feared and trusted by the
German masses. In fact, hypnosis
was an element in Hitler’s control of the masses. Nazi propaganda films showing
Hitler and other Nazi leaders
giving directives always have the Hitler Youth’s actions slightly speeded up so
that subconsciously the viewer is
taught obedience to their commands.

The programmer will not tell the slave something is hypnotically happening until it
has already happened. He
will use the art of timing his words at the correct time, of using repetition, of
combining several mutually
supporting suggestions, and of having total confidence in his words to add strength
to his hypnotic commands.
Muscular rigidity and deep breathing are one way to increase suggestibility within
the victim being programmed
via hypnosis. The programmer will also use other hypnotic tricks, such using his
own body language to suggest
something, and to use what is called a "voice roll". When the programmer moves his
voice into a monotonous
patterned style he is using the roll voice. Words are delivered at the rate of 45
to 60 beats a minute. To empower
the suggestions, the programming hypnotist uses the victim’s five senses. The
victim visualizes something using
his five senses, such as the imagery of the holy spirit (done in mockery of God)
and then breathes this imagery
in. For instance, the victim breathes in the message of the programming and roots
it deep deep down into the
oak tree. (In VoL 2, it was explained that the oak tree is the structure that the
programs are attached to.)

THE POWER OF HYPNOSIS

During the hypnotic trance, the human mind is at the pinnacle of its ability to
quickly learn. What might take
years to learn and weighing the evidence, will be accepted quickly by the victim’s
subconscious. The mind
strings together a series of "cognitive mental demons?? that is a series of mental
processes— similar to how a
computer programmer writes a program. These strings have been called K-lines. Much
of what the mind does is
simply activations of various K-lines (a habitual ways of doing things), so that
the mind can focus its limited
conscious thinking. The mind also takes micronemes (such things as a particular
aroma, or a particular
intonation for which it has no word, but for which it has a series of sensory
clues) and builds these into K-lines
too. Once a K-line works, the mind in order to prevent itself from making reckless
changes, gives priority to
those K-lines. Under hypnosis, the mind willingly allows the hypnotist to change K-
lines without the normal
unconscious conservative restraints. Under behavior modification techniques,
abnormal K-lines (that is K-lines
that wouldn’t normally develop) can be forced into the mind.

A hypnotic suggestion given to normal subjects lasts about a week, so reinforcement

is helpful. The
programming suggestions are layered in using methods far more powerful than mere
hypnosis, and are locked
up in dissociated subconscious states, so that these programming scripts which are
layered in are almost
impossible for the victim to be aware of to challenge them. The emotions of women
have been found to slightly
detract from the hypnotic trance, while male victims take the hypnotic words in an
unemotional matter-of-fact
way. The male victims will simply accept the programming and directly comply. That
is one reason why the
suicide programs that are layered into the men are so deadly. The female victims of
programming may
emotionally play the suicide out and survive; the male slaves when they trigger
suicide programs, comply with
the programming in an unemotional direct way.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007
Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 50 of 296

How deep is the slave’s trance? There are tests for trance depths, but from what
this author can ascertain,
sometimes it can be difficult to determine exactly where the mind is at. If a
memory is laid in at a particular
trance level, the slave may be able to avoid an abreaction later on by going above
or below the memory’s trance
level. A deep level, where for instance, the person can’t move a body part due to
hypnotic suggestion, would be
called the "cataleptic stage" or level.

UNDERSTANDING THE DEEPER MECHANICS of HYPNOSIS

Let us suppose for the sake of discussion that as you are reading this, it is
supper time. You are hungry. You’ve
starved yourself all day, and even though you are on a strict diet, you are trying
to think of a good restaurant to
go to. Now let’s see, as your mind scans the different possibilities, it thinks of
some that are close, some that are
quick, some that have lots of easy parking and others that have good looking
waitresses. Mechanically, your
thought processes went like this:

a. Particular sensations and chemicals cause the mind to feel what it mentally
describes as a pang of hunger.

This is perceived as an important need.

b. The mind has a process that we can call an Intention System that creates
specific intention messages that are
sent throughout the brain. It stores these Intentions temporarily. If an intention
is not freshly created and
restacked at the top of the clutter of intentions in the intention store, then it
gets buried underneath the "mind
cluttered desk of things to do" and forgotten. In our example, the mind is
searching its memory banks for
options on how to satisfy its hunger.

c. The mind must decide upon one particular course of action. The mind quits
focusing on other matters, and
concentrates upon deciding which course of action to take. The mind has now
activated all kinds of what some
researchers call "demons". Because we are not talking about spiritual demons, but
rather we are referring to
units of cognitive processes— which are very similar to UNIX computer demons— we
will refer to these demons
by the name "cognitive demon processes." Some of these cognitive demon processes
are action demons and
some are word demons, and some are recognition demons.
Recognition Cognitive Demon Processes go running through the mind, "shouting" the
wishes of the Intention
store. A number of lower level cognitive demon processes wake up and make
themselves known if they identify
with what the recognition demon is shouting about. Many may think they match the
request, but other demon
processes check them out to see how close they match. Now the checkers come up with
a list of cognitive
demon processes who are concerned with eating at restaurants, who have woken up and
are all scrambling for
attention. Cognitive demon processes establish themselves in families, and develop
relationships that are
automatic. (Cognitive Demons do not die, but some go to sleep and others can get
somewhat rusty in their
relationships.) The "demons" that respond to the shouting of our recognition demon
go through a series of
"interviews" with a hierarchy of other demon processes, and soon the messenger
demon can rush back to the
Intention Store with the name of the choices available.

All this happens extremely quick. If the mind did not set up a series of automatic
cognitive demon processes that
become habits, (called K-lines) it would find itself involved in the conscious
relearning of trivial matters that
would make it impossible to get much accomplished. Every skill would have to be
constantly relearned. A
person might easily end up spending all day dressing. As long as the mind remains
in a static environment,
where habits work, it’ s great. But life is such a changing environment, that our
entrenched habits can cause the
mind to pull up a cognitive demonic process out of habit, when it is neither wanted
nor appropriate.

Emotions and needs (which are tied to our emotions) will trigger the mind to search
out cognitive demon
processes. For instance, if our emotional need for someone we are looking for is
great, let’s say a wife waiting
for a long expected war-husband, it may send a need down the brain for the
cognitive demons that are attached
to the identification of the long-awaited person, and the mind triggers itself to
see his face in the crowd at the
busy railway station before its owner arrives.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 5 1 of 296
Cognitive Demon Processes live in close proximity to other demons, and when one
gets excited, others in the
area do too, although their excitement may be much less. If a cognitive demon is
being used a great deal, it will
be on its toes, but little used demons can go to sleep, and somehow need to be
hollowed at very loud to wake
up.

The Intention System after a while will set itself on autopilot for certain mental
functions, which frees the
conscious mind for other problems. The conscious mind can only focus on a small
amount of material— it is like
a computer which has limited memory. It is constantly in a state of redeployment,
and the Intentions system has
only a small sway over how the Attention part of the mind decides to focus. The
Attention part constantly asks
itself, which tasks can be relegated to habit. Then when the Intention system sends
out cognitive search demons,
they do not have to involve the conscious mind, because everything that is habitual
is set up like a script, with
families of "cognitive demon processes" already knowing the roles/relationships
they are to play. (Again,
Behavior modification is used to strengthen the relationships of demonic processes,
and to make some well used
and awake, so that certain behaviors become habits.) When our minds meditate or go
into a hypnotic trance,
what is occurring is that our conscious mind is delegating its limited computing
memory for the focus of its
attention upon one object. What happens to the cognitive demon processes that would
normally take instructions
from the conscious mind?

During meditation the untrained cognitive demon processes bubble up to the top of
the conscious mind.
However, the opposite happens during hypnosis. During hypnosis, the mind has made
the decision (for whatever
reasons) to accept control statements from the hypnotist. The mind has surrendered
or at least temporarily or
partially abdicated his or her position as the master of his or her Intention
System. Some of this power is given
away. The hypnotist now has access and control over many or all the cognitive
demonic processes, including
some that the person would not normally activate. Cognitive demon processes that
are asleep or deeply buried
can be accessed by the hypnotist, in a much quicker direct way than the Intention
System would. By suggesting
that the subject has a cat on his lap, the hypnotist is actually causing the
recognition cognitive demon processes
to wake up and act out their jobs to such an extent that the subject sees a cat. By
suggesting that the subject’s
body stiffen, the hypnotist has gained control over those cognitive action demons
that cause the body to stiffen.
Age-regression brings up demons that are associated with the subject’s childhood.

Although it is unpopular to admit publicly that the hypnotist has power over the
subject, a close look at the
process of how hypnosis works at the neuronal "cognitive demon process" level shows
that the hypnotist has
indeed been given power. In fact, the hypnotist has been given power to activate
cognitive units of demon
processes that the mind itself would allow to remain inactive or asleep. The mind
would not normally use its
ability to activate them. Today, it is politically incorrect to admit that the
hypnotist has power to make an
individual do what they wouldn’t normally want to do, but unfortunately hypnosis
does give this power.

PROGRAMMING AIDS

Because the programmers control the slave’s life to such a high degree they can add
other elements that move
the brain into programmable states.

Fasting along with a high sugar intake will make the brain more suggestive. (The
military also used this in basic
training. This was done to this author at West Point during Beast Barracks, where
during the first two weeks he
ate all-total enough food for one regular meal; however, New Cadets were allowed to
go to chapel and eat all
the brownies, cookies and kool-aid they wanted.)

Physical discomforts and the chanting of rituals in witchcraft ceremonies are also
ways to move the mind into
programming states.

Lights, sounds (for instance repetitive beats such as with any rock music), and
smells are all used to encourage
the brain to go into a programmable state.

In the chapter on electronics, it discusses how the functions of the mind-body such
as breathing and the

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 52 of 296

heartbeat can be regulated by external stimuli —that is lights and sounds which are
electronically produced. If
the repetitive beat is ranged between 45 to 72 beats per minute, many people will
go into a programmable state
with their eyes open. This is because this beat is close to the beat of the heart
in a relaxed state.

Some secret Ilium, programming centers have areas that are constructed for the
greatest hypnotic sound and
lighting effect. The child/ or adult victim is cut off from the world at these
programming centers. The victims’
freedom to walk outside into normal life depends upon their cooperation with the
programmer/ s).

Lullaby music is used as a cue for some alters of slaves to induce trance when
their systems are older because
the child alters still respond to the cue. Anything can be a cue, but it appears
the programmers often pick cues
that are naturally reinforced by the mind. The lullaby or carousel music is a good
cue, because the lullaby is
taking advantage of the natural desire of the brain to retreat from reality to the
nostalgia of childhood fun. The
retreat of the mind to childhood naturally evokes the helplessness and dependence
that a child feels.

The programmers are powerful enough to place in cues that don’t need natural
reinforcement, but from
observation it is apparent that they will often skillfully strengthen the hypnotic
power by the choice of a cue
which carries its own natural reinforcement. One supporting element in programming
is that the programmer
sets himself up as "god the creator" of the victim, or an alien of a far-advanced
race.

In hypnotism, this fulfills the need that all hypnotic subjects must have faith and
trust in their hypnotist.
Hypnosis is subjective in nature. If the programmer is the creator of the alter
being programmed, and the alter is
additionally under a hypnotic drug that makes it willing to obey, it is easy to see
how the victim lets go of all
inhibitions, because "god" or this "superior alien" knows what is best. The better
and stronger the relationship
between the victim and his master programmer, the better the hypnotic commands
work. If the slave sees the
master as a religious guru prophet (or a great doctor) it enhances his willingness
to accept hypnotic commands.
Bear in mind that the slave is conditioned to love their master without
reservation. Yes, the benevolent dictator
has historically received the devotion of the masses, (and many of the Illuminati
programmers are actually
simply egotistical sadists).

USING HOLOGRAMS as an ACCESS AID

The Illuminati is now even resorting to creating talking hologram images to access
their slaves with their
hypnotic cues.

KEEPING THE MIND IN ALPHA STATE

The entire alter system of a Monarch slave has their sleep patterns controlled.
Many alters are programmed not
to get real sleep. They actually sleep in a hypnotic alpha-state sleep, or what may
be called trance sleep.

Hypnotists (and brain researchers) will tell you that true sleep and a hypnotic
sleep are not the same thing for the
brain. Some alters (but not many) must stay awake 24 hours a day internally and
carefully watch all that
happens in the system of alters. Someone has to take the body and sleep— but
whichever alters are set up to do it,
they are hypnotically commanded to only sleep about three hours to insure that the
mind stays in an alpha state
easy to program. Because alters which do not hold the body "rest" mentally in a
sense— when they take the body
they are fresh. The mind dissociates when it is given unpleasant things to hear
which it doesn’t want to hear.

The electronic implants that send voices to victims are used to create dissociation
within the slaves, plus certain
implants and devices send specific electro-magnetic wave patterns to the mind to
put the slave’s mind into the
alpha state. See chapter six for more on the mind-control implants.

PREPARING THE BRAIN

The programmer places the victim in an acute state of anxiety and guilt. The
tension reduces the power of the
judgement part of the mind. One of the tortures for slaves is to keep them from
going to the bathroom and

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 53 of 296

relieving themselves. This is part of the hypnotic programming package. The anxiety
that this creates increases
the power of the programming in the brain, because the anxiety causes slight
malfunctions with the brain’s
judgment abilities. Mental and physical fatigue are also sought in the victim. For
instance, water deprivation is
common. (This was also done to the author at West Point, where one of this author’s
classmates was
hospitalized for dehydration during Beast Barracks.) Offensive language also helps
drive the mind into tension
and encourages it into an alpha state.
EARLY TRAINING FOR SLAVES

The children who are being programmed are taught 4 IMPORTANT HYPNOTIC ABILITIES.
These four
abilities are a. relaxation, b. visualization, c. concentration, and d. projection,
which work in handling the slave
along with the alpha state.

Relaxation and visualization go hand in hand each enhancing each other. When given
a good pleasant image to
visualize, the victim relaxes, which leads to the hypnotic concentration, which
then produces good projection.
Initially, the child victim is given drags that induce euphoria and deep
relaxation. They are then taught to work
toward that drug euphoria by going to it mentally. They develop the ability to go
into that euphoria mentally as a
trained behavior. Many of the children will have their training in visualization
and concentration reinforced
when they go to public schools, many of which are now involved in the programming
process. To teach the
child concentration and visualization, the child is given an apple and trained to
visualize it. The first time, the
child will be given drugs which will enhance the experience and perception greatly
to around 100 times the
perception without the drugs. There is no pain involved in this early programming
at around the age of 3 or 4.
After the child has gone through the visualization of the apple in the drugged
state he or she will work toward
the mental ability to visualize it intensely without the drugs. The visualization
script used with the apple (in both
the dragged and undrugged exercises) will vary slightly from programmer to
programmer, yet will be close to
the following:

"VISUALIZE AN APPLE. HOLD IT IN YOUR HANDS; TURN IT AROUND; FEEL IT. FEEL THE
SHAPE,
THE SIZE, THE WEIGHT, THE TEXTURE. NOTICE THE COLOR, THE REFLECTION OF LIGHT ON
ITS SKIN. BRING IT TO YOUR NOSE AND SMELL IT. BITE INTO IT, TASTE IT; HEAR THE
CRUNCH
AS YOUR TEETH SINK IN. EAT THE APPLE; FEEL IT SLIDE DOWN YOUR THROAT. SEE IT GROW
SMALLER. WHEN YOU HAVE EATEN IT DOWN TO THE CORE, LET IT DISAPPEAR."

By the way, an apple training incident very similar to this (which is given by the
Illuminati to child slaves from
the ages 2 to 4), strangely turned up occurring in a setting that the author, who
never was a slave nor never in
the occult, found himself in when this author was a 4-H counselor at a 4-H camp as
a 16 year old. The first thing
all the counselors were given was an apple exercise so that we could appreciate
each camper for what he or she
was. The person who led the exercise was a psychologist. Where had he learned it?
The apple visualization must
be done to a standard of excellence by the child victim. The victim’ s life depends
upon learning to visualize
vividly, so that the internal structures (internal mental images) it builds within
the mind will stay strong and
firm.

The programmers want the child to have good visualization so they will work with
the child to have the most
successful experience. For instance, the child will be offered a variety of apples
to look at, yellow, green, red
etc. The child can choose the apple that it likes so that its visualization
exercises will be the most successful.

The entire imagery of an internal system will be built upon the foundation of the
child’s ability to visualize an
apple. The child will be taken through a succession of exercises where the child
learns to visualize the apple in
greater and greater detail using all the senses. Eventually, the child is able to
visualize his or her apple to the
point that the child can dissect or chop the apple up in any way and reconstruct it
mentally. The internal seeds of
the apple can be seen brilliantly by the child. Upon this ability to visualize, the
programmer will then teach the
child that the apple can become anything the child wants, a river, a couch, a book
etc. The five seeds of the
apple will be turned into 5 castles. This is why essentially all Illuminati Mind-
controlled slaves have 5 major
castles in their system of programming. One approach by therapists has been to cast
out/remove the castles.
However, the castle imagery is based upon the apple seeds which is based on the
apple. The real thing to deal

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 54 of 296

with for therapists is the apple. If the castle is returned to its original image
of being an apple seed, and the rest
of the apple-and its tree imagery dealt with, then some progress can be made.
Unfortunately, not being aware of
the original imagery, the therapists have been frustrating themselves with the
superficial imagery rather than the
foundational imagery.

Another script for teaching the young 2 to 4 year old slaves simple visualization
is to have the child close his or
her eyes and imagine that they are looking at a white wall or blank screen. Then
they practice visualizing simple
geometric shapes, and then visualize the screen in different colors, and then
finally visualize the objects
changing colors.
MAGICAL TRAINING ON THE STARLIGHT LEVEL

The Illuminati begin training the child victim to work at the starlight level. This
is called magical training. The
child’s abilities to relax, visualize, concentrate and project are then harnessed
in the alpha state by
"MAGICKAL TRAINING" which opens up the STARLIGHT CONSCIOUSNESS. Starlight
consciousness is
the other way of knowing that which belongs to the right hemisphere, and it allows
the victim to make contact
with the "DIVINE WITHIN". The Divine within the victim is actually the generational
spirits, which are placed
in during the Moon Child ceremonies described in detail in Vol. 2.

The generational spirits are laid in to help build the programming and to guard it.
However, as in so much
spiritual work, the victim’s (technically speaking, the alter’ s) will & thoughts
work hand in hand with the spirits.
The child must learn to visualize and participate in the mental building of the
internal worlds, structures, etc.
However, the demons will be strategically placed to protect the structures once the
programming is built into the
mind. (For more understanding of this see Cisco’ s section on "Programming,
foundational, destruction of’.)

FINETUNING

The child victim’s mind is FINETUNED. This means that the child can function
excellently at visualization,
relaxation, concentration, projection, while in the alpha state and can work with
their subconscious mind. The
mental work done in the subconscious can not be retrieved easily. Only through
outside assistance or special
training can most people access what is done at the starlight level of the mind.
The programmers are using the
child’ s abilities with its 5 acute senses to develop the 6th sense (which is its
ability to work in the Starlight
consciousness, which includes such mental activity such as psychic abilities— which
will be discussed in other
locations in this book.) Enhancing the mind so that it can work in the subconscious
area called the starlight
consciousness is referred to by many insiders as astral.

THE MONARCH PROGRAMMING SCRIPT FOR OVER THE RAINBOW

One of the most important concepts of the programmers is having slaves "go over the
rainbow." Although in
recent years other methods have been substituted for this, there are many hundreds
of thousands of slaves for
whom "going over the rainbow" is part of their programming. What is the script for
programming this?

The PROGRAMMING SCRIPT FOR GOING OVER THE RAINBOW

(Three dots in this script do not indicate missing parts, but rather pauses. In
other words, pauses are indicated by
three dots.)
INDUCTION TRAINING SCRIPT

"BREATHE DEEP — YOU ARE FLOATING DOWN ... DOWN ... ON A BEAUTIFUL RED CLOUD, AND
YOUR WHOLE BODY IS RED - AS YOU GO DRIFTING AND FLOATING .... ROCKING GENTLY ...
DEEPER ... AND DEEPER ... DOWN ... [this repeated, one time, for each color of
cloud-orange, yellow, green,
blue, and violet clouds.] "LAND VERY GENTLY ... VERY SOFTLY ... IN THE CENTER OF A
ROUND,
BLACK PEARL. SEE IT GLOWING, SOFTLY, GENTLY ... NOW TURN AND FACE THE EAST ... AND

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 55 of 296

THEN THE SOUTH ... AND THEN THE WEST ... AND THEN THE NORTH OPEN ALL OF YOUR
INNER SENSES." [The rainbow gives the much abused victim of mind-control and
trauma, a safe mental place
to travel to; and this serves as a "home base" for the mind to return to when
things get difficult. If the
programming begins to be destroyed and a deeper alter experiences real life— its
coping mechanism to face the
harsher realities of life will be a knee-jerk reaction to go to safety over the
rainbow.]

BRINGING THE SLAVE OUT OF TRANCE (Switching to the FRONT PERSONALITIES after
programming)

After the slave has been switched to deeper personalities who are in trance in
order to have the slave a. be
programmed b. be programmed & carry out a mission, c. go to a ritual, then it is
important that the programmer
takes time to get the slave to emerge slowly and gently from their altered state.
The induction process is
reversed. The repetition of trances will reinforce the depth of the trance state,
and keep the undetectable slavery
operating smoothly:

"IN THE PEARL, PREPARE TO AWAKEN. WHEN YOU AWAKE, YOU WILL FEEL REFRESHED.
ALERT, RENEWED, AND FILLED WITH ENERGY. YOU WILL REMEMBER ALL THAT YOU HAVE
EXPERIENCED. NOW TURN AND FACE THE EAST ... THEN THE SOUTH ... THEN THE WEST ...
THEN THE NORTH, [this helps the slave orient themselves internally]
TAKE A DEEP BREATH ... INHALE ... EXHALE ...

"YOU ARE FLOATING UP ... UP ... ON A BEAUTIFUL VIOLET CLOUD, AND YOUR WHOLE BODY IS

VIOLET AS YOU DRIFT GENTLY UPWARD ... "ON A BEAUTIFUL BLUE

CLOUD ... UP ... UP ... AND YOUR WHOLE BODY IS BLUE AND YOU ARE BEGINNING TO AWAKEN

GENTLY AND YOU DRIFT GENTLY UP ... ON A BEAUTIFUL GREEN CLOUD ... AND YOUR WHOLE
BODY IS GREEN ... AS YOU DRIFT GENTLY ... UP ... UP ... "ON A BEAUTIFUL YELLOW
CLOUD ...
GETTING MORE AND MORE AWAKE ... AND YOUR WHOLE BODY IS YELLOW ... AS YOU DRIFT
GENTLY ... UP ... UP ...

"ON A BEAUTIFUL ORANGE CLOUD ... FILLED WITH ENERGY AND VITALITY ... YOUR WHOLE
BODY IS ORANGE ... AS YOU FLOAT UP GENTLY ... "ON A BEAUTIFUL RED

CLOUD ... ALMOST FULLY AWAKE NOW ... AND YOUR WHOLE BODY IS RED AS YOU FLOAT
GENTLY ...

"STAY ON THE RAINBOW ... [at this point the script for the slave’s programming or
mission or ritual will be
placed into the mind] .

After the programming session, the mission, or the ritual the handler/or programmer
finishes...

"LEAVING THE MEMORY IN THE BLACK PEARL AND CLOSING AND SEALING THE BLACK
PEARL. YOU WILL REMEMBER ONLY THOSE DETAILS THAT I TELL YOU TO REMEMBER. AND
IN A MOMENT YOU WILL COUNT TO TEN AND GO BACK INTO YOUR SPACE, AND RED 2001 -A
[whatever the code is for the alter] WILL RETURN."

DEEP TRANCE PROGRAMMING

If we rate trance depths on a scale of 1 to 13, then the deep trance that is being
described here is 7-10. At this 7-
10 depth, the person must be constantly watched. The victim is turned on his side
so that the victim will
continue to breathe. If the person monitoring has doubts whether the slave is
alive, the programming staff will
poke the lungs and neck. The person’s breathing will be encouraged by the
programmer breathing along with
the person being programmed as he says "BREATHE ... BREATHE ... BREATHE". This is
important because

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 56 of 296

at this level the slave is so tranced their body can forget to breathe.

COLOR PROGRAMMING

While we are still on the subject of the rainbow and its colors, and before we
continue onto other parts of the
hypnotic programming process, let’s deal with color programming.

When Illuminati slaves are being programmed as little children, they usually will
get music and color
programming. Most readers are like this author, in that they are not interested in
learning magic. However,
because this author (Fritz Springmeier) was interested in helping victims
understand what’ s been done to them,
it was important to dive into trying to understand the thinking of the occult world
in regards to colors.

If I write that the occult world views yellow as a healing color, and blue as a
relaxing color, and purple (violet)
as a spiritually enlightened color, that is not because I want to teach that as a
doctrine, but so that therapists can
begin to understand the hidden mannerisms & thought patterns of these powerful
generational occult families,
who believe in such odd practices as child sacrifice.

In the 1940’s, as the Illuminati were applying scientific investigation to their

ancient skills in mind-control, a
number of researchers investigated color psychology. Cecil Stokes’ color research
on the influence of colors on
the mind led to the Auratone films, which were used to treat the "mentally ill".

Walt Disney Studios produced one of the best occult attempts to free associate
color, light and music in their
movie Fantasia, especially Fantasia’s opening selection of Stokowski’s adaption of
Bach’s "Toccata and Fugue
in D minor". Walt Disney also used selections of music from the Satanist composer
Igor Stravinsky in Fantasia.
Igor Stravinsky is an anarchy-espousing Satanist. Fantasia was a long labor of
occult devotion for Walt Disney
and his studios. It took many years to create the film, and when it was finished,
it was used as a programming
foundation for alter systems. (Chapter 5 will have more on Disney. Chapter 5 will
also give a very detailed
script for HOW Fantasia has been used as the primary foundation programming tool.)
Disney’s Dick Tracy
movie is also a classic example of how color is employed in a movie which is used
covertly for mind-control
programming.

The five primary areas of occult thinking that were investigated by this author in
terms of color programming
were:

1. witchcraft books such as Raymond Buckland’s Practical Color Magick,

2. an extensive study of several New Age Groups such as the I AM Movement, and
Church Universal &
Triumphant (CUT) using hundreds of documents that ex-insiders of these groups
provided,

3. masonic & rosicrucian sources, such as Manly P. Hall’s book The Secret Teachings
of All Ages, and

4. Metaphysical books in general such as the excellent The Rainbow Book being a
collection of essays &
illustrations devoted to Rainbows in particular & Spectral Sequences in general
focusing on the meaning of
color (physical & metaphysically) from Ancient to Modem Times. The Rainbow Book was
done by the Fine
Arts Museums of San Francisco in assoc, with Shambhala of Berkeley & London, 1975.

And finally, the last primary source -but not least- was interviews with an ex-
programmer. What did I find out?
After lots of weeding, I have some siftings from these sources to share. In
Buckland’s Practical Color Magick,
we learn about a type of Voodoo called Poppet dolls. These dolls are made according
to the color that is
appropriate for the person’s problem. For instance, they make a green poppet doll
if the person needs help with
finances. The name of the person is written on the doll according to the color that
corresponds to their
astrological birthdate. For instance, Leo is orange, and Pisces is Indigo. Those
who need success are advised by
Buckland to make a "Color Treasure Map" which is simply a collage of the things
they want, making sure that
the pictures are bright colors.

This is another example of color magic. Buckland provides a Color-Number Code as

follows:

1 = Red; 2 = Orange; 3= Yellow; 4 = Green; 5=Blue; 6=Indigo; 7=Violet; 8=Rose; 9 =

Gold

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 57 of 296

The letters of the alphabet then are corresponded to these 9 numbers and by adding
up the numbers in
someone’s name (numerology), Buckland tells us we can get the name’s Color from
such a process.

What did I learn of value from Buckland? some tips on how occultists assign colors
to numbers and objects. For
the average person these witchcraft teachings are simply trite imaginations. Even
so, the fact remains for those
of us confronting Occult mind-control, colors are important to total-mind-control
programmers of the Illuminati.
Colors are important to their world-view. A programmer who knew color magic would
likely use color magic in
their programming, programming scripts and codes. Now, both you and I know some
more about how to second
guess the programmer’s mind. (By the way, Color programming was dealt with in a
major way in Vol. 2, but the
tips in this chapter may also be useful.)

THE ASSOCIATION OF COLORFUL SIGHTS, SOUNDS, RHYTHM & DANCE.

Dance has been associated with color from ancient times, to greek and medieval
courts up to modem times with
the use of colored floodlights. Keys in music have been associated with colors by
many famous musicians.
Beethoven referred to B minor as the black key. Schubert compared E minor to a
"girl robed in white with a
rose-red bow on her breast". Rimsley-Korsakov interpreted the keys of C, D, A, F, &
F# major as white, yellow,
rosy, green, and grayish-green. Handel had his own idea of how the keys related to
the colors. The brighter hues
of a color have been associated by some with the major scale, and the more subdued
hues of a color with the
minor. Goethe stated that a painting of powerful effect was like a piece of music
with a sharp key, while a
painting with a muted effect was like music in a flat key.

Certain colors have been associated with violin music. In Wassily Kandinsky’s book
The Art of Spiritual
Harmony, we learn a great deal about color and music. The following comes from
Kandinsky’s observations,
and may relate to Mengele’s programming. The ringing notes of a violin have been
associated with a cool red.
The largo of an old violin is associated with orange. The placid middle tones of
the violin are associated with
absolute green. A dark blue is like a cello. White is like the pauses in music that
temporarily break the melody.
Black represents "the final pauses, after which any continuation of melody see the
dawn of another world."

The Rainbow Book is definitely the most comprehensive book this author has seen on
the significance of color
both physically and metaphysically. An interesting chart is given on page 125,
which examines the relationship
of the frequencies of electromagnetic waves in the visible light spectrum with an
octave of music just above
middle C. In order to make the comparison (which is charted below) the light
frequencies which are 1012 are
written without the powers of ten and taken down 40 to match the note octaves. This
gives us a chart which we
will arrange by:

COLOR/ORIG. FREK - 40 // OCTAVE FREK/NOTE

Using this arrangement we get:

Very dark red/391 .3 = 392/G NOTE darkish red/418 = 415/G# note

Orangish red/445 440/A note light orange/464 = 466/A # note yellow green/495 =
494/B note green / 523 = 523/
C note

Bluish green/555 = 553/ C# note Indigo/573-600 = 587/D note

Indigo violet-light violet/618-627 = D# note
Dark violet/655-673 = 659/E note
Very dark violet/682 = 698/F note

Although there is no single one-to-one correspondence between music and color,

because there are different

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 58 of 296

patterns to consider and the role of association is such a complex issue, there are
several things that naturally
suggest themselves: an increase in pitch does seem to suggest an increase in
brightness. An increase in
brightness also is suggested by an increase in tempo. Colors also fit the mood of a
piece of music. A mass of
color can suggest the musical ground.

Musical intervals have also been related by the ancients to the orbits of the
planets. This began with the
spherical theory of the cosmos by Pythagoras, where the different astrological
bodies made different sounds.
Another correspondence with merit is to associate colors with "properties", & then
associate with music
intervals, then assoc, with related cords, and related planets, and then associate
with other things.

For instance, Orange would be associated with the Sun, Energy, Glory, and Power. In
turn, it would be
associated with Re (pronounced "Ray" in music, the whole tone, D). Its related cord
would be minor, and its
related planet would be the Sun "Apollo." Violet would be death, separation,
advanced spirituality. It would be
associated with Ti ("Tee") in music, the Maj. 7th, B, and its related planet would
be the moon "Diana". There is
no way all the different associations can be reviewed here. The Chinese have had a
number of music-color
association schemes, as well as the Hindis, the Tibetans, and others. Is this
section on color going somewhere
with these associations? Yes, Joseph Mengele, the original Dr. Green (the name
Green got passed on to a least
one of his proteges), played the violin and piano while doing the color programming
to slaves. He was the
original master at associating both a tone or chord with a particular color or
color scheme. He loved using
Fantasia for programming.

LIGHT & COLOR

According to Hilton Hotema’s book Ancient Sun God (Mokelumne Hill, CA: Health
Research, 1956), light &
fire are associated with Sun worship. "Pyra" is Greek for fire, and "Midos" means
measure. Pyramid is a
combination of the greek words pyra and midos, which together meant "light-
measures". In other words, the
pyramid was the eternal ascending flame, the spark returning to its maker. The
eternal flame of Prometheus is a
recurrent theme within all the modern revolutions (which by the way were all
created secretly by the occult
hierarchy).

The Tower of Babel most likely followed the pattern which the ancient babylonian
cylinders say was used by
the Babylonians in building their temples. Each level was dedicated to one of the 7
planets, and was built in that
color. In other words the Tower of Babel looked like a rainbow. The lowest was to
Saturn and was black. The
next was to Jupiter and was orange. The next was to Mars and was red. The fourth
was the sun and was yellow.
The fifth was Venus and was green. The sixth was Mercury and was blue, and the top
or seventh level would be
white.

A good example of color programming and a New Age group which is involved with
Illuminati/government
mind-control is Church Universal & Triumphant. In the Covert Action Information
Bulletin, No. 30, Summer,
1988, Church Universal & Triumphant was exposed as a conduit of CIA funds. Another
clue as to how CUT
connects in is that Elizabeth Clare Prophet, CUT’s prophetess, speaks in Masonic
emples.
E.C. Prophet claims she is Marie Antoinette. (One of the first Illuminati programs
that this author ran into when
working with programmed multiples was Marie Antoinette programming.) Another
obvious CIA asset (who is
not part of CUT) has been directing implant victims to go to CUT and solve their
implant problem by seeking
the "I AM force" within them. (The I AM is a system programmed into slaves.)
Initiates into CUT have received
a letter, "Keeper of the Flame: the need for harmony and love between all the
master’s servants united in a
common effort cannot be overemphasized. Working and serving together, we form a
mandala of light through
which the masters of the Great White Brotherhood will awaken humanity." (Quote from
a letter by CUT
Chairman of the Outreach Committee Michael Veys to CUT’s Fraternity of the Keepers
of the Flame, c. 1980.)
Elizabeth Claire Prophet’s "Fraternity of Keepers of the Flame" as she calls her
initiates learn such things as
astrology, crystals, white magic, color magic, Hinduism (reincarnation, karma,
meditation, chakra points), how
to decree, how to dress (for instance what color to where at what time), and how to
become divine at Summit
University.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 59 of 296

Elizabeth Clare Prophet (that’s the name she wanted) established Summit University,
and CUT’s headquarters
in Colorado Springs, a house in Santa Barbara, and an underground fortress for the
end times in a valley in
Montana. Details about Elizabeth Clare Prophet and her organization are hard to
come by. If a person gets
serious about being part of her organization, they are expected to make a once in a
life-time gift of everything
they have to the CUT and its head Elizabeth Clare Prophet. (Sources: Notes, Summit
University Student and
Confidential Interview.) After that they are expected to tithe (one-tenth). Church
Universal and Triumphant
Tenets, Colorado Springs, CO: 1975, p.12 under Art. XII Law of the Tithe. In
return, they are initiated into what
1 call "the supreme Grand Flattery", "You shah become an enlightened God."
One of the programming tricks by the Mind-control programmers is to have some of
the alters, incl. front alters
believe that they are divine gods. Although members are told they are divine, when
people on E.C. Prophet’s
staff got revelations from the Ascended Masters that she channels, she threatened
to expel them if they talked
about their revelations. E.C. Prophet does not want any one else to prophecy in her
organization. CUT makes
their mind-controlled slaves think that they are too smart and intuitive to ever be
deceived. In this way, they use
New Age ideas and the person’s pride to blind them to the fact the person is a
mind-controlled slave who is
fooled much of the time. When students are invited onto staff it is a commitment.
They are told, "Your life will
never be your own again, but was it ever your own?" They have already been taught
"Ascension Keys".

Elizabeth Clare Prophet tells her students that to Ascend to Godhead is their
birthright, the divine right of every
person, (see Pearls of Wisdom, Vol. X, No. 23, June 4, 1967, The Summit Lighthouse,
p. 41 -"...has robbed men
of the birthright of their Ascension...") This matches what the Illuminati teach
their people. See also Pearls of
Wisdom, Vol. X, No. 19, (May 7, 1967), The Summit Lighthouse, p. 24 - "The Divine
Right is the Immortal
Plan. ..Inherent pattern of unique Christ manifestation..." In the Ascension
Dossier of Serapis Bey initiates are
told "The capacity of the externalized self must be given in toto." Also-"You must
abandon your past to God."

In Lanello’s Message(a channeled message), 4/20/73 the students are told, "You do
not have to wait for the
carnal mind to evolve, for the carnal mind will never evolve. It must be put off
and cast into the Flame." (See
Lanello 4/20/73 in the Pearls of Wisdom, Vol. 16, #32, 8/12/1973.)

After emptying themselves of all their past and of what they knew, the initiates
are then restructured by CUT. In
Serapis, Ascension Class they are told, "The Ascension Flame is the Flame of
Mother."

SPECIAL COLORS

It can’t be overemphasized that Green is the highest color in Satanism— it is

Satan’s color. It is not by accident
that green has been used in uniforms, although the decision also was dictated by
its advantage in camouflage. In
the Omega computer programming a CODE GREEN for many victims means "self-destruct",
the ultimate
sacrifice for one’s satanic programming.

Interviews with witches, as well as a person in witchcraft who the Masons tried to
recruit, and an ex-member of
CUT, and an ex-member of similar New Age group called the I AM movement reveals
that they all wear special
colors of clothes on certain days. Due to the large influx of new converts, it has
been difficult for CUT to keep
up the teachings on wearing different colored clothing during different times of
the day, and for different days.
Newer converts may be unaware of this teaching. The colors of purple and white are
especially esteemed. The
magical properties that Masons & New Agers believe are intrinsic to purple is why
the 33rd degree has written
books using purple, and several New Agers have published books on purple paper. The
programmers also
manipulate such things so that child alters believe that color "magic" has
accomplished things.

HEALING BY CORRECT VIBRATIONS & RAYS

Masonic Sources match CUT teachings-

• "The second method of healing was by vibration. The inharmonies of the bodies
were neutralized by chanting
spells and intoning the sacred names or by playing upon musical instruments and
singing. Sometimes articles of
various colors were exposed to the sight of the sick, for the ancients recognized,
at least in part, the principle of

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 60 of 296

color therapeutics, now in the process of rediscovery." Masonic Hermetic

Qabbalistic & Rosicrucian Symbolical
Philosophy, p. CXI

• "50. "The force of the obligation is therefore in the obligation and not in the
reason. As a matter of fact, the real
reason is scientific to the last analysis; scientific to a degree beyond the
penetration, up to the present time, of
the ‘radiant matter’ of the Roentgen Ray of Modern Science. The Word concerns the
science of rhythmic
vibrations, and is the key to the equilibrium of all forces and to the harmony of
Eternal Nature." Ancient Mystic
Oriental Masonry, p.48.

USING HYPNOSIS TO HEAL THE SLAVE AFTER ABUSE.

Sometimes the handlers "TRADE DOWN" the symptoms that result from abuse so that the
slave will heal
quicker, others attempt to remove the symptoms immediately. For burns, the
hypnotist can suggest cooling. For
other injuries, suggestions for warmth are applied. For bleeding suggestions for
stopping blood flow are used.

REINFORCING THE PROGRAMMING WITH A DECOGNITION PROCESS

The programmer has gotten the results that he wants via drugs, torture, hypnosis,
and deception. Now he must
build in back-ups to insure the programming holds up.

The decognition process has 3 steps.

Step 1 is to program the slave to get inadequate sleep, eat poorly, and work hard.
It is called REDUCTION OF
ALERTNESS.

Step 2 is to create confusion in the mind via programmed confusion using a series
of alters. The person may go
into revolving from one alter to another, or may have alters coming and going with
conflicting messages so that
the person remains in a PROGRAMMED CONFUSED STATE. In military "training"
conflicting orders would
be rapidly issued to confuse the mind.

Step 3 is to cause the mind to have something simple to focus on so that it goes
into a FLAT STATE. In the
military, this author became aware that the beat of the drum and marching would
shift the mind to a flat state.
For centuries the military have known that they could shut off the critical
thinking of the mind and put their
soldiers into a flat, non-thinking state by training them to the beat of the drum
and the sound of marching feet.
Now you know why those British Red-coats marched so non-thinking into the barrels
of American guns in
battles such as New Orleans and Bunker Hill. The mind feels good to shift into this
simple flat state. The brain
quits thinking and withdraws into a state that it quits thinking except for what
the controllers want it to think.
This is why marching has been so important in military training. Chanting and
singing will also move the mind
into this flat state, which is why the French Foreign Legion requires its men -to
sing sing sing. When this author
lived in the Indian subcontinent, 1 saw Hindu holy men who had meditated in a flat
alpha state so long their
brains no longer functioned in anything but a flat state. This non-thinking flat
state is believed by Hindus to be
nirvana, but God didn’t give us minds to throw away and waste, but to use. He gave
us independent thoughts so
that we could show our love for Him by choosing to love Him. God didn’t want
brainwashed followers, which
is what some of the churches think God is calling for. The programmers can induce a
mood or state of mind
hypnotically which will make retrieval of something learned dependent upon going
into that particular mood or
state.

And THE BEAT GOES ON...

It is clear that some of the psychologists have NOT got wind that the mind-control
is being exposed. The
American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis had a recent article (10/1996, p. 105-114)
promoting the use of the
Wizard of Oz metaphor in hypnosis with "treatment-resistant" children. For a
therapist/hypnotist to hypnotically
use Wizard of Oz material on child victims of mind-control will get a response from
them! The authors of the
article say that they use the authoritarian approach to hypnosis (p. 107) for
"treatment-resistant" children. The

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 61 of 296

Wizard of Oz metaphor is given on page 108 of the article, which boils down to: the
Straw Man, Tin Man, Lion,
Dorothy and Toto were surprised at their success- and that they already had brains,
a heart, & courage.

HYPNOTIC CODES, CUES AND TRIGGERS

This chapter will provide some more of the hypnotic codes, cues, triggers or
whatever one wants to call these
words, noises, and sensory inputs that manipulate these poor victims turned into
Monarch robots. The reader is
encouraged to refer to Vol. 2 for the principle list of codes. Other chapters will
explain about the structures these
codes go to, and also the spiritual dimensions of these codes and structures.

Another way to see things is to recognize that the programmers have created "power
words" to which they have
attached memory and programming. If a de-programmer observes closely the word usage
of the victim, you will
begin to spot power words of the abuser, for instance, "follow the yellow brick
road".

Unfortunately, people who are not initiated into the arcane world of handshakes,
grips, codes, signals and cues
allow the appearance of these things to be interpreted from their own frame of
reference. Usually, because these
events are not perceived as being significant, outsiders forget them immediately
and therefore remain oblivious
to some of the most overt clues.
Once the reader is aware of the types of programming themes used: the Wizard of Oz,
Alice In Wonderland, and
Star Wars and Star Trek, etc., he will begin to realize our entire American culture
has been transformed into one
big mind-control programming center during the second half of the twentieth
century!

Unfortunately for the victim, apparently harmless little things, for instance, the
arrival of flowers to their
hospital bedside, a dead bird on their doorstep, or the words "NEW BEGINNINGS" and
"NEW LIFE" may
signify programming commands. One Illuminati slave in this area has started a large
church called NEW
BEGINNINGS. The name was not by accident.

A cipher is when symbols are used to represent letters. One can use letter
frequencies to break ciphers. There are
charts for letter frequencies for the chief languages. Likewise, there are
frequencies to codewords. The
Illuminati’s intelligence agencies have programmed thousands upon thousands of
slaves. There are only so
many code words to pick from and some of these code words are favorites. In the
previous book many of their
favorite code words were listed, but words starting with A’s, B’s, T’s, U’s, V’s,
W’s, X’s, and Y’s, were not
given and will be now. (A plus sign indicates other words are attached to the root
word.) From the co-author
Fritz Springmeier’ s experience, the following is a continuation of favorite code
words that have been used to
program slaves with:

AARON, ABBY, ABIGAIL, ABLE, ABNER, ABRAHAM, ACACIA. ACE, ADAM, ADELPHI, AGATE,
AIR +, ALABASTER, ALADIN, ALBERT, ALFA or ALPHA. ALICE, ALLEY CAT, ALLIGATOR, AMOS,

AMY, ANGEL, ANNA, ANTHONY. APACHE, APOLLO, APOSTLE, APPLE +, ARCHER, ARGUS, ARK,
ARROW, ASK +, ASTER, ATH ANTIS, ATLAS, AUDREY, AURORA. AUTUMN +. AZTEC, B +, BABE,
BABY, BACK ROOM, BACK BONE, BAD, BAKER, BALD, BAMBI, BANANA, BANJO, BANKNOTE,
BARBARA. BARK, BARON, BEACH +, BEAST, BECKY, BEE HIVE, BEETHOVEN, BELSHAZZER,
BERMUDA, BERTHA, BETA, BETSY, BETTY, BEULAH, BEWITCH, BICYCLE, BIG BROTHER,
BINGO, BIRD DOG, BIRTHDAY, BLACK, BLACK +, BLACK

SHEEP, BLACK WIDOW, BLANCA, BLONDIE, BLOODHOUND, BLOODY +, BLUE +, BOA. BOB CAT,
BOMBAY, BONANZA. BOODLE, BORAX, BOXCAR, BRASS +, BRIDGET, BROOMSTICK,
BUCCANEER, BUICK, BULL, BULLDOG, BULLFROG, BUMBLEBEE, BUNNY, BUTTERCUP,
BUZZARD, BYRON, T-BIRD, TADPOLE, TALISMAN, TAN, TANGO, TANYA, TARA, TARZAN,
TEACUP, TEARDROP, TEEPEE, TERRIER, TERRY, TESTAMENT, THOR, THREE SISTERS,

THUNDER, THUNDERBOLT, THUNDERCLAP, THUNDERFLASH, THUNDERSTORM, TIAMET,

TIGER, TILLIE, TITAN, TOM CAT, TONI or TONY, TOPAZE, TOPSOIL, TORNADO, TOTENKOPF,
TRINITY, TURTLE, UGLY, ULYSSES, UMBRELLA, UNCLE +, UNDERDOG, UNICORN, UNIFORM,

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 62 of 296

URSULA, VAGABOND, VAMPIRE, VANCOUVER, VARSITY, VELVET, VENUS, VERONICA, VICKY,

VICTOR, VIKING, VIOLA, VIOLET, VIPER, VIRGINIA VOODOO, VULCAN, VULTURE, WAGON
WHEEL, WALDORF,

WALLFLOWER, WANDA. WARRIOR, WASP, WATCHDOG, WEASEL, WHISKEY, WHITE +, WIDOW,

WILD CAT, WILLOW, WINNIE, WINTER +, WIZARD, WOLF,

WOLF +, WYOMING, X-FORCE, X-RAY, XYZ, YANKEE, YANKEE DOODLE, YELLOW, YOGI, & YO
YO.

The intelligence organizations prefer to code a single project with a single word,
and an ongoing operation with
two words. A nickname of something will consist of two words. The reader needs to
bear several things in mind.
First, the programmers generally have intelligent, well sounding codes, that do
form patterns. For instance, a
woman’s name from the Bible will be used as a code, with subparts or subcodes
having other female names
from the Bible. Deeper Illuminati parts will have goddess & god names, and king &
queen names for cult alters.
These are the names the handler or cult uses— NOT their access codes.

The codes for slaves follow patterns. There are standard and unique codes. During
the 1940’s through the
1960’s there were only perhaps a dozen American master programmers travelling
around. (After that the
number of programmers appears to get quite large.) The master programmers would lay
in the foundational
programs and codes. They developed the scripts. The codes and systems used from
system to system do follow
patterns. The child’s creativity & their purpose in life would contribute to the
uniqueness of the programming.
Each child visualizes differently and the programmer works with the child’ s mind.

The master Illuminati programmer would allow the handler— the "Daddy" figure in
life to have the day-to-day
ownership. The Daddy figure, often the actual pedophile father of the child victim,
would be allowed to put in
his own codes in the sexual part of the system. Some Daddy figures used their own
songs, their own poetry and
their own interests in this area of the coding. In other words, most of the
system’s codes will reflect the master
programmer (such as Dr. Mengele), and the sexual part of the system will reflect
the "Daddy" figure’s
programming.
The standard method for many of the memory and alter codes is to use a combination
of the date of the child’s
birth along with the date of the trauma for part of the code. A color will then be
attached to this, to produce a
color-alpha-numeric code combination. These are placed into the internal computers.
The standard computer
codes were given in Vol. 2. They can be used to temporarily stop programming to
give a victim some respite
and a chance to regroup. The programmers did not especially care if the front part
of a system is discovered and
although they hide the anarchy (coven level) witchcraft alters, they don’t hide
them like they do the hierarchy
alters. The coven alters have simplistic codes. The hierarchy alters which are
placed in another area of the
system and much deeper, receive a great deal of cabalistic codes and mathematical
codes. You will not find the
mathematical codes in the front part of a system. The internal programming alters
have the power to change
codes if they need to protect the programming. They will have to hypnotically work
with alters when they trance
out at night.

In other words, most of their programming of front alters will be done when a
system lies down for "sleep"—
more accurately described as lies down "for trance." If the internal alters change
many codes, in their efforts to
protect the system, they will even make it difficult for the handler/programmer to
get into the system. The
science of Ciphers developed rotors that require lines to line up. Some simple
schemes using this principle
appear in some Monarch systems. This is part of the science of structuring.
Intelligence codes often come from
the Bible or popular fiction books. The deeper codes are occult words, often in
foreign languages such as
Arabic, which is an important language in the upper occult world. Slaves will be
given COVER NAMES for
ops, and often males receive female names and vice versa.

The patterns used in programming slaves will represent the world view of the
programmer. If the interests of the
programmer are known, that will be a major clue to the codes they like to install.
For this reason, it would be

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 63 of 296

worthwhile to review the access clearance codes that are used for external security
of some agencies, because
these same types of clearance codes may be found in mind-controlled slaves.

A BIGOT list is a list of names of those who have clearance to a particular set of
information. Within a slave
there would be numerous BIGOT lists, because persons (personalities) are
compartmentalized somewhat like
the CIA and the Puzzle Palace (NSA). Agency Codes for clearances include B, C3, K,
L, M, N, 0, T, COSMIC,
MAJIC (MJ), SI, SCI, and Staff D. (As this author has only examined these secret
societies from the outside,
some insiders may know of other clearances. In other words, it would be foolish to
think that this clearance code
list is comprehensive, but it has hit upon the major clearances.)

The exercise in judging whether a person can have access to compartmentalized

information is called
ADJUDICATION. A group of persons (agents) working under one handler is called a
NET. The FBI which also
uses mind-controlled slaves likes to call its groups NETS.

FUNNY NAME is intelligence slang for a pseudonym. GRANNY is a CIA asset used in the
US which is not
under their direct funding. The American military-intelligence groups publish a
periodical called JANAP 299
which lists the cover names (code names) for many of the ongoing projects, groups,
or installations.

There are other code books too. C can stand for Controller or Control, which means
the person(s) handling a
mind-controlled slave. A person, who is neither a controller, nor a slave, nor
asset, but who consciously
advances the desires of the controller is called a TRUSTED CONTACT. Sexual slaves
would not be expected to
respond to such a term, but a middle level slave/agent of an intelligence agency
might be familiar with this type
of intelligence jargon.

The BIRD was a name for Fort Holabird, MD where intelligence operatives were
trained as well as subjected to
mind-control. DIA used the code name EMERALD for drug-trafficking. Boy, does this
code word have a
double meaning. Since the DIA, which is playing both sides, also is involved with
drug smuggling & using
Monarch slaves heavily coded with EMERALD type coding. Very shortly, we will
provide more of the
Monarch hypnotic cues (codes) for the multitude of functions that a Monarch’s mind
must carry out. These cues
are reinforced as a conditioned response by the programmer. In other words the
response becomes so well
trained that it becomes automatic.

The type of programming which is placed in a slave varies. Remember, for

intelligence operations the slave will
have to have BONA FIDES, which are codes to allow two people to meet. A11 slaves
are given CONTROL
SIGNS which allow them to indicate via a code that they are in trouble. A
RECOGNITION signal allows two
people to make contact. For instance, the handler might fly his distinctive
sounding plane over a slave’s house in
a pre-arranged signal. It might also be a particular colored scarf, and a
particular set of phrases. A GO-AWAY
code is a prearranged signal that means it is unwise to make contact. The go-away
signal may be simply placing
one’s hands in one’s pocket or turning the porch lights off. A "GO TO GROUND"
signal means to go into
hiding. A BLACK ENVELOPE, which is in actuality a black-colored envelope, has been
used by intelligence to
hold the real name of an agent being used. In the case of multiples, a chief of a
station might have a BLACK
ENVELOPE with the actual name of a mind-controlled agent being used in his field of
operations. A
MAYDAY BOOK exists for Illuminati and Intelligence slaves which allows them to call
if they are about to be
arrested. A telephone number is left open for just this purpose.

Also common universal Illuminati codes can be used by the slave to get set free
from police and judges.
BACKSTOPPING is an intelligence term for setting up proof to support the cover
stories the intelligence
agencies give their agents and assets. Some of the programmed multiples they use,
need BACKSTOPPING.

Within the Jehovah’s Witnesses, especially their headquarters, the Illuminati uses
Enochian language to
program with. With Druidic branches Druidic symbols are used. With the Jewish
groups, Hebrew is used. Other
languages are also used. An Illuminati System can easily have 6 different languages
used as programming
codes. The foreign language codes will be for small parts of a system only. Special
artificial languages are also
employed, as well as sign language. The Illuminati employs signs which they teach
some of their slaves with

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 64 of 296
pick-up sticks. This system of secret symbols is a series of crosses and horizontal
& vertical marks. These marks
can be drawn on anything, and consist of up to 7 lines. They are believed to be
used in regards to ritual
dates/ceremonies. These secret signs resemble similar secret symbols used by the
Romany tribe of Gypsies. T

he masters of mind-controlled slaves also use a technique where one signal or code
will carry several messages
simultaneously. This is called MULTIPLEXING. We are all aware of the phenomena of
how the brain can
selectively hear. The brain can select certain sounds to pay attention to, such as
when a person is in a noisy
room listening to someone, or a football player is trying to hear the quarterback’
s calls, likewise certain alters
hear certain codes/cues/triggers while others don’t. The internal programmers and
reporting alters may
internally hypnotically make telephone noises that are fake, so that host alters
loose the ability to discern what is
real and not real, so that they don’t pay close attention to access calls. This
ability of the brain is manipulated in
MULTIPLEXING.

MONARCH MIND-CONTROL CODES

A. ALPHA (basic)

B. BETA (sexual)

C. CHI (return to cult)

D. DELTA (assassination)

E. EPSILON (animal alters)

F. OMEGA (internal computers)

G. GAMMA (demonology)

H. HYPNOTIC INDUCTIONS

I. JANUS-ALEX CALL BACKS (end-times)

J. OMICRON

K. TWINNING (teams)

L. THETA (psychic warfare)

M. RHYMES. $QNO&. TONES

a. NURSERY RHYMES

b. SONGS

c. TONES & CORDS

d. RINGS, CREDIT CARDS, TOKENS etc.

N. 7ETA I snuff films')

O. Sample codes

P. Catholic programming
O. MENSA programming

R. HAND SIGNALS

S. Scriptures in programming

T. Alien Programming

A. ALPHA (basic)

• Basic Commands. (These basic commands are also found used in many slaves,
although there will be
exceptions to everything.) Many of the basic structures/codes will be put in using
a sensory deprivation tank and
LSD. Lor the most foundational levels of a system, the programmers may use the
Hebrew letters associated with
the attributes of God and the angel names. This can also be worked into English, as
there is a cabalistic
equivalent in the letters B through K for the Hebrew letters associated with God’s
names used in magic to
conjure angels. In the basic Alpha structuring, Illuminati slaves will have stars
as power sources, and the ditty
Twinkle, Twinkle Little Star will pertain to this programming. The Hansel & Gretal
story is used for obedience
programming.

Another story line that is used in programming is the Cassandra and Apollo myth.
Common access triggers are
"HELLO PRINCESS’, 3 knocks, flashes of light, tones, and sequences of blank phone
calls.

If the slave leaves their answering machine on, a recording may be left "IE YOU
WOULD LIKE TO MAKE A
PHONE CALL PLEASE HANG UP & TRY YOUR 911" accompanied by a beep-beep-beep. This
activates a
program within the slave to call a prearranged phone number for further
instructions.

B. BETA (sexual)

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 65 of 296

• SEXUAL ALTERS— most of the following codes are for deep sexual alters. In
Illuminati Systems these are
called Beta alters, in CIA systems they create Beta models whose primary function
is to provide sex, usually
perverted sex and S&M for the perverts who run our secret government and visible
government. BETA models
are those who are primary job is sexual, such as service as a Presidential Model
(sex slave for a President).

These System models may be numbered BETA 1, BETA 2... BETA 601, etc. Sexual
programming for espionage
and seduction, such as is done at Disneyland, may well involve the use of hundreds
of dolls, such as
Wonderwoman, Genie, Barbie type dolls. The names/codes would tie in with these
dolls.

TIME CLOCK programming is placed in to cover the time that the sexual alters were
on a mission, so that they
can switch back to the - front and nothing be remembered.

Colors attached to sequences of numbers have been used for some of the Beta
programming. For other sexual
operatives, the intelligence agencies trigger them via specific sequences of chess
moves.

Betty Boop programming is used sexually. Betty Boop was a 1930’s cartoon character
who was an attractive
"vivacious vamp". She was described in one cartoon as the "kitty from Kansas City."
She had cartoons about
Gigolos, Bimbos, Little Red Riding Hood, Mother Goose rhymes which were used as
programming themes.
Plays on words such as "CHESS-NUT" were used in the cartoons.

C. CHI (return to cult)

Chi programming uses a lot of idiosyncratic phrases, and little ditties. Some of
the nursery rhymes listed in the
song section will be Chi programming. Some of the Chi programming has been listed
in the Alpha programming
section of Vol. 2.

p_solemetric.jpg

The number of hang-up calls may serve as a code, incl. when the hang-up calls
happen.

D. DELTA (assassination)

• Delta alters —are activated to kill by the following three things: seeing
specific clothing, items held in a
persons hand, and particular words. Since these items would specific for a
particular murder there is no
particular specifics that can be given.

It is thought by some people that the following TV ad may have been used to trigger
Hinkley when it was time
for Hinkley to attack President Ronald Reagan.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 66 of 296

iaitiSs&s

; /rfs disappearing in\;<

ftfis, 'wrong places! \

► i f » *5

•'fit ,i e

Went easy terng

stlunl

Super New Show.'

p_hero.jpg

One man who was programmed as an Delta-type assassin by the NSA in

the NJ region, was programmed to be activated for assassination mission
via the David Letterman program, Clinton’s speeches such as his speech
touching on the baseball strike with "little kid" wording, and by several
movie stars (Arnold Schwartzenegger, Slyvester Stallone, etc.). I Dream of
Jeannie programming is used for assassination, as well as at the CIA’s
Farm the song Old McDonald’s Farm is used with programming done to
CIA assassins. Distinctive jewelry & clothes. Emerald ear rings used as a
signal to others that a message was being carried. Emeralds mean drugs,
rabies mean prostitution, diamonds (rhinestones) presidential model work.
Red, White & Blue worn sometimes by presidential models.

E. EPSILON (animal alters)

F. OMEGA (internal computers)

The Omega programming works along with an Executive Control Board

(or Grand Druid Council) and Internal programmers. The Executive
Control Board is associated with both numbers of the clock, and precious
gems and metals such as "9 O’CLOCK GOLD".

For G. Gamma programming see Cisco’s section on "Programming,

Foundations ’s

H. HYPNOTIC INDUCTIONS

NICRO NECTRUM NECTO-take one back to one’s "true time period".

When the child victim is hypnotically inducted by counting numbers
during programming by a Doctor and a Mother-of-Darkness, these two
will reassuring they child that things are O.K. and sweet talking to the
child as it is inducted.

I. JANUS-ALEX CALL BACKS (end-times)

END-TIME ACTIVATION CODES

Most slaves have end-time programming. The programming to activate a slave’s end-
time programming often
runs pages upon pages of coded messages. A number of Monarch slaves have been de-
programmed enough that
they began accessing and spewing out pages and pages of these activation codes. In
the end times, there appears
to be a great deal of color coding for operations. Many of the people who are
taking part in the end times events
are not American. For instance, the different lists of people to round up are
categorized by color. The Red list in
America are anti-NWO opposition leaders to be executed approx. 2 weeks before
martial law. The blue list are
anti-NWO order people who will be programmed or killed in the process. The yellow
list is people to be
rounded up for reeducation camps after martial law. Other countries apparently have
different color codes. The
red & blue lists have been distributed, & are periodically updated. The blue routes
have already been marked by
blue patches of color to guide those transporting prisoners when martial law is
declared in the U.S. Within
Monarch slaves, some of them apparently have an internal crystal/and or rocks that
are programmed to explode
at a certain point in time— thus releasing the victim’s end time programming. The
internal crystal (mental image)
contains at least the four basic colors, red, green, blue, purple. One sample of
part of end time programming was
given in the previous Vol. 2 book. Still another example is as follows:

BB 243-ABCD-XXZ 2 (blue ray)

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 67 of 296

CC-458 ABCD-42T (red ray)

CD-379 ABCD-H1 2 (yellow ray)

CE-21 1 -ABCD-JKL (green ray)

CF-53 1-ABCD-ZZU (purple ray)

TMFT.47 ZONES 7-12

17876747270 OCEAN SIDE
PORT 18,22,34,41 CONTACT
YELLOW RAY SHOVE 79230 A2
TO RIGHT SIDE DAGGER HANGS
LOW ON PART SIDE FISH
SCHOOL CLOSED ROOM 37-56
RAILS EXIT END
17876747270 COL. BLACK PATCH
TO MALL 76747270 THIEF
AZT FMT BZT CET
11,4,6,9,32,101,70
YELLOW FLAGS AT HALF MAST
YELLOW DOG ON RUN
BLUE FISH AT HOME

[This program is related to a slave contacting other slaves in some end time
operation.]

A team leader will have a down line of around 4 people— which are coded red ray,
yellow ray, green ray, blue
ray. When the activation code hits a slave team leader during the end times, they
will in turn activate their
people, who in turn will have people who are team leaders and have a down line. At
least two false callback
alarms will be sounded (tested) before the real one.

J. » Omicron programming — relates to programming of slaves for the Combination

(between Intelligence-
the Mafia and Government.)
K. TWINNING (teams)

L. THETA (Psychic warfare)

The following is only speculatory, but worth taking note of. This author believes
that some of the Theta models

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 68 of 296

got chess programming. Within the system of Enochian magic is the magical system of
Enochian Chess. The
Golden Dawn has been identified as one of the groups carrying out mind-control.
Some Golden Dawn leaders
have recently put out a reference book Enochian Chess of the Golden Dawn by Chris
Zalewski (St. Paul:
Llewellyn Pub, 1994). Enochian chess is played with four players, on a chess board
that is divided up into four
squares, one for each of the magical watchtowers of air, water, earth, and fire. It
has only been since 1992 that
researchers within the Golden Dawn (specifically the New Zealand branch which is
called the Emerald of the
Sea) reinvented a set of rules to play enochian chess. The moves for Enochian chess
may have been used in
recent years as a programming script. Since only a few people have mastered the
game, and since the game is
more than a game, it is magic, it would stand to reason that the temptation would
be there to use it as a
programming script if the programmer knew the game.

M. SONGS & NURSERY RHYMES

a. NURSERY RHYMES

b. SONGS

c. TONES & CORDS

d. RINGS, CREDIT CARDS, TOKENS etc.

• What follow is a list of Nursery Rhymes Used As Triggers, & Songs which have
Monarch programming
meanings &, such as access parts, or soliciting a behavior or thinking.
a. NURSERY RHYMES

The Illuminati create imaginary worlds for many of the deeper alters to live in.
They keep these alters living in
such unreality and nonsense that deeper alters have a difficult time separating
their subjective programmed
reality from the objective reality of the outside world, which doesn’t understand
them. Nursery rhymes function
well for programming in messages. Often these nursery rhymes are distorted slightly
to serve their programming
purpose. Some of the programming distortions and uses of these nursery rhymes are
provided below. Major
corporations and advertising groups working for the Network place nursery rhymes
into their television ads.
These nursery rhymes are constructed in the ad to activate on certain slaves which
usually are sleepers. Some
were given in Vol. 2, here are some additional nursery rhymes beyond those listed
in Vol. 2:

A Tisket A Tasket

Baa, Baa, Black Sheep (used for money laundering scripts, and drug money, drug
carrying scripts)

Bye, Baby Bunting (used with actual rituals where the slave child is placed within
a skin, cocoon programming
with a butterfly coming forth etc.)

Diddle, Diddle Dumpling

Ding, Dong Bell (Dr. Mengele liked to use this— message: don’t disturb the mouse
that runs the internal
system clock.)

Fa Fe Fi Fo Fum (Movement within the system’s bean sprouts in the system, and also
a death threat.)

Farmer in the Dell, The (Used by the CIA for a serious program)

Georgy Porgy
Gingerbread Man

Hey! Diddle Diddle! (used for astral projection programming)

Hot-Cross Buns!

Humpty Dumpty (used for shattering the mind programming)

I’m a Gold Lock (used to instill cover programming to hide the truth)

I Love Little Pussy (kitten programming)

Jack, Be Nimble
Jack and Jill

Jack Sprat (possibly cannibalism programming)

Little 80-Beep (come home to Papa programming)

London Bridge (This was used at the Presideo and other sites for learning the
chants, and the spells. At the
Presideo it was used with barber pole programming. They all fall into a stupor at
the end.)

North Wind, The

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 69 of 296

Queen of Hearts, The (swearing an obedience oath programming)

Rub-a-Dub-Dub (refers to the 3 internal programmers)

There was an Owl

Three Blind Mice
Three Little Kittens

It should be pointed out that the mind-control programmers have long ago discovered
the power of a rhyme in
the mind. Rhymes have a hypnotic quality to them. An example of how rhyming was
used by internal
programming alters to reprogram an alter wanting free is given in Daniel M.
Traver’s book (Phd dissertation)
Dissociative Disorders and Mind Control. Wichita, KS: Daniel Traver, 1996, p. 52,

"What the hell man / you can’t stand! a winter worse yet / you’ll cry and you’ll
die/ as we place the mind-set/ you
won’t know what to do now/ you’ll hear every rhyme/ and you’re cravings will be as
an addict in crime...." This
rhymed program would accomplish its goal of wearing down the alter and bringing
that alter into line.

b. SONGS

Yankee Doodle (used for sexual obedience programming "mind the step" and the word
"girls" was changed to
"boys" to make "and with the boys be handy". "Yankee Doodle keep it up" was ref
ramed to mean "slave yank
yankee doodle (the penis) sexually up." MTV is blatantly using programming rock-
and-roll songs. Aleister
Crowley is featured in some of these. Maiden (a satanic rock and roll band)
blatantly places the words "POWER
SLAVE" on one of their CD covers along with snakes and an enlightening pyramid.
Anton LaVey has had an
MTV song video shown, where he sings in detail how he is going to make the listener
into a sex-slave, etc. etc.
Some of this is blatantly mind-control in the open, it is so open it is dismissed
by many of the public.

c. TONES & CORDS

In the Vol. 2 book, it was written about how telephone tones are used for codes.
These type of codes tie in with
the computer and the lower levels, such as the dungeon. You will find that access
to items has been encoded by
using the telephone tones to spell them backwards. For instance, if we were to take
castle, find the numbers that
correspond to C=l, A=l, S=8, etc. on the telephone, and then put those tones out
backward. But to make this
code unbreakable the programmers will add something like some piano cords—
something that can still be played
out via the tones. To make it further unbreakable the programmers will have a code
(such as a combination of
cards) assigned to that level which also must be toned in. An example of this in
its totality would be 14 tones +

3 cords to open up a person’s dungeon (hell pit the lowest level). In other words,
such an access would take the
programmer from a distance about 1 1/2 mm. to open up the dungeon, whatever time he
needed to work in it and
11/2 mm. to close it down. A 5 mm. phone call might be sufficient. This gives the
programmers the ability to
internationally use telephone tones to access deeper items within the victim’ s
mind. And as standard practice the
reversal of the code closes down that part of the mind, and gets the programmer
out.

d. RINGS, CREDIT CARDS, TOKENS etc.

A ring with a snake swallowing its tail called Ouraboros signifies rank in the
Illuminati. Rings, credit cards,
business cards, tokens and keys are all used as codes, triggers and signals. For
instance, one slave had an old
distinctive skeleton key. In another instance, a slave was given a token from a
particular business as a BONA
FIDE. In another instance, the BONA FIDE was a programmer’s business card from his
notional job. In another
instance, a particular credit card would get the user into particular parts of the
slave’s system.

Zeta is the sixth letter, and it’s ancient meaning was a sacrifice. (These codes
are not known by the author.)

O. SAMPLE CODES FOR ALTERS.

As an example of the type of code names (called operational cryptonyms) used for an
intelligence asset one
intelligence asset had the following cryptonyms: AECHALK, ARINIKA, CHICKADEE, HERO,
IRONBARK,
http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 70 of 296

RUPEE, & YOGA.

Monarch I.D. code reviewed:

These codes are purely a representative model-not any particular real system. The
overall system code at times
consists of [birthdate + programming site codes + birth order + number of
generations family was in the
Illuminati.]

For our hypothetical system Mary we have the hypothetical overall system code of:
6-13-51- 14 - 02 - 12. In
order to give the codes for a hypothetical alter system we will have to explain
some things as we go. The
Programmers have for each slave both medical programming files, and a grey or black
binder with the
programmed access, trigger, codes & cues, & stmcture.

A typical Illuminati system will be a cube (although spheres and pyramids are also
used). The principle alters
will be the "a” alters. A typical section of alters will consist of a 13 x 13 grid
of alters. These are alters who live
in a world together and must function together. A 13 x 13 section will have 13
families of "a" through "in"
alters. The "a" alters will be the primary alters that the Programmers will
interact with. The Programmer may
call up an "a" alter and ask it to go get the "c" alter in its family, rather than
directly asking for it. This initial
page of alter codes will be the primary or "a" alters.

If we are dealing with a 13x 13x 13 cube of alters, then the initial page has 13
"a" alters of each section. Each
of these alters will have an access code which will often include the following
components: AN ASSIGNED
COLOR + AN ALPHA NUMERIC CODE + A PERSONALIZED MAGICAL NAME.

This will equal 1/3 their access code. These code words must be repeated three
times to pull the alter up.
However, if an alter is trained well, and hears his master’s voice, an alpha-
numeric code can pull the alter up.
For many of the alters, the reversal of their access code puts them back to sleep.
This is an important point,
because some alters would be dangerous to leave in control of the body.

The "a" alters are regular alters. Many of them have been hypnotically age advanced
to see themselves as
teenagers or adults. Sometimes "b" and "c" alters are also aged. The "d" through
"in" alters are generally left as
they were split and most of them are infantile, with little concept of how old they
are. The little ones will be the
ones who often remember the programming very well, and know things about the
system. The top alters will
also sometimes receive personal names from their handler. This is in addition to
all their codes. If the alter is
responsive to its master, the personal name might pull the alter up too. Do all of
the alters get charted? There are
several groups of alters which get charted separate from the rest or don’t get
charted at all. Because of the
competition and distrust between the different programmers, they often place in
secret back doors into the
person’s mind that only they know about. Worlds of secret alters loyal and devoted
to the programmer may be
built into the system and not appear on the regular charts. The core, and some of
the primal splits from the core
will not appear on the regular grids. They will be placed on a separate sheet, and
their codes will be in some
magical language.

The Illuminati commonly employs 20 magical languages, and Hebrew, Latin and Greek
are also often used for
charting the core and its primal splits. Enochian is a good example of a magical
language used by the Illuminati.
Some alters will be created solely by the slave in order to cope with life. Hour
glass alters have entire sentence
access codes. Deaf & blind alters need their access code signed on their hands by
moving their fingers up and
down, etc. End time alters may have access codes that may entail reading an entire
page. Reporting alters are
often small children, that are hidden in each section, and may require slaps to the
face or jabs with a needle to
pull them up. Spinner kittens will be accessed via their mama cat, who acts like a
Madam in a "cat house". The
codes for this was given in the Beta section codes of Vol.2.

Telephone tones are frequently used to be able to key in (that is access or

trigger) parts of the computer program
matrix. Dominoes also are used for the computer programming. The dominoes are put
in so that the
programmers can get a domino effect, if they want to set off a series of programs.
Dominoes and flashing
http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 7 1 of 296

sequences of lights were used to train the child to automatically respond to a

certain pattern of dots.

P. Catholic Programming (by Jesuits etc.)

KEYS TO THE KINGDOM = world domination by mind control

In the 1940’s, the Jesuit branch of the Illuminati placed tatoos onto their mind-
controlled slaves. These tatoos
consisted of the sacred heart with a rose & a dagger, & were generally placed upon
the left hand. The Jesuits
have discontinued the practice of tattooing their slaves. Now all types of people
are using this sacred heart tatoo.

The Rite to Remain Silent is a programming trauma which is a satanic reversal of

the Catholic Mass. The VOW
OF SILENCE is a keep quiet program activated by "THE WALLS HAVE EARS & THE PLANTS
HAVE
EYES SO YOUR SILENCE IS TANTAMOUNT TO SUCCESS." It is explained to the victim that
the sea
shells & the plants have the ability to hear, and that a sensitive occultist
(programmer) can psychically pick up
what the plants and sea shells hear. "MAINTAIN IT" —is a command to maintain the
Vow of Silence.
"MAINTAIN IT & LISTEN."— a command to keep silent & listen to a command.

"ENTER INTER INNER DIMENSION TWO" is a standard Jesuit infinity program (2 is a

sacred voodoo no.)
Pontifax is a demon &/or alter placed in Jesuit systems.

BABY BREATH, BLACK ROSE, and WHITE ROSE are codes/triggers that are all used in
Jesuit mind control.
The Baby Breath and the black rose relate to programming having to do with death.
The WHITE ROSE is a
trigger to cue a person to release programming. The black rose is also used by the
Mafia. The black rose was
also used by George Bush, drug kingpin for the Illuminati, on his no. 1 helicopter
for the upholstery pattern.

When the Catholic Priests do the handsignal genuflection across their chest, this
has the second meaning which
is a programming meaning of north, south, east and west.

Q. Mensa Programming (by MENSA)

The MENSA codes are sequences of numbers.

R. HAND SIGNALS

Masons and monastic orders who program are very keen on hand signals. A very
skilled handler can do morse
code with winks and eye rolls.

Rotating the hands around each other and then gesturing with the hands toward the
person with both hands
means— "did you get the signal?"

Sign of distress. Arms raised over the head with palms forward. Then lowing the
arms to a bent position with
the hands at head level, and then lowing the hand to chin level, and then dropping
them to the side.

Drawing the right hand across the throat with the thumb of the hand pointing to the
throat, (used in connection
with oaths, such as fidelity to death.)

• Sign of faith. Hand on the heart.

• Sign of plucking out the heart.

• Sign of Reverence.

• Sign of Satan made over solar plexus.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 72 of 296

• Sign of touching the crown of the head.

• Sign of two hands pointing to the solar plexus.

• Sign of Preservation. Consists of placing one hand over the heart, and raising
the other to form a right angle at
the elbow, with the hand pointing to heaven.
The movie "Dune" showed male & female Ilium, hierarchy hand greetings, as well as
showing signet rings,
which are indeed often worn on pinky fingers. (The movie also shows the Karat
goddess, how a man becomes a
Grand Master by learning control of the demons, astral projection through the
spheres which are conquered by
the Grand Master, & control of the int. weather, etc.)

S. SCRIPTURES USED IN PROGRAMMING (cont. from Vol. 2. chap. 10)

• 1 KGS 7:21 —talks about 2 pillars on the outside of the Temple. The pillars of
Joachin and Boaz are important
to Freemasonry and are built in the slaves mind at an intermediate level. Joachin
is a white pillar of light
associated with fire. It is easy to see how this association could be built by
certain traumas. Boaz is the shadowy
pillar of darkness and is also associated with water. A dark water torture would
make this association. The two
pillars represent the two sides of the Illuminati’s "the Force". Between them is
the door to the Illuminati’s House
of God.

• 1 KGS 10: 18— description of Solomon’s Temple used to build the imagery and the
lion guards to the internal
Temple programmed into victims.

• 23rd Psalm— used as a cue to signal a ritual time.

• Song of Solomon— Used in the ritual of the Great Rite, a ritual pertaining to the
Middle Earth, where the High
Priest & Priestess join in sexual union as the God & Goddess creating fertility for
the land.

• Ezekiel chap. 1 and chapter 12 are being used for endtime callback codes.

T. ALIEN PROGRAMMING

• Blue beams of light are used as a hypnotic induction for slaves who are given the
cover story of being abducted
by aliens.

• The All-Seeing Eye is used to represent the planet Sirius. Sirius is important to
the Hermetic magicians, and
some of the programmers are deeply into hermetic magic. Satan is said to come from
Draco or Sirius, esp. the
dog star Canis major. Masonic programming may well have the "blazing star"
portrayed in the programming as
a pentagram, with the name Sirius. Sirius may represent the Master, the creator of
the system in some systems
where the programmer is steeped in Masonic philosophy. A sickle may be involved
with the Garden of Eden
story for some victims of this type of programming, because supposedly the Golden
Age ended with a sickle
splitting heaven from earth. The ability of the handlers signals to the slave in so
many mediums makes it
difficult to communication and accessing, to send different prevent communication
and accessing.
Program Codes During 1972-1976 for Dr. Green

One mind-controlled slave, using her photographic memory, managed to sneak into the
programming files of
her programmer, who went by the code name Dr. Green. Her information was included
in the book U.S.
Government Mind Control Experiments On Children which was compiled by Jon Rappoport
and presented
before a congressional committee & put on public record. The co-authors recognize
some of the programs.

In the late 60’s and early 70’s, ah the programming was revamped. The best programs
were identified and then
used. The continual revamping, editing and modernizing of programs has continued to
strengthen the mind-

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 73 of 296

control. The recovering victim’s name is Chris De Nicola, b. 7/62. She worked full-
time at Disneyland for 7
years (from ’83-’90). Her father Donald Richard Ebner worked with her major
programmer who was Dr. Green.
She received standard Illuminati trauma-based mind-control.

In 1970, she received Radiation Experiments on her neck, throat, & chest. In 1972,
the experiments
concentrated on her chest, and in 1975 the radiation tests concentrated on her
uterus. She was programmed in
Kansas City Univ., Tucson, AZ, & in the desert in AZ. During her programming, the
assistants were careless
and she was able to sneak into the Programmer’s office and look at the files with
her photographic memory. She
was caught twice in the files, and tortured, but simply used her ability to nest
memories to their disadvantage.

Chris was such a poor programming subject, so much so that finally the programmer
tried to trigger her suicide
programs to activate, but they failed and she managed to survive. Suicide alters
repeatedly tried to kill her body,
and they came very close to killing her. On 3 occasions she had to have her stomach
pumped, and one occasion
when the paramedics found her she’d stopped breathing. She has survived her suicide
programming countless
times, praise the Lord, and provided what she saw with her photographic memory. The
following codes were
remembered by Chris without the aid of hypnosis. Cisco and this author recognize
some of these programs.

What Chris saw were the files. Each program (script) is given a name and then its
file has a standard access code
assigned to it. Chris saw the standard access codes.

The standard method for coding a program is to use the DAY OF BIRTH CODE, THEN THE
DAY OF THE
TRAUMA that puts in the program into the slave’s mind, and then the STANDARD ACCESS
CODE.

Evidently, Chris got into the file with level D programs, which means she was
looking at programs 4 levels
deep. Comments about the programs are this author’s and reflect his understanding,
and may be subject to
correction. [Spellings are exactly as program names were spelled.]

Program Name Standard Code

Relevance D-1000

Kick-It-Back D-1010

Cross Fire D-101 1

Sophis. Electromagnetic Fields D-1012

(D-1012 makes the slave think they have an electrical field on them. In order to
cover their electrical field tests,
that they actually do place on slaves, they have the ability to confuse the slave,
and prevent detection by
activating a programmed abreaction that makes the field seem real, when it doesn’t
exist. This prevents
detection.)

Gorilla Warfare D-101 3

Retreat D-l 014
Nautical Science D-1015

River Runs Deep D-1016 (D-1016 is a powerful program which tells the slave that
there is no escape, because
the programming runs deep through every fiber of the person.)

Educated Mentality D-1017 (D-1017 is a program to allow the slave to look

intelligent when needed.)

Glass House D-1018

Corporate Extrapulation D-1019

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007
Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 74 of 296

Closing In D-l 020

Frog Man D-2000
Catastrophic Indifferences D-2020
Quality Control D-2030
Protocol Virus D-2040

Operation 2000 D-2050 (This relates to Project 2000, which is end time
programming.)

Pro-Life-Go D-2060
Conspiracy Action D-2070
Verified Suggestion D-2080
Finish Line Protocol D-2080
Fraternity Leads D-2090
Rotten Egg D-3000
Kaiser Confrontation D-3010
Co-Op Protocol D-4701
Forensic Criterion D-4702
Mediator Response D-4703
Mentor Divisible D-4704

Biopsy Synchroization D-4705 [This is a very harsh program.]

OSH-AMP-RIE D-5000

D.O.A. D-6000

Laser Documentation D-7000

Freak Out [just what it sounds like] D-7010

-[From here on I will select specific programs, and will not review the entire list
of programs that she saw the
files for.]

Foolish Games D-7060

Periodic Mind Lapse [a forget code] D-7080

Creepy Crawlers D-8040

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 75 of 296

Shock Permanence [to shock oneself] D-9000

One-For-All D-95452

[punish all for 1 alter’ s misbehavior]

Counter-Transference DIA-5001
Border-Line-Schizophrenic DIA-5009

[If the slave misbehaves, they can be triggered to act schizophrenic & get
themselves incarcerated into a mental
hospital for prgrmmg.]

Lens-Reverse- Angle DIA-5011

Canary-Sings DIA-5015

[reporting alters tattle-tale or an alter sings a script.]

Suicidal Mission [just as it sounds] DIA-5017

Mission Completed [go to "sleep" prgm] DIA-5018
Train-Wreck-Perception DIA-5021
Starvation Tactics [starvation prgm] DIA-5022
Bare-Metric Pressure Process DIA-5023
Fundamental Theology [rel. cover prgm] DIA-5025
Project 2000 412-2000

[This is end-time programming. The word project followed by a number usually refers
to the date the project
must be completed. Standard methodology for coding then would be that on 4/12/2000
this end-time
programming must be completed.] -codes not remembered for these programs which she
saw in files-

Candy [candyland programming]

False Memory Syndrome [even in c. 1973 they were setting up the False Memory
Syndrome campaign to take
down their opposition.]

Forced Brain Wave Activity

Frenzied State [just as it sounds]

Call-Of-Wild [survival techniques]

Hocus Pocus [magic programming]

Mass [cath. mass programming]

Phoe-net-ical Difficulties [obvious]

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 76 of 296

Self Mutilation [obvious]

Van-der-built [related to Vanderbilts III. family]

Warped-Speed-9 [Star Trek programming]

-(Her med. file no.s of radiation lab experiments are given chptr. 8)-
p_levels.jpg

LEVELS OF PARTICIPATION

(both witting & unwitting, voluntary & unvoluntary)

( The
Illuminati

L©/

SPIN
'Scor

- The

A programmed multiple can work at several different levels of participation.

The Illuminati.

This is the secret hierarchy level. It is secret by virtue of almost all (if not
all) its members being programmed
multiples from elite powerful bloodlines- This is hardcore generational Satanism
that believes in a Gnostic
Lucifer/an doctrine, hence, they may be called your elite Luciferians.

The Network.

This level of activity is secret by virtue of its secret ties. It includes the
anarchy level of the Illuminati, the
various criminal syndicates, the music industry, the various fraternities, new age
institutions and people in
power all over the globe. It is held together by fear, blackmail, and common bonds
of lust and greed. The
network includes atheists, self-made satanists, opportunists, and many mind-control
slaves. It is far more
cohesive and controlled than meets the eye. It is very eclectic. It doesn’t matter
at this level what you believe,
what matters is whose control are you under. This is the hidden seamy power side of
the World System.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 77 of 296
The establishment, the System.

This level is open for the common people to participate in. This level remains
stably operating in their control
because of secret election fraud across the board in U.S. elections, extensive
blackmail, extensive control of the
masses through the establishment media (TV, radio, newspapers), interlocking
corporations and government
agencies that control the economic life, and many mass mind-control techniques that
these groups use. Most
people are unaware of how powerful the establishment is. As long as they drift in
its current, they will never see
the control. It is only when one tries to swim upstream against the current that
you find out how powerful the
establishment is. The Illuminati sets up controlled opposition to the System, such
as the Hip pie movement,
militant environmentalists, Hell’s Mgels, Neo-nazis, John Birch Society, the
Communist Party, etc. Controlled
opposition gives people a chance to vent their anger without threatening their
control. It also gives them
dialectic conflicts which they can control to their advantage.

CHAPTER 5: SCIENCE NO. 5 - THE SKILL OF LYING, THE ART OF DECEIT

The Illuminati have refined the art of deception far beyond what the common man has
imagined. The very life
& liberty of humanity requires the unmasking of their deceptions. That is what this
book is about. Honesty is a
necessary ingredient for any society to function successfully. Deception has become
a national pastime, starting
with our business and political leaders and cascading down to the grass roots.

The deceptions of the Illuminati's mind-control may be hidden, but in their wake
they are leaving tidal waves of
distrust that are destroying America. While the CIA pretend to have our nations
best interest at heart, anyone
who has seriously studied the consequences of deception on a society will tell you
that deception will seriously
damage any society until it collapses.

Lies seriously damage a community, because trust and honesty are essential to
communication and productivity.
Trust in some form is a foundation upon which humans build relationships. When
trust is shattered human
institutions collapse. If a person distrusts the words of another person, he will
have difficulty also trusting that
the person will treat him fairly, have his best interests at heart, and refrain
from harming him. With such fears,
an atmosphere of death is created that will eventually work to destroy or wear down
the cooperation that people
need. The millions of victims of total mind-control are stripped of all trust, and
they quietly spread their fears
and distrust on a subconscious level throughout society.

One problem about lies is that one lie will call for another and then another. It's
hard to keep lies single. They
seem to want to breed more of their kind to protect themselves. Soon the liar
becomes a victim of his own lies,
trapped in a dishonest web that demands lots of energy to protect his false fronts.
This is the sad fate that the
intelligence agencies have painted themselves into. They must maintain groups that
oversee their double-agents'
lies to insure that the lies that they have disseminated don't contradict
themselves. Finally, they have put out so
much disinformation, they lose track of reality themselves.

Far from saving this nation, the intelligence agencies have spread the cancer of
deception into all walks of life,
so that this cancer is contaminating and killing anything of value in the United
States. The soon-to-come death
of this nation's sovereignty, as well as the destruction of this nation's morals
are the results of this cancer. People
who have attended high level Illuminati meetings were instructed in how the
Illuminati plan to bring in the
NWO Antichrist reign by making everything appear as if it has happened naturally.
The Illuminati have decided
to camouflage their actions with the creation of normalcy to avert any suspicions.

An example of something which appears to have happened naturally is the O .J.

Simpson case, which was
planned based on previous murder scenarios which had been successfully covered up.
O.J. Simpson was a CIA
mind-controlled slave, and the entire Simpson case was concocted as an elaborate
effort to cause racial tensions.
The Mishpucka, the CIA, the Mob and the Illuminati have all had their dirty hands
involved in the entire affair.
The entire affair reeks of manipulation and planning. It is not the goal of this
paragraph to go into the case, but

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 78 of 296

just to drop a couple details. Joey Ippolito, Jr. is both CIA & Mob. Ippolito at
one time lived in Hallendale, FL,
a mob housing subdivision which was protected by a police force run by the mob. He
has helped run dmgs and
wet ops for "the Combination" which interconnects with the Illuminati. O.J.
Simpson's friend Cowlings worked
for Joey Ippolito, as well as O.J. Simpson. Simpson distributed cocaine for Joey
Ippolito & the Combination.
Simpson's lawyer also is tied to the Illuminati, the CIA, and the mob. One of his
lawyers on TV said the trial
reeked of government corruption. Nicole Simpson lived next door to Carl Colby
(former CIA director Bill
Colbys son). Colby's wife and kids have been subjected to mind-control. Colby's
wife testified in O.J. Simpson's
trial, but was addressed as "Miss Boe" rather than by her name. O.J. Simpson's
mother worked for a California
State Mental Hospital in San Francisco for 30 years. Many State Mental Hospital
workers have children who
have been programmed. When one of the jurors in Simpson's case, Tracy Hampton, had
her mind-control
programming go haywire, she began staring for long periods at a blank TV and
hearing voices. She had to be
dismissed.

During the Simpson trial, Judge Ito gave Joe McGinniss the best front-row seat that
a journalist could have. Joe
McGinniss was the coverup author who wrote a book covering up about the McDonald-
Fort Bragg Drug
Smuggling Case. The McDonald-Fort Bragg Drug Smuggling Case involved the Illuminati
drug smuggling
operation within the U.S. military during the Vietnam War. On and on the stink
goes.

The manipulation of history by those in power has been well-covered over. An

example of how mind-control
and its role in manipulation of events has been covered up by the perpetrators is
an article written in the Journal
of the American Medical Association (JAMA) in the Sept. 11, 1967, Vol. 201, No. 1 1
issue. The article, which
was submitted to the magazine from three CIA doctors (Mark, Sweet, and Ervin),
claims that riots are caused by
brain disease. While the article is correct in the subpoint that only a small
percentage of underprivileged urban
dwellers participate in many of the riots, the article's thesis is obviously a
slide to prevent people from catching
on that the small number of deviants who create riots might be under mind-control
or might have some other
motivation beyond simply being brain-diseased. Any deception, whether it is an
exaggeration or an
understatement of the NWO's capabilities is considered a useful deception for the
Illuminati's double-agents to
spread. The german battleship the Bismarck was sunk due to a little lie sent to
Germany by a double-agent
which underestimated the range of British radar. The Germans, thinking they were
out of British radar range,
made some bad decisions that cost them the battleship.

DECEPTION DIMINISHES POWER

Knowledge is power, and lies diminish the knowledge of deceived dupes, and
therefore diminishes the power of
the deceived. Deception obscures the alternatives that people have. It also clouds
up various objectives people
would work toward. Some people give up certain objectives due to their mis-
perceptions that the objective is
undesirable or unattainable.

PROGRAMMING DECEPTIONS
In the programming, colors and directions are used. Be prepared to find out that
sometime programmers use
their creative imaginations such as using the color "octarine," or the direction
"TURNWISE” or perhaps
"WIDDERSHINS". During the most fundament programming which is done via LSD trips in
sensory
deprivation tank to lay in foundations of the Alpha, Beta, Delta, Ome and Theta
programs, each programming
memory will be given a code. Where one popular programming deception takes place
that the programmer
knows ahead of time h to sequence his memory codes so that instance, the fifth
memory is coded as trip, and
strenuous methods are used to cover up the memories of the first four trips. The
victim’s s mind will be told to
forget the first four trips. The memory codes are deceptively designed to fool the
deprogrammer and the victim
alike. Part of the reason the programmer does this, is that they know that IF a
therapist should stumble onto
these first memories, the backup programming to protect these memories is so severe
that the therapist will
shatter the victim’s mind. Backup programs such as Atom bombs and vegetable
programming are locked into
place to protect the fundamental programs.

BE WISE AS SERPENTS

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 79 of 296

The Holy Spirit moved an apostle to write, "We are not ignorant of Satan’s
devices." Christ warned his disciples
to "be wise as serpents and harmless as doves." The Israelites sent out spies
before entering the promised land.
Within the text of The Art of War by Sun-Tzu (a book studied today by men in
intelligence), he discusses
"hidden provocation agents" in Book 13.

Sun-Tzu was bom in 534 B.C. and lived most likely until after the year 453 B.C. In
500 B.C., some men were
farmers, and some were agent provocateurs. Today, both occupations still exist. The
modern American farmer is
vastly superior to the ancient farmer of 500 B.C., so how does the modern agent
provocateur compare? He is
vastly superior also. It appears the Word of God is accurate, for it warns that
God’s people will be destroyed for
lack of knowledge.

The difficulty in obtaining honest information in today’s Big Brother world is

aptly described by an intelligence
asset over the Internet, "If you are lucky and work hard, you will find some of the
truth. If you are lucky and
work REALLY hard, you might find the WHOLE truth.. .as someone wants you to know
it. If you are
PHENOMENALLY lucky and really work your tail off, you might even go on to find the
REAL truth. But no
outsiders... and in fact, very few insiders ever ... EVER ... learn the WHOLE REAL
truth."

This book & our two previous books on mind-control) are the result of extremely
hard work and numerous
miracles of God, and what non-Christians would call lots of luck". The story behind
the books is amazing. This
book’s two authors have had to "swim upstream" for years in search for the real
truth. One thing is very clear to
this author, during the last seven years of exposing the NWO almost every person
who is believed to be a leader
against the NWO has tried to impede the work this author has been doing. People
need to be aware that the New
World Order created their own opposition long before some of us began sincerely
trying to expose it. This
author’s informed opinion is that essentially all (about 98% of the people leading
the opposition to the NWO are
double agents), and no less than 50% of the therapists are double-agents. In this
state, this author knows as a fact
that 50% of the licensed therapists working with programmed DID patients are
programmed DID (MPD) slaves
themselves. Recently, one of the therapists in this area, who the False Memory
"Spin" -drome & the Illuminati
took down, was a therapist who had also been on a local T.V. talk show revealing
that she was a multiple & a
SRA victim.

DISINFORMATION TO MAKE THEIR DOUBLE-AGENTS LOOK GOOD

"A Force" was MI-6’s group that carried out deception. They would have their double
agents pass out
CHICKEN FEED (which is what they call classified information that can be thrown out
to the public) to
establish their double-agents’ credentials (BONA FIDES) as agents against the
British. Today, there are
numerous anti-NWO people who are actually double agents. They are distributing
chicken feed to make people
think they are legitimate. By the way, it is interesting to note for those who
realize how important carousels are
to programming that MI-6 (HO in Vauxhall Cross, Eng., with a training ctr. at Ft.
Monckton, near Gosport, so.
Eng.) is nicknamed (actually its cryptonym) "Carousel" by its daughter organization
Mossad (officially aka
Central Intelligence Collection Agency). An example of a double-agent who is
popular among Christians is an
Illuminati witch named Gretchen Passantino, who tours around to Christian
conferences belittling the idea of
mind-control. Dr. Loreda Fox reports in The Spiritual and Clinical Dimensions of
MPD that 74% of women
abused by SRA come from "Christian homes." The Christian churches are heavily
infiltrated.

SLEEPER AGENTS

In the Vol. 2 book a number of references were made to sleeper agents. The idea of
placing someone
somewhere in society and letting them lead a normal life for years without ever
being used is designed to
provide a legitimate smokescreen about what they are all about. Mind-controlled
slaves make excellent sleepers.
The concept of making sleeper agents in not a secret. The CIA has publicly admitted
that they tried to discover
long-range sleeper agents in the Los Ninios children of Republican Spain who were
the descendants of
communist Spaniards who returned to Spain in the 1950’s. They also have admitted to
having tried to weed out
long range sleepers in the Trebizond Greeks who lived near the USSR in Turkey and
returned in the 1950’s to
Greece. As the CIA and KGB mirror-imaged each other in their manufactured Hegelian
Dialectic mock dual

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 80 of 296

(which was very real for the "little" person) you can well imagine that the CIA
sent sleeper agents against the
KGB.

NAMES of TYPES of DISINFORMATION AGENTS

The intelligence agencies have their own lingo for the types of disinformation
agents they send against everyone
else. So far, we have named only double & sleeper agents. Here are some of their
disinformation agents:

AGENT OF INFLUENCE— These agents can be unwitting, under mind-control, or

ideologically motivated to
use their positions of influence to sway the minds of others. Examples of Agents of
Influence are anchor men on
T.V., journalists, labor leaders, TV commentators, academics quoted by the media, &
some politicians.

CONFUSION AGENT— An agent whose job is to produce confusion by disseminating

confounding
information.

CONTRACT AGENT— These are the rogue agents, such as the mob, who the CIA get to do
particular jobs on
contract. Their connections can be denied.

DEEP COVER AGENT— A sleeper agent (often a programmed multiple or person with mind-
control
programming) who has been a long term sleeper agent.

DISINFORMATION AGENT— This is a highly placed agent who passes disinformation to

other governments.

NOTIONAL AGENT— A fictitious non-existent "agent" which is created with a real-

looking identity to mislead.

PROVOCATION AGENT— An agent sent in to provoke & destabilize the target group to do
foolish things.

SPOON-FEEDER AGENT— Someone who dribbles out legitimate information, this is often
done to build up a
person's credentials (bona fides). Lots of the people who are pretending to expose
the NWO are spoon-feeder
agents who provide a little new information, tons of already known secrets, and
sprinkle in a measure of
disinformation for added fun. Generally spoon-feeders increase their percentage of
disinformation once they
gain respectability. There are very few people really exposing anything of
consequence about the NWO. This
author has endured the loss of several of the really legitimate whistle blowers who
were friends being
assassinated since he began writing exposes.

What this means is that agents for groups that do mind-control may: have been
sleepers for many years and look
very legitimately innocent, they may give good correct information to our side,
they may say all the right things
and try to get us motivated to do more than we would want, they may talk about
other friends who are giving
them information who do not even exist. It takes discernment to spot people who are
not on our side.
Unfortunately, such discernment seems to be fundamentally lacking within the public
at large. For instance, I
have seen people choose obvious NWO agents over this author as a source of
"information" (which is in reality
disinformation). Most people have bought so much disinformation during their
lifetime, perhaps it’s unrealistic
to expect them to purge out all the junk they’ve accepted. Just as people in the
world need to toss out their
worldly thinking, people in the church need to toss out all the indoctrination
they’ve gotten from the numerous
kinds of harlot churches.

At the moment, the system is set up so that the perpetrators of the mind-control
are in control of the
credentialing process, so that they can provide their stooges/and agents with the
best credentials. As the reader
can see, the roots of power behind the mind-control go deep.

TRICKING SUSPECTS

One trick (or variations of it) that has been used with suspects is to arrest them,
place the suspect in a situation
where the police are in two groups— one group looks like police, the other group
looks like the group the suspect

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 8 1 of 296

has come from. After the suspect arrives, the group pretending to be arrested group
members, overpowers the
police contingent and escapes to another setting where another police group
pretending to be even more of the
suspect’s group ask him who he is and to explain his credentials. Letting his guard
down, the original suspect
explains what he is all about, thereby giving them the information they needed in
the first place. Variations of
this script can be ran. English intelligence calls this basic script CACKLEBLADDER
because chicken blood is
used on the police actors that are overpowered to make them look injured.

THE NAMES OF DECEPTION TRICKS

FOUR FACES refers to pretexts used by agents to get interviews. DANGLE is the craft
word for luring a victim
into a provocation. A dangle operation would be an operation to provoke a group or
individual into a particular
action. This was done with Elohim City and many other groups that the NWO is trying
to set up as patsies.

STANDARD DECEPTION DEVICES

Agents use BLEEP-BOXES to tap telephones and in other instances to make free-of-
cost telephone calls. A
CABMAN is a device to remotely activate a telephone with a radio beam. It can be
used without entering the
building where the telephone is located.
MASKS

The use of masks in the occult world is ancient. For centuries, the gypsies have
used them for their hypnotic
powers. Special healing masks for their people are kept secret and never shown to
the public. Masks have a
shock value & fascination value. Gypsy and other occult groups have special rituals
to create the masks,
including using hair clippings from the person who will wear the mask. Gypsy
healing masks are destroyed after
the patient gets well. Illuminati programming masks may or may not be destroyed
after their use. The
Illuminati’s mask-making abilities (according to deprogrammed victims of their
mind-control) are very high
quality. Sometimes the programmers simply wear halloween cartoon character masks
that anyone can obtain, to
fulfill their role in the programming script that they are involved in during the
time.

COVERS

Some beginners who have just started into studying the World Order question why the
Illuminati would use
legitimate religious covers. Why would the Illuminati want to create a slave who is
an evangelist? Why?

Because those new converts will go to some establishment church where other
programmed multiples in
leadership positions will demand obedience (and then support those demands by
quoting scriptures that make
them seem like they are God's authority over that new convert. Because the
evangelist or missionary and the
bishop or pastor are controlled puppets, the convert will never get the full truth,
just enough truth to keep him
working hard for their organization. Even though the convert "got God in my life",
the Illuminati never lose
control over him.

The Christians have as much vested interest in preventing the exposure of the
Illuminati programmed multiples
who are big name Christian ministers running Christendom, as the Illuminati has.
Imagine what would happen if
the world found out that most of Christianity was run by the human- sacrificing,
slave-making Illuminati? This is
one of the sad effects of the infiltration.

Perhaps the subject of covers can be explained from another angle. The reader knows
that the elite like
monopolies. They play monopoly for real— for us it’s only a board game! To
establish a monopoly, you find a
good product that everyone wants or needs, and then you eliminate all the
competition by either destroying
them, or owning the competition yourself.

In the U.S., the Illuminati can’t have a one -religion monopoly. In Russia, they
had communism with Marx, and
Lenin as the Father God and Gon the son figure. Communism had a monopoly on
worship. In the U.S., they
have established a monopoly by controlling all the various religious groups. (This
author wrote an 800 page

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 82 of 296

heavily documented book Be Wise As Serpents to show the details of how this is
done.)

It’s not a matter of what they teach, it’s a matter of control, so that the elite
have a monopoly. And when you, as
a mover & shaker in the world, control all these various religions via money,
blackmail, & programmed
multiples under your leadership, etc. which religion would you pick to emphasize
the most? You will pick the
one that sells the best, i.e. the best product. And which brand of Christianity
will sell the best? The televised
charismatic brand will sell the best.

Covers that slaves use to explain what they do in life are almost always
"legitimate". A missionary, a military
officer, a salesperson, etc. will usually actually do their cover job most of the
time. Their cover is their
occupation, their service as a mind-controlled slave is almost an unwitting
avocation. Organizations are used as
covers. The Illuminati use military, social, intelligence, education, banking and
other organizations as covers.
(See my Be Wise As Serpents book for many of these.) Moriah’s front organizations,
such as the CIA, in turn
use other organizations. Here is just a sampling of CIA fronts, to show the variety
of fronts used:

• Asia Foundation was an academic organization created by the CIA.

• Castle Bank & Trust Co. has been a bank in the Caribbean that is a CIA front.

• Forum World Features has been a front created for CIA propaganda purposes and
based in London, UK.

• Geschicter Foundation for Medical Research (as well as the Josiah Macy
Foundation) was used as an
intelligence front to launder money used for mind-control.

• Air-Sea Forwarders, Inc. was the legal corporation name of a CIA front in North
Hollywood, CA. The
company was involved in moving freight. In the last few years, this corporation
sued E-Systems, the company
which builds the CIA and the NWO’s electronic systems such as their communications
satellites. In court, the
company proved that it was a CIA front, in spite of CIA denials.

As this chapter provides information about some of the Illuminati/ intelligence

connections to Hollywood, bear
in mind that this CIA front was proven in court to be a CIA front in Hollywood. A
feat that rarely occurs

ONE OF THE GREATEST DECEPTIONS OF ALL TIME: DISNEY

INTRODUCTION

For years, I have heard many Americans say that something is terribly wrong in this
country & that things are
"going to pot", and yet Americans can’t put their finger on what exactly is wrong.
When I first began to receive
reports from victims of Illuminati mind-control about Disney’s involvement in their
mind-control, I kept an
open ear, but I wanted some tangible proof. After investigating for myself, there
is now no doubt in my mind
that Disney (the man, the movies & the entertainment parks) has been a major
contributor to the demise of
America, while maintaining a very well constructed front of wholesomeness.

In this chapter, you will learn why Disney is one of the best deceptions of the
Illuminati. This author has read a
good portion of what is available to the public concerning Disney. This expose is
undoubtedly the deepest on
Disney that has ever been done. Perhaps part of my motivation is that I’ve tired of
Christians talking and acting
like Disney stands for sainthood.

Christians, who should have known better, are some of the ones who have swallowed
"hook, line and sinker"
the enormous deception that entails Disney. They feed their children a steady diet
of occultism and witchcraft
because they have been programmed to think of Disney as wholesomeness and
everything that is good about
America. Many writers over the years have tried to expose Disney, most have been
stopped before they could

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 83 of 296

get their books published. The few authors who have managed have faced vicious
attacks on their character &
integrity, and have faced enormous struggles against public relations campaigns
paid for by the Disney s. The
Disney’s power, and the power behind them, has frightened most people away from
challenging them. But
someone needs to speak on behalf of the victims. Whether anyone listens or not, the
victims will know that
somebody cared enough to stand up & write the truth. Disney has not only left mind-
control victims in its wake,
but they have harassed land-owners, stolen employee idea’s and left all kinds of
hurting victims in their path.
Disney has risen to become the unquestionable largest media-entertainment
conglomerate in the world, & was
ranked company no. 48 in the top 500 companies by Forbes 500.

Observations about HOW THE ILLUMINATI LIKE TO HIDE BEHIND PERFECT

FRONTS.

There are numerous Illuminati homes, restaurants, wineries and other institutions
that are today carrying out the
same type of strict standards upon their employees that Walt Disney Studios
maintained. While Hollywood was
immersed in moral filth from the start, Walt Disney Studios had strict standards.
In the 1930’s, Disney had a
dress code that required men in ties, and women in sober-colored skirts. If a man
looked lecherously at a woman
at Walt Disney Studios he risked being instantly fired. Walt was a shining example
of the strictest legalism.

Even during the ’50's, if an employee were caught saying anything considered a
cussword such as "hell" they
were instantly fired no matter who they were. Walt would not allow his male
employees to have any facial hair,
even though he himself sported a moustache.

He never allowed employees to have alcohol at the studios, (which might not be a
noteworthy standard except
that Walt himself drank heavy amounts of alcohol in his private office at work for
decades). Initially, Walt was
very reluctant to have his young artists, who were being trained by Don Graham,
draw live nude models, but
reluctantly gave approval. Again the motive was not to serve God, but to make sure
the Disney reputation
remained untarnished. With the power of the establishment media behind Disney, Walt
had nothing to worry
about, news about the nude drawing classes and their detailed drawings never
reached the light of day. Behind
such strict fronts of legalistic morals, cleanliness & soberness, you will often
find lots of guilt and high level
satanic ritual.

For instance, Hitler (who was by the way also a failed artist & who liked
mechanical things more than people)
obsessively washed his hands many times a day (out of guilt), and so did Walt
Disney. Walt obsessively washed
his hands several times an hour, every hour. Walt liked animals & his trains more
than people. This author has
seen some alters who were forced to take another human’ s life, and when they
relived the memory, the alters
then tried to physically wash the blood guilt off of their hands.

Another example is that over the years this author has discovered that many of the
exclusive restaurants that are
meticulous in every detail are tied in with the mind-control and criminal
activities of the elite. Dirty money is
keeping the places looking sparkling clean. Walt Disney worked very hard at
maintaining a great image for
himself and his company.

An example of this, is how he exploded in rage and wrote an angry memo when a
Disney character was placed
in a beer ad. (Memo mentioned in Thomas, Bob. Walt Disney An American Original.
Hyperion, 1994, p. 7.) He
had a personal image builder, Joe Reddy, who worked full time to build Walt’s
image. Joe Reddy was a cigar-
smoking Irishman who loved the catholic college Notre Dame’s football team. He also
was a publicity agent for
Shirley Temple. But the Disney deception entails far more than Joe Reddy’s decades
of image making, and
Walt’s own abilities to create good images of himself. Just as with Billy Graham
(see Vol. 2 about Billy
Graham), the entire Illuminati threw their weight behind promoting Walt Disney.

Ronald Reagan and Walt Disney were good friends and both cut from the same die in
many ways. Both men
were high ranking Freemasons, both came from socialist backgrounds (Ronald’s mother
was Eleanor
Roosevelt’s best friend, & Walt’s Dad was a socialist leader), both were paid FBI
informants, and both were
involved heavily in the abuse of mind-controlled slaves. Walt always generously
supported Reagan’s political
campaigns, and in turn Reagan did political favors for Walt as Gov. of California.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 84 of 296
For instance, Disney’s Mineral King mountain resort needed an access route through
the Sequoia Nat. Park at a
time when there was lots of congressional pressure to preserve the last stands of
redwoods. Gov. Reagan got his
friend Disney his road through the park. Reagan served as the emcee for the opening
day of Disneyland on July
17, 1990. He returned with Illuminati TV host Art Linkletter for the 35th
anniversary. Ronald Reagan & Art
Linkletter both pumped Disney publicly.

Another slave abuser that spent time with Disney was Bob Hope, who would spend time
on the golf course with
Walt. On the opening day’s telecast, cameras showed Sammy Davis, Jr. (a member of
the Church of Satan) and
Frank Sinatra (a mind-control slave handler) driving the pint-sized Disney ears at
the Autopia ride. When
Disney celebrated its fifty yr- anniversary with a two hour special on May 20,
1991, the program included people
like occultist Bill Campbell and was named "Best of Disney, 50 Years of Magic." For
the silver anniversary of
Disney World in Oct. ’96, the Clinton’s were invited to help open 15 months of
celebrations. The theme of the
anniversary celebrations was "Remember the Magic". A Boy’s & Girl’s Club sang When
you wish upon a
star’ (a popular programming song). Hillary Rodham Clinton (herself an Illuminati
Grand Dame and a mind-
control programmer) shared with the audience that she and Bill "first brought
daughter Chelsea to the Magic
Kingdom when she was four." Roy E. Disney, nephew of Walt, told the public that
Disney World "is the story
of men and women who took hold of a dream and never let go." There is a double
meaning to that. Many
victims of trauma-based mind-control have taken hold of the illusions that were
programmed into their mind
secretly at Disney, and never let go.

Among the visitors to Disneyland have been all the American Presidents from
Eisenhower to Clinton, over a
dozen kings & queens, as well as Emperor Akihito of Japan, Anwar Sadat, and Robert
Kennedy (who rode the
Matterhorn with astronaut John Glenn.) Both Denmark’s & Belgium’s kings who are in
the Illuminati visited, as
well as the dictators of Indonesia, the Shah of Iran and Ceausescu of Romania. (As
a side-note Roy E. Disney
was forewarned by Arab leader that the Shah was to be deposed.)

Organizations that have been actively working for a New World Order for many years
gave big awards to Walt
in his early years such as the B’nai B’rith (Man of the Year Award to Walt) and the
Chamber of Commerce. In
1936, Walt was given the Chamber of Commerce’s annual "Outstanding Young Man"
award. The
establishment’s Yale & Harvard Universities gave him honorary degrees.

Walt Disney biographer Leonard Mosley, who researched Walt Disney for years (as
well as writing books on
the duPonts, the Dulles brothers, and Hirohito) wrote in his book on Walt Disney,
"The studio publicity
machines in the film colony had, as usual, gone out of their way to try to persuade
me, as a writer for a
powerfully influential British newspaper, that this was a city of lawless gods and
goddesses, full of clean-living,
sanitized stars. "It was even more of a deodorized world at the Walt Disney Studio
where the publicity men
insisted their boss was faultless— never drank too much, never used a swearword,
never lost his temper, never
quarrelled with his wife or family, never let down a friend. And woe betide anyone
who tried to suggest
otherwise. Members of the resident foreign and local press risked their jobs if
they dared to write stories
inferring that Walt Disney could be domineering, implacable, and unforgiving (as
was the case, for instance,
before, during, and after the 1941 studio strike). The Disney flacks were capable
of exerting heavy pressure on
editors and proprietors or, through the advertising pages, against anyone who
inferred Walt Disney was not the
epitome of well-scrubbed and benevolent perfection." (Mosley, Leonard. Disney’s
World. New York: Stein &
Day, p. 10.)

Disney is perhaps the epitome of Illuminati abilities to create images. They have
created great images for things
Disney, incl. Walt Disney, Disney movies, and Disney’s Amusement parks. In some
cases these things have
been overrated, in other instances the sinister side to them has been carefully
hidden. In order to make movies
that contain the typical smut of Hollywood, sex and violence, Disney did a slight
of hand and created
subsidiaries which Disney runs, which has allowed them to keep their good image.
They also never showed the
public the hard core porn that was made for years in secrecy for the elite.

Behind Disney’s good front lies hard porn, snuff films, white slavery, Illuminati
mind-control, and the seduction
of several generations into witchcraft. Disney’s involvement in these kind of
things will be explained in this

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 85 of 296

chapter. Nobody has sold America witchcraft as well as the Disney brothers. Movie
after movie has cleverly
brought the occult into the warp & woof of American thought, all under the disguise
of entertainment. For
instance, it was Disney that brought us cannibalism and told us that it was a
"triumph of the human spirit" (a
direct quote from Disney’s Touchtone Producer Robert Watts concerning Disney’s
movie "Alive" featuring
survivors of an airplane crash who turned to cannibalism).

Under the disguise of entertainment & showing us how "triumphant" the human spirit
was, they subtly
promoted cannibalism. Mickey Mouse plays a leading role in "The Sorcerer’s
Apprentice." And yet when this
author has suggested that Disney movies aren’t wholesome, many Christian parents
come unglued and have
gotten angry with this author. The deceptive image that Disney movies are wholesome
is a triumph in Illuminati
deception. Parents would be surprised what is slipped into cartoons. In Disney’s
"The Little Mermaid" the
castles are male sexual organs. In one cartoon Mighty Mouse is shown without
comment clearly snorting
cocaine. Walt Disney Studios Chairman Joe Roth is in charge of Walt Disney as well
as subsidiaries Touchtone,
Miramax, and Hollywood Pictures, which were all created to camouflage the Disney
production of adult films.
Disney operates in a clandestine manner regarding the promotion, distribution and

p_mermaid.gif DISNEY MAKES MALE PHALLUSES INTO CASTLES.

rating of the films produced by their subsidiaries. Roth oversaw Disney’s

subsidiary Hollywood Pictures’ Evita
film. Evita has as its main start "Material Girl" Madonna. Madonna is in reality a
mind-controlled slave who has
appeared in numerous underground porn /& ritual porn movies. (This author has an
underground catalog from a
porn business, that has recently changed its location of business. The catalog
offered a film of Madonna
performing an actual blood sacrifice.) She also was the main actress in Disney’s
Dick Tracy film which is
reported to be used for mind-control. During an Arsenio Hall show, Madonna, who as
a guest acted dissociative,
was picked up by the cameras during the show kissing her Baphomet ring.

Disney controls the products that are associated with the movies of their
subsidiaries. In Evita’ s case they are
marketing hats and other items, as just one more of Disney’s countless artificially
generated consumerism
campaigns. In Ruth Stein’s interview of Madonna, Madonna appeared bored with
plugging Disney’s consumer
products. When asked about the tango dresses and hats inspired by Evita that popped
up in stores after the film,
Madonna said, "Believe me, I have nothing to do with it. Disney is pushing the
whole thing." (San Francisco
Chronicle, 12/29/96, Datebook section). In one interview Madonna states she wants
her daughter to grow up
knowing Catholicism, but she doesn’t believe that it would be good for her daughter
if Madonna married the
father of her child from Lourdes, Carlos Leon.

In another interview, Madonna says, "Actually, I’m a very good role model, because
I say, ‘Look, these are my
standards’..." She then goes on to plug homosexuality, same sex marriage, and
single families in the interview.
Walt Disney stated that it plans to release an album by DANZIG, a heavy metal band
whose songs contain "dark
themes". The Disney press release announces on its by-line "Mickey Mouse is going
heavy metal." Disney’s
album , .BLACK ACID DEVIL" was due to hit the music stores Oct. 30, 1996 during
Halloween time.

According to Disney this music has no satanic references, but does have "dark,
Gothic and sexual" overtones.
Glenn Danzig denies that he is a satanist.

CONTENTS IN THE DISNEY DECEPTION SECTION OF CHAPTER 5.

a. an introduction

b. an overview

c. Who was Walt Disney?

PERSONAL DETAILS
MICKEY MOUSE
OCCULT PORN KING

A possible CHRONOLOGY OF EVENTS surrounding WALT DISNEY'S ILLEGITIMATE BIRTH

WALT DISNEY’S CHARACTER

d. Who was Roy O. Disney?

e. Who is Roy E. Disney?

The battle between the two Disney factions

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 86 of 296

f. What do we know about them in general?

g. A history of Disney Harry Cohn Bank of America Bank of Italy Claude Debussy
EPCOT center

SOME DISNEY people of interest. Warren Beatty Shirley Maclaine Shirley Temple Black
Stephen Bollenbach Warren Buffett
The Tommy Dorsey Band Michael Dammann Eisner Rich H. Frank The Osmond Brothers
Michael Ovitz Frank G. Wells

h. Disney and its mob connections Some MOB HISTORY.

How the Disney Executives have figured out how to steal land all across the U.S.

i. Disney and its government connections

i. Disney and mind-control

DISNEY VACATIONS FOR THE ELITE

MELODYLAND

DISNEY ANA FOR THE PROGRAMMED & OBSESSED.

Mind-control features in Disney movies. Bette Midler

k. Detailed Script of how one Disney movie is used for programming.

SUMMARY

l. Partial List of Sources

B. AN OVERVIEW

Disneyland and Disneyworld are world famous and the pride of America. They are also
extremely important
programming centers for the Illuminati to create total mind-controlled slaves.
Disneyland is also involved with
providing a place for rituals, porn and other satanic activities. In terms of
deception, Disney movies and Disney
Amusement Parks rate as one of the best deceptions. According to deprogrammed ex-
Illuminati slaves, the
Illuminati in the 1960’s needed to shift their programming away from the military
bases, because too much
publicity (heat) was shined on the military bases. Their goal was to have someplace
that people from all over the
world could come to without raising any suspicions, and a place which would be the
perfect cover for many of
their criminal activities.

According to a witness, the Illuminati Programmers got a big laugh out of using
Disneyland as a major
Illuminati base for criminal activity. Under the disguise of entertaining the
world, they carried out money
laundering, child slavery laundering, and mind-control. They nick-named Disneyland
"the little syndicate of
mind-control." When a child of 3 or 4 was kidnapped, they could torture the child
and then put him on a ride
such as a ferris wheel or carousel that: a. created dissociation from the pain,
while also b. going along with some
fairy tale programming script.

An abducted child while waiting to be picked up from one Illuminati non-parent

caretaker by another, could be
kept happy and distracted while waiting for the pickup. For years, Disneyland was
an Illuminati center for many
of their world-wide activities. Now Disney has created other sites around the world
such as EuroDisneyland 20
miles east of Paris and Tokyo Disneyland.

Tokyo Disneyland in 1991 had 16 million people attend. With such huge crowds, it
doesn’t take much
imagination how the Illuminati have been able to do sneaky criminal activities
right in front of people, and the
public never sees it, in the middle of all the activity. EuroDisney has been a
money losing affair, but the Saudis
who benefit from its mind-control, gave Disney the money to keep it financially in
business. Walt Disney
Records is the largest children’s record label in the world. Disney through their
movies, books, toys, records,
etc. has made a tremendous impact on the children of the world. Their movie Return
from Witches Mountain
was one of the most powerful witchcraft promotions ever made. Ducktails, which has
deliberate Monarch mind-
control triggers written into the script, is also broadcast in Poland and the
former USSR. From the time of the
Roman Empire (at least, if not before) the oligarchical leadership, who have been
in control of both the Mystery
Religions and European aristocracy, have known about BREAD & CIRCUS.

Bread and Circus refers to the concept that IF the masses of people are given
entertainment and food staples,
THEN they are easy to control. Walt Disney movies have played a key role in
providing entertainment for the
masses to insure Illuminati control. Walt Disney’s friend the Masonic prophet H.G.
Wells in his book A Modem
Utopia that there would be lots of shows in the New World Order. The World Future
Society in a book review
in their publication Future Survey Annual, 1993, (ed. Michael Marien, Bethesda, MD:
World Future Soc., p. 91)
describes Disney: "Control of commodities [such as entertainment] and access to
commodities translates into

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 87 of 296

control over people. ‘The postmodern US is a massive rush of disconnected

commodities, each seeking a
moment of our attention." The world of commodities is our soma, and entertainment
is the current form of
public discourse. Walt Disney World, spread over 27,400 acres of central Florida
swamp and scrub forest, ‘is
the most ideologically important piece of land in the U.S.’ What goes on here is
the quintessence of the
American way. It is visited by over 30 million people a year— not only the major
middle-class pilgrimage center
in the US, but by far the most important entertainment center in the world. It is
clearly Oz, utopia as a marketing
device."

Two Disney brothers Walt (Walter Elias) and Roy O. Disney have been at the center
of the creation of
amusement parks and popular Disney films. In more recent times, two other men,
Eisner and Katzenberg have
been notable at Disney. Eisner & Katzenberg, as well as others will be discussed
later. One of Disney’s
directors, Victor Salva, was convicted of molesting a boy and filming one of the
sexual molestations. Recently
Disney Director Salva produced the Disney movie "Powder". (Victor Salva’ s sexual
molestation conviction was
covered by newspaper articles such as Robert W. Welkos of the LA Times, in
newspapers such as The
Oregonian, Weds. Oct. 25, 1995, A sect.)

The impact of the Disney brothers is monumental. Mickey Mouse teeshirts can be seen
being worn by natives
all over the world. Disney World and Disneyland are the quest for a large segment
of humanity, who often
esteem these amusement parks as the highlight of their life. What is highly
esteemed among men, is an
abomination to God according to the Word of God. The Bible arbitrarily makes this
claim, but sadly, research
by this author over the years proves that a close examination of Disney & mankind’s
esteem for "Disney" things
does vindicate the Biblical expectation. In other words, as readers of this article
will find out, behind the
appearance of wholesomeness of the Disney brothers and their creations lays
abominations— some of the most
grotesque aspects of generational occultism the world has ever seen. Disney’s Magic
Kingdom has become an
American Institution that impacts people all over the world from the cradle to the
grave.

C. WHO WAS WALT DISNEY?

In the large book The Art of Walt Disney from Mickey Mouse to the Magic Kingdom by
Christopher Finch
(N.Y.: Harry N. Abrams, 1975) on page 1 1 an interesting and revealing statement is
made: "By definition,
public figures are known to everyone; yet, even after talking with some of Disney's
closest associates, it is
impossible to escape the conclusion that nobody really knew him. Always there was
some aspect of his
personality that was just out of reach." Those who got to know Walt too closely
make complaints such as he was
"self-satisfied, intractable, and arrogant." He could bring his artists to tears or
anger in a matter of seconds.
Finch is not the only author who has tried to warn his readers that the public’s
image of Walt Disney was just
that— only a false image. Mosley also writes in his biography of Walt Disney,
"Since Disney is regarded by
millions of people, particularly in the United States, as perhaps this century’s
most brilliantly successful creator
of screen animation, I think I should make one thing clear right away. I share the
general admiration of a man
whose cinematic achievements were always so happily inspired and inspiriting. But—
and this is where I differ
from uncritical idolaters— I have to know all the facts, no matter how unpalatable,
as well as the romantic myths
about any great man or woman I admire. Many of the myths that have been created by
his publicists about Walt
Disney are unpalatable, unbelievable, and unsatisfactory because so much of the
real Walt Disney has been
deliberately concealed.. .Walt Disney.. .had grave flaws in his character."
(Mosley. Disney’s World, pg. 9)

Years ago, an Illuminati Grand Master and programmer stated, "If the world only had
the eyes to see the fibers
which lay under the surface of Walt Disney’s image, they’d tar and feather him, and
drag him through the
streets. If only they knew what Disney’s primary goals."

PERSONAL DETAILS

Walt had black hair with a black mustache, and bright quick eyes and was about 6’
tall. He used his own facial
features to clue artists on how to draw Mickey Mouse’s features. He liked specially
rolled brown cigarettes
which he smoked up to 70 a day. He picked up the smoking habit in the army. He
loved expensive Scotch
Whiskey, red sunsets, and horses. He had a vacation home in Palm Springs, CA called
the Smoke Tree Ranch.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 88 of 296

He often wore the Ranch’s letter STR emblazoned on his necktie. He played lots of
golf with Bob Hope and Ed
Sullivan at the ST Ranch. His main home was an estate in Holmby Hills. The Holmby
Hills estate was located
in a plush area where lots of rich show-business families lived. It was located
between Bel- Air (an occult word
for Satan) & Beverly Hills.

Walt spent many of his nights at the Disney Studios and later he had his own
private quarters at the center of
Disneyland. He had reoccurring bouts of insomnia. (For his nerves and insomnia he’d
take alcohol and
tranquilizers.) He’d go weeks on end without stepping foot on the Holmby Hills
estate and seeing his family.

The main topic at the studio by the staff during different time periods was Walt’s
bizarre behavior— he would
not be available until late afternoon, when he would emerge from the studio’s
subterranean maze of tunnels,
where supposedly he was "chatting with the maintenance engineers" everyday. The
value of his estate when he
died was 35 million dollars of which Lillian his wife inherited half.

In his later years, when Disney took a vacation he went to Paris for 3 weeks, and 3
weeks at the Hotel du Cap, in
Antibes, and then cruised on Fritz Loew’s yacht with Ron and Diane Disney. In
England, Walt spent time with
the British Royal family and met privately with masonic prophet H.G. Wells. In
Rome, Walt visited privately
with the Pope and the dictator Mussolini. In 1966, Walt Disney died. Prior to his
death he had investigated
cryogenesis— being frozen, and it is believed by some that his body is frozen
somewhere in California, while
others claim he was cremated.

MICKEY MOUSE

According to one source, the inspiration for Walt to create Mickey Mouse came when
he was unemployed and
saw a mouse in the gutter. There are quite a few stories in circulation as to where
the idea came from. Ub Iwerks
claimed he thought Mickey up at an animator’s meeting in Hollywood. Walt once said,
"There is a lot of the
Mouse in me." (biographical article written by Elting E. Morison, p. 131) In fact,
Ub Iwerks told Walt that
Mickey Mouse "looks exactly like you— same nose, same face, same whiskers, same
gestures and expressions.
All he needs now is your voice." Walt often did serve as Mickey’s voice. A book put
out by Walt Disney Co. in
1988 reveals that Walt Disney told Ward Kimball "Quite frankly, I prefer animals to
people."

Walt usually was the voice behind Mickey Mouse, (even though he wasn’t the artist.)
His mother was chilly for
years about the work Walt did. Around 1940, after much pleading, he finally got her
to watch Mickey Mouse.
His unsupportive mother (which he would within a few years learn was not actually
his biological mother) told
him she didn’t like Mickey Mouse’s voice, to which he told her it was his, and then
she responded by saying he
had a horrible voice. The "cold towel" she threw on Mickey Mouse helped convince
Walt to quit making
Mickey Mouse cartoons. Very few came out of Disney after that, and the very next
Mickey Mouse full-length
feature cartoon. Fantasia, had Mickey mostly silent. Walt’s idea for The Sorcerer’s
Apprentice was based on
some of his own ideas. Walt had had the dream which was used for Mickey Mouse in
The Sorcerer’s Apprentice
of having "complete control of the earth and the elements." Disneyland and Disney
world were partial
fulfilments of that dream for control.

Walt’s final pet project just prior to his death was the meticulously restored
version of the witchcraft film
"Bedknobs and Broomsticks." (Disney Magazine, Winter 96-97, pub. by Disney, p. 96
mentions this.) As a
programming device, Mickey Mouse works well because it plays on the subconscious
genetically transmitted
fear of mice that women have. Mickey’s image can help create a love-hate
relationship, which is so valued
during the traumatization & programming of mind-controlled slaves. Some sources
state that Walt’s love for
animals came from the time his family had a farm near Marceline, Missouri. Walt
began his schooling at
Marceline, but continued it after the age of eight at Benton School in Kansas City,
MO. Walt’s Dad had a
serious gambling problem and passed the spirit of gambling to his son Walt. Walt
never graduated from high
school. He had a natural love and a flair for art work, although (contrary to his
public image) he never became
proficient at it. He joined the army in W.W. I as an ambulance driver by lying
about his age. During the war, he
also chauffeured dignitaries.

He also did some other things that are very revealing. He enjoyed drinking &
gambling while in the service, and

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 89 of 296

he ran a scam where he doctored German artifacts picked up on the battlefield to

sell to people. War relics were
tampered with to get them in shape to get the most money from them possible. Walt
took the battle souvenirs -
and dressed them up, for instance, coating the insides of helmets with grease, hair
& blood and putting holes in
them to make them into expensive souvenirs. This shows that Walt was willing to
build illusions if it paid. He
could be deceptive if he saw an advantage to it.

From gleanings from things Walt said to people, it appears that as a child, he’d
seen the darker side of life (for
instance, his father had a habit of beating him in the basement) and had had some
interest or exposure to magic
as a child. Bob Thomas writes, "Walt took a boyish delight in playing tricks on his
parents. He was fascinated
with magic tricks..." (Walt Disney, An American Original, p. 35.)

After the military, Walt hoped to have a career as an artist. He applied to the
advertising agency of Pesman-
Rubin. Roy, his brother, claimed that Pesman-Rubin hired Walt as a personal favor
to Roy who handled the
agency’s account at the bank Roy worked at. Walter lasted a month until the
advertising agency let him go due
to Walt’s "singular lack of drawing ability." According to Current Biography 1952,
in 1923, Walt and Roy had
together $290. They borrowed $500 from another Disney, one of their uncles named
Robert Disney and began
to try to make cartoons. Robert Disney had retired in the L.A. area in Edendale, CA
after a successful mining
career. Robert had always been close to Walt’s father Elias, and helped Walt and
Roy out when they came to
California. Walt loved to study Charlie Chaplin (a member of the Collins family).
He scrawled notes about his
body language, facial features, and his gag methods. He also read everything he
could about animation and
cartooning. They worked out of their uncle’s garage in Hollywood, CA. They were
finally able to make a good
cartoon Steamboat Willie in 1928, which became an instant hit. As with many things
in life, the cartoon was not
only good, but Walt finally had the right "connections." On Nov. 18, ’28, Steamboat
Willie was shown in a
small, independent theater without any advance promotion or advertising. But
amazingly! !) the New York
Times, Variety, and Exhibitor’s Herald all ran rave reviews of the cartoon the next
day. Was this an accident?
did journalists from all these prestigious periodicals just happen to go to this
tiny independent theater? no it was
connections.

The reason the elite decided to promote Walt Disney after Steamboat Willie came out
as Hollywood’s newest
"boy wonder" was to deflect enormous bitterness that had been generated by the
Stock Market collapse toward
Jewish financiers. Hollywood, even in its first two decades, was known as "Babylon"
and "Sin City". The movie
industry was well-known to be run by Jews, and many people blamed the Stock Market
Crash on the moral
degradation that Hollywood had introduced to this nation. There were calls for
government regulatory groups to
stop the smutty Hollywood films. Edgar Magnin, the spiritual leader of the major
movie makers who were part
of the Los Angeles B’nai B’rith reportedly encouraged those in the Mishpucka and
others who were B’nai
B’rith movie makers that Hollywood needed to protect itself by putting Walt Disney
in the limelight as a
Christian "white knight with family values". (By the way, Edgar Magnin was
nicknamed "Rabbi to the Stars",
because he was "the Hollywood rabbi".) E. Magnin’s grandfather’s department store
chain was one of the first
major accounts of the Bank of Italy, and Edgar Magnin had continued his family’s
close association with the
Bank of Italy. The closeness also came from the Bank of Italy’s close ties to the
B’nai B’rith and ADL.

In 1930, the movie industry made a production code which stated that the industry
must make a special effort to
make movies appropriate for children. Hollywood directly praised Disney in that
code as an exemplary model of
what the movie industry wanted to do. With the power of the B’nai B’rith and ADL
behind him, Walt began
sailing to fame. Movie studios that had been turning out smut, with lots of sex and
violence all jumped on the
bandwagon to show Walt’s clean wholesome cartoons. Walt was the facelift Hollywood
needed after the
Depression caused Americans to think about America’s morals. Many of the regular
movie makers were so
corrupt they were out of touch with moral issues, but Walt Disney knew black from
white. The Jewish movie
makers "pushed the man [Walt] they considered their best hope to the front of the
pack" who was billed as a
fundamentalist Christian (albeit a masonic "Christian" who rarely stepped foot in a
church), (quote from Walt
Disney Hollywood’s Prince of Darkness, p. 50.)

Strangely, the biographies indicate that Walt quit doing the actual drawing in
1927, and Walt devoted himself
entirely to the development of the cartoon business, such as raising money. In
other words, the image of Walt

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 90 of 296

Disney being the artist who has created the Disney cartoon’s is inaccurate. The
Disney brothers actually hired
many other artists to do the art work. If Walt quit drawing in 1927. and their
first marketable cartoon was in
1928, that clearly shows that Walt did not do the actual cartooning. He continued
to oversee the work, walking
in and rigidly inspecting what was being done to suit his own intuitive tastes.
Actually the genius cartoon artist
(animator) who made Walt Disney a success was Ub Iwerks, about whom Walt on a
number of occasions said
was "the best animator in the world". Without Ub Iwerks to take Walt’s ideas and
turn them into reality, Walt
would never have become famous. Ub was an incredible genius who had a sense of
line, a sense of humor,
patience, organization and a great sense of what Walt wanted. Walt treated him
cruelly at times, interrupting
him, playing tricks on him, and not being totally honest with paying him, but he
stayed with Walt over the years
and made Walt the success Walt became. (The books Disney’s World and Disney
Animation: The Illusion of
Life have information on the unheralded genius Ub Iwerks.)

Another unknown great artist was Floyd Gottfredson. Floyd Gottfredson drew all the
Mickey Mouse cartoons
from 1932 until October, 1975 — which is a period of 45 1/2 years. Floyd
Gottfredson was a Mormon born in a
railway station in 1905, and raised in a tiny Mormon town, Siggurd, 180 miles so.
of Salt Lake City. In 1931,
before Floyd totally took over the Mickey Mouse drawings, he would take suggestions
from Walt on what to
draw. For instance, Walt puzzled him by insisting he do a cartoon series of Mickey
Mouse committing suicide.
Floyd had said, "Walt, You’re kidding!" But Walt thought that a series on suicide
would be funny. Over the
years the Walt Disney products never mentioned Floyd’s name. The bulk of the fans
were led to believe Walt
did the cartooning of Mickey Mouse himself. (See the book Walt Disney’s Mickey
Mouse in Color. Ed. Bruce
Hamilton, pub. The Walt Disney Co., 1988.)

Fred Moore was involved in the creation of Pluto and some other cartoon characters.
The idea for Pluto was
Walt’s and it was Norm Ferguson’s genius at drawing that took the idea and created
the actual images. Walt
Disney was awarded 32 personal academy awards for the work that was done by his
studios. Walt Disney’s
famous signature was actually designed by someone else, and was taught to Walt.
(Schickel, Richard. The
Disney Version: The Life, Time, Art and Commerce of Walt Disney. NY, 1968, p. 34.)
Walt could only make a
crude Disney signature, so he delegated the writing of the signature to several
artists including Bob Moore,
Disney’s publicity artist. Later, after much practice he learned to make it well
enough to do for publicity. Many
people who wrote letters asking for his actual signature, and who actually did his
signature, thought that they
had received forgeries by his staff, because the famous Disney signature was so
crude. The nicer looking ones
were the forgeries. One cartoon animator who joined Disney in 1940 recalled that
Walt told him the first day,
"You’re new here, and I want you to understand just one thing. What we’re selling
here is the name Walt
Disney. If you can swallow that and always remember it, you’ll be happy here. But
if you’ve got any ideas
about seeing the name Ken Anderson [his name] up there, its best for you to leave
right away."

OCCULT PORN KING

Walt grew up fascinated with the occult and in an abusive home situation. He was
fascinated with cartoons,
nature and children. He had an intuitive sense for quality cartoons that would
appeal to children. At some point,
the syndicate got him indebted to them. At that point he was their man. He owed
them a debt that they held over
him. In secret, Walt became a porn king. A victim remembers that he was sadistic
and enjoyed snuff porn films.
His interest in children was far from altruistic.

The Hapsburgs of the 13th Illuminati bloodline had a sex salon in Vienna, where a
porn photographer named
Felix Salten worked. Felix Salten wrote a book Bambi, which was then translated
into English by the infamous
communist Whittaker Chambers. The elite were just beginning to form the roots for
today’s environmental
movement. The book appealed to Disney, because Disney liked animals better than
people. In the book, tame
animals view humans as gods, while the wild and free animals see humans as demons
who they simply called
"Him." The book begins with both free and tame animal viewing humans as rightly
having dominion over them.
In the end, the animals view all humans as simply being on the same level as
animals, a vicious animal only fit
to be killed. Disney instructed his animators to make the animals "to be human. I
want people to forget they are
watching animals." Bambi was to receive a Christ-like manger birth, with the
animals hailing him as a "prince."
Due to his sexual problems, Walt at one point permitted himself to be subjected to
the packing of his genitals in

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 91 of 296

ice for hours at a time. (Elliot, Walt Disney Hollywood’s Dark Prince, p. 83.)

Children were instmcted to call Walt "Uncle Walt." An example of this were the
Mouseketeers. For those who
know how mind-control programmers have traditionally liked to be called "uncle" by
their child victims, the
insistence by Walt to be known as "uncle" is distasteful. From what this author has
learned from some sources
about Walt’s non-public life as a hidden sadistic porn king, it raises questions
about other parts of his life. For
instance, Kenneth Anger in his book Hollywood Babylon II, p. 192, "Some animators
stated that the boss [Walt
Disney] seemed to have fallen in love with the boy. There may be some truth in
this..." The boy, who Walt fell
in love with, was a small young attractive boy actor named Bobby Driscoll who
signed up in 1946 with Disney.
He acted in Song of the South, Treasure Island and Bobby’s voice was used in Peter
Pan. Bobby Driscoll was
very intelligent and attractive. Did Disney help or abuse him? If Disney was such
an upbuilding wholesome
atmosphere, & this child actor had everything going for him, why did Bobby become a
methamphetamine addict
at 17 & die within just a few years? Why didn’t his talent & early career lead to
something positive in his life?

From those who knew Walt personally one learns that he had an obsession with the
buttock part of anatomy. He
enjoyed jokes about this part of the anatomy, which he told to his staff quite
frequently. The staff edited out
many of his crude posterior jokes from cartoon scripts. Two examples that got by
the editors are a Christmas
special where a little boy is unable to button the drop seat of his pajamas. The
little boy’s problem in
maintaining his modesty is the running gag of the cartoon. In the end, Santa gives
him a champer pot. The 2nd
example is the paddling machine used on the wolf in The Three Little Pigs. Numerous
Disney cartoons feature
buttocks of characters provocatively twitching.

AS A WITNESS BEFORE CONGRESS

After W.W. II, Walt Disney was called upon by Hollywood to testify in their defense
at the Un-American
hearings which were being carried out by congressmen who were concerned about the
heavy communist
influence within Hollywood. Walt downplayed any communist influence in Hollywood to
Congress.
Interestingly, Walt’s father was an outspoken Socialist Party leader in the United
States who advocated a
socialist New World Order. He regularly voted for socialist presidential candidate
Eugene Debs. One of the first
drawings Walt did as a boy was to duplicate the socialist political cartoons he
found in a socialist periodical
Appeal to Reason that his father subscribed to. When Walt asked in the 1930’s how
his father felt about
socialism’s successes, his father Elias said, "Today, everything I fought for in
those early days has been
absorbed into the platforms of both the major parties. Now I feel pretty good about
that." (Thomas, Bob. Walt
Disney, An American Original, pg. 147-148)

Walt’s movie Alice’s Egg Plant (1925) was pure communist doctrine where the red hen
(communist) leads the
working chickens on a strike against Julius the farm manager (representing
capitalists.) The strike at Disney and
unionization of Disney in 1940, soured Walt toward communism. The workers at Disney
publicly made
personal verbal attacks on Walt & he never forgave the humiliation. In spite of his
public distaste for
communism, his Magic Empire (his castle where he was king) was run like a socialist
dictatorship, similar to
what the NWO plans. Employees at Disney did not have titles; it was faceless
egalitarianism with an all
powerful dictator Disney at the top. It was racially elitist too. The only full-
time African-American during
Walt’s lifetime at Disney was a black shoe shine man.

Was Walt a socialist of the National Socialist (Nazi) variety? Arthur Babbitt
claims, "On more than one
occasion I observed Walt Disney and Gunther Lessing there [at Nazi meetings], along
with a lot of other
prominent Nazi-afflicted Hollywood personalities. Disney was going to meetings all
the time." Lessing was
mobster Willie Bioff’s crony. Bioff had spent his earlier days running a
whorehouse, before coming to
Hollywood for the mob.

In the final panel of the Mickey Mouse comic strip of 6/19/40 a swastika appeared.
Some people have wondered
what this & other "secret signals" in Disney’s work meant. Disney was not
Illuminati. The powerful elite are
very skilled at controlling people that rub shoulders with them, those who are
beginning to become
independently wealthy. For instance, they destroyed Robert Morris, the great
financier of the American

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 92 of 296

Revolution. They simply used Hegelian Dialectics on Walt Disney. Their Unions and
the Mob made Disney’s
studio one of their prime targets. In order for Walt to protect himself from the
unions, which he perceived as
communist, Walt got help from the FBI and the mob. Walt was vulnerable to the
unions, because he treated his
workers terrible, with long hours, low pay, in addition to repeated abuses to their
dignity. Walt’s large number
of employees essentially never received any credit or recognition for their years
of creativity and hard work,
which was all essentially stolen and credited to Walt by the establishment to build
his image. (I write
"essentially", because someone might find some obscure exception, but across the
board, Walt got all the credit
for what his creative workers produced.)

Perhaps Walt needed the ego boost from all the purloined public praise which he
stole from his staff to be seen
as a great animator, because he had wanted to be an artist/cartoonist and failed.
The praise helped sooth the
wounds. One worker recalls that Walt "had no knowledge of draftsmanship, no
knowledge of music, no
knowledge of literature, no knowledge of anything really, except he was a great
editor. " This may not be much
of an exaggeration, because Walt was a high school drop-out, who grew up in poverty
on a Missouri farm.
Walt’s first official attempt to direct a film (and last) was the film The Golden
Touch in 1935. The film was an
embarrassment. Walt had to pull it from distribution. If Walt lacked abilities to
animate, and direct, what was
Walt’s talent? Walt was the driving force, the spirit so-to-speak behind Disney. He
was the dictator who was
feared enough to demand more from his workers than they knew they could give— and
he could get it. He was
the driving force that took a mob of artists, and gag creators, etc. and shaped
them into a powerful force to make
cartoons and later movies. He was the hard-driving genius who knew what he wanted
and got others to create it
for him. He was the driving force that kept an army of costumed sanitation men
meticulously cleaning
Disneyland. In normal year, Walt would have 800,000 plants replaced at Disneyland,
& Walt refused to put up
signs asking the "guests" (visitors) not to trample them. How powerful was Walt?
Here is a man who during his
lifetime and even up into the 1990’ s had a rule in the studio & Disneyland that no
male employees could have
any facial hair, yet he himself wore a mustache for most of his life.

A possible CHRONOLOGY OF EVENTS surrounding WALT DISNEY'S ILLEGITIMATE BIRTH

It is beyond doubt that Walt Disney was an illegitimate child, but that fact
resulted in a long list of mysterious
happenings. It also gave power hungry men, something to blackmail Walt Disney with.
Because this chapter 5
on Deception is focusing on Disney, and the big boys used blackmail to keep Disney
in line, this information is
pertinent. The following chronology of events is what this author’s believes most
likely happened. Without any
genetic tests, it is difficult to determine beyond a shadow of a doubt who Walt’s
biological parents were, and
what the actual history of Walt Disney was. Several people have spent many years
investigating the real facts
surrounding his birth. Many interesting and tantalizing clues have been found. This
author believes that the
following chronology issuggested by the evidence. (This author’s chronology is
offered without hundreds of
pages of evidence, because the mysteries around Walt Disney’s birth are here to
stay, no matter what excuses
people come up with, and this author doesn't want to stray from the intended
purpose of the chapter. This is to
show that Walt Disney had a secret bastard birth which gave J. Edgar Hoover —and
his superiors— blackmail
leverage over Walt Disney. Walt may also have had gambling debts and an abnormal
sexual appetite which also
helped entrap him. For those who want more evidence and facts, the following are
recommended: Almendros,
Mojacar, Corner of Enchantment, p. 83; Interview magazine, no. 242, ""Walt Disney
Was from Almeria”", and
last but not least Eliot, Marc. Walt Disney, Hollywood’s Dark Prince, chapter 11.)

1890— An attractive Spanish woman Isabelle Zamora Ascenslo of Mojacar leaves Spain
and travels to California
to a Franciscan monastery. In the same year, but later on In 1890-Walt's future
father Elias, who fancies himself
a ladies man, leaves his family to seek his fortune in the gold fields. In
California, he meets another newcomer
to the state, Isabella Ascensio, and the two newcomers in California have much in
common, have a sexual affair
and fall in love.

1891— Elias fails to make a fortune and returns to Chicago, but he doesn't forget
Isabelle.

1893— Isabelle and Elias have a son, and Elias convinces his wife to accept the
baby as theirs rather than have
the family's reputation, their marriage, and their family ruined. The son doesn't
look like the first two boys at all.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 93 of 296

1901— Isabelle and Elias have another bastard son, who Elias brings home and names
Walter after the minister
of the church he attends. The two bastard sons do not look like the older sons of
Elias, and they never have
much to do with them, but cling to each other as brothers.

1903— The minister of the church Elias attends finds out about the bastard children
and Elias quickly moves out
of state so that the scandal will remain secret. Elias has also run up gambling
debts.

1905— After moving to Marceline, Missouri, Isabelle is hired as the Disney's maid,
so that she has an excuse to
move in with them without creating suspicions. She probably does much of the
raising and care of the two boys.

1918— J. Edgar Hoover is busy involved with the prosecution of draft dodgers in WW
I, and it crosses his desk
about the case of Walt Disney committing the crime of forging his parents signature
to join the army. Cases like
Walt's were watched because people who could be blackmailed could be resources in
the future for Hoover.
That year, Walt discovered that he had no birth certificate. Waft observes his
parents strange reactions
concerning his birth certificate & other questions, & begins to deeply distmst his
father.

1938, Nov. —Walt's mother dies by gas, and the Disney's maid pulls Elias to safety
from the fumes, but Walt's
mother dies.

1939-40— Hoover offers Walt Disney to help Walt locate his real parents if Walt
will work for the FBI. Either
Hoover already knows that he is a bastard child, or he soon learns the truth from
an investigation. This gives
Hoover blackmail power over Walt Disney, and assures Hoover that Waft will be
loyal. Hoover informs Walt
Disney of the truth, and then moves to generously protect Disney & his father's
reputation. Two FBI men plant
baptismal information of a child born to Isabelle in 1890 named Jose Guirao in
Mojacar, Spain. This date is 10
years off of Walt's birthdate, and is intended to throw people off track. They
can't plant a fake birth certificate
for Waft in the records for 1901, because everyone knows from WW I that none
exists. Therefore, they plant a
fake birth certificate for Walt in the Illinois State records in the year 1890.
They hope people will think that
somehow a filing error occurred. This way if anything leaks, and worst came to
worst, Waft could at least
pretend he was adopted and is not an illegitimate bastard. They pay off townspeople
in Mojacar to tell a
particular story. Townspeople probably receive ongoing payments.

194 1 — Walt confronts his father with the truth, and his father commits suicide,
and his real mother comes to live
with him as his maid.

1954— In order to reinforce the myth that Walt was born in Spain, a group of
Franciscan monks goes to Mojacar
and visibly inquires about the birth records of Jose Guirao and/or Walt Disney.
They spend time with the mayor
and make sure that everyone connects Waft Disney with Jose, who is a fictitious
(nominal) character that the
FBI has created records of.

1967— A year after Walt's death, a large group of Americans (a large group was
needed because they are not
skilled like the 2 FBI men in 1940) pretend to be on "official" business for the
American government. They go
to Majacar Spain to destroy all the records of Jose Guirao to insure that there
will be no Spanish claimants to
Walt Disney's fortune.

Later to insure that the fictitious story is solidly in place to mislead the few
who might get by the cloud of
secrecy over Walt Disney, the Spanish government does a favor to certain powerful
people and pays an
investigator to investigate the Spanish origins of Walt Disney. People of the
village willingly tell people without
any fear or without any fanfare that Walt Disney was born at their village. Unless
they have recently done so,
the village has never done anything— no monuments, no markers, or anything about
the birth site of Disney.
They probably didn't do this for years, because some of the village probably knew
it was a lie. With the older
people gone, the lie has probably become well entrenched as truth and there is most
likely some type of
memorial to Walt Disney.

WALT DISNEY’S CHARACTER

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 94 of 296

Because the Disney deception is such a major Illuminati deception worldwide, and
because Walt Disney was the
major catalyst behind all the Disney theme parks, movies, trinkets etc. it is of
importance to examine his
character. In studying historical figures, this author has tried to get to the rock
bottom truth. One may ask, how
can this be done? -especially since there have been decades of myths spread by the
establishment and their
media? The following procedure which has worked with other historical figures was
also done by this author
with Walt Disney.

The first part of this author’ s own procedure is to study everything that one can
find on the man, paying special
attention to what bias and vantage point another author comes from. Special
attention is also paid to biographers
who try to give the whole truth as they have found it, rather than approved
biographies that repeat myths,
platitudes, and flattery. The investigator has to be careful because there are
authors who deceptively say in their
introductions that they are "detached investigators" who are "going to be painfully
honest in their reporting"
when they actually are skillful coverup artists for the person they write about.

When your author, Fritz Springmeier, finished investigating written material about
Walt Disney, then I mentally
placed what I knew on the shelf temporarily, and did a handwriting analysis based
on the scientific principles of
Graphoanalysis as well as the broader field of Graphology. This author is a
Certified Graphoanalyst who has
done handwriting analysis professionally. Using Graphoanalysis/graphology is an
excellent way to get an
unbiased very deep look at a historical figure. It is a way to by-pass all the
propaganda and myths. However, a
close historical look and the handwriting analysis (of various historical figures)
have always matched each
other, as they did in this case too.

Here is what was found. The following paragraphs are how Walt was in the 1920’s.
The personality profile you
will read did not endure. Under the pressure of micromanaging Disney Productions as
well as living with
financial stresses, by the 1940’s, Walt could be found in rages giving rough
treatment to his wife, and rough
spankings to his two children. He went to psychiatric counselling to cope with the
stress. And unfortunately
with the progression of time, by the 1960’s Walt had become a sadistic egotistical
alcoholic. One biographer
described him as "...a bully and a know-it-all" (Disney’s World, p. 220) Even then
Walt had men working for
him, such as Bill Walsh (who had been a orphan as a child) who worshipped Walt.

But here is how he was in the 1920’s: Walt was a self-motivated individual with
lots of energy which was
constantly seeking some outlet. (People have written much about this trait of his.)
He was more the giver than
the taker in relationships. (In the first few years, when he was responsible for
making business contracts he often
gave away his work without setting prices for profits. He even wrote letters to his
boss to the effect that his first
priority was good cartoons not profits, and that he’d work without profits, but he
did want some appreciation for
his work. That was his sensitive nature showing.) Walt wouldn’t wait for others to
come up with an idea or
someone else to make a move— he was there first.

He could communicate his ideas with clarity and ease and move easily from idea to
another. (He would storm
into Disney Productions and spew one idea after another into his workers’ ears.) He
enjoyed competition. He
had a quick mind and keen perception. He frequently acted on intuition and impulse,
taking chances and
endangering his own security. (He frequently gambled all his life savings and
everything he could scrape
together on a project.) Long projects bored him. (Fortunately the real tedious work
of cartooning was done by a
large staff of artists.) House chores and repetitive chores bored him and he
avoided them. (He was absolutely a
total slob around the house as a bachelor.) He was impatient with vague
philosophies, he liked concrete realities.

He was difficult to get along with because he had both a playful side (even to the
point of cruel practical jokes)
to his personality and an aggressive intolerant impatient side that wanted to
achieve. Naturally, people around
him were disconcerted because on a subconscious level they never knew which side of
him they would deal
with. (The reference series Current Biography "Disney" article p. 248 gives the
following Walt Disney quote,
"We don’t even let the word ‘art’ be used around the studio. If anyone begins to
get arty, we knock them
down.")

He was geared for action. He was always inventing ways to get what he needed. He
could be explosive when

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 95 of 296

provoked. (The old time associates of Walt remember his explosive temper.) He was a
person of dynamic
energy, sensuality and keen thinking, and a disciple of the pleasure principle.
Because his father was so abusive
and misused his position of authority, Walt came to be deeply ingrained with
defiance toward authority. (The
themes of his films repeatedly sympathize with those who rebel against authority,
and the police and other
authority figures are consistently shown as absurd. One way he expressed
irresponsibility was with lively dance
scenes, which has been a hall-mark of teenage rebellion during the 20th century.
"Comic anarchy reaches its
fullest expression in Alice Rattled by Rats, which shows what the rats do when the
cats goes away!) He felt that
rules were for others to follow. (That is one reason he would step outside of the
law and commit illegal acts.

This is one trait that may be responsible for some of the criminal activities Walt
ended up participating in.)
Walt also didn’t like to be closely supervised. (He wanted to manage his Disney
Magic Kingdom as if it were
his own kingdom. He wanted to be an authority figure, and indeed became the
dictator of his Magic Kingdom.
When his workers differed with his own views he felt that they were infringing upon
his own inalienable rights
as an individual.) He was somewhat of a melancholic temperament, that type of
perfectionist who still enjoys
life. He felt a need to protect himself against intimacy with others. He was most
home in a setting which he
made for himself. Walt had the traits of an executive. He was slow to reveal his
innermost feelings, and
definitely set his own goals. Walt was one of those persons that when the going got
tough, he hung in there.
Likewise he would cling to his ideas, plans, and possessions. (His stubborn refusal
to allow his brother Roy to
stop the creation of Disneyland led to events that split the brothers. His
determination to succeed was taken
advantage of by the crime syndicates to blackmail him with some debt. In order to
get his dreams, he was
willing to give them what they wanted.)

A clue to Walt’s macabre sense of humor, at times almost a graveyard sense of

humor, and his high tolerance of
seeing pain in others, is that Walt was seriously thinking of volunteering again as
a medic after the W.W. I
fighting in France was over, when volunteers were needed for the Balkan fighting.
Walt loved animals more
than people. The only human being that he had rapport with while growing up on the
farm was his Uncle Ed
(who he called Uncle Elf), who looked like a cross between a leprechaun and a
prune. Uncle Elf could make
animals sounds and bird whistles to Walts delight. Walt loved the charm of the farm
and nature and he loved
royalty, pageantry and a strict social hierarchy such as Freemasonry provides. He
often wove a combination of
the barnyard in with royal parades and other trappings of royalty.

For instance, in Alice the Piper, the King Hamlin is a farmer who sleeps in a
farmhouse. In Puss in Boots the
local king lives in an authentic palace incongruously placed in a village. His
early film Alice’s Day at Sea
includes both the features of a royal court and an American circus. In typical
Disney disdain for authority, he
pokes fun at criminal fraternal groups with their rituals and passwords in Alice &
the Dog Catcher, Alice Foils
the Pirates, and Alice’s Mysterious Mystery. And while he was a secret FBI agent,
he went against Hoover’s
wishes and poked fun at the FBI’s authority. Walt was loyal to what he believed and
could be loyal to those
individuals who he deemed worthy of his loyalty, but he didn’t want anyone to have
authority over him. (Walt
was a 320 Freemason & an occultist, he was loyal to that philosophy and loyal in
his early years to his older
brother Roy O. Disney, who was a father figure to him.) If anyone at the studios
agreed with him when he was
angry at his brother Roy, he or she risked losing their job. Both brothers were
protective of each other, and felt
they were the only ones who could criticize the other one.

D. WHO WAS ROY O. DISNEY?

Roy O. Disney was born in 1893, and his brother Walt in 1901. They had three other
brothers, but Roy and Walt
(1901-1966) were only close to each other and not to their other brothers, who
didn’t resemble them. Walt was
named Walter Elias, his middle name derived from his father’s first name. The
Disney family had immigrated
from Ireland to Canada and then to the U.S. The father of the brothers as stated
was Elias, and their mother of
Scottish descent, who may not have been the biological mother, had the maiden name
Flora Call. Roy died in
1971, shortly after the opening ceremonies for Walt Disney World. He kept his
promises to his brother to build
Walt Disney World. He reneged on his promises concerning the city of Epcot (which
was derailed into
becoming EPCOT).

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 96 of 296

Roy O. during the 1930’s lived in North Hollywood. Roy’s family later located in
Napa Valley, CA, and was
associated with the Illuminati kingpins in the area. Napa Valley has been nicknamed
the Valley of Kings. This
"Valley of Kings" plays a major role in the dirty activities revealed in this
chapter. Roy 0. Disney played a
bigger role at Disney Studios than people realize. For example, it was Roy O. who
made the decision to cut 45
min. out of Fantasia, so that Walt’s pet project could be distributed to movie
theaters. Roy O., considered by
some insiders as the more evil of the two brothers, kept the financial books for
the Disney’s down through the
years. It is known that Disney kept two books during the 1950’s, so it is hard to
believe anything except that
Roy 0. was fully aware of how Disney brought in their money. The big boys always
kept the financial screws to
Walt and Roy. The big boys often figured out scams to take their money. When the
Disney brothers had an
arrangement with Columbia Studio (run by Harry Cohn) they were advanced $7,500 for
each cartoon which cost
them an unprofitable $13,500 to make. Further, Cohn liked to cheat them by not
sending them their money, and
taking a ridiculous amount of time to pay them what he owed them. The cash flow
problems of the Disney
brothers also came from Walt’s desire to keep improving and upgrading the
technology they used. When Walt
went to color over Roy’s objections, Disney’s profit margin was damaged and the
studio was left with shortages
of cash. In 1937, Walt’s repeated gambles with cartoon production ideas caused Roy
O. to say, "We’ve bought
the whole damned sweepstakes."

From 1940 through 1946, Disney lost money every year. In '46, he lost $23,000.
Finally in 1947, things turned
around and the Disney studio made a profit of $265,000. Cartoons and movies were
not really big money-
makers for the Disney brothers, until it was realized that old films could be
replayed on television. Overall, from
the 20’ s through the 50’ s, the Disneys may have broke even with animation. This
is why Disney Studios at
Christmas, 1931 was unable to pay its payroll.

Pinocchio cost $2.6 million to make in the late ’30’s, an amount hard to retrieve
at that time from the box office,
and Fantasia’s original release in the ’40’ s was a dismal financial failure. When
Sleeping Beauty was released in
1960, it was a loser, movie goers were apathetic towards it. The real money made by
the Disney brothers in the
1930-1950’s came from the merchandising of Disney products, the production of
underground hard porn, and
the kickbacks from various groups which used Disney for mind-control programming,
and money laundering.

When Walt died, his shares in Disney were worth $18 million. His family all in all
held 34% of the stock in
Walt Disney Productions. Roy O. Disney’s daughter Dorothy Disney Puder & husband
Episcopalian Rev. Glen
Puder purchased property at 1677 Sage Canyon Rd., Napa Valley east of Rutherford.
(This is close to the
Rothschild’s Opus One Temple mentioned in VoL 1.) O.J. Simpson’s lawyer Johnnie
Cochran Jr. was in the
Rothschild’s hard-to-enter Opus 1 when the jury arrived at a decision in O.J.
Simpson’s case.)

It is very typical for Mafia families in south Boston to have one family member in
the clergy & one full time in
organized crime. (See author’s Be Wise As Serpents for an expose on the
Episcopalian Church, which is simply
a branch of Freemasonry.) All kinds of interesting Mafia figures, Illuminati, and
Bohemian Grovers live up the
Sage Canyon Rd. This is an area that has a large well-kept cemetery for pets. Frank
Well’s sister and Rich
Frank, who will all be discussed later in this chapter, also live on Sage Canyon
Rd.

E. WHO WAS ROY B. DISNEY?

Roy Edward Disney (nephew of Walt) is the son of Roy Oliver Disney (brother of
Walt). Sometimes he has
been called Junior. The 9/5/94 Newsweek story on Disney’s Magic Kingdom called him
"Keeper of the Flame."
Roy is an executive with Walt Disney Co. at 500 5. Buena Vista St., Burbank, CA
91521. He has worked as an
asst, producer at Walt Disney Co. from 1954 to 1977. He has also been the vice-
pres. of Walt Disney Co. He is
president of Roy E. Disney Prodns. in Burbank. He is chairman of the board for
Shamrock Broadcasting Co. As
if that weren’t enough, he is on the board of directors for St. Joseph Med. Ctr.,
fellow U. Ky. Recipient of the
Academy award nomination for Mysteries of the Deep. He is a director of the Guild
American West, the Writers
Guild, which is important. He belongs to the 100 Club, the Confrerie des Chevaliers
du Tastevin, and St. Francis
Yacht Club. He likes speed boat racing.

Roy E. Disney was the cocky son of Roy O. He married a gal named Patricia. He was
merely tolerated by his

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 97 of 296

uncle Walt, especially after Roy E. made some snide remarks about Walt’s plans for
Disneyland, which he and
his father opposed until Walt Disney personally got the project going. Walt’s son-
in-law Ronald Miller is one of
the Disney clan who can’t stand Roy E. The two never liked each other, and in the
power struggle between them
after Walt’s death, Roy E. won and ended up with Disney. Although people called Roy
E. "Walt’s idiot
nephew", he eventually (with the help of his father & outsiders) won the various
power straggles at Disney after
Walt died, and is now a powerful figure. Roy E. Disney and Stanley P. Gold work
together in various ways, and
are both on the present Disney Bd. of Dir. They are friends and worked to prevent
hostile takeovers of Disney in
1984. Gold is in charge of Shamrock Holdings, Inc.

(Chapter 5 page 2)

The battle between the two Disney factions

In 1953, the two brothers and their respective sides of the family split when Walt
created RETHAW
corporation. The two sides have fought ever since. When Walt Disney created RETLAW
(his name Walter
spelled backwards), this alienated his brother Roy O. & Roy’s side of the family.
Without going into all the
details, what RETLAW did was cut Roy O.’s side out of the money that was to be
made. But Roy’s side didn’t
stand by and idly let their share of the pie be lost, they fought back and held
their own.

Their big break came when Michael Milken and his band of junk bond artists carried
out a "greenmail" on the
Disney Corp. Only a few insiders know how greenmail works. It is a legal form of
blackmail. Milken would
work with his friends Saul Steinberg, Sir James Goldsmith, and Carl Icahn. Milken
would provide them the
financial clout, to make them look financially capable of financially purchasing a
corporation that they had
selected as a target. According to insiders, Milken got 40% of the upside of any
"greenmail" that went right. The
targeted corporation would learn that someone like Saul Steinberg was going to buy
them out. In order to
prevent the buyout, and to keep their jobs, the officers of the targeted
corporation would get frantic, and either
do suicidal refinancings, or buy the stock of the potential acquirer for much
greater prices than the Milken group
paid for them. The "greenmail" artists would then take their loot and go on their
way. The stockholders of the
targeted company are the real losers of "greenmail", because the management of the
corporation in order to
finance their protection spends the stockholder’s money, takes on new debts, and
deprives the stockholders of
some profit-making potential of their shares.

Michael Milken’s group made feints to take over a large number of corporations,
including Walt Disney,

Phillips Petroleum and Avco. Saul Steinberg made what looked like the beginnings of
a sincere hostile takeover
of Walt Disney through Reliance. At one point Reliance became Disney’s largest
stockholder. Steinberg filed an
amended 13D saying he intended to acquire 25% of the corporation. The CEO of Walt
Disney, was Walt
Disney’s son-in-law Ron Miller. Saul Steinberg is a dear business partner with
London’s Jacob de Rothschild.
Originally, Ron Miller (Stanford Univ. grad.) and Ray Watson (a Bohemian Grove
member from Stanford
Unive.) of Walt Disney’s management brought in the Bass brothers to help them deal
with Saul Steinberg’s
takeover and to buy and develop land (esp. in Florida). Ray Watson was Ron Miller’s
key right hand man to ran
things. The Bass brothers are mafia. Disney acquired the Bass Brother’s Arvida, and
brought the Bass brothers
into Disney’s management. The Basses sold their stake in Texaco back to the oil co.
& then used this money to
bolster Disney. Sid Bass & Chuck Cobb (chief exec. Arvida) worked out a deal with
Disney. Arvida (sold to
Disney for $200 mil.) would profit from developing Disney land in FL & Disney would
profit from the new
financial strength that getting Arvida would provide. Arvida owned oil fields,
theme parks, and had helped
create planned communities.

For Ron Miller, on the one side was the Illuminati and the other side of things was
the mafia. He didn’t trust
either, but Steinberg’s takeover could eliminate Disney’s management and both he
(and Roy E. Disney) wanted
to save Disney from a takeover by Steinberg. At first, Roy E. wrote a letter to Ron
Miller & the other board

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 98 of 296

members stating his concerns about the acquisition of Arvida For Disney management,
at least the Bass brothers
would let Walt Disney continue to make their family movies. After the Bass brothers
joined the Disney
management (and became one of Disney’s major stockholders), they soon joined sides
with Roy E. in a
management fallout over whether Disney should buy Gibson Greeting Card Company.
With enough votes on
the board, they sent Ron Miller packing. With Ron Miller, and those management men
aligned with Walt’s side
of the family gone, then CEO Michael Eisner, Frank Wells, Rich Frank, and Jeffrey
Katzenberg and some
others made the modern Walt Disney Corporation.

Disney’s Touchtone studio which was mentioned above in connection to the movie
Alive was created in 1984
by Walt Disney’s son-in-law Ronald L. Miller. Ron Miller’s management style was
lackluster. The new
management has really gone gang busters. Although Walt’s side of the family is out
of the management end of
Disney, they still receive financial rewards from various Disney enterprises. The
Bass brothers acquired more
land for Disney in Florida. But under their tutelage, Disney now has a management
team that is skilled in land
grabbing techniques. The Bass fortune began with Perry Bass, who created a company
called Bass Enterprises.
In 1969, Perry retired and turned things over to his eldest son, Sid Richardson
Bass. Sid has three younger
brothers Ed, Robert and Lee. The Basses owned 27% in Prime Computer, as well as
sizable real estate and oil
holdings. The Bass brothers founded a local prep school in Ft. Worth, TX. Their HQs
in Ft. Worth is full of
modem art.

The Bass brothers were very clever in their deal with Disney. In exchange for their
$14 investment in Arvida,
they had gotten (over a period of time) $950 million dollars worth of Disney stock.
In 1985, they liquidated
Bass Brothers Enterprises and divided the assets between the four brothers. Sid
Bass was able to shift his
interests from finances to culture and high society.

One of the Bass brothers is involved with wineries in Napa Valley. The Bass
Brother’s financial strategist was
Alfred Checchi, now of Beverly Hills, who has been a supporter of Mishpucka member
Sen. Dianne Feinstein
(D-Calif.). Roy is involved in criminal activities, and several people
investigating him have been bluntly warned
that if they continue, they will see their children murdered. Napa Valley’s
Illuminati activity also connects in
with CIA activities as well. The Napa Valley Illuminati families all have CIA
connections. For instance, British
millionaire Kenneth Armitage, who had to flee from England to avoid arrest on
numerous charges of theft,
deception and false accounting, had some of his good friends in the Napa Valley,
such as Dr. John Duff, Johnny
Beck, & others. Armitage has since mysteriously died in prison in England. Armitage
had intelligence
connections which tie in with twilight world of the criminal activities of the
numerous intelligence acronym
monsters. Also his company was authorized to provide people with Central American
government documents.

There is more— much more to sordid affairs which swirl around Roy Disney. Napa
Valley, where many
members of the Disney family live, has the Illuminati’s Opus One temple owned by
Rothschilds, as well as two
roads lined with meticulously kept wineries owned by Illuminati kingpins and
connected via secret underground
tunnels. To top off this incredible collection of Illuminati wineries
(Rothschild’s, Mondavi’s, Rutherford’s,
Christian Brother’s, Sattui’s etc), on the north end of a series of wineries on
highway 29 lays the CIA’s
medieval-looking Culinary Institute of America Greystone (at 2555 Main St., St.
Helena, CA 94574), where
numerous people have suffered torture. The Greystone Culinary Institute of America
recently had the person
who runs their campus store mentioned in House & Garden, Sept. ‘96.

F. WHAT DO WE KNOW ABOUT THE DISNEY FAMILY IN GENERAL?

Several members of the Disney family came to England with William the Conqueror.
They were not known as
Disney then, but because they came from the French Norman town of Isigny, they took
the name d ‘Isigny, and
anglicized it into Disney. Walt had two daughters, Diane Marie (bn. 12/18/33) and
Sharon Mae. Diane made
some revealing comments when she said, he didn’t spoil us. Like a lot of adolescent
girls, I was crazy about
horses, and I got quite good at riding. I yearned for my own horse, but Dad
wouldn’t buy one. And we didn’t
have a lot of clothes and other things." For being one of the richest men in the
nation, Walt can’t be accused of
having spoiled his children. He was also famous for his ten cent tips at
restaurants, which became the talk of the
town.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 99 of 296

Sharon Mae was adopted and arrived at the Disney home 12/31/36. (She died in ’93.)
The adoption was kept
very secret. The newspapers around the country announced that Lillian had given
birth to Sharon, and the
Disney family kept up this lie for years. The reason given for Sharon’s adoption
was that Diane needed a
playmate. For years, Walt Disney didn’t care much for Sharon and seldom acted like
he even knew her name.
Walt had wanted a son, but his wife wanted to adopt a girl, so it was a beautiful
girl that Lillian picked out to be
a companion for her first daughter. When Sharon was kindergarten age, Walt would
take her to the carousels in
Griffith Park on Sunday afternoons. Sharon was sent to private schools. She went to
Westlake School for Girls,
and later was shipped off to Switzerland to a girls’ boarding school. She had soft
blond locks and was attractive.
In June of 1948, Walt took Sharon, who was then an attractive 12 yr. old to Alaska
with him for about 2 months.
For most of this trip Walt and Sharon were alone together.

For a father, who had ignored Sharon for years, now Walt was totally obsessed with
Sharon. He bathed Sharon
every night, combed her hair, washed her underwear, and carefully dressed her each
night from head to toe
before taking her to nice restaurants. He even followed her when she sleep walked.
Why was Sharon a
dissociative person? That summer in Alaska, Walt and his personal pilot took a trip
in August to Mt. McKinley,
AK. Both were drinking scotch whiskey and they barely missed hitting a mountain,
and almost ran out of fuel
before finding a runway. Sharon first married a presbyterian Robert Borgfeldt
Brown. Later, Sharon went on to
marry William Lund. Years later, Walt’s wife Lilly even prevented a biographer from
revealing that Sharon was
adopted. Sharon died relatively young.

It is important to look at the Disney family rather than just Walt Disney in trying
to understand the Disney
phenomena. For instance in 1958, the Wall Street Journal mentioned that Lillian B.
Disney was beneficial
owner of over 10% of common Disney stock. Lillian, Walt’s widow, quietly purchased
property in Napa Valley
and moved there in the late 60’s. She bought the property through Walt’s Retlaw
Enterprises and the Lillian
Disney Trust. Lillian and her 2 daughters ran Retlaw for years. Diane Miller, her
daughter, also bought land and
moved to the Napa area. The Lillian Disney Trust bought the Silverado Vineyards,
which Diane & her husband
manage as "gentlemen growers" as they call it.

This side of the Disney family is shunned by the Illuminati insiders in the Napa
Valley, as well as by the Roy O.
side of the family. Although very private, there are occasional moments of
publicity from Diane Disney Miller,
when she donated wine for a fund raiser for the Planned Parenthood Shasta Diablo
held at the estate Niebaum-
Coppola, owned by director/producer Francis Ford Coppola. Francis F. Coppola comes
from an old mafia
family. He owns a big winery & directed Disney’s Caption EO film. Focals in the
Napa area do not trust any of
the Disneys, especially the Roy O. side of the family. There are other Disney’s who
tie in with the occult world.
Wesley Ernest Disney, a 32° Mason & Shriner, who was a U.S. Congressman, a state
official & lawyer in
Kansas who had a brother Richard Fester Disney— who is a Rhodes Scholar and a Mason
too. Wesley Ernest
Disney, by the way began as a lawyer in Muskogee County (a Satanic controlled
county), and was a Christian
Scientist. He lived in Tulsa, a powerful city of the Illuminati hierarchy. Doris
Miles Disney has been a writer of
occult fiction, such as The Magic Grandfather the Chandler Policy (1972) and Trick
or Treat (1972) as well as
many other occult novels.

G. A HISTORY OF DISNEY

"The story of Disney’s silent film career is not so much a struggle for artistic
expression as it is a fight for
commercial stability." During the 1920’s, Walt stayed safely within the confines of
comic animation as defined
by others, such as the producers of Felix the Cat, Koko the Clown, and Krazy Kat.
In other words, when many
of the ideas were coming from just himself, Disney’s movies were not any better
than others. In the 1930’s,
Disney got some of the best talent available and he began to settle for only the
best results from that talent. With
the mob, and the Illuminati behind him, and driven by an indebtedness to them,
Disney began to achieve
outstanding results in animation. Between 1924 and 1927, Walt Disney made a series
of 56 silent Alice
Comedies which used three different girls (6-year-old Virginia Davis, Margie Gay
and Fois Hardwick) to act as
Alice who romps around in a make-believe cartoon world. These cartoons combined
live action and animation.
By the time the series was done, Walt Disney wanted to try working solely with
animation.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 100 of 296

Margaret Winkler in NY (who married Charles Mintz) distributed Walt Disney’s Alice
Comedies. From the
beginning, children were the center of everything Walt did. The occult world that
backed Walt, as well as Walt
himself, believed that if they could bring out "the child" (that part of a person
called "the child" by various
psychologists), then they could appeal to the curiosity and feelings of the "child"
part of adults. If it worked with
adults, they could do the same with the child part in children. They knew even in
the 20’ s & ’30’s what had to
be accomplished in the secret Great Plan for a New World Order. The Illuminati
Great Plan called for family
life to be destroyed, for children to rebel against their parents, and for the
world to become more violent.
Children needed to immerse in images of violence so that a violent society could be
created.

For instance, the 1925 film Alice Stage Struck shows little girl Alice strapped to
a log leading to a buzz saw.
They also wanted to make occultism— witchcraft the common belief of the American
people. The Illuminati felt
they could bring in witchcraft if they appealed to the curiosity of the child in
every adult. For instance, the
Donald Duck cartoon Corn Chips (1951) shows Donald harassing Chip and Dale who then
get back at him by
stealing a box of popcorn and spreading it all over the front yard. Now what does a
cartoon like this teach kids?
It teaches that stealing to repay a grudge is O.K. and that doing pranks is funny.

In Disney’s 1920 films, he shows kids cutting school, shoplifting and playing
hookey. He shows Alice running
away from responsibility to have adventure. He shows prisoners escaping and hobos
escaping work. His films
are expression of misbehaviour being successful. What does this teach children? In
the 1951 cartoon, Get Rich
Quick Goofy wins money at poker and his initially angry wife who doesn’t like
gambling forgives him when
she sees how much he’s won. Goofy indicates that they can have a spending spree by
telling his wife, "Easy
come, easy go!" The gambling spirit is a very powerful spirit that the Illuminati
want to instill in this nation.
How can a cartoon that promotes gambling be wholesome for children?

Lt. Col. Dave Grossman is a military expert on how to condition people so that they
will kill. He writes in his
superb book On Killing (Boston, MS: Little Brown & Co., 1996) that the same process
that the government has
used to condition soldiers to kill, is being used by the entertainment industry.
The only major difference is that
in the military, men are taught to kill only on command, while our children are
being taught to kill whenever
they want to via TV’s "entertainment." Grossman states on page 308, that the
conditioning to kill begins with
cartoons. "It begins innocently with cartoons and then goes on to the countless
acts of violence depicted on TV
as the child grows up... .Then the parents, through neglect or conscious decision,
begin to permit the child to
watch movies rated R due to vivid depictions of knives penetrating and protruding
from bodies, long shots of
blood spurting from severed limbs, and bullets ripping into bodies and exploding
out the back in showers of
blood and brains." While children see horrible deaths on T.V., they learn to
associate this suffering with
entertainment, pleasure and their favorite soft drink, their favorite candybar, and
close intimate contact with
their date. (See On Killing, p. 302)

Disney has the appearance of Wholesomeness; this appearance is quite deceptive. A

close study of Disney
cartoons will reveal lots of violence that could not be depicted if the violence
was actually real life & not
animation. It’ s the wholesome front which is one of the deceptions that makes
Disney cartoons & films so
dangerous. Yes, the image of Disney has been that its cartoons are wholesome. No
wonder Illuminati mind-
control programmers have laughed at how naive the American public is toward Disney.
The Disney Gargoyles
cartoons are a television series that is pure demonology. The story line is that a
race of demons protects New
York City. One of the Gargoyles is even named Demona. The Illuminati programmers
are amazed at how stupid
the masses of people are, and how easily deceived.

How the Disney movies are used as programming scripts is very involved so only one
detailed example is given
at the end of this chapter. The Illuminati and Mafia knew that Walt had the ability
to get the job done that the
Great Plans called for. (Source: confidential interview.) They knew they had the
"carrots and the sticks" to get
him to cooperate. There is no doubt that Walt was a hard worker who in turn
expected high standards from his
employees. One co-worker of Walt wrote, "Walt made a simple statement, that you can
lick them with ‘product’
if you make your product good enough, they cannot deny it.. . .In Walt’s
estimation, everything that was done
had to be executed with a great deal of thought and finesse." Neelands, Barbara,
compiler. About Ben
Sharpsteen, article by David R. Smith (2nd Impress.) Calistoga, CA: A Sharpsteen
Museum Reprint, pg. 2-3.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 101 of 296

One big turn in Walt’s outlook toward quality came in April, 1927 when the head of
Universal Studios wrote a
scathing report on the quality of Disney studio work. It forced Walt to realize
that up to then he had been
slipshod and sloppy. He resolved to never take the easy way, but to work with
dedication toward making his
drawings come to life with character and interesting situations. In 1922, Walt made
a film Cinderella. This is not
to be confused with the later animated film also of the same title released in
1950. The 1950 feature was re-
released numerous times. The Alice cartoons were made with a 6- year-old girl
playing Alice. The first six Alice
comedies had extensive live-action beginnings, and then went into cartoon. A few of
the 1920’s Alice silent
cartoon titles include:

Alice’s Wonderland (1923)

Alice Hunting in Africa (1924)

Alice’s Spooky Adventure (1924)

Alice Plays Cupid (1925)

Alice Cans the Cannibals (1925)

Alice Rattled by Rats (1925)

Alice Chops the Suey (1925)

Alice Charms the Fish (1926)

Alice the Whaler (1927)

Alice the Beach Nut (1927)

After the Alice Series, Disney began a fully animated series called Oswald the
Lucky Rabbit. Here we see the
occult concept of luck (who hasn’t heard of a lucky Rabbit’s foot?) being subtly
promoted. Disney cartoon may
entertain, but they also indoctrinate while they entertain. In 1926, Walt Disney
signed an agreement with Mintz
and Film Booking Offices (EBO).

Film Booking Offices were Illuminati kingpin/mob boss Joseph Kennedy’s company. For
at least the next years,
Disney worked under the control (auspices) of Illuminati kingpin Kennedy. All of
the Disney pictures were
registered by R-C Pictures Corp., one of the parent companies of Kennedy’s FBO.
Joseph Kennedy also
controlled the RKO studio which worked together with the other big studios to
insure that no small studio would
develop as a competitor. By 1937, all the big studios— 20th Cent., Paramount, MGM,
Warner Bros., Cohn’s
Columbia Pictures and Kennedy’s RKO were allowing the mob to skim money from them.

Kennedy’s RKO gave Walt a guarantee in 1937 that they’d distribute Snow White sight
unseen. Walt Disney
had their films distributed by Kennedy’s RKO from 1936 to 1956. Another little
known detail is that in 1926,
Leon Schlesinger (future producer at Warner Bros.) subcontracted animation jobs to
Disney. One of these was
Universal’s The Silent Flyer. In 1928, Steamboat Willie debuted. This was an
animated cartoon with a
soundtrack starring a mouse later named Mickey Mouse. It had taken lots of hard
work and determination on
Walt’s part, but it was the first cartoon with a sound track and it was successful.

In 1929, the cartoon The Haunted House came out. The story is, Mickey Mouse is
forced by a storm into a
house full of ghosts who force him to contribute to their spooky musicale. In 1930,
Harry Cohn, one of the
most ruthless and unsavory characters controlling a studio bailed Walt Disney out
of Walt’s trouble with con-
artist Pat Powers who was stealing Disney’s money. Harry Cohn was a former NY pool
hustler and gambler
who was brought in by Chicago investors to front their investments in Columbia
Pictures, and run their studio.
He wore a sapphire ring that the Chicago mafia man Johnny Roselli gave him. Roselli
later became a rogue
asset of the CIA, and testified before Congress (the Church Committee on
Assassinations in '74) about a CIA
contract which was handed him. Roselli worked for the Mafia Council of 9, which
incl. Anthony Accardo and
Sam Giancana. Harry Cohn was said by some to be the most hated man in Hollywood.
His money gave him "the
power of an emperor". His money got him the best female flesh available which he
used for his pleasure. He
always seemed to arrive from Las Vegas with rolls of new greenbacks, which had
close associates wondering
where all the money came from that he always got when he made trips to Las Vegas.

In 1931, Walt went into a long suicidal depression that lasted into 1932. In the
summer of 1932, he took a
vacation to try and recover from his nervous breakdown. By 1932, Ingersoll had
marketed its first edition of

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 102 of 296

Mickey Mouse watches. Disney products have served as a model of consumerism for the
world. Disney watches
have been made continuously since 1932 or ’33. In 1932, eighty major U.S.
corporations (such as General
Foods, RCA & National Dairy) began to market Disney products. Ed Sullivan began
regularly running stories
that bragged about Disney’s work. Freemason Dr. Rufus B. von Kleinsmid, pres, of
the Univ. of So. Cal., gave
Disney an award from Parents magazine for Walt’s "work with children". In 1932,
several artists who had
worked for William Randolph Hearst came to work for Disney.

In 1932, Roy switched Disney from Columbia to United Artists. United Artists agreed
to front Disney $15,000
for each cartoon. In the 1930’s, the Illuminati’ Bank of America financed Walt
Disney. Years before, the Bank
of America had been quietly created from Bank of Italy which was controlled by the
same oligarchy that has
run the Knights of Malta and renaissance Venice. The Bank of Italy was a powerful
bank in Hollywood’s first
years. It’s representatives A.P. and Atillo Giannini financed Walt during the
1920’s with petty cash to keep him
going, but not enough to get him out of financial bondage. Joe Rosenberg of Bank of
America was sympathetic
to Walt. Joe Rosenberg, a Jewish banker, came to all of Disney’s board meetings,
sat beside Walt, and would
advise Walt on what direction Disney Studios should take. Joe wasn’t a board
member, but his advice got high
priority.

Bank of America also bankrolled other Illuminati projects and organizations. Bank
of America had one of their
branch offices on Disneyland’s Main St. from ’55 until ‘93. They were open on
holidays and Sundays for
Disneyland. Bank of America is slated to be perhaps the only bank to survive the
economic crash, when the
Illuminati kingpins will allow their own banks to crash. Bank of America executive
S. Clark Beise (who is a
Scottish Rite Freemason) has been a member of Disney’s board of directors from ‘65
to ’75.
One of the biggest depositors in Bank of America is Roy E. Disney. Other Disney
execs like Rich Frank have
also used Bank of America as their bank of choice. The Bank of America bankrolled
the Disney animation
Snow White. Walt managed to sell Joseph Rosenberg on the idea, at a time when old
time Hollywood people
were advising Rosenberg that Snow White could only be a failure. When Snow White
was successful, Walt
announced a monster party for all Disney workers at Fake Norconian, near Palm
Springs, southeast of San
Bernandino, CA where the cost of everything the Disney workers wanted to order—
food or drink or whatever,
would be taken care of by the Disney’s.

Under the full moon, the Disney male and female workers, finally free of the tight
rules at the studios, had what
amounted to a Roman orgy and a large nude skinny-dip at the lake. Almost all of the
Disney workers
participated in the orgy and Disney had only two options, 1. fire them all or 2.
ignore that the party took place.
Walt choose the later option, and after that no-one ever dared mention the party in
his presence.

In 1937, Walt and Roy took a trip to Europe where Walt dined with the British Royal
family, & met privately
with H.G. Wells, the masonic prophet! planner of what Wells & other masons called
"the New World Order". In
Paris, the Feague of Nations (the forerunner to the U.N.) gave him an award.

After the success of Snow White, Disney chose Pinocchio to follow it. Many have
asked why Pinocchio was
chosen by Walt. If you look at the script, the puppet maker's wife is taken out of
the original script, and there is
an emphasis on the little wooden puppet visualizing becoming a flesh & blood son to
the man who had created
him. Here we have a boy with no soul, who is told if he works hard he will be given
one. (Does this sound
familiar to readers of VoF 2?) The script was definitely changed to have a
storyline far more useful to mind-
control programming.

For those who think Walt simply recreated fairy tales on the screen, if one
examines the changes that are made
from the original storylines, they are changed to make them more useful for mind-
control. Both Snow White
and Pinocchio have occult type "deaths and resurrections".

After W.W. II, Joseph Rosenberg persuaded A.P. Giannini, his boss, to bankroll
Disney again. Although Walt
was financed by the Mishpucka (Jewish Mafia), he didn’t like the idea. Richard
Rosenberg, a later Pres, of Bank
of America, is also Mishpucka. Richard Rosenberg (his mother was a Cohen) was also
in charge of Northrop

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 103 of 296

Corp. and Marin Ecumenical Housing Assn. (Other examples of Mishpucka executives
are R. Goldstein, v.p. of
Procter & Gamble, and Marvin Koslow, v.p. of Bristol Meyers Co.)

In the 1930’s, the elite promoted Disney’s new cartoons. In 1935, Walt Disney
received the French Legion of
Honor for his Mickey Mouse cartoons. Also in 1935, the Queen of England (who
readers of my previous articles
will realize is Illuminati, involved in drug trade, and is involved with the
leadership of Freemasonry) and the
Duchess of York (also Illuminati) selected Mickey Mouse chinaware as gifts for 600
children. This was after
Walt spent time with her in 1934.

The League of Nations (the pre-W. W. II equivalent of the U.N.) took the time to
vote its approval of Mickey
Mouse. (Finch, Christopher. The Art of Walt Disney from Mickey Mouse to the Magic
Kingdom . NY: Harry
N. Abrams, Inc., 1975, p. 53.) There is no doubt that Walt Disney had talent. There
is also no doubt from the
record that powerful people wanted to promote him. No doubt his 320 Masonic
membership and his DeMolay
activities helped boost his support, and also helped Walt’s bent toward the occult.

Let’s digress just to let people in on Freemasonry’s involvement with acting and
motion pictures. The famous
233 Club was a Masonic chapter for actors who were Freemasons. Examples of actors
who were Freemasons
include John Aasen, Gene Autry, Monte Blue and Humphrey Bogart, Douglas McClean,
John Wayne.

Then there is T.V. DJ Dick Clark. Examples of Motion picture executives who were
Freemasons incl. Ellis G.
Arnall (Pres, of the Soc. of Ind. Motion Picture Producers), Will H. Hays (Czar of
motion pictures 1922-45, and
Pres. Motion Picture Produces & Distributors of Amer. Inc.), Benj. B. Kahane (v.p.
& dir. Assoc, of Motion
Picture Producers, Inc.), Carl Laemmle (Pres. Univ. Pictures Corp til ’36), Frank
E. Mullen ( man. dept of info.
RCA, VP NBC ‘39-’46, exec. VP NBC *46-’48), David Sarnoff (Chrm. of Bd. Radio Corp.
of Amer. & „father"
of American television), Jack M. Warner (v.p. of Warner Bros.) and the President &
dir. of Universal Pictures
since 1952. The Freemasons have made much of Walt Disney’s membership in their
membership sales pitches.
Because the 2 Disney brothers’ chief contributions to the production of Disney
films were the finances and
occasionally the ideas used in a film, it is rather misrepresentative of things
that Walt Disney got all the credit
for the success and quality of the Disney cartoons.

He was showered with 700 awards and honors from important people, including 30
oscars, and the Presidential
Medal of Freedom (in ’64). Walt Disney’s great animators never got the credit they
deserved, but no one should
forget that Walt was the driving force that inspired and guided his workers.

In 1934, Walt Disney made a cartoon about a goddess of the Mystery Religions named
Persephone. In the
cartoon entitled The Goddess of Spring, the goddess Persephone is captured by Satan
as his bride and sent to the
underworld, with the agreement she could return to earth six months of each year.
The Illuminati have rituals
around Persephone. On Dec. 21, 1937, Disney premiered the first full-length color
cartoon movie "Snow White
and the Seven Dwarfs." This cartoon had taken $1.4 in depression-time money and
three years to make. Over
750 artists worked on the film. Walt Disney had gotten the idea from a silent movie
of Snow White which he
saw as a boy in 1917. The movie has an important occult theme to it, and has been
used for occult mind-control
programming.

When the 1940’ s got started, Disney was in financial difficulties. At this point,
Nelson Rockefeller hired his
cartoon capabilities to make cartoons for South America, with the idea that South
Americans would remain
loyal to the American capitalist hegemony, rather than shift to rising ideologies
of fascism/nazism, if they saw
Walt Disney cartoons.

In Rio de Janeiro, Brazil on 8/24/42, Disney did its world premiere of Saludo
Amigos, a 42 minute feature about
Latin America. Goofy becomes a gaucho, a parrot teaches Donald Duck to dance the
samba, as well as Disney
art showing various landscapes of Brazil in the film.

However, the film The Three Caballeros, if it was meant to encourage South American
loyalty to American
capitalism, completely failed. The Three Caballeros showed a sexually lecherous
Donald Duck who in bad taste

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 104 of 296
tries to make it with Latin women. The mysticism was also seen as bogus. Although
the Latin Americans hated
the film, the establishment media’s Look magazine praised it. Another reason that
Rockefeller sent Walt to
South America was to get him out of the way so that the government could settle the
strike by Disney workers.
Nelson Rockefeller was the government’ s Coordinator of Inter- American Affairs, a
good position considering
how much of South America the Rockefeller’s controlled. Rockefeller told Disney
that Disney couldn’t beat the
strikers, but that while Walt was in South America, FDR would see to it that the
strike got settled.

When Disney returned he submitted to the powers that were, and accepted the unions
and the mafia’s control.
Another change for Walt Disney was that in 1940, he and Roy turned Disney into a
"public corporation" and
initially sold 755,000 shares of common stock. The Illuminati Boston firm of
Kidder, Peabody & Co. were the
underwriters of the studio’s public stock-offerings.

By 1940, the Disney Studio at Burbank had become a miniature city with 1,000 men &
women employees and
20 buildings on a 5 1 acre tract of land. After the U.S. joined W.W. II, Disney
Productions were made a part of
the American military establishment. The very next day after Pearl Harbor, the
military moved onto the Disney
Studio, which leads this author to suspect that Disney was already part of the
power establishment prior to the
war breaking out. Disney made military movies/cartoons that taught the different
branches of the military many
things. They made propaganda movies for the allies.

One series of films was "Why we fight." Disney made movies for the IRS to get
people to pay their taxes. Some
of the Disney films were top, secret, and concerned secret military weapons or
secret psychological tactics of
the Americans. For instance, one military film was "Army Psycho Therapy" which
taught army men how to
instill fear, and about the basics of fear. Another army film was "Prostitution &
the War". Another showed a
carrier pigeon evading the Germans. In 1940, Disney came out with 2 full length
animated cartoons, Pinocchio
and Fantasia, both of which were soon used for Illuminati mind-control programming.
Fantasia contains
Schubert’s sacred Catholic music Ave Maria, which was used in a concluding segment
side to side with the
profane Night on Bald Mountain song, as well as six other classical pieces of
orchestra music.

As a feature cartoon it was a flop, but as a programming tool it was fantastic.

Fantasia receives a comprehensive
explanation of how it is used for mind-control programming at the end of this
chapter. Because an explanation
of the use of a Disney film for mind-control is complex, this explanation is placed
at the end of the chapter so
that it won’t interrupt the flow of this chapter’s information. The Pinocchio film
has been redone and released 9
times over the years. Some of the next full length animated films to come out were:
The Three Caballeros
(1945) The Adventures of Ichabod & Mr. Toad (‘49) Cinderella (1950) Treasure Island
(1950) Alice In
Wonderland (1951) The Story of Robin Hood & His Merrie Men (1952) Peter Pan (1953)
20,000 Leagues
Under the Sea (1954) Sleeping Beauty (1959) Very soon after the production of all
of these movies, the
Illuminati and their intelligence agencies used them for Illuminati total mind-
control programming.

To see their misuse as programming scripts one has to understand how the fantasy
worlds of a programmed
multiple are created and how the movie scripts are adapted to be programming
scripts. Vol. 2 gave quite a few
examples of how Alice In Wonderland and the Wizard of Oz scripts were used for
programming scripts. When
Disney had his animal-nature documentaries, he edited and used narration to give
the animals human like
characteristics— something he’d already been doing with animation. Disney played an
important part in the
Illuminati’s plan to elevate animals and dehumanize humans.

One of the biggest Illuminati kingpins, and leader (Grand Master) of the Prieure de
Sion was Frenchman
Claude Debussy (bn. 1862). Claude Debussy, a Merovingian, was Nautonnier
(Navigator-helmsman) of the
Prieure de Sion from 1885-1918. (See the document Dossiers secrets, planche no. 4,
Ordre de Sion, written
about in Holy Blood, Holy Grail.) In 1891, when some secret coded parchments
(Merovingian documents) were
found by a French clergyman Sauniere, he was directed by church officials to visit
with Emile Hoffet, an occult
acquaintance of Debussy.

Debussy was close friends with many of the top French occultists of his time. He is
known to have been a close
friend to both the notorious Satanists Jules Bois and MacGregor Mathers. Mathers
started the Order of the

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 105 of 296

Golden Dawn. Debussy was also a friend of the infamous Papus (aka Dr. Gerard
Encausse) and W.B. Yeats.

Papus was one of the men who during his lifetime was part of the interlocking
occult directorate of occult
groups. Claude Debussy put some works of the previous P.d.S. Grand Master Victor
Hugo to music. Debussy
and his other powerful occult friends were influential with Monsieur Philippe,
whose Russian occult circle
influenced the Russian Czars and Czarinas before Rasputin came around. Debussy
travelled to Russia and
Rome. Some of Debussy’s works became operas. Interestingly, Walt Disney was
extremely anxious to make a
cartoon using Debussy’s Clair de Lane. The work was done, but it was never shown to
the public. Disney never
found a place to use it. It was originally done with animation with flying cranes
for the occult extravaganza
Fantasia, but when the Fantasia ended up too long, Clair de Lane was cut and
shelved. It was again planned for
the film Make Mine Music, but then Blue Bayou was substituted in. Walt used the Le
Sacre du Printemps (the
Rite of Spring) music for Lantasia. This piece of music was written AS a pagan
ritual where a virgin sacrifices
herself by dancing to death. Disney’s mobster Gunther Lessing had threatened
Stravinsky if permission weren’t
given for Disney to use the piece of music, it would be used anyway.

Dr. Julian Huxley got involved in the production of Lantasia. Aldous and Julian
Huxley are well known by
conspiracy researchers for their roles in the World Order. In the 1940’s and
1950’s, the Illuminati began using
Disney’s Alice In Wonderland and the Wizard of Oz films as programming bases for
their total mind-controlled
slaves. Alice in Wonderland had been done many years earlier by the Britisher
William Cameron Menzies (who
also did Lreemason H.G. Wells’ Masonic forecast of the New World Order entitled
"Things to Come" in 1936,
and the film Invaders Lrom Mars.). In 1944, Illuminati Kingpin William Randolph
Hearst (with some minor
help from others) funded the Motion Picture Alliance, and Walt Disney became a co-
founder and its first Vice-
President. In the early 1950’s, Walt turned his attention from animated cartoons to
other projects, such as True-
Life- Adventures, television shows, and the creation of Disneyland. Seal Island was
his first true life adventure
which was released to the general public on May 4, 1949, and soon won Walt Disney
an Oscar. Alfred and Elma
Milotte had shot the film on some Alaskan Islands named Pribilof Islands. James
Algar had put the movie
together.

In 1952, Walter spelled his named backwards to create the name of another
corporation "Retlaw". Roy and his
family saw the move as an attempt to cut them out of the financial picture. In
1954, Walt Disney and ABC made
a agreement. ABC would directly invest half a million US dollars as well as
guarantee $4.5 million in loans for
the construction of Disneyland. This made ABC 1/3 owner of Disneyland. In return,
Walt Disney agreed to
produce a regular television series for ABC. Remember too that ABC’s president
Leonard Goldenstein was a
good friend of Ronald Reagan. On July 13, 1955, Walt and Lillian were attempting to
celebrate their 30th
wedding anniversary at a park and restaurant. Walt got too drunk to speak into the
microphone, so he blew
noisemakers into it, while Lillian rushed to pull him out of view. In 1961, Disney
bought out the ABC
investment (also labelled Paramount) for $7.5 million with cash and notes, and to
bring this all up to date, later
on July 31, 1995, Disney merged with Capital Cities/ ABC, with Disney in nominal
control. Actually Capital
Cities has long been a CIA front company, so the merger placed Disney squarely
within the CIA ranks, although
it had been in bed with them for the CIA’ s entire history.

The Illuminati-controlled corporations of Coca-Cola and the drug firm Johnson and
Johnson became sponsors
for Disney’s early TV shows. On 7/3/57, the Wall St. Journal announced that Atlas
Corp. got 26% interest in
Walt Disney Productions. Walt Disney worked quietly with some consultants on the
concepts behind
Disneyland. His brother and nephew tried to prevent the project from happening.
Later they requested that Walt
sign over Disneyland, Inc. to Walt Disney Productions, which Walt did. Walt kept
17.25 % of Disneyland
holdings and Walt Disney Productions got the rest. Walt Disney Productions then
shared their portion with
others. The man who helped Walt finance Disneyland was the executive vice-pres. of
ABC Kintner.

Walt Disney got the Illuminati’s Stanford Research Institute to determine what
would be the best site for
Disneyland. A retired Navy admiral Joe Lowler was in charge of constructing both
Disneyland and Walt Disney
World. How do admirals fit into the power structure? Admirals are briefed each day,
and are given information
concerning the secret power stmcture. Most men who are at that military level are
Illuminati or at least well
controlled by the system. Within the last few years there has been an intense
effort to weed out any admirals

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 106 of 296

who are not loyal to the Illuminati. Morgan-Evans, who lives in Malibu, and who may
be of the famous Morgan
clan, was the one who created the spectacular landscapes for Disneyland, Walt
Disney World, and EPCOT in
FL. According to CIA informants opposed to the NWO, CIA contractors were brought in
to build the
underground tunnels under Disneyworld in 1977. These contractors were sworn to
secrecy, but were only
informed on a need to know basis why the CIA was involved with an amusement park.
To work on the secret
tunnel project took an "Above Top Secret" clearance. A major programming center was
constmcted under Lake
Holden. (Many of the lakes in Florida are named Lake So-and-so, rather than So-and-
so Lake.) The tunnel
system was built for programming trauma-based total mind-controlled slaves. It was
built of concrete with steel
reinforcement. Lake Holden lies just to the northwest side of the Orlando
International Airport and just south of
Interstate 4. (It is close to Range 29E on quad maps.) It is only (as the crow
flies) about 12 miles from
Disneyworld.

In spite of Draconian measures of secrecy, numerous lawsuits (Fed. & State) were
filed over the years by
victims trying to expose the Disneyworld programming tunnels, so that finally the
programming center was
dismantled, cleaned up and a "maintenance" tunnel level and a "casting" tunnel
level were opened to the public.
During its heyday, the programmers (military & intelligence men) had exotic offices
underground with unusual
programming equipment. It doesn’t take any imagination to realize that if Disney
carried mind-control
programming above and below ground, that they would need tight security forces to
protect their secrets.

Indeed, such is the case. Disney amusement parks have been granted draconian powers
wherever they have been
built! The Disney parks have also employed armies of spies dressed like tourists to
spy on Disney’s employees!
If amusement park workers did anything slightly out of place, they were (and still
are) reported by the spies in
the camp, and they often have lost their jobs.

For instance, one ex-worker, who had 10 years with Disney, was caught discussing
his divorce with another
worker. Since divorce doesn’t fit the wholesome image that Disney wants, when the
spy dressed as a tourist
reported his conversation, he lost his job. Many workers have tried to tell their
personal horror stories of
Disney’s draconian rules and their draconian private police force, but most of the
time Disney has had the power
to suppress and intimidate away any bad publicity. An exception to that is the
recent Nov. 4, ‘96 Napa Valley
Register article on page 2D entitled, "Critics of Disneyland Say Security Abusive
Inside Magic Kingdom."
UCLA law professor David Sklansky commented about Disney’s police, "One of the
major problems we have is
nobody really knows what they are doing- how often they stop, interrogate or search
people. They are not
subject to the same sort of regulatory controls."
It’s almost superfluous to tell readers that Disney’s amusement park with it’s
theme areas such as Fantasyland,
Tomorrowland and Adventureland were a great success. Everyone worldwide was curious
to visit this
entertainment mecca to participate in something that had a clean, wholesome image
to it. The entire world
system pulled together to insure that Disneyland got the image and publicity that
the top 13 Illuminati families
and the various syndicates wanted it to have. For 40 years they’ve done this. When
something that everyone
thinks is clean and wholesome is not attacked by the world system, that should
raise eyebrows among thinking
people. Home schooling, learning to read phonetically and other wholesome
activities for children have been
viciously attacked and ridiculed by the established media. Why has Disney gone
untouched?

Disney Studios for years strove to have a very clean image. Workers had dress
codes, and any activity on the
part of employees that wasn’t morally conservative was grounds for instant
dismissal. Of course, the exceptions
were well covered up, such as an employee who used hypnosis to get quite a few of
the females employees to
undress until nude. John L. Hulteng, author of The Messenger’s Motives (Englewood
Cliff, NJ: Prentice-Hall,
1976, p. 213) informs us, "As communication researchers have emphasized, the
greatest impact the media have
on the formation or change of public opinion is in terms of impressions built up
over a long period." [bold
added] The wholesomeness of Disney is an image that has been built over a long
period of time. Disney’s occult
themes of world citizenship, witchcraft, humanism and idolatry have also been long
running impressions that
have been craftively perpetrated upon this nation, so long that they began prior to
this author’s — & probably the
reader’s— birth. People don’t associate movie’s like Consenting Adults with Disney,
or The Corpse Had a
Familiar Face with Disney. In fact as previously mentioned, when Disney wanted to
put out more "adult" films,
they did a slight of hand and created the label Touchstone films so that people
wouldn’t associate movies like
Splash (which showed what looked like bared breasts) with Disney Productions.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 107 of 296
Another label, Hollywood Pictures, was created by Disney to help distribute
Touchstone films. At first the
personnel of these companies was simply Disney’s staff, but as time went on, they
got their own production
personnel. On Oct. 27, 1954, Walt Disney’s Wonderful World of Color debuted on
television. The TV show
celebrated Disney’s movie triumphs. The words Wonderful World of Color are not ill
chosen. According to an
Illuminati mind-control programmer, when Disney worked on his cartoons, and
amusement parks, colors —
special colors and color combinations— were specifically chosen for mind-control
programming purposes.
Wonderful World of Color under various names such as Disneyland aired for 22 years
over the television
networks.

In 1955, Walt Disney made his cartoon character Mickey Mouse real by creating a fan
club— the Mickey Mouse
Club, which aired five days a week usually just as children came home from school.
Twenty-four children
called mouseketeers would help Mickey, and they would dance and sing and do skits.
The Mickey Mouse Club
adored the unique, cute little beanie Mickey Mouse caps with their big ears mounted
to each side of the beanie.
In the 1950’s, most kid viewers of the show wanted their own "Mouse Ears" and to
become a Mouseketeer,
especially children who were receiving Mickey Mouse scripts in their total mind-
control programming. Disney
used his Mouseketeers to play all the roles in an Oz movie Rainbow Road to Oz,
which was never shown to the
public.

Adults today (both men & women) who received Mickey Mouse programming during the
50’ s through 70’ s can
still be seen with Mickey Mouse clocks, watches, lampshades, knick-knacks, tee
shirts, etc. Years later the kids
who watched can still remember "Spin and Marty" and the Mickey Mouse theme song.
The image that
everything was perfect including Mickey was portrayed by the Club’s T.V. program.
Still somehow the
American people began to use the word "Mickey Mouse" as a synonym for a silly,
pretend way of doing things.
It became common for people to say, "He mickey-moused it together." to mean he did
a poor job putting it
together.

On Jan. 30, 1957, Walt Disney had a television show aired entitled "All About
Magic" where a Magic Mirror
explains about magic. The Magic Mirror also contains a "Bibbidi-bibbidi-Boo"
sequence. In 1959, Disney
bought 8 small submarines from Todd Shipyards for $2,150,000. When ABC wouldn’t let
Walt make a TV
series out of a storyline where a magic ring changes a boy into a dog (a mind-
control programming theme)—
because ABC didn’t think the public could swallow the story line— Walt quit ABC for
NBC. Walt then made a
scaled down version of this occult storyline entitled The Shaggy Dog.

Early in the 1960’s, Walt and his brother Roy went secretly looking for an area on
the east coast to build another
Disney Park. Walt the younger of the two, died in 1966, and Roy finished the
project. Beginning in 1964,

30,000 acres were secretly purchased at $200 an acre in the Orlando, FL area just
west of NASA’s Cape
Kennedy. Using phoney names and paying cash, Disney buyers bought the land and
swore the sellers to secrecy.
The Magic Kingdom has been multiplying. In 1971, Walt Disney World was opened to
the public. Bob Hope
and others participated in a Disney special on Oct. 29, 1971 "Grand opening of Walt
Disney World". From the
time of its opening until Oct. 12, 1995, Disney World calculated 1/2 billion people
visited DisneyWorld. This
amusement park is in Orlando, FL on over 27,400 acres and includes the EPCOT Center
(now also called
simply Epcot). The EPCOT center was another dream of Walt Disney’s (albeit more
than slightly modified
from Walt’s original EPCOT ideas.)

EPCOT originally stood for Experimental Prototype Community of Tomorrow. It was to

be an extension of the
massive mind-control being carried out at Disney World. The original EPCOT city
designed by Walt was to
carry on its commerce (traffic) via underground roads and tunnels like the Disney
Theme parks. After Walt
Disney died, his successors changed the proposed experimental city into another
theme park simply called
Epcot. It is not unusual to see crowds of over 48,000 people descend on Walt Disney
World and the EPCOT
center in a single day. Some visitors arrive via a monorail. Visitors can buy 5-Day
World Hopper passes which
allow them to bounce around with admission to all the sites for a seven day period.
In other words, some
families stay for a week at Disneyworld. Hardcore visitors can get Annual Passports
which provide unlimited
use of Walt Disneyworld for an entire year.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 108 of 296

In reality, many visitors to Disneyworld begin the day enthusiastic and after a day
of hot sun and waiting in long
lines with large crowds for imitations of reality, the tourists are zombie-like and
looking forward to getting back
to their hotels. Many people have felt the rides were not nearly what they
expected. Some of the rides are better
than others, and some typically get comments like, "It was stupid." Some of the
spooky events like Snow
White’s Adventures, or the oversized heads of the Disney characters walking around
can leave the little
preschool children terrified and dazed for the rest of the day. In contrast, older
children, who normally rarely
show patience at home may show how much they want to go on a particular Disney
ride, by waiting an hour and
a half in the hot sun for a ride. Alien Encounter is a Walt Disneyland feature that
invites tourists in for a
"demonstration of interplanetary teleportation." When the "demonstration" as
planned "breaks down" an "alien"
with asocial traits appears among the audience and terrorizes the audience. A cute
creature is hideously fried,
deformed, and then vomited into space screaming. Here are some comments from
visitors to this Walt
Disneyland attraction:

• "Alien Encounter ...is one of those rides I can say I’ve seen and that I have no
intention of ever doing again. In
fact, parents who take children under the age of six should be brought up on child
abuse." Woman, from MI

• "Alien Encounter was the WORST experience for my 10-year-old (and almost every
child in there). It starts
out cute enough during the preshow, but the actual show is a disaster for children.
My daughter screamed and
cried in terror throughout it. I thought the Disney warnings were vague and
inaccurate. When we left, there
wasn’t one child with dry eyes (even sturdy looking 12-year-old boys were crying.).
I think an age requirement
of 13 or 14 is more appropriate. I talked to a few adults and we even agreed that
the special effects were
extremely unpleasant even for us. This show is not a Disney family experience— its
ATROCIOUS! !" A mother
from Phillipsburg, NJ.

• "We did go to Alien Encounter... The preshow is deceiving. It kind of lulls you
into thinking "this isn’t so bad."
When the main part came up, I admit the experience gave me the absolute heebie-
jeebies. . .1 am never doing
that presentation again— it was way too intense for me, and I’m now 27 years of
age!— from a family in Laurel,
MD

Michael Eisner, the President of Walt Disney Co., initially rejected Alien
Encounter for not being scary enough
when it was being considered as an addition to Disneyworld. One wonders what he
would have liked! Snow
White’s Adventures, which was an attraction at Disneyland, was one of what the
Disney people called "dark
rides". After a while a sign appeared with a witch warning people that the
attraction was scary. Later in 1983,
they renamed it Snow White’s Scary Adventures. It might be interesting to point out
that when the original
Snow White and Seven D waffs film came out, that England forbid the film to be seen
by any child under 16
unless accompanied by an adult because of the scary content of the movie. How far
we have come since then.

Schools in the Florida and California areas also make field trips to the Magic
Kingdom that are arranged with
Disney. EPCOT receives tens of thousands of children this way during March,
September and October. High
schools use the Magic Kingdom for proms or senior nights, and some couples use the
facilities of the Magic
Kingdom for weddings. Modem Bride ranked Orlando as the number-one honeymoon
destination in the world.
Group discussions of people who took honeymoons to DisneyWorld have had a consensus
that the hype is not
as great as the reality. Some weddings are done with cartoon characters. Disney
offers "fairy-tale" wedding
packages. A great deal for two mind-controlled slaves. They can reinforce their
programming while getting
married. The Disney fairy-tale wedding typically has its ceremony on a pavilion on
an island in the Seven Seas
Lagoon with the Cinderella Castle as a backdrop. The fairy-tale wedding can then be
followed with a Fantasy
reception with a choice of themes such as Beauty & the Beast or Aladdin. The
fantasy programming can
continue as the bride is delivered to a "Cinderella’s Ball" by an actual glass
carriage drawn by six white Disney
ponies. A costumed fairy-godmother & stepsisters are also at the ball. Desert is
served in a white chocolate
slipper.

One of the after-dark shows is IllumiNations which consists of music, fireworks,

erupting fountains, special
lighting, and laser technology done at the World Showcase Lagoon. EPCOT has a show
Cranium Command at
the Wonders of Life in the Future World section where guests sit in a theater that
functions as a command

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 109 of 296

control room for a boy’s brain. In 1980, Disney came out with the box office flop
The Devil & Max Devlin. In
1984, Roy E. Disney brought in Michael Milken, of junk bond fame to help Disney out
financially. In 1985,
Disney bought MGM’s rights to Leo the Lion logo and began using the MGM Wizard of
Oz material. Later a
remake of Alice In Wonderland came out in the modern motif of Honey I Shrank the
Kids. In the 1990’s,
Illuminati controlled companies continued their promotion of Disney. Lor instance,
the Nestle family’s Nestle
company promotes Disney movies on their chocolate bars. The Nestle family is
exposed in this author’s booklet
Illuminati Control Over Loods and Grains, p. 4 as one of the elite Black Nobility
families. In 1996, Walt Disney
World created an actual residential town named Celebration on its property. This
self-contained community has
20,000 and a school, a theater, a fiber optic information network linking business,
as well as other features.

SOME DISNEY people of interest.

Over the years, the close associates of the Disneys’ is very revealing. The public
can get a feel for Disney’s
attitude toward Illuminati bloodlines in the Disney movie The Happiest Millionaire
which is about Anthony J.
Drexel Biddle and Angie Duke. Readers of this author’s previous writings will
recognize the Biddle and Duke
names. In fact, the movie was based loosely on a book written by Cordelia Drexel
Biddle about the Biddles.

X Atensio. His first name was Xavier, but was nicknamed and called X. He worked on
the haunted mansion of
Disneyland with WED enterprises. He joined Disney in 1938, and was an assistant
animator of Lantasia.

Warren Beatty, (b. 1937 in VA) This actor is from the Illuminati Beatty family and
starred in Disney’s Dick
Tracy. The Dick Tracy film uses color in a special way, and this ties in with the
color programming of the mind-
control. Some total mind-controlled slaves have programming based on Disney’s Dick
Tracy movie for them to
track down and kill "targets" (people). Warren’s sister is the famous (or infamous)
Shirley Maclaine. Shirley
"MacClaine" is not what she appears.

Her father was a professor who was a CIA asset. She was used by the CIA as a sex
slave. She became popular
with the studios because she went to bed with the correct people. Her talents were
used to get her as an
intelligence slave into places that an obvious intelligence agent couldn’t go. She
was married to a man in the
NS A for nearly 20 years. Her adopted name Maclaine (reportedly her mother’s maiden
name) is a pun on
McLain, VA where the CIA programmed her. She was used by the CIA in an operation in
Australia, where the
CIA used her as a sex slave to compromise Andrew Peacock, an Australian MP, so that
they could establish the
Nugen-Hand bank for their dirty money laundering etc.

She is friends with Satanist Stephen Nance who has provided her with some of her
teachings. Lowell McGovern
writes her material. The CIA has programmed many of their New Age slaves to adore
Shirley MacLaine. An
example of this is Christa Tilton, one of their mind-controlled slaves, who
revealed in an interview how she
considered herself a born-again Christian who had spent most of her life in
Oklahoma, but had mysteriously
been drawn to Shirley MacLaine. During her life she has gotten repeated "psychic
urgings"— that is strong urges
to do things and go places, which she doesn’t understand where these urgings came
from. After hypnosis,

Christa drew pictures of the doctor who programmed her. Christa has had a federal
agent monitor her
constantly. Her husband has seen this agent, who has shown up on her door step and
made calls to her. She
names the agent .John Wallis (most likely a cover name). This agent has a complete
knowledge of her life, and
government agents have taken photos of her during her supposedly "alien abduction"
experiences. Christa is just
one of hundreds of victims who have been programmed to adore Shirley MacLaine.
(Christa is mentioned here
because she is one case that this author is familiar with.) Warren Beatty, who
peppers his speech with four-letter
words was a student at the Stella Adler Theater Studio in NYC.

Black, Shirley Temple. Shirley Temple Black sat on the Disney board of directors
(74-75). Her films were used
for some of the early 40’ s and ‘50’ s programming and teaching slaves body
movements/dance. She married
someone in an elite Network family from San Lrancisco named Charles A. Black.
Charles A. Black was a Lt.
Col. in the Pentagon who lived at Bethesda, MD. Was Shirley an early example of
brain-stem scarring to get
geniuses? Shirley’s brother appears to have developed "Multiple Sclerosis" from
brain stem-scarring. It was
Shirley Temple who co-founded the International Lederation of Multiple Sclerosis
Societies, and was a member

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 1 10 of 296

of its exec, committee. Shirley represented the U.S. at the UN General Assembly in
1969, belongs to the Sierra
Club, and has been decorated with the Cross of Malta. Shirley has shown clues that
she may be an Illuminati
mind-controlled child protege.

Stephen Bollenbach. Bollenbach was part of Walt Disney management, and was a key
figure who helped
engineer Disney’s $19 billion buyout of the CIA’s Capital Cities/ ABC, as well as
sell the idea to Eisner. He is
the CEO of the Network’s Hilton Hotels Corp. He recently has been involved with
trying to buy ITT, in order to
put together the world’s largest hotel-casino combination. Bollenbach has an
extensive background with the
gaming-gambling industry. When the Justice Dept, began looking into the merger of
Disney with Cap.
Cities/ABC, Bollenbach resigned his Disney position. Some people feel his
resignation was needed for Disney
to get the Justice Dept, to approve the merger, because his past was vulnerable to
be exposed.

Warren Buffett. A major stockholder in Walt Disney. He also owns 40% of Berkshire
Hathaway Inc. which
also owns lots of shares of Disney stock. According to S.F. Examiner, Buffett
himself owns 24 million shares of
Disney. Warren Buffett is part of the Ak-Sar-Ben fraternity and Monarch slave
abusers who were exposed in the
Nebraska Saving & Loan scandal. He is perhaps the second richest man in the nation,
and too powerful for
anyone to touch. In the kingpin vs. kingpin battles, some people close to the
inside see Buffett as a good guy.
Readers need to study the Lincoln Savings & Loan scandal and the scandals
connection to programmed child
slaves at Boy’s Town to get more information on this Disney stockholder. Robert G.
Hagstrom, Jr., who is the
portfolio manager of the mutual fund Focus Trust, which has shares in Walt Disney,
wrote the book The Warren
Buffett Way. Hagstrom has a chapter on Disney in his The Warren Buffett Way. He
quotes Buffett as extremely
enthusiastic about Disney’s merger with Capital Cities/ ABC. Because of his
enthusiasm Buffett says, "The odds
are extremely high that we will have a very large amount of Disney stock."

Salvador Dali— This strange surrealist Spanish artist was a friend of Walt Disney.
After Salvador was kicked out
of Spain for Franco’s belief that he was a communist, he came to America, and
worked with Disney Studios in
1946. Salvador, an eccentric who had no particular work habits, described himself,
"The only difference
between me and a madman is that I’m not a madman."

The Tommy Dorsey Band— This band has had a number of men in it who are Mind-control
slave abusers
associated with the Network. Frank Sinatra, a sexual slave user, got his big break
with this band. This band
performed at Disneyland in 1984 at the Plaza Gardens. Tommy Dorsey was part of the
Network’s in-crowd.
When he was on a USO Tour with Bob Hope, he stabbed actor Joe Hall and threw him
out of a window. Joe had
to have 32 stitches. But Joe didn’t get justice, the judge dismissed his case
against Tommy.

Michael Dammann Eisner, Chairman at Disney is a CIA asset and connected to the mob.
Some insiders
believe he is connected to elements of the CIA & mob that are anti-NWO. Even so,
these anti-NWO factions
also employ mind-control. Eisner ignored a threat by Red China to boycott Disney
products if he made a movie
about the nation Tibet that China controls with draconian force. The U.N., the
Commerce Dept, and the State
Dept, all tried unsuccessfully to get him to back down on the film. A paper trail
connecting Michael Eisner and
Walt Disney Co. to mind control is their support of the Boys & Girls Club of Napa
Valley, which is used for a
supply of children for pedophilia and mind-control. The Boy’s & Girls Club is used
to supply caddies for the
Silverado Country Club, where these children are also used as mind-controlled
slaves for the sexual perversions
of the elite. Notice that Napa’s Silverado Country Club invites in celebrities
(such as CIA asset Pat Boone, Joe
DiMaggio, ex-husband of sex slave Marilyn Monroe, Engelbert Humberdinck a slave
handler, Digger Phelps,
Notre Dame’s coach who uses slaves, and Jack Vale nti CEO of Motion Picture Assoc.
& Bohemian Grover) for
a golf tournament which is billed as a "benefit for the Boys & Girls Club". The
benefit for child slaves is they
get to caddie & sexually service elite perverts.

Michael (bn. March 7, ‘42 in NY) came from old American money of a family that has
been rich merchants and
lawyers. Michael grew up in luxurious Park Ave. as well as his family’s "country
place" in Bedford Hills near
Mt. Kisco, NY. He went to an elite private school Allen-Stevenson, which is famous
for its children’s orchestra.
At the age of 14, he then went to Lawrenceville School, which is a prep-school for
Princeton, whose tuition in
’56 was $3,000. Eisner’s class incl. NY’s governor’s son, and other sons of
powerful men, such as the son of

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 1 1 1 of 296

Saudi Prince Turqi al-Faisal. The school is a prep school for the establishment’s
entertainment industry.

Students are only allowed to see their parents on major holidays. Eisner was in the
Periweg Club, the school’s
drama society. His poor scholastic performance meant that he had to go to a small
liberal arts college, rather
than Princeton or Harvard such as was family tradition. For instance, his
grandfather had attended Phillips
Exerter Academy and Harvard. His grandfather has serve in many govt, commissions
and belonged to the
Harvard Club, the American Club in London as well as some yacht clubs. Between his
junior & senior year in
high school, Eisner was a page at NBC’s HQ in the Rockefeller Center.
In 1966, he landed a job in the programming department of ABC. He had an
influential position. Eisner had one
good break for deciding TV programming. He was 21 when the target audience was 21
years old, and when he
was 35, the target age of the film industry was then 35. He has been described as
having "supernatural
enthusiasm" coupled to a lifetime quest for untested ideas.

Rich H. Frank, was Executive Vice-President with Walt Disney until his sudden
resignation about a year
before this was written. He worked side by side with Katzenberg and left after
Katzenberg resigned in a dispute
with Disney’s chairman Eisner. Rich Frank was President of Walt Disney’s TV-Media
Division. He acquired
the estate of VanHoffenwiggen, when VanHoffenwiggen fled the country and vanished
when Lendvest began to
be exposed. VanHoffenwiggen was a major figure involved with Lendvest Mortgage
Inc., a drug-laundering
operation and drug smuggling operation operating out of Napa Valley. It was also
the fastest growing real estate
mortgage company in northern California until its drug smuggling began to be
exposed. Lendvest did some
tricks ala Nugen Hand Bank. Millions of dollars of investors and creditors have
disappeared leaving lots of
hurting people, and the mortgage company filed for protection from creditors in
U.S. Bankruptcy court, and is
still in operation.

International financier Edmond Safra’s private bank, the Republic National Bank of
NY, launders money from
the Medellin drug cartel. Safra’s bank sent Lendvest lots of crisp new $100 bills.
The Safras are tied in with the
Rothschilds. (The Safras are reportedly recent property owners in St. Helena near
Napa (through Good Wine
Co. which is the Spring Mountain Wineries), near where Lendvest was HQed. Edmond’s
nephew, Jacob Safra,
has a partnership in Napa Valley’s Good Wine Co.

The Rothschild’s Citicorp gave Republic National Bank the transaction ability to
issue international (world)
bearer bonds ("bank notes") The Luxembourg/Belgium branch of Bank Nacional de Paris
issued a bearer bond
that was connected the Lendvest drug running operation. In Britain, a U.S. citizen
Mike Spire ran the British
operation of Lendvest and InVest. LandVest’s parent was InVest which has operated
in the U.K., Switz., Saudi
Arabia & Paraguay. Long story made short, Lendvest has been an international CIA-
Mafia drug running
operation, with Illuminati overtones and connections to it.

With all this in mind, it is strange, that Walt Disney’s President of its TV-Media
Division, Rich Frank, bought
the palatial mansion of John O. Van Hoffenwiggen after Van Hoffenwiggen disappeared
from the country when
indictments and arrests began to be made of people connected to Lendvest. According
to insiders, Rich Frank is
also one of a number of Napa Valley people involved in illegal labelling of wines.
Rich Frank was a key figure
in Disney’s programming venture with three regional Bell Telephone companies
(Ameritech, Bell South, &

SBC Commun.) coming together. Bell Telephone wanted to get into cable TV. Michael
Ovitz formed a rival
group of 3 other Bell Telephone co.s. Calvin Robinson, who tied in with Land Vest,
worked with Boyce, who in
turn worked for TRW Co., in Redondo Beach, CA. Boyce was sentenced to 40 years for
selling US surveillance
secrets to the soviets.

Daniel Hillis, the co-founder of a supercomputer producer Thinking Machines from

MIT, is in charge of the
Walt Disney Imagineering unit. Hillis helped Disney develop a virtual-reality ride
at Disneyland based on the
Aladdin cartoon.

Jeffrey Katzenberg, has been the chairman of Disney’s movie studio, is an

aggressive worker, a model Type A
person. "Ask 50 people to describe Jeffrey Katzenberg, and most will say tenacious.
‘If Jeffrey were any more
aggressive, he’d be in jail." says the producer Dan Melnick." ( Harmetz, Aljean,
"Who Makes Disney Run?",

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 1 12 of 296

NY Times. Feb. 7, ‘88, p. 29.) Katzenberg is the father of twins, which people joke
was typical of his efficiency.
Katzenberg supervised the production of Star Trek. Most of his movies have been box
office successes. In the
‘70’ s, Katzenberg worked for NY Mayor John Lindsay.

Sanford Martin Litvack. Sanford is the Executive Vice Pres, of Disney and in charge
of "Human Resources" for
the corporation. He is a Jewish lawyer who was educated at the Jesuits’ Georgetown
Univer. He is on the bd of
dir, of Bet Tzedek.

Vincent Price. Price has been one of the major influential occultists who has
provided the world with many
occult horror books and scripts. He worked for Disney some, and was the voice for
Ratigan in The Great Mouse
Detective. Vincent Price’s good friend John Hay Whitney is an Illuminati kingpin
and vice-pres. of the Pilgrim
Society and was raised into the Illuminati through the Yale Scroll & Key
fraternity. His friend Whitney likes
horror movies.

The Osmond Brothers. Merrill Osmond’s boys were "discovered" at Disneyland when
they were visiting the
site in 1962. The Disney people on Main St. just "happened" to recognize the talent
of the five boys and signed
them up soon for their first professional singing contract. The Osmond Boys did
some television appearances
for Disneyland such as Meet Me at Disneyland, and Disneyland after Dark.
(Considering the mind-control
programming done to these Osmund children, these TV shows were a cruel joke.) Of
the singing Osmond kids,
Donny is the next to the youngest, and his sister Marie is the youngest. Both Donny
and his sister Marie are
programmed multiples who are slaves, who have been subjected to a lot of abuse.
They have good front alters.
Their father has made millions from drugs, porn and white slavery and is part of
the Mormon Illuminati front.
The Mormon front of the Illuminati has gotten a lot of good publicity off of the
Osmonds. They sang for Andy
Williams whose French wife was once arraigned on murder charges. Later they sang
for the satanic Network’s
Lawrence Welk show. Swedish accented Lawrence Welk has been part of the Network.
Marie Osmond has
grown up, and she has adopted 3 of her 5 children in spite of her busy singing
schedule which includes approx.
200 singing shows a year at places like Mafia controlled Atlantic City. In terms of
occult families, adopted
children are often programmed children, so this is a clue that her children have
been programmed too.

Michael Ovitz. Ovitz was the no. 2 man at Walt Disney for a while until near the
end of ’96. Michael Ovitz was
a high school classmate in VanNuys, CA with Michael Milken (later the junk-bond
wizard), & there are many
of the same people connected to both men. When Michael Ovitz’ s National Mercantile
Bancorp (a saving &
loan) began getting into the quicksand of several lawsuits & scandals, attorney
Robert Strauss represented him.
Illuminati member Robert Strauss has been a lawyer connected with drug running &
the mafia. He was also an
FBI agent from ’41 to ’45 with Hoover. He is admitted to the Wash. D.C. bar.

Pres. Bush appointed him U.S. Ambassador to Russia. He has been on the board of
dir, of the Illuminati’s
PepsiCo, Archer-Daniels-Midland (ADM), and General Instruments (which have been
exposed in other writings
by this author.) He was also a board member of the Illuminati-mafia run MCA.
Strauss is seen in Wash. D.C. as
a behind the scenes power broker. Strauss represented Michael Milken associate
Ronald 0. Perelman, Chrmn. of
Revlon, who made a $600 mil. killing off of the 1st Gibraltar S&L. Strauss
represented MCA, which the
Bronfmans took over in 1995. The book Knoedelsder, William. Stiffed-The True Story
of MCA, The Music
Business, and the Mafia. NY: HarperCollins Pub., 1993, does an good job of
connecting MCA to the mob, the
Network, and Iran Contra. See especially page 442. Time magazine 2/24/97 carried a
page long story about
Michael Ovitz being out of a job. In the article, they reported that he was
spending time on his new yacht The
Illusion, visiting Joe Silver’s estate in So. Carolina, visiting his property in
Aspen, CO, and eating lunch with
investment adviser Richard Salomon of Spears, Benzak, Salomon & Farrell. Gordon
Crawford of the Capital
Group is quoted in the article praising Ovitz, and saying he would invest in an
Ovitz venture.

Ovitz is believed to be mafia by people in a place to know. He has also been known
to threaten people using
mafia terms, for instance, Vanity Fair (12/’96, p. 272) reports Ovitz threatening
Bernie Brillstein, a producer,
with his "foot solders". The San Francisco Chronicle (Fri., 1/26/’ 96, p. D20)
quotes the latest issue of Columbia
Journalism Review about an incident where a reporter Anita Busch who was
investigating Ovitz got violently
sick from the MSG in her food as she interviewed him. To top off it all off, Ovitz
followed up her story which

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 1 13 of 296

questioned his actions, by sending her a gift wrapped package of MSG with a one-
word note: "Enjoy.". Michael
Ovitz has had the clout to deal with Illuminati kingpin Edgar Bronfman head to
head. He requested & got
Bronfman to keep his dad employed, which was dutifully done. Edgar Bronfman Jr. had
seriously considered
having Ovitz head Seagram’ s MC A/Universal conglomerate.

Frank G. Wells. Frank was the President & the Chief Operating Officer of The Walt
Disney Co. Wells was also
on Disney’s board of directors. He was a Rhodes Scholar, and a lawyer in 1955.
Those who have read previous
books (such as Vol. 1) by this author know how the Rhodes Scholars fit into things
& are part of the Illuminati.
He worked closely with Eisner & Katzenberg. Frank died in a helicopter crash in the
spring of 1994 while heli-
skiing in Nevada. His surviving sister is Molly Wells Chappellet who runs around in
Illuminati circles. Molly
Wells Chappellet has been featured several times in Betty Knight Scripp’s magazine
Appellation. Betty Knight
Scripp was married to a Bohemian Grove member. Betty has been good friends with:
the late Pamela Harriman
(who was a recent U.S. ambassador to France & connected to the Rothschilds), as
well as good friends with Her
Imperial Highness the Grand Duchess of Vladmir of Russia, who owns the Chateau
Margaux in Bordeaux.

Betty Scripps personally monitors with care what is put into her incredible
magazine Appellation. She has a
column "Who’s Who in the Wine Country" where the Chappellets have appeared in print
numerous times.

Nearly all of Disney’s 1920 movies had a black cat in them. Many had occult slants
to the scripts. The occult
slant never departed from Disney themes.

Some of DISNEY’S blatantly OCCULT MOVIES.

Aladdin. A wisecracking allpowerful genie is shown.

Bednobs & Broomsticks (1971) A witch finds a magic formula from a lion king. The
magic formula raises a
ghostly army of armor in a museum which stops a band of German commandos.

Beyond Witch Mountain (1982) A pair of twins leave Witch’s Mountain and have to use
their special occult
powers to outwit a character named Deranian.

The Black Cauldron (1985), A Horned King uses his magic to fight a clairvoyant pig
and the pig’s keeper. This
animation cost $25 million, but was a box office failure.

Bride of Boogedy (1987) An evil spirit visits the Davis family and puts the father
under a spell. Directed by Oz
Scott.

Child of Glass (1978) A glass doll must be found to set a ghost free in a haunted
house.

The Gnome-Mobile (1967). A multimillionaire and his grandchildren encounter gnomes.

In the end the
multimillionaire deeds the forest to the gnomes for eternity.

Halloween Hall of Fame (1977). Jack-o-lanterns come to life.

Halloween Treat (1982). Cartoons about Halloween. This was followed the next year
with a film Haunted
Halloween which talked about the origins of Halloween.

Misadventures of Merlin Jones (1964) A genius tries to help other students. He

tries to also use hypnotism &
ESP which backfire on him.

Richest Cat in the World (1986) A wealthy man leaves his fortune to his cat, who
the relatives later discover can
talk.

H. DISNEY & its MOB connections

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 1 14 of 296

When this author spoke to the co-author’ s deeper Illuminati alters about Disney,
their reaction was that Disney
had been described to them when they were in the Illuminati as "a syndicate within
a syndicate." They said that
while in the Illuminati, they were aware that Disneyland had their own government,
their own rules and their
own police force. They were a crime syndicate within a syndicate. What these
Illuminati alters casually
mentioned, was verified by this author the hard way through research. One
Disneyland Security Supervisor said,
"There is no Constitution at Disneyland. We have our own laws." Once, when Walt
Disney got miffed at a
Hollywood policeman, Walt said, "I’ll have your badge." If Disney guards decide to,
they will get very rough
physically with people, and assault them in any fashion they see fit. The people
they detain are often thrown into
tiny cells at Disneyland where they are kept without benefit of a phone call,
without benefit of a toilet or water.

The judicial system turns a blind eye to whatever Disney police do. Many people pay
Disney to get their
children out of a Disney cell, and never get due process of any law. This type of
treatment has gone on for
decades, and is almost a daily occurrence at Disneyland. The Anaheim Police force
is very chummy with the
Disney private police force. Also at one point, the Burbank Chief of Police was the
brother-in-law to Disney’s
Chief of Security. Recently, when a couple filed a wrongful death suit against the
Magic Kingdom of Disney in
Florida, the state of Florida surprisingly has appeared to have backed off from
their traditional behavior of
protecting Disney’s sovereignty. An article on the suit said, ""there is evidence
of some nervousness with
Disney’s relative autonomy."" (San Francisco Chronicle, article "Mickey’s Dark
Side" Oct. 1, ’96, p. C6) An
attorney in the case said, "Disney World’s security people aren’t just cops, they
are bad ones. I don’t think there
is any corporation that has ever had the perceived power that Disney has."

Richard Foglesong, a professor of politics at Rollins College in Winter Park

stated, "Because Disney World
controls so much of its corporate and municipal universe, it can’t help but act in
a heavy-handed manner in
order to ferociously protect its self-interest. They have immunity from state and
local land use law. They can
build a nuclear plant, distribute alcohol. They have powers local communities don’t
have. Do they abuse it? In
my opinion, yes."

In line with Disney’s previous dictatorial policies on their properties, Disney’s

new city called Celebration will
not have any elected government. Since the city is unincorporated (a neat Disney
trick) the mayor is appointed
by Disney. Several Disney "quasi-government”' bodies control citizens of the city.
For instance, the Celebration
Residential Owners Association, which participates in binding all residents to a
Declaration of Covenants, a
legal binder of rules that residents must live by. Of course the Declaration of
Covenants was written by Disney.
These rules include such nit picky things as, no more than two people can sleep in
the same bedroom, no pickup
trucks can be parked in front of homes, and if Disney officials don’t like your cat
or dog they can forcibly
remove the animal from your home. Disney Corp. has perpetrated numerous deceptions
on the residents, incl.
shoddy work on their homes, and operating their ""public"" school with Disney
cronies. Still, the residents that
have moved into Celebration are glowing with praise for the town in spite of the
fact that the city is totally run
by Big Brother Disney Corp. Of course those who don’t love it, soon leave. So much
for the American tradition
of self-government.

Some MOB HISTORY.

Traditionally, the mob crime bosses have had a yearly summit. In 1928, they had
their yearly conclave at
Cleveland. In 1929, they had their secret yearly conclave at Atlantic City. In
1931, they held their secret annual
conclave at Wappingers Falls, NY. At the Wappingers Falls meeting, attended by
about 300 overlords and
soldiers, the heads of the family clans discussed their crime family agendas. They
decided where the first
national Mafia convention was to be held. Once the Mafia was able to hold their
yearly private national
meetings, they were able to coordinate their activities, as well as decide such
things as:

a. the direction of national & internal operations, and long range plans

b. the promotion of new bosses

c. decisions on turf & rank, commodities & cash

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007
Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 1 15 of 296

d. hashing out alliances or disputes with the Mishpucka, Triads, FBI, Illuminati,
etc. and working with others in
a concerted manner. The mafia clans would then leave the annual summit meetings and
follow through in their
area of operations, until they would meet the next year, review their successes &
failures, get new assignments,
and decide upon new short & long term goals. In 1927, the Mishpucka worked with
Mafia to highjack a bootleg
shipment of whiskey travelling from Ireland to Boston for the Kennedy Illuminati
family. Most of Kennedy’s
guards were killed in the shootout, and J.P. Kennedy had the widows of the guards
besieging him for financial
assistance. Billy Graham’s good friend Mafia Chief Joseph Bonanno was one of the
chiefs who attended the
yearly conclaves. He also met with J.F. Kennedy in the Winter of 1959. John Kennedy
was known to have said
that mobster Sam Giancana worked for his Kennedy family. The mob/Illuminati
alliances and infighting are too
complex to deal with in this book, but both groups had to put plans into action to
deal with the repeal of
Prohibition, which would end their lucrative bootlegging. The short term plan for
the Mafia was to control the
film industry in Hollywood, and to penetrate the unions better. The long term plans
called for sending their next
few generations of children off to the top schools and getting them into legitimate
respectable corporate
positions. By learning the ins and outs of honest, legal operations, they could
then mix in the illegal operations
with their legal ones & look legal.

They planned to extend their power base into politics, the Harvard-Stanford
business schools, as well as the
finest corporate board rooms. They intended (and have succeeded) in getting some of
their offspring to
produce/direct T.V./films. They would have an increasing presence within the
Bohemian Grove membership, as
well as some of the other great social & business clubs. Their plan to take over
the film industry hinged on their
union control over unions and theaters. The Chicago mob controlled the
International Alliance of Theatrical
Stage Employees Union. The mob controlled the projectionist’s union, and if the
film makers had the theaters
where their movies were shown shut down, what good would it be to make movies? The
film makers and the
mafia both had power & money. Rather than fight a protracted war, they made a deal.
The major studios would
give about $50,000 a year to the mafia, and the small ones $25,000, to be allowed
to function. Other agreements
were also reached. Mob henchmen Willie Bioff and George E. Browne were mob
lieutenants who orchestrated
the mob’s "Hollywood takeover".

Time Magazine, Nov. 1, 1943, wrote, "In the witness chair in Manhattan’s Federal
Court sat bland, wily Willie
Bioft (pronounced Buy-off), blackmailer, panderer, labor leader, and now star
witness against eight ex-pals,
who are charged with shaking down $1 million from the movie industry. ..Question:
Was it true that Bioft once
had a five-year plan for taking over 20% of Hollywood’s profits-and eventually 50%
interest In the studios
themselves? Bioff (wistfully): "If we’d lasted that long, we would have. Question:
"Did you ever say you were
boss of Hollywood and could make producers do whatever you wanted?" Bioff: "Yes-and
I could make them
dance to my tune."

Although Bioff rolled over on his pals and ended up getting car bombed, that didn’t
stop the mob/Mishpucka
infiltration & control of Hollywood. (Bioff had tried to save his public image by
helping Walt Disney settle his
labor dispute with the mob-led unions, but Walt wisely rejected his offer of help,
and made sure he didn’t offend
the Chicago mob leaders who were disgruntled with Bioff.) Hundreds of millions of
dollars were poured by the
Mafia & Mishpucka into real estate in southern California, by using legitimate
local businessmen to launder the
money. Hollywood was declared a "free zone" where all the Mafia/Mishpucka families
could operate without a
fear of a turf war."

Let us backtrack slightly to 1930. Columbia distributed Disney cartoons from 1930
until 1932, when Disney
switched to United Artists, because Columbia wasn’t bothering to pay Disney the
money they owed. In 1930,
Cohn, Pres, of Columbia Pictures, got Disney off the financial hook with Powers by
intimidating Powers with
some street toughs carrying a legal suit. If Disney wasn’t indebted to the mafia
before, he was at that point.

Biographers have been puzzled why Disney went into such a traumatic depression
after Henry Cohn "helped"
him. Tough guy Henry Cohn made sure Walt knew who was boss. His attitude was that
Walt should be happy to
be paid at all by him for the cartoons Walt supplied Columbia. After this, Walt
would lock himself in his room
and weep uncontrollably for hours. He was impossible for anyone to get along with.
He was unable to focus on
anything, and would stare for long periods out the window. Biographers blame Walt’s
behavior on the fact that

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 1 16 of 296

his wife was pregnant. They also blame it on his friend Iwerks defection to another
company. Frankly, Walt had
treated Iwerk like a dog, and deep down must have known why Iwerk left such an
abusive relationship. To
claim that he wept for hours day after day because he realized he might become a
father is too much to swallow.
When Walt was asked years later about why he was so depressed he said it was the
stress of the financial
situation. Walt said, "I had a nervous breakdown ... Costs were going up; each new
picture we finished cost
more to make than we had figured it would earn when we first began to plan it... I
cracked up."

This author submits to the reader that part of his breakdown may have indeed been
the financial stress from
having come under the heel of the mafia. They had all the means to make or break
him, and he had no choice
but to surrender to their overwhelming power to blackmail & destroy him OR to get
out of the business. What
this did was place Walt in a position where his two strongest traits had to clash—
his overwhelming obsession to
be his own boss, and his creative obsession to create animation which was wrapped
up with his ego & his deep
phobias and psychological needs. His mind couldn’t give up its independence nor its
creativity without great
mental anguish, and therefore Walt was very saddened, knowing that he would have to
admit defeat, and buckle
under the heels of the big boys. Just when he needed emotional support his wife was
going to have a child, and
his best animator left. Walt had abandoned Iwerks years before, and Walt’s wife had
wanted a child for some
time. Iwerk’ s departure and his arriving child do not in themselves account for
the long intense nervous
breakdown that Walt experienced. Biographers point out that Walt was very reluctant
to have children, and that
he was impotent with women including his wife much of the time. His impotency to
carry out normal sex may
help explain his secret sexual habits.

Walt’s Masonic brother Carl Laemmle offered Walt a good deal to help him recover
from Henry Cohn’s
abusive control of Walt, but Carl wanted the copyright to Mickey Mouse in return
for the help, and Walt
wouldn’t part with Mickey Mouse. Instead, Walt signed a contract offered by Joseph
Schenck of UA (United
Artists), who was one of the Mafia’s illegal drug kingpins. In 1935, the mob’s
illegal drug dealer Joseph
Schenck went on to found 20th Century, Inc. which later merged with Fox in ‘38 to
form Twentieth Century-
Fox, whose board of directors would include two Illuminati kingpins William
Randolph Hearst and Malcolm
MacIntyre. Joseph Schenck’s brother Nicholas Schenck and Marcus Loew merged Metro
Pictures and Goldwyn
Pictures and named Louis B. Mayer as its head.
Meanwhile over the years, MCA, headed up by Illuminati Kingpin Lew Wasserman gained
a monopoly over the
American film industry with the secret backroom deals that they made with Ronald
Reagan’ s Screen Actor’ s
Guild and Petrillo’s American Fed, of Musicians. (By the way, Lew Wasserman would
try to revive Reagan’s
acting career in the early ‘60’ s. Frank Sinatra and Walt Disney were both friends
of Ronald Reagan, and all
three believed in mind-control.)

Ronald Reagan and Petrillo in turn worked with the Mafia’s NCS Council of 9 (which
incl. Anthony Accardo
and Sam Giancana), which at one point divided the U.S. into 24 mob territories.
After J. Schenck went to jail
(very briefly), he was replaced as Pres, of 20th-Cent. Fox by Spyros Skouras.
Before his arrest, while Schenck
was still in charge of 20th-Cent. Fox, he made numerous offers to Disney for Disney
to incorporate his studio as
a subdivision of 20th-Cent. Fox. Disney worked for a few years with them
distributing his films, but he would
not let go of trying to be independent. The FBI and American Intelligence turned to
the mob to help them as the
U.S. entered WW II. Perhaps Walt’s mob connection added impetus for his
recruitment. Walt went to a number
of American Nazi meetings prior to Pearl Harbor. This author believes from knowing
Walt’s personality that
Walt may have been on assignment, rather than a Nazi sympathizer. Still, why does
one of Disney’s pre-Pearl
harbor cartoons display a swastika? Disney’s Epcot Resorts is close to the mob’s
Atlantic City Board Walk with
its nightclubs. The resort was designed by Robert A.M. Stem. (This author doesn’t
know about Robert Stern,
but there are programmed multiples and Illuminati members within the Stem family.)

At Walt Disney World, the nightclub there was named "Cage", and then later ’8
TRAX". Comedy Warehouse,
which is a nightclub at Pleasure Island in Walt Disney World opened on May 1, 1989
and has used slave
comedians as well having people who are mind-control abusers. On Feb. 11, 1987,
Walt Disney Co. was
reincorporated in Delaware. Delaware is the only state that allows total corporate
secrecy. No one can find out
who really is running a Delaware corporation, and many other secrets can be hidden
under Delaware’s

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 1 17 of 296
corporation laws. Capital Group has considerable shares in Disney, as well as 29%
of the shares of the Robert
Mondavi winery at 7801 St. Helena Hwy, Oakville, CA. Wellington Group and Mellon
bank also have shares.
Behind Capital Group are mob controlled groups like Debartolo Reality Corp. and La
Quinta Inns (a Bass bro.
operation.) Sam Bronfman operates Sterling & Monterey Vineyards. There are
countless people walking around
that have felt the ruthless, impersonal, controlling, money-grabbing side of the
Disney Corp. Also, there are a
number of journalists who have experienced first hand the secrecy and paranoia that
the Disney corporation has.
Most journalists are not used to the secrecy that pervades Disney. Because Disney
has shaped the myths of
America for several generations, the public takes more concern over who is running
Disney, than they would
other institutions. Because most of America believe in the image that the
Illuminati have built for Disney, they
are rooting for it to succeed.

How the Disney Executives have figured out how to steal land all across the U.S.

Over the years Walt Disney has developed several very sneaky reliable techniques to
acquire land. They acquire
land through their executives and large stockholders and family members of the
execs and stockholders. After
all the deals are made in an area, and when everything is in place over a period of
time, these people then turn
their land over to Disney. Disney works with government officials and local bankers
to line up special deals so
they can succeed in their plans. After everything is lined up, the corporation
announces their plans and goes
forward. This methodology has been used repeatedly, for instance the American
History Theme Park in the
Manassas Civil War battlefield area of Virginia for which Disney has acquired 1,800
acres and has access to at
least 1,200 more. In Nov. ‘94, after a new Virginia governor was elected, the
Virginia "Disney’s America"
project was announced, and Virginia voted almost instantly for the money for
transportation and infrastructure
improvements to the area so that Disney’s theme park would be viable. Disney set up
3 banks in Napa, CA.
Their banks made loans to old families in the valley. The trusts and the wills for
these families were made up by
Stanford Univ. grads. These people set on the boards of these banks or connect with
the boards of these banks.
They charge large fees, and know every trick in the book to rob people of their
estates and their living trusts.

The Stanford grads, who connect in with intelligence agencies & the mob use certain
code words when they set
up their businesses, such as RESOURCE, EVERGREEN and PACIFIC. There are a number of
scared
landholders who are being intimidated to sell their land in the Napa Valley region.

DISNEY and the GOVERNMENT

Just prior to W.W. II, the FBI recruited Walt Disney. His job was to spy on
Hollywood or anything else that
looked suspicious. Documents obtained from the Freedom of Information Act, in spite
of heavy censoring,
clearly show that Walt Disney became a paid Special Correspondent asset of the FBI.
He reported to FBI agent
E.E. Conroy. In 1954, Walt was promoted to Special Agent in Charge (SAC) which
means others reported to
him.

After "leaving" the CIA, ex-DCI (ex-head) of the CIA William Hedgcock Webster
became a lawyer for the
Wash. D.C. based firm of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley and McCloy. In 1993, when news
broke about Walt
Disney’s FBI membership, ex-CIA head Webster worked with the Disney family to cover
up to the public that
Walt Disney was an FBI agent. Webster went on TV and had interviews to spread the
fabrication that Walt was
not connected to the FBI. Why? One of the countless items that Disney was involved
in was the investigation
into the disappearance/rape of a six-year old child Rose Marie Riddle on 1/12/61.

According to documents gotten from the Freedom of Information Act, W.G. Simon was
the FBI agent who met
with SAC Walt Disney in L.A. about the case. W.G. Simon has been one of those
people who has been publicly
lying by claiming that Walt Disney never was an FBI agent. The paper trail proves
otherwise. Why is it so
important to the FBI and CIA to cover up that Walt was an FBI agent? Walt also
worked for the CIA, even
though documentation of that is not available. This author theorizes that the
reason the FBI and CIA are so
touchy about letting people know that Walt worked for the government is that the
Network knows how the FBI
and CIA worked together to procure children for mind-control programming purposes.
Because Disney and
Disneyland played such as enormous role in Mind-control, Disney’s connection to
them, although on the surface
a seemingly minor fact, is in reality a minor fact setting on top of an enormous
ghastly secret.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 1 18 of 296

When W.W. II started, the government incorporated the Disney studios into the war
machine. The military paid
Disney $80,000 for 20 training cartoon, which cost Disney $72,000 to make. Disney
studios also made some
secret films for the military. Mickey Mouse and Goofy cartoons were slanted to have
war themes, for instance,
the Goofy cartoon of 1941 "The Art of Self Defense" and "How to be a Sailor" in
1944. Perhaps in honor of the
contribution Disney had made to the war effort, "Mickey Mouse" was the password of
the Allies for millions of
men on the big D-Day invasion on June 6,1944.

Walt Disney produced a cartoon showing Donald Duck paying his taxes faithfully. The
film was entitled The
New Spirit. It was very successful in getting Americans to comply with the IRS. In
1946, Disney made a film
for the public schools for sex education entitled The Story of Menstruation. For
the United Nations, Walt
Disney created "It’s a Small World" attraction for UNICEF for the ‘64-65 World’s
Fair. This attraction was
moved to the theme parks & has been a major feature for mind-control. After
learning of the enormous amount
of mind-control programming going on during after hours in secret tunnels at Disney
as well as in the public
facilities, it makes more sense why the Russian Premier Nikita Khrushchev would be
denied a visit to
Disneyland by the U.S. government "due to security considerations" when he was
visiting the U.S. in Sept.

1959. Khrushchev obviously had his own security working in tandem with American
security and the
intelligence people for whatever reason(s) didn’t want the complication of these
Russians going to a major
programming site.

Some powerful military men have been connected to Disney films. Two former
commanding officers of the
USS Alabama nuclear sub were technical advisors for the Disney film Crimson Tide.
Walt Disney was tied to
the U.S. government, and recent disclosures show that he was tied to the FBI. Walt
used his FBI connection to
destroy the life of Art Babbitt, who had led the strike against Disney in 1940.
Babbitt found that everything he
attempted in life after the strike was ruined by some hidden power. Was Walt part
of naval intelligence attached
to the FBI? Was he part of the FBI that is involved with child procurement and
mind-control?

In the 1950’s the Illuminati began organizing covens on the West coast and began
solidifying their power. (This
comes from several independent sources.) Fikewise, it’s clear that Disney didn’t
have the clout in 1953 with
local governments, that it does today. Walt Disney was unsuccessful when he tried
to get permission from the
city of Fos Angeles and the Burbank City Council for the construction of Disneyland
(called Disneylandia at
that time), in the Burbank area. One Burbank councilman told Walt, "We don’t want
the carny atmosphere in
Burbank."" Inconsistently, within a few years they gave permission to Universal to
build an amusement park in
Burbank, which opened in 1964. Disney then ask the Stanford Research Institute to
locate a spot for
Disneylandia (Disneyland), which they found at Anaheim.

In recent years, Disney decided they wanted to build another amusement park (called
California Adventure)
across from Disneyland. In order to do so, the Interstate highway will have to have
changes, and the Anaheim
city council needed to approve the large 55 acre expansion. In contrast to the
Burbank City Council in 1953,
Anaheim’s City Council was enthusiastic about the expansion in spite of lots of
local opposition. The locals
complained at council meetings to the City Council that the city had no business
going hundreds of millions of
dollars into debt to help a corporate giant. (Anaheim will issue $400 million in
bonds.) Focals also raised
concerns that the public school system in Anaheim is stressed to the breaking point
where they are considering
going to half days, and that Disney Corporation should give as much consideration
for the school children of
Anaheim as they do to their Amusement park. Disneyland’s Pres.

Paul Pressler bragged about Disney’s new California Adventure amusement park,
"Disney’s California
Adventure is really a celebration of the fun, the beauty, the people and the
accomplishments of this magical
state. We really have set out to try to capture a bit of what the California dream
is all about." (Sounds like the
dream is to be wealthy and control people. The elite would rather give us BREAD &
CIRCUS than an
education.) The Dragnet films were done in part at the Disney studios. In an Office
Memo from the 66-new FA
SAC FBI agent to Hoover (12/16/54), which was obtained via the Freedom of
Information Act, the typed memo
states, "Mr. Disney has volunteered representatives of this office complete access
to the facilities of Disneyland
for use in connection with official matters..." Historically, we now know that
Disney’s use for "official matters"
included mind-control.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 1 19 of 296

J. DISNEY & MIND CONTROL

Once the reader is familiar with the programming scripts, the reader merely needs
to watch the Disney
"Adventures in Wonderland" that come on TV in the morning to see Disney mind-
control at work. Within a few
minutes one morning, this author had seen a white rabbit create "a world in your
mind" (the quote is what the
show said!) with a ring, watched Alice go through the mirrors, watched a White
Rabbit [the programmer] read a
book to a little girl, and the TV listener be told by the show "The White Rabbit is
our only hope!" The deeper
alters of Illuminati slaves who are programmed for espionage, for spying &
blackmail, & seduction &
assassination, are given programming to live in a fantasy world. They never touch
base with reality.

Much of this type of programming has gone on at Disneyland. Disneyland visitors are
taken in a boat where
dolls sing an around-the-world theme song "It’s a small small world". These doll
world parts of the amusement
parks are used for programming assassination & espionage alters. The song & dolls
play important roles in these
alter’ s mind-control programming. Some slaves at around age 19, have this type of
programming tested to make
sure it is solidly in place. The song "It’s a Small World" was composed by the
Sherman brothers for Disney
originally as a theme song for a ride at the ’63-’ 65 NY World’s Fair.

The Sherman brothers were talent that Disney discovered. They were born in NYC, and
both graduated from
Beverly Hills High School. They wrote Disney songs for at least 29 films. Mind-
controlled slaves, who
repeatedly bump into each other, but don’t know why, will be found saying, "It’s a
small, small world." Both
rituals & programming go on at Disney amusement parks during both the day & night.

Steven Rockefeller and Walt Disney travelled and spent time together with Dr.
Hadley Cantril, an establishment
expert on human behavior. (See There Was Once A Time of Islands, Illusions &
Rockefellers. NY: Harcourt
Brace Jovanovich, 1975.) When Walt Disney began Walt Disney World he sent Card
Walker to the Florida
capital to request quid pro quo, and the governor gave it to Disney. What that
meant is that Disney’s property in
Florida was totally controlled under Disney’s jurisdiction, they had their own
laws, their own police force, their
own hospitals, and their own tax rate. No outside authority would interfere with
Disney’s jurisdiction.
DisneyWorld’s finances would be untouchable and out of sight by the state of
Florida. Never had so much
power been given away. DisneyWorld became its own crime syndicate within the
syndicate. Disney amusement
parks are like a city within a city. They have there own security forces, and the
local police allow the Disney
security forces to take care of their turf. Disney has their own policies (laws).
Some of the security forces can be
identified in plain clothes with clean-cut hair styles and have communication
devices. The security forces have a
headquarters room where TV monitors display-live the exit points at Disney as well
as other locations.
America ‘s Most Wanted has a fairly large file on children who have been kidnapped
at Disney Amusement
Parks. One mother, who got separated from her child when getting off a train,
frantically told a guard her child
was missing. The guard took her to the monitor room, where they saw the kidnapper
carrying the child out of
the park with the boy slumped over his shoulder. In that short of a time, the
kidnapper had drugged the child, cut
his hair different, and put a different shirt on him. (This anecdote was mention in
Inside the Mouse, pg. 52)

As written before, white slavery is part of what Disney is all about. This mother
was one of the fortunate few
who did manage to find their kidnapped children. An insider states that the Disney
police are definitely part of
those moving and abusing innocent children brought in for occult rituals. In
addition, the Disney security forces
spy on their own employees. Employees do not enter the theme parks like the
visitors, nor do they move around
like the visitors. They have underground tunnels and underground entrances and
facilities for that. One victim of
total mind-control mentioned that a tunnel entrance was at the Matterhorn mountain
at Disneyland. (The
Matterhorn was opened by Walt and his good-friend Richard Nixon, who rode in the
first car down the
mountain.)

The Disney productions has given the Illuminati the cover to bring together
Illusionists, magicians, and special
effects artists without anyone being suspicious. Some of these men were able to
apply their talents toward
programming children. As an example of their talents, Disney special effects
artists were able to create 16
realistic-looking cadavers for the 1989 film Gross Anatomy. Walt Disney, Inc. has
teamed up with Los Alamos

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 120 of 296

and Sandia Labs, two other groups which are heavily involved in mind-control and
people control to develop
body scans, branding and access codes for the visitors to Disney’s theme parks.

Each of the Disney Theme parks, such as Disneyland, Disney World, EuroDisney etc.
have vast underground
facilities. These underground facilities allow many of the workers to get to the
ride areas via underground
passages. Each theme facility also has a vast infrastructure underground in order
to maintain it. The
underground areas contain wardrobe design and repair units, fitting rooms,
restrooms, cafeterias, security units,
computers, freight ramps, utility encasements, and large connecting tunnels. The
underground areas also have
programming rooms. They have their own power plants and water systems and their own
police force. Disney
company employs 7 1 ,000 people at several locations, tone recent TV show used the
figure 40,000 Disney
employees.] People are coming and going 24 hours at the Disney theme parks. Three
shifts keep up the 24 hour
business. The night crews maintain and repair the parks for the thousands of people
that will soon arrive in the
morning.

Disneyland makes a natural prop for carrying out mind-control. The items they sell
are also natural props— such
as the Goofy watch ($19.95) which has hands that move backward to confuse a slave
as to what time it is. Was
Walt Disney aware of how Disneyland was used for programming? There is no doubt.
Disney lived much of
nights at Disneyland, and had an apartment at the firehouse near the train station
on Main St. At night, if he was
not doing anything else, he’d roam the grounds of Disneyland scribbling notes on
his own distinctive blue
paper, which he’d leave for workers to follow the next day. The notes would say
such things as "Replace these
flowers," or "Move that bench". (Prince of the Magic Kingdom, p. 25) Walt Disney
knew everything that went
on in his Magic Kingdom.

The Epcot Center and the Disney amusement parks market all kinds of occult
triggers, including crystals,
rainbows, wizards etc. that reinforce the programming. The Epcot Center has two
glass pyramids along with its
"Journey into Imagination". Disneyworld has the Island of Atlantis on its sub tour.
Fantasyland is one of the
most used tours of Disneyland for mind-control purposes. It has carousels, merry
music, an incredible castle,
boat rides, story book characters etc. Sleeping Beauty Castle with its blue turrets
and gold spires is the central
visual object of Disneyland. You cross a drawbridge to get into it. Inside
Fantasyland are Illuminati
programming sites such as the Mad Hatter teacups, the King Arthur carousel horses,
and Snow White’s forest.

In the far corner of Disneyland’s New Orlean’s Square is the Haunted Mansion. This
mansion is designed to
frighten and scare, it has an ingenious design and many special effects and
illusions. Realistic ghosts, a
screeching raven, howling voices, and other scary things welcome the visitor. Life
size holograms are created at
the Haunted Mansion, and dance in sync with the music and then fade out at certain
points. There is a hologram
of a woman’s head in a crystal ball who chatters non-stop. A real good laugh for
the programmers of a little
child. When you are toward the end, you will have a chance to look into a mirror
where a hologram ghost will
nestle up beside you.

Star Speeder is another great programming location at Disneyland. It was the

creation of George Lucas and the
Disney Imagineers. The technology is borrowed from Star Wars, and is similar to
flight simulators used by the
military to train pilots. Disneyland Hotel offers Character Breakfasts, where
children eat breakfast with Disney
characters, to people who make special arrangements. U.S. Special Forces, which
carries out mind-control,
owns two hotels near Disney World, and the Mormons have one also. Knott’s Berry
Farm with its Ghost Town,
Amusement Park, & its Charlie Brown themes and characters is near Disneyland.

One of the Disney executives began one of the most horrible trauma-based mind-
control programming centers
in Los Angeles called Magic Castle a comedy warehouse. This trauma center had
horrible torture chambers.
Children were brought in from South and Central America to be programmed at the
Magic Castle. A brave L.A.
policeman exposed the place— for which he lost his job, and eventually was able to
get the site closed.

One of Disney’s recent ventures in their Disney Institute, which Newsweek labeled
"the Disneyland of the
Mind". (Newsweek, Mar. 4, 1996, p. 61) A private club called Club 33 at Disneyland
located upstairs in the
New Orleans Square is believed to be involved in mind-control. Cub’s Den supervises
children’s activities at the

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 121 of 296

Wilderness Lodge Resort at Walt Disney World. At Disney-MGM studios the major
attraction is the Twilight
Zone Tower of Terror. Guests take a strange scary trip through the hotel, where
guests are finally sent into an
elevator that drops out of control 13 stories. The ride has been advertized on TV.
Disneyland now has a Temple
to the Forbidden Eye— which is simply a Temple to the All Seeing Eye, the
Illuminati symbol. Visitors, who
have the patience to wait in line, can strap themselves in for a ride that is like
a jack hammer that jars the rider
through a temple filled with snakes, rats, and mummies. One aerobics teacher
couldn’t walk for three days after
the jarring ride, which comes across as "hokey". The experience is more
traumatizing than fun, but then maybe
that is what was intended.

DISNEY VACATIONS FOR THE ELITE

Years ago this author’s newsletters exposed Hilton Head Island, SC as a watering
hole of the powerful elite incl.
retired generals and admirals, and the site for the elite’s Renaissance Weekend
"meat market". Remember, that
at one time Hilton Head Island was private, with imported alligators in the water
around it. A person was only
allowed on the island by going through security gates with a clearance. In a later
newsletter, Disney’s Hilton
Head Island Resort was mentioned. This resort, built by Disney Vacation
Development, Inc., is located on a 15-
acre private island linked to Hilton Head island by a narrow bridge. Members to the
Disney Vacation Club can
exchange time for vacations at Disney and other resorts around the world.
Memberships cost minimum $9,412.

(Chapter 5 Page 4)

MELODYLAND

Right smack across from the entrance to Disneyland is the Assembly of God’s
Melodyland Christian Center, the
birthplace of TEN (Trinity Broadcasting Network). The Assembly of God denomination
has been heavily
infiltrated by the Illuminati, and has been heavily used as a front for programmed
slaves.

Paul Crouch, president of Trinity Broadcasting Systems, Inc., was affiliated with
Melodyland in 1973 when
TBS was getting started. At that time, Melodyland was a rich heavily infiltrated
charismatic church, with its
share of programmed multiples. In 1973, closet homosexual minister Jim Bakker, and
his wife Tammy Faye, a
programmed multiple were with Paul Crouch in Anaheim at Melodyland. Paul Crouch had
been the assistant
pastor of Bakker’ s home church in Muskegon, MI. Crouch’s right hand man was
Alexander Valderrama, a
charismatic Roman Catholic. TBS used an abandoned military base as their TV
complex, using hangers as
studios. In the early 70’s, ABC put Bakker & Crouch’s early shows on their
affiliate stations on Sunday
morning. Bakker had already gotten his career kicked off with Illuminatus Pat
Robertson and his 700 Club. Jim
Bakker split and went to the east coast. To help Bakker with his money, Bill
Perkins, who had been a financial
analyst for the World Order’s mind-control research at Sandia National Labs in
Livermore came to help Bakker
run his ministry’s finances. Later, televangelist Bakker began building Heritage
USA, which was to be a big-
money resort. Ba kk er hired people who had worked for Disney to construct Heritage
USA. Bakker studied
Disneyland, Disneyworld, and other Disney places as a model for Heritage USA.
After Disneyworld opened in Florida, Jim Bakker was a REGULAR visitor to it.
Heritage USA’s Ft. Heritage
was modelled after Disney’s Ft. Wilderness, Main St. was modelled after the Magic
Kingdom’s Main St., and
Disney’s wrought-iron fencing was also copied. Most people are aware of Jim
Bakker’s $265,000 payoff to
Jessica Hahn to keep her sexual services to him a secret, his longtime homosexual
relationship with his right
hand man David Taggart, and his prison sentence.

James Orson (named after Orson Welles) Bakker was from Muskegon, the same place
that Cathy O’Brien, a
freed Mind-controlled slave came from. He was born pre-mature, and had some
interesting family situations that
make his family suspect. While Cathy O’Brien got programmed via the Catholics, Jim
was part of another
denomination which also was into programming, the charismatic Assemblies of God.
His grandfather, who lived
next door to Jim, and where Jim spent much childhood time with was popularly known
in town as a "huckster",

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 122 of 296

and nicknamed Kingfish after the manipulative character on Amos & Andy. Tammy his
wife grew up in
International Falls, MN in poverty in the home of her stepfather and mother.
Besides having a "shopping
demon," she has had her share of phobias and mental problems, as can be expected
from someone who has had
to suffer through programming.

It would be worth pointing out who has come to Jim Bakker’s rescue when he was
under attack. For instance, on
Thursday, Oct. 4, 1984 when Jim was under attack, Jim Ba kk er’s show had six
people give endorsements and
praise of Jim Bakker. Those were Ronald Reagan, Dale Evans, Robert Schuller, Oral
Roberts, Billy Graham and
Rex Hubbard. Of those, this author knows for sure that all are masons, except for
Rex, who may or may not be.
Robert Schuller, Billy Graham and Oral Roberts are "Christian ministers" who
participate in using and handling
mind-control slaves. These three ministers all participate in secret Satanic
rituals. The last few paragraphs have
given only a sketchy picture of the intimate relationship between Disney Mind-
control and the charismatic
movement and its use of trauma-based total mind-control.

DISNEYANA FOR THE PROGRAMMED & OBSESSED.

For people who have been programmed with Disney programming and who are obsessed
with Mickey Mouse
and everything else about Disney, and for other people who just have the collecting
spirit for Disney
memorabilia, there is a group called Disneyana.

Disneyana, was organized in the 1980’ s, and consists of people who are cult-like
in their devotion to anything
true Disney. Some of them to express their devotion outwardly tatoo their bodies
with Disney characters. This
group holds their annual convention at the Contemporary Resort in FL. One Disneyana
at the annual convention
said, "We collect to keep the good feeling inside." Another when interviewed said,
"This is why it’s all about
love." The author knows as a fact some of the men who are obsessed with Mickey
Mouse & Disney items are
programmed multiples.

One of Kenneth Anger’s occult friends has had the world’s largest Mickey Mouse
collection. Who is Kenneth
Anger? Kenneth Anger, a member of LaVey’s Magick Circle & later his Church of
Satan, is an occultist and an
underground film maker. Kenneth Anger (he choose the last name Anger) was raised on
the Wizard of Oz
books. His biographer Bill Landis writes that the Oz books "laid the groundwork for
Ken’s attraction to
Crowley, the occultist who would rework Rosicrucian thought into his own magical
system." Ken was obsessed
with Crowley’s life & magic. As a child, Ken had danced with Shirley Temple in
competition after she became
a child star. Ken Anger loved the OTO’s solar phallic religion, and was also
obsessed with Mickey Mouse. He
spent part of his time studying his friend’s Mickey Mouse collection. Ken Anger did
his casting for his film
"Lucifer Rising" by telling occult friends & acquaintances that they could live out
their goddess or god power-
trip fantasies by acting for him. The British government’s National Lilm Linance
Corp. fronted 15,000£ for
Lucifer Rising’s production. Lamous occult musician Jimmy Page did the sound track
gratis. Ken Anger acted
as the film’s Magus and made his Magus role resemble Mickey Mouse in the film
Lantasia. (The role Lantasia
plays in mind-control programming will follow as the last part of this chapter.)
"Lucifer Rising" also starts with
Lantasia-type volcanoes. Another of his well-known films was "Invocation of My
Demon Brother."

Mind-control features in Disney movies.

The elements within Disney movies that are intentionally put in for mind-control
would take volumes to
describe. A detailed description of how just one Disney movie is used as a
programming script soon follows.
Lantasia was selected as the example. A random sampling of features in Disney
movies for mind-control
programming could include:

• Cogworth the enchanted mantle clock in Beauty and the Beast.

• The character Door Knob, which is a doorknob portrayed as a person in the Disney
cartoon Alice In
Wonderland, is useful for programming door knob alters.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 123 of 296

• The Blue Yonder is a Disney movie on time travel of a young boy. Time travel
movies are used for
programming to mess up the victim’s sense of time.

• Disney film "Animated Alphabet" has letters which come alive, which is useful for
programming. And what
about the ‘82 Disney movie "Computers are People, Too!" ?

• All the Illuminati members this author is aware of who have received trauma-based
total mind-control were
taught to astrally project and study on the astral plane what they needed to learn.
A Disney movie that portrays
this is Goofy over Dental Health. This is an educational film released by Disney in
‘91 and again in ‘93, where
Goofy places a magical toothbrush under a child’s pillow, so that the child
astrally projects to a dentist office
and while on the astral plane studies how to have healthy teeth.

• Illuminati alters believe that trees and flowers are alive. The 1932 Disney film
Flowers and Trees is a story
about two trees who fall in love. The film portrays the occult belief that trees
can talk and sing. Internally, alter
systems will be constructed with singing trees and flowers that represent people
and which are alters. The
singing trees give out internal codes to move alters internally where they need to
go.

Return to Oz. (1985) This Disney film begins its story line about a girl who is
thought to have psychological
problems because of her tales of Oz. She is warned not to talk about Oz by her
relatives. She is taken to a
psychologist who wears a big ruby ring, who tells Dorothy that electroshocks won’t
hurt her, and that we are at
the "dawn of a New Age." Dorothy is told that her memories are "just dreams" that
stem from excess electrical
current in the brain. She is sent to a mental institution to receive shock
treatments for talking about Oz. A
lightening storm allows her to escape the shock treatments and when she sleeps, she
awakes in Oz.

In Oz she goes through many mind-control scenarios, ruby slippers, mirrors, etc.,
and toward the end visits with
evil Mombi, Princess of Oz who keeps Ozma (Dorothy’s twin) as a slave. Mombi
eventually casts a spell and
enchants Ozma into a mirror. Sci-Fi author J.D. Vinge in her Return to Oz based on
the screen play writes on
pg. 211-212, "Dorothy gazed at herself in the mirror, seeing her own reflection,
and remembering the moment
when she had looked at herself and seen someone else there, someone so like her
that it could have been her
sister." Parts of this film were filmed near Stonehenge, Eng. Disney has put out
several films on the Wizard of
Oz theme, all of which were used for programming. The original series of Oz books
were by Baum.

In ’39, MGM did the famous Wizard of Oz film. In the Disney movie Tron (1982), a
young computer genius
goes into an altered state where he ends up becoming a computer program. After
defeating the MCP, he returns
to the real world. This is simply a programming script. A special effects team
created a 3-D world, showing how
talented Disney special effects people can be in making something seem real. This
movie should show people
their mind-control capabilities.

Mathematical Applications Group, Inc. (MAGI) were one of the groups that created
the graphics. Disney came
out with 3 videos of new adventures in Wonderland which are mind-control
programming. In the mornings here
9-9:30, on channel 21, Disney has a Wonderland Show every morning which is mind-
control programming for
children. Within a few minutes, this author had seen a girl walk through a mirror,
the 3 lives of Thomasina
mentioned, and a little ditty "I’m a little tea-pot" where a person becomes a tea
pot. They also had an "under the
umbella" scene. This was all pure programming, right on TV. Of course, they show
the White Rabbit as a
central figure.

ABC under the auspices of Disney produced a lengthy 140 min. film Wild Palms which
depicts Illuminati mind-
control and life. One reader of Vol. 2 stated that the Wild Palms movie would have
made no sense except that
having read the Vol. 2 book, the movie made lots of sense in the light of Vol. 2’s
revelations. The film depicts
how children are kidnapped, switched at birth, programmed via TV cartoons,
programmed to kill and use stun
guns etc. The film depicts Illuminati bloodlines and arranged marriages. Although
the name Illuminati" is not
used, if viewers substitute in the name "the Fathers" for Illuminati fathers, they
will get an insider’s view of life
at the top. The main controllers are addressed by their slaves as "Papa" or "Daddy"
or "Mother". This is true to
life.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 124 of 296

A person opposed to the Fathers states, "One day we will wake up and discover we
don’t own this country and
no one will care." The movie states that events are not happening randomly. The
movie shows an underground
tunnel system which has an entrance hidden by a swimming pool. Quite a few actual
programming codes were
said during the film, for instance, "down, down, down through the pool of tears..."
and "we’re going to go down
the yellow brick road now." The movie was created by Bruce Wagner, who obviously is
an insider concerning
trauma-based total mind-control. The fact the movie was made shows the arrogance of
the programmers’ beliefs
that their criminal acts in programming thousands of little children will not be
exposed, and that people will be
too stupid to realize that what is put out as fiction is actually mirroring what is
happening. It’s like they believe
their own script that IF people did find out "no one will care." Because so much of
the Illuminati programming
involves the creation and programming of 3 alters linked into trinities, it is not
surprising that Disney has helped
such triad programming with a series of movies about threesomes, including:

3 Blind Mouseketeers

Three Caballeros

3 little pigs

Three Little Wolves

3 Lives of Thomasina

The Three Musketeers

3 Ninjas

Three Orphan Kittens

For Mickey Mouse programming they came out with Thru the Mirror, where Mickey Mouse
steps through his
bedroom mirror and ends up in another world (altered state). Not all of the Disney
movies that have mind-
control programming themes got released to the public. One unreleased cartoon had
Penelope fleeing from a
sinister looking Grandfather Clock which is carrying her to another world, and has
another scene where
Penelope tries to hold onto someone who personifies the Wind.

George Lucas, who directed the movie Star Wars, which was a movie planned by the
Illuminati & used for
Illuminati programming, also directed Disney’s movie "Captain EO". Captain EO (who
looks like a demonic
entity) goes to rescue the Queen (who looks like the harlot describes as Mystery
Babylon in the Bible). The
Queen is in captivity simply because she and her people believe in black and white
(which represent good and
evil). When they renounce such a belief, they are saved by Michael Jackson (in
actual life a mind-controlled
slave) playing Captain EO. It’s a New Age witchcraft film through & through.

By the way, Michael Jackson has gone to Disney amusement parks many times,
sometimes in disguise. It is
public knowledge that his Jehovah’s Witness family has been very abusive mentally
and physically to their
children.

Disney has put out several movies on how the mind works, such as the educational
film The Brain & Nervous
System in 1990. Their film Runaway Brain is a cartoon where Dr. Frankenollie
transplants Mickey’s brain into
a monster’s body & vice-versa. A 1994 film. Puppet Masters shows the govt.’s secret
Office of Scientific
Intelligence trying to save the U.S. from aliens who live in human bodies.

In recent years, Bette Midler has been Disney’s main actress. In the Vol. 2, it was
exposed that she is possibly a
Monarch Mind-controlled slave. She is famous for her "mood swings" (switches in
personality), and she had a
"mental breakdown" in 1985. Her eyes and body gestures are those of a programmed
multiple. She has gone out
on tour for Disney without making money, and she is best of friends with Jeffrey
Katzenberg (second in

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 125 of 296

command at Disney). Jeffrey Katzenberg by the way is extremely disliked by his

counterpart Sid Sheinberg.
Bette Midler plays Stella in the movie Stella. Stella is an occult name. In the
movie, the script seems tailored for
Bette Midler and for someone who is a programmed slave, rather than the actress
fitting the role. At the movie’s
end, Stella (Bette Midler) attends her own daughter’s marriage by peeking in a
window and watching from the
outside.

This is the script they give so many of the parts of a slave, so that they feel
unworthy and feel like they are
always on the outside looking in at life. Many parts (personalities) of slaves find
it hard to connect with real life,
because they feel they are on the outside looking in. And then in true Disney
fashion, Disney had Bette Midler
play the role of the lead witch in Hocus Pocus. The movie Hocus Pocus does some
hocus pocus of its own.
While pretending to make fun of witchcraft, they actually teach witchcraft. They do
make the 3 witches look
comical. By the way, the 3 witches stand for the maiden, mother, crone combo that
the Illuminati reverence.

Disney subtly works in deep occult things, such as the all-seeing eye on the cover
of the book, the little girl
promising the cat (who is a familiar spirit) that her descendants would always care
for it (true, because the cat
was a generational spirit). The cat is killed in the movie but can’t die. And Bette
Midler as lead witch in her
costume, which has some Mother-of-Darkness symbology on it, states as she gets
ready to take the life force
from an innocent girl, "We want to live forever, so we take children’s lives." This
is wholesome entertainment
for children?

The Disney capacity for deception extends to its own workers. PR men recruit young
people for its Disney
College program. They tell the young people what a great stepping stone it will be
for their careers. They have
been known to make it sound like the greatest thing in your life. Kids come from
all over the country due to the
slick recruiting tactics to work for Disney. They are then housed in Disney
housing, given menial jobs, and paid
low wages. Most people in the College Program leave disillusioned. If the worker
happens to think of a great
idea, Disney officials have been known to steal the idea, and because the worker
was working for Disney the
worker will find that they are unable to get any credit or money for the idea that
Disney steals and makes
millions off of. One uncredited creator of a Disney sale item said, "literally,
they’re using everybody for
everything." (Inside the Mouse, p. 239.)

»> Next, will be the script for how the Disney film Fantasia has been used as a
standard programming tool
since the 1940’s by the Illuminati.

K. DETAILED SCRIPT ON HOW THE DISNEY FILM FANTASIA IS USED FOR PROGRAMMING
TRAUMA-BASED MIND-CONTROLLED SLAVES.
During the 1950’s, ‘60’s, and ‘70’s at least 90% of the Illuminati’s trauma-based
mind-controlled slaves were
subjected to watching Disney’s Fantasia film in order for them to build the
foundational imagery of the mind-
control. Child mind-control victims had their eyes taped open, and then sat one-on-
one with their primary
programmers so that the programmers could give the scripts as the child watched
Disney’s Fantasia over and
over. What made Fantasia unique as a programming tool is that it had almost
everything the programmers
needed to create the foundational imagery for their trauma-based mind-control. To
build a dependable alter
system means that the worlds need a solid foundation. Fantasia has provided the
means to get a solid foundation
for the internal worlds that the Illuminati slaves build in their mind. It is also
a masterpiece in coordinating color
and music.

The Disney film Fantasia which premiered on Nov. 13, 1940 (at Broadway Theater in
NYC) was a financial
disaster as a movie, but was an Illuminati programming masterpiece. The film was
released to theaters in ‘40,
‘46, ‘56, ‘63, ‘69, ‘77, ‘82, ‘85, ‘90 in order to catch every generation of
children. The video was released in
1991.

During programming much of the child slave’ s mind will watch the film. One
particular part (alter) will be
forced to memorize everything in the film. This small part (small alter) is well
hidden in each victim’s mind.
This small alter, who has a vivid and total recall of the film Fantasia, is locked
carefully away so that ONLY an

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 126 of 296

access code will pull him/her up. Watching the videotape Fantasia is not going to
pull this alter up. The
programmers pull this alter up when they have a clean slate alter. When they are
taking a clean slate of the
mind, they will pull the clean part up and have the alter who has memorized
Fantasia throw its memory onto an
internal big screen.

The internal Outer space (aka Rubicon) is shaped like an amphitheater, and
functions as a big vast screen for
replay. There is an internal ball or sun created via the lighting effect of the
movie Fantasia, so that the movie
appears projected in the mind as on a globe. And the Fantasia film images hit this
internal globe and go circular
in the mind and spin through the system. The programmer will then say to the new
part "THIS IS WHAT I
WANT YOU TO CREATE. THIS IS WHAT WE NEED." In this fashion, Fantasia has provided
the
programmers with their primary tool for taking a dissociated clean slate part of
the mind, and manipulating it to
become a new workable part within the system. The young part that holds the entire
Fantasia memory is
strategically placed in the system so that it can be called up from anyplace in the
system. No matter where the
programmer is working in the system, he can access this small alter whose function
is to remember the movie.
Most of the system will go into a trance sleep if shown the movie. The front (as
well as most of the system’s
alters) will be totally amnesic to having ever seen the movie. Since the
programming put in with Fantasia is so
fundamental it should come as no surprise that the programmers have done an
excellent job in protecting this
programming from everyone, including the slave. Abreacting the film for many alters
could rip the system apart,
because after the film is memorized severe trauma begins to be overlaid and
attached to the film. There may be
some small alters that still carry tiny bits and pieces of memory of the movie, but
only one will really remember
it.

The following script will be a running account of how Fantasia has been used as an
important preparatory film
for Illuminati trauma-based mind-control to train the mind-control victim’s mind to
be able to visualize the
programming that will be layered in.

The time clock will begin when the feature film’s action begins, and then will run
its entire 116 minutes. This
will give the researcher of mind-control a blow-by-blow description of how a Disney
movie is used for
programming. The film was often shown to child victims around 3 to 4 years of age
with a wide screen while
the child was under a guided LSD trip. (Prior to the use of LSD some other drugs
were used.)

A Grande Dame or Mother-of-Darkness often worked with the Illuminati programmer as

an Assistant
Programmer. The scripts & the programming have already been discussed prior to
showing the child the film, so
the programmers know the direction they want to take the child, & will tailor some
of what is said to the child
victim to individualize the programming.

When a three or four year old is shown Fantasia on a hypnotically-prepared and

controlled LSD trip, the colors
& effects of Fantasia are increased about 1,000 times. The film is realer than real
to the child. The movie will
not be shown just once, but over and over so that the scripts are ingrained into
the mind. The imagery for the
child’ s internal world will be well established, because the big screen movie
enhanced by both the drugs and the
bright colors of the art work will seem more real that life itself. At this time,
the child is a multiple, but the walls
between the various parts of the mind are not solid, but similar to the walls
between ego states in an adult non-
multiple. A large part of the 3 or 4 year-old child’s system will be allowed to
view the system, including the
Christian parts. Then the entire system (with the single exception of the alter
carrying the entire memory of the
film) will be hypnotically told to forget having seen the film.

Years later, the front alters will not remember having seen the movie, but they may
have a strange dislike for the
film. They may find that they can’t identify where their feelings of dislike of the
film stem from. The child
victim will watch the movie with its programmer and assistant programmer one-on-
one, with no other children
in the room. The child will watch the film repeatedly and be grilled about what is
in the movie. The child will
see the movie so many times in such a vivid form and will be tested to the point
that the movie will be
memorized. But it will be hypnotically locked up in the subconscious by the
programmers, so that it forms a
base for the mind to begin building programming, but will remain hidden from the
conscious.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 127 of 296

At the time the Fantasia film was made, the Illuminati had been creating trained
multiples for years, but they
knew they wanted to program the different personalities in accordance with the best
mind-control techniques of
the day. For this reason, the Fantasia film was planned ahead of time, so that it
could possibly serve as a
programming aid. The film is silent (almost no words) except for music so that it
can be used for hypnotic
visualization, so that the Mother of Darkness & the programmer can fill in the
programming script with the
child victim as they watch the movie. As it turned out, their plans were
successful.

The New Age author David Tame states in his book The Secret Power of Music
(Rochester, VT: Destiny Books,
1984, p. 292), that Fantasia is. . . "A superb marriage between the visual and
musical arts. Most of the
sequences., .are what New Age cinema was intended to be!" The power of the movie to
influence the mind
stands out. In order to make the film, Disney used some strong arm tactics on a few
people. The movie was a
box office flop when first released in the 1940’ s, but then it was made for the
occult world anyway. By the
1960’s, the Illuminati had create a drug culture and had lots of undetectable mind-
controlled slaves running
around that had been programmed with Fantasia. In the 1960’s, Fantasia became a hit
with the drug culture
which had its share of Illuminati slaves deeply involved in it. One more reminder,
the sentences that are "ALL
CAPS" in the script are things that the programmers are saying to the child victim
as the child watches the film.
(Bear in mind, that the child watches the film over & over, so not everything
indicated in this script by caps that
the programmer says will necessarily be said in one showing.)

00 minutes. Curtains open. Action begins with an orchestra. The Conductor upon a
step pyramid is the center of
the scene, and is shown to be the center of authority. Master Programmer Dr. Joseph
Mengele liked Fantasia
because he was a musician and a violinist. Mengele (Dr. Green) liked Bach,
Beethoven, and Schubert and
orchestra music. He enjoyed taking what he liked & using this music to make slaves.
He would portray himself
during programming as being the conductor, & all the orchestra were his children.
The film will allow for a
repetition of this theme.

00.5 minutes. The instruments begin playing. The musicians are silhouettes which
cast shadows upon the wall.
Alters will often see themselves in this fashion too, as merely a shadow or merely
a silhouette.

01.5 minutes. The MC (named Taylor) begins talking. He begins grooming the viewer.
He says that the film
may suggest to your imagination "geometric figures floating in space."

02. minutes. The M.C. says there are 3 kinds of music. He says some music is to
create definite stories, some to
create definite pictures, and some music exists for its own sake.

02.5 minutes. The M.C. introduces us to the "Absolute music."

03. minutes. He states that „Abstract images that might pass through your mind...
music will suggest other things
to your imagination..." The Philadelphia Orchestra begins playing "Toccata and
Fuge" by Bach in the
background. As a cartoon for children (or adults) the film has already lost the
normal audience at this point.
(There is no way that Disney could have escaped realizing that the film starts out
losing the normal audience.)

03.5 minutes. The conductor is standing out and everyone else is a silhouette with
shadow mirror images (like
so many of the alters become). Leopald Stokowski is now standing as the rising sun
rises. This is an allusion to
sun worship and the sun rising in the east. The music is going up and down, and
this music at this point is used
to train the child to go up and down the trance ladder (that is to go deeper or
lighter in trance).

04. minutes. The conductor opens his hands and waves them in an Illuminati hand
signal. The music begins.

06 minutes. A row of violinists play, they are merely silhouettes with shadows.

06.5 minutes. A harp scale is played in the background that is used in the
programming. Triggers are attached to
this harp scale, or the harp scale is used as a foundation identifier for a piano
scale. More children can be taught
the piano than the harp, so this scale is usually transferred to a piano scale.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 128 of 296

07 minutes. A series of 3 musicians is shown.

07.5 minutes. The conductor (the programmer) becomes invisible. The Prog. Assistant
will ask the child, "WHO
IS GREEN? GREEN BECOMES INVISIBLE."

08 minutes. First lines representing bows are shown (the violinists are invisible),
then the Golden Gate Bridge.
"REMEMBER THE BOW, NOT THE VIOLINIST." The bow lines flashing on the screen
represent energy.

08.5 minutes. Colored disks are flashed onto the screen. The lights are represented
to the child victim ‘THAT’S
DR. GREEN’S ORCHESTRA." Geometric shapes and flashes of lines explode onto the
screen. Concentric
rings that will pattern the concentric worlds appear. (See Vol. 2 p. 196 for an
illustration of this.)

10. minutes. Asst. Prog, will say, „YOU ARE HIS STAR." as stars flash on the
screen. Many hidden alters
(parts) are stars. Swirling lines arrive, and then colors and then more concentric
lines.

1 1 minutes. Worlds within worlds are shown. Water is shown. Concentric circles
that are the pattern for the
worlds are presented. A varying number (5 or 7) of Castle-like structures
materialize and then disappear. (These
will form the pattern for some of the internal castles.) A quick flowing yellow
line comes down the center of the
screen, ‘THAT’S THE YELLOW BRICK ROAD."

11.5 min. Lots of stars emerge.

12 minutes. Various worlds are shown, and an illusionary castle. Lots of stars are
shown, which will be how the
victim will model many of their alter parts after. Lots of purple stars appear,
representing royal star alters.

12.5 minutes. Spiral splotches of cloud-like colors appear and disappear in

dissociative colors. This is the
Kingdom of the Gods during programming. The Asst. Programmer takes the opportunity
to ask, "WHOSE
ORCHESTRA?" This scene is used for the internal heaven where the kings are. Then
the camera shows the
conductor finishing.

13 minutes. The programmer has finished building his basic worlds.

13.5 minutes. The MC talks about Tchaikovsky’s Nutcracker.

14 minutes. 13 circling lights come into view circling around and around. (The 13
lights are something like 4
yellow lights, 3 white lights, 4 orange, 2 blue- something like this. They don’t
have to be all the different
programming colors at this point, because that programming will come in its own
time.) Stars turn into fairies.

A fairy with lots of fairy dust whirls around. ("Make a wish" the slave will be
told later on, create what you
want.) Flowers grow into butterflies. Hypnotic music plays as the fairy throws
fairy dust. Soon, the Fairy spins a
web.

15 minutes. The cabalistic tree of life is made with lights, and then the many
colors of the ribbons are flashed up
on the screen quickly. A compass image is very quickly flashed on the screen.

16 minutes. Lights multiply on the screen, and a spider web appears in the
background. There are lots of stars
which shine as lights in a spider web. (Stars will serve as alters in programming,
the spider web serves as a
system within the system, see Vol. 2.) There are several shots of multitudes of
stars on a spider web. 16.5
minutes. There is an explosion of light which has a splintering effect (which will
fit in well with an electroshock
later on to create alters.) Around and around go 6 big mushrooms dancing, with a
little one trying to participate.
The programmer will point out that the mushrooms are "A FAMI L Y". When the
splintering effect is done with
real electricity in the future, the mind will splinter into a family.

17.6 minutes. Concentric circles appear in water. Flashing pedals emerge as if they
were dissociation spreading
through the water. The flowers are the top spinners (see the pages in Deeper
Insights on spin tortures to create
spinner families), they dance, & then they float away in the bubbles (of
dissociation). "A FAMILY OF

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 129 of 296

SPINNERS" the programmer will say. "SEE THEY SPIN YOU INTO BUBBLES INTO
NOTHINGNESS."
There is lots of dancing shown by the spinners. Everyone is dancing to the top. The
child victim’s head will be
wobbling back and forth from the influence of the drugs and dissociation at this
point.

19.5 minutes. When the family of fish make a star, the Asst. Programmer says, "SEE
HOW SAD THEY ARE."
The fish dance in circles and they also hide behind veils. "THE FISH MADE ITS OWN
BUBBLES AND YOU
CAN MAKE YOUR OWN BUBBLES TOO."

21.5 min. The child is trained to trance at the hypnotic 8’s that appear in the
water. This type of scene will put
the deeper alters to sleep of a slave still actively being used. The movie here is
being used to teach symbols,
which will be important in the programming. Asst. Programmer, "LOOK YOU’RE JUST
FLOATING..
..FLOAT, FLOAT, FLOAT, SLEEP... SEE SHE WENT RIGHT INTO THE CENTER OF THE TRANCE
STATE.. .YOU DANCE ROUND AND ROUND AND ROUND AND WHERE WE END UP YOU’LL
NEVER KNOW."

22 minutes. Lots of bubbles begin appearing. They will be used in the programming
to assist the child to protect
its mind from the traumas. The asst, programmer may have a bubble toy to make
bubbles in her hand as a game
to play with the child. The child will be trained and programmed to put its
memories into bubbles and let them
disappear. „WHY WOULD YOU WANT TO GO INTO THE BUBBLE TO GET AWAY FROM THE
DARKNESS? 1,2, 3. ..NOW THERE ARE MANY BUBBLES, THIS IS WHAT WE WANT YOU TO DO." At

this point the film is showing different colors of bubbles, for instance gold
bubbles. This trains the child’s mind
to identify different colors of bubbles. The bubble-fish-flower scene is going on.
"DON’T YOU FEEL LIKE
THAT FISH, ROUND AND ROUND YOU GO" (dissociation encouraged). The fish continues
going in a
dissociative spin. The fish swim in graceful perfect figure 8’s which have a
subconscious hypnotic induction
message to the victim. "SLEEPY LITTLE FISH" is said when the music gets hypnotic.
"YOU’RE SLEEPY &
YOU’RE TIRED, THIS IS NOTHING BUT A DREAM." "ALL THE DIAMONDS ARE ALL AROUND,

NOT YOU" In other words, this is teaching the child that their entire internal
world can be around them, but
"you don’t know that it’s you." The child begins to lose the ability to realize
that other parts of itself belong to
itself, they are only stars, etc. The fish changes into anot her character, flowers
are appearing in different colors
of the color coding, red, green, orange, blue, white. . .All of a sudden it get’s
still. "SHH, LISTEN CLOSELY."

22.5 minutes. Eyes shine in the darkness. "EVERYTHING IS FINE, YOU JUST RELAX."

Silhouettes appear, which represent fish (alters, and people) who are there but you
don’t see them, they are
behind the veil like the silhouettes. ‘THEY AREN’T THERE, IF YOU SEE THEM THEY
AREN’T REAL
THEY LOOK LIKE A FLOWER, WHEN YOU SEE THEM, YOU WON’T SEE A CHILD- YOU WILL SEE
A FLOWER." The silhouette veil gives the sense to the child that he can sense
something but it’s not there. 23
min. Different plants appear and dance. (This part of movie is very important in
structuring.) The plants separate
into many plants and flowers, and they multiply on the screen, but at the end they
solidity into a solid plant. This
is teaching the „you-are-one-but-you-are-many" concept. "FAMILIES ALWAYS WORK
TOGETHER.
WHETHER YOU ARE BLUE OR YELLOW OR GREEN, FAMILIES ALWAYS WORK TOGETHER IN
HARMONY."

24 minutes. "BUBBLES ALL HAVE A LIFE SOURCE... THERE, LOOK, WHAT’S IN THAT BUBBLE?"

24.5 minutes. „YOU CAN HAVE YOUR OWN ORCHESTRA". Fruit that hangs on the tree is
shown, which
will be the basis for how they hang the programs (the fruit) in the internal world.
Note the colors, orange, white,
yellow, purple, blue, green,...

24.5 minutes. Fairyland appears on the screen. The Fairies awake and fly through
leaves. ‘THERE’S YOUR
FAIRIES. SHE IS VERY MAGICAL. SHE CAN CREATE ANYTHING AND SO CAN YOU." "THE
FAIRIES ARE SO MAGICAL."

When the core is being first split, the parts of the mind that are creative are
taken and used to create the fairies.
The programmers will only take these original creative splits, they will not try to
get fairies from any more

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007
Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 130 of 296

torture. The fairies are the creative parts of the child, how ever many creative
parts that the child has splintered
will be the number of fairies created. These parts of the mind receive very heavy
programming. They are core
splits. (If readers remember on page 87 of Vol. 2, it refers to a Core Protector
coded "Creation". That alter was a
fairy, a core split. Not only does this creative part make things "magically" for
the system, it protects the core.
Does that help people to understand how the Core can be so creatively protected? !
(For more understanding
about the Core see Cisco’s very deep article on the Core.) Fairies are assigned to
every part of an alter system.
The child of 3 or 4, who watches Fantasia has had their core locked away at 2 1/2.
The core’s stars have not
been locked away yet, & have access to her energy. When the system is built, the
stars are locked away &
become the core’s guardians. They will act like the core to protect her. The real
value of the fairies comes when
the core’s stars are locked away & the Programmers have to depend upon the creative
power of the fairies.

24 minutes. A vine (which represents a system’s double helix) lights up one leaf
after another. The leaves are
staggered (alternated) and they light up in sequence, which teaches the child the
foundation of how they will
create the DNA helix and its staggered exit permissions.

25.5 min. The leaves are now floating up and down, like the alters will learn to
do. "SOME FALL TO THE
GROUND AND DIE." This is the point where the story of the Oak Tree will be added in
for programming.
When the Illuminati programmers want "to destroy" an alter they can use the
chandelier-MT 6:22-23 torture
mentioned on page 310 of the Vol. 2 Formula book, and then have the splintered
alters become leaves that fall
to the ground and die. After this, these disobedient and now "dead" alters can be
taken & be dissociated from
their memories. The memories are locked up someplace permanent within the mind.

26. min. Out of a leaf like "box" come a series of fairies. The child is taught to
put things (such as alters) in
boxes of various shapes.

26.5 min. Leaves blow in the wind. Fairies cover things and keep them safe.

27. min. Fairies continue flying around. The seasons are passing in sequence. An
internal green-skirted fairy
will be connected to the internal hourglass during the programming.

27.5 min. The fairies quit flying and skate on ice. The season has turned to
winter.

28 min. A winter scene. The four seasons have come to an end.

28.5 min. A sorcerer is introduced by the MC (emcee). The sorcerer is shown and
then his assistant or trainee
who is Mickey Mouse. Mickey Mouse wants to be creative and magical like the great
wizard. Mickey Mouse
sees the power that the sorcerer has, and wants that power. What is really being
subtly portrayed here is the
programmer (the wizard) and the core & the core’s creative splits (Mickey Mouse).
Showing the programmer as
a great wizard is actually right on the money. The top programmers are all Grand
Masters in the Illuminati and
are very much into witchcraft.

29 min. The sorcerer (wizard) is shown again. This time the wizard,, with his skull
beside him, creates from his
witch’s cauldron a big colorful butterfly which is forever changing. (Is this big
yellow, purple, white, and blue
butterfly meant to be a Monarch butterfly? The programmers will use it that way for
this Monarch
programming.) The great wizard magically creates the big colorful butterfly and
then he shatters it into
countless splinters!

Disney often portrays Mickey Mouse as a Sorcerer.

30 min. Mickey sneaks around and grabs the magic hat. (The magic hat is one of the
few things in the film that
doesn’t mean anything for the programming. It merely has witchcraft symbols.) Then
a magic broom appears.

30.5 min. The broomstick comes alive. The broomstick imagery will be used to help
create the pancake people
(ribbon alters who will haul the internal computer messages). The broomstick person
in the film hauls buckets

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 131 of 296

of water. The child is having story after story layered in over a period of time,
which are being skillfully
constructed toward a programming end. Parts of the child’s mind that see the movie
Fantasia will be dissociated
clean slates. They will need to have some imagery given to them so that they have
something to build mentally
upon. In Cisco’s section of the book, in the Truth article it is discussed how the
mind looks at sensory inputs and
tries to make sense of a pattern by comparing it to previous patterns that it has
identified. Learning is a step-by-
step building process, and so is programming.

3 1 . min. Mickey as the apprentice sorcerer (in a sense the victim who the
programmer is training) manipulates
the broomstick person. "THE CHILD (Mickey) CAN DO WHAT THE GREAT MAGICIAN dId. YOU
CAN
TELL YOUR MIND WHAT TO DO. YOU GET POWER BY LEARNING TO BE CREATIVE." Mickey (and
the victim) become mirror images of the Wizard over them.

32 min. Then the sorcerer sits on his throne, and while on the throne acts like the
conductor. Here is a subtle
mental tie-in that Mickey is playing the role of programmer (conductor) and is
sitting on an Illuminati throne
(like so many of the Illuminati Grand Master programmers have actually done.)
Michael Aquino is just one of
several mind-control programmers who have gone by the name of Mickey. Because
Mickey Mouse is
substituted for being the programmer at different points in programming, this scene
will tie in well with other
standard programming sessions.

32.5 min. Mickey in the film clearly is shown leaving his physical body and
astrally projecting himself. This is
such a vivid portrayal of occult astral projection, that it is mind-boggling that
many Christians consider Walt
Disney movies to be Christian. (See Vol. 2, p. 319, for a discussion of the
scientific methods to understand and
induce astral projection.) This again is laying the mental foundation for the child
to leave its body mentally and
either hover over its body in dissociation or to travel somewhere via astral
projection. Mickey Mouse then
begins conducting lights.

p_starry-sky.gif

These lights represent the alters that the victim will make for the conductor. The
lights (aka stars) are the
conductor’ s orchestra. Lightning (such as flashes that come from electroshock) and
stormy weather are being
controlled by Mickey. Notice that the things Mickey is controlling are fear-based.
After the child has viewed the
film many times and memorized it, when the electro-shock is applied during this
time of the film, the child will
control it like Mickey by ‘magically’ creating splits.

33.5 min. Mickey begins conducting waves. Then, for those who understand the veiled
scenes, Mickey begins
going through the different magic spheres conquering the different spirits. This is
Enochian Magic. 34 min.
Mickey wakes up back in his body, and he is in trouble with rising water i.e. a
water trauma. Mickey is thrown
into the water. The child victim will identify this with the drowning tortures that
are given to instill "no talk-no
tell" messages. After Mickey (or in child himself) has done something, and returns
to his body, then the "‘no-
talk"’ message will kick in. Victims of mind-control often get the feeling of
drowning when they trigger a no-
talk message.

34.5 min. More water continues to flow.

35 min. All of a sudden without any continuity of action, Mickey gets an ax and
kills the broom by splitting it.
The broom dies and then multiplies when it comes back to life. This is such a clear
picture of what the
programmers want the child’s mind to do. They will traumatize the child essentially
unto death, and then they
want the tortured alter to multiply itself into many more duplicate alters. Armies
of brooms are formed from the
broom. This scene here is a clear red flag that the Illuminati asked Walt Disney to
produce this film. This scene
with the trauma death of the broom, with it splitting in half, and then coming back
to life in a multiplied form, is
evidence that this film was meant to be used for training children in multiplicity.
The assistant programmer will
say "IT’S O.K. TO SPLINTER." "YOU ARE TIRED, YOU CAN ESCAPE THAT BY RESTING" AND
LET A
PART OF YOURSELF COME OUT." At this point, it is necessary to explain what is going
to be done when
they begin to splinter the child’s mind. After the splitting trauma, the programmer
needs to be able to see what

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 132 of 296

the child has created, so he wants the child to look at what’s been made. " ‘CAN
YOU LOOK AT WHAT
YOU’VE CREATED?" However, the part of the child that looks back at the trauma will
then see that the
dissociated trauma was real and that will make the child angry. The programmers
want the child to dissociate
what he built, and when the child looks back at what he has created he goes into a
vortex of dissociation. The
child is told if he ever looks back at the memory he will go into the vortex.

35.5 min. Water is being thrown in by the brooms, while Mickey throws water out.

36 min. All of a sudden a hypnotic vortex sucks things in during the film.

36.5 min. The brooms all march in an army, while Mickey reads his magic book.
Mickey then uses his magic
book as a lifeboat when he gets whirled into a vortex. A vortex is often created
from that part of the mind that is
holding the high energy that accumulates in the mind just before the mind splits.
It holds the highest energy of
the mind. One way a vortex is created is to place the child on a traumatic Disney
ride— like a rollar coaster.
Special electrical boxes or electrical shoes are outfitted onto the child so that
during the ride, at a particular
timed moment when fear is increasing, that fear has pain of the electrical shock
added to it. A cattle prod of
course would be too dangerous to take up on some type of ride like that with all
the motion. Also bear in mind, a
small child doesn„t take need the electrical power that an adult needs to take it
down.

37 min. At the bottom of vortices in the Illuminati programming, the programmers

place Guardian demons. In
Fantasia, when Mickey gets to the bottom of the vortex, sure enough, there is a
Guardian there to meet him. The
Guardian spirit parts the water as if he were Moses with the Red Sea.

38. min. The Conductor and Mickey Mouse shake hands. The conductor does something
very significant.
Mickey congratulates the conductor and then the conductor (programmer) in turn
says, "Mickey, you’ve done a
good job." (Yes, the core/core splits have done a good job at this point, they have
just created their inner world!)
The MC tells us about the next song the occult Rite of Spring. Spring rituals are
creation rituals and so this
music is ritually connected to what the programmers are going to do in this
segment. The MC states that instead
of the viewer seeing tribal dances (which are by the way witchcraft dances), that
instead Disney has decided to
show us scenes of what went on billions of years ago. (This next part is also a
subtle push for Darwin’s theory
of evolution. But because it is child’s entertainment, people don’t have their
guard up. The theory of evolution is
important, because it allows people including the victim to not take moral
responsibility for their actions, and it
is also the basis of some of the Hinduism and witchcraft teachings that will be
given the deeper alters. This is a
backdoor approach to destroy godliness that is carried out on children in general.)

39.5 min. The MC says, "Imagine a lonely tormented little planet spinning in a sea
of nothingness." This is
exactly what the programmer will say to the child as they work together at building
an internal world. The "sea
of nothingness" is what the reader will see described in our books as "Outer Space"
or „the Rubicon." Also that
"sea of nothingness" is used much later to reinforce the secrecy of the
programmers. Much later as the
programmer and torture has progressed the programmers will say to alters, "LOOK
DOWN ON THE EMPTY
SEA OF NOTHINGNESS. THERE IS NO DR. GREEN. THERE IS NO DADDY THERE."

40 minutes. A swirl of stars in a galaxy appears. Swirls of comet-like lights flash

by. "MANY WORLDS
THERE." This will set the base for the child to build galaxies and worlds within
their mind. "BE LIKE GOD,
CREATE YOUR WORLD. BE YOUR OWN GOD AND CREATE YOUR OWN WORLD" the child is told at
this point.

42 minutes. The face of the planet emerges.

42.5 min. Lots of volcanoes erupt on the screen, setting the foundation to build
realistic internal volcanoes.

45 min. Oceans, and water and fire are coming into being. The child victim needs to
know how a world is
created in order to create their own internal world. Lava begins flowing as the
flute plays the background music.
Lightening flashes. The violence of the fierce weather portrayed will be enhanced
by the child on drugs to a

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 133 of 296

thousand times its magnitude. This is important because it will take a great deal
of mental energy and external
torture to create the internal worlds. Having such super- vivid pictures will help
when the victim goes to build
their internal worlds. There will be special purpose fragments that will be made
into the elements of fire and
water. That’s all these special purpose fragments will know. Breaking through the
layers in the alter systems
will trigger internal earthquakes. This and a later earthquake scene are used to
build the foundation for the
internal violent weather. If an internal earthquake shakes a slave’s mind, it has
the same effect as if a real
earthquake were going off. Everything internally shakes and shifts. An alter system
will also have fire children,
who start internal fires, and will give internal alters the abreaction or sense
that they are burning. The mind gets
very survival minded when it thinks it is burning, and goes right back into the
programming that is linked with
the victim’s compliance for survival during programming. 46 minutes. The oceans
continue to form.

47 min. A calm occurs in the action.

47.5 min. The screen gets dark except for an amoeba, which becomes two amoebas. As
the little amoebas
multiply, the asst, programmer encourages the child, "IT’S O.K. TO MULTIPLY. GOD
WANTED YOU TO
MULTIPLY" Remember, the programmers are working with a pre-schooler with clean
slate alters. The
programmers must show images that the child can relate to. The concept of the broom
being split in half and
then multiplying and now the concept of the amoebas splitting are portrayed in a
way that the child’s mind can
grasp the concept.

48.5 min. "IL GOD CAN MAKE A LISH, YOU CAN MAKE A LISH. YOU CAN DO ANYTHING, YOU
CAN BE ANYTHING."

49 minutes. Dinosaurs appear. The programmers will reframe the concept of dinosaurs
into monsters and
demons. The sea-going dinosaurs will be refrained as guardian demons which guard
the internal rivers. These
guardian demons tie in with Armageddon end-time programming. They also guard the
various worlds.

50 min. Dinosaur-birds swoop down and grab prey. This imagery will be refrained to
lay the basis for the
winged-monkey watchers of the Oz stories. The winged-monkey watchers are the child
alters who are assigned
to watch and guard the system.

51.5 min. Fierce dinosaurs (later ref rained as Dragons) protect the swamps. Swamps
are built into the internal
worlds, so this is very helpful. Demons and alters like Dameon are set up as
guards.

52 minutes- More swamps appear. The swamp scenes will form the base in the child’ s
mind for the internal
river Styx. (See more about this in this book’s article "Programming, foundations,
destruction of"). Some
dinosaurs that have long necks that look like snakes begin appearing. The asst,
programmer will reframe these
to the child, "LOOK, THE SEED OF SATAN." "THAT IS A DEMON." While the child
watches, they reframe
the hugh dinosaurs as being demons. Pictures of reptilian looking demons will be
shown to the child too. At that
age, the child is not going to see the difference. (A note for therapists: Some
""demons’" may actually be
important parts to an alter system, and are being used to protect unauthorized
users from entering important
areas of the system.)

54 min.- Fierce Tyrannosaurus Rex chases dinosaurs. This chase scene is especially
frightening to a young child
on a LSD trip. Long-necked snake-like dinosaurs appear. They may be refrained as a
python snake. T Rex is
also known as Leviathan, a demon that inhabits the kundalini spinal column and
causes pain in the victim, he is
written about on page 302 in our Vol. 2 book. In the film a long fierce struggle
between T Rex and other
dinosaurs ensues.

55 min. The dinosaurs begin dying and soon dies. "THE LORD DOESN’T LIKE THEM."’
This will later be
refrained that if parts integrate they are to die. If someone tries to get into the
system, the alters are to bury
themselves deep like these dinosaurs do on the film.
56 min. Dead bones appear

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 134 of 296

59 min. Mountains soar out of the ground into eminence.

59.5 min. It gets stormy on the screen, winds & floods appear.

60. min. Stillness comes as the sun rises.

61 min. The sun sets. (During the programming, this may be refrained as the moon
setting. It can be both or
either or. Remember, the programmer is working with the child’s creativity.)
Various scenes during the film
show the moon in different phases which is important for bringing in programming
concepts like Mr. Moon.

61.3 min. The orchestra is now playing. Music is an important part of mind-control
programming. The affect of
music on the mind and body has been studied. Music can double the heart beat,
accelerate the respiratory rate,
make that rate irregular, enhance perception, lower the threshold for various
sensory stimuli, change blood
pressure & circulation, and alter the muscles in the body. Dance music and "march"
music done by orchestras
change muscle response. Music is also a great way to cause dissociation.

62.5 min. The MC introduces the "‘Sound Track’ who he says is an important person
for Fantasia who can be
seen around the Disney studio. When Mr. Sound Track appears, he is simply a
vertical line. The MC says he is
"an important screen personality." The ground work is being laid for a person being
anything, even a line. The
MC states that each sound creates a picture.

63 minutes. The MC encourages the personified Sound Track ""don’t be nervous.""

Then a sound is made like
an electrical shock and the line develops a splotch of color in it. During the
programming at this point an
electrical shock would be applied to the child.

63.5 minutes. The harp is ask to sound. The harp begins playing a scale and the
line becomes double 8’s and
snake-like spirals. The child will be taught to dissociate when seeing such double
8’s.
64 min. The violin begins going up and down. Each of these instruments is going up
and down the scale, like
do-ray-me-fa-so-la-tee-do. The music is used to teach the alters to go up and down
the helix, which is figured in
this part of the film. As the music goes down, an alter is taught to go down in
trance, and as it climbs higher, the
alter will trance higher. All these instruments (violin, flute, bass, bassoon) are
being used to teach alters how to
work in the system. The MC describes the flute as "very pretty".

64.3 min. A trumpet begins playing and the colors, yellow, orange, etc. begin
showing.

64.5 min. When the bassoon plays, the MC says, "Go on. Drop the other shoe"— "Go to
the shoe" which
translates "‘go to the ground"" —the deepest trance level. The following is the
double-pyramid, with a helix up
the middle that appears when the bassoon plays: -(This configuration is very
important to all these Illuminati
alters sy stems. )-

p_rugbyball.gif

65 min. The drum plays and some other percussion instruments play. These are taught
to the child as the cult’s
"HEARTBEAT". They will hear this sound internally for many years to come. Then some
sounds that have a
shattering effect (cymbals) like broken mirrors are made in the film.

65.5 min. As the sounds take place a line is made with a pyramid at the top. This
is laying the groundwork for
the system’s structuring.

66 min. The MC laughs and talks about Beethoven’s Pastoral Symphony (Beethoven’s
6th) which is next.

66.5 minutes. The screen comes alive with magical Unicorns of different colors.
Then Pan (a satan-like figure)
appears playing his pipes, and soon lots of little Pans (little demons) are playing
their pipes. The little Pans

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 135 of 296

(demons) play and dance with the unicorns. The orchestra plays again. (This author,
Fritz, remembers when I
said that Pan was an evil demon, I was rebuked by a Christian minister. He then
said Pan a benevolent cheery
creature". A number of books which may be obtained from Satanic bookstores document
that Pan is indeed
considered a powerful demon by occultists.)

67 min. Pegasus (the mythical greek winged horse) flies in. As a Mother horse she
takes care of little ones on
the screen. She is a protector in the programming.

68 min. "FANTASY IS FUN. FANTASY IS A GAME YOU PLAY. MOTHER TEACHES YOU. SEE HOW
MOTHER IS A TEACHER. SEE THE BLACK AND WHITE HORSE. THEY ALWAYS FLY TOGETHER,
BUT ARE SEPARATE. THEY ARE FLYING OVER THE CLOUDS." "OVER THE CLOUDS, INTO THE
BLUE YONDER." The child is rewarded for what it has to do with the game of fantasy.
"THAT’S YOUR
REWARD FOR DOING WHAT YOU ARE TO DO. YOU CAN LEARN TO FLY OVER THE CLOUDS."
The child feels rewarded by the game of fantasy. The fantasy scenes in Walt
Disney’s Fantasia are like the
Wizard of Oz scenes in Oz, fantasy-land is more colorful and fun than real life.
Vivid colors will be splashed
about during the fantasy-land scenes.

68.5 min. A castle appears as Pegasus flies around. This and other castle scenes
will help the child develop the
imagery for the spiritual castles that the child will build internally. Then they
swim in the water. "SEE THE
MIRROR IMAGES, WATER CAN BE GLASS." During the programming mirrors are put into the
internal
system. A mirror can be a piece of glass, the surface of a pond, or an asphalt
runway. When the programming is
complete, underneath the water &/or the runway lurk demons.

70 min. Waterfalls emerge and issue forth. The waterfalls are used by the
programmers to erase all the slave’s
memory of what was done to them. The child will be told at the end of watching
Fantasia (and this will be said
at other programming events too), "JUST REMEMBER THE GOOD, JUST REMEMBER THE
FANTASY".
The fantasy is given so that the subconscious can rest in peace after the
programming. The child is told "WASH
YOURSELF CLEAN."

70.5 min. The little girls appear as girl centaurs (half girl-half horse). "SEE THE
LITTLE GIRLS ARE
HORSES."

7 1 minutes. Then a scene appears where one girl centaur braids another girl
centaur’s long hair. The Illuminati
teach their slaves to braid their memories. They braid their memories up and then
lock them in. All the Daddy
memories will be locked up & braided and then locked for good.

72 min. Male centaurs appear. They are near water and make mirror images in the
water.

72.5 min. A crown is placed on a female centaur and 2 doves. During the Illuminati
death, burial and
resurrection ceremonies lilies are used for crowns, and doves are used. These are
significant programming/ritual
symbols. The female centaurs look at the male centaurs. This will be refrained as a
system can have both male
and female parts.

73 min. Starting with one female centaur, the females act seductive to the males,
who then respond. For bras the
females have bras of daisies. The Vol. 2 book explained how the daisy programming
is a life-or-death type
program. Vivid colors are used for each centaur. For instance, one may be purple
and another one another color,
which sets the groundwork for alters to have different access color codes. Alters
do not usually see themselves
as being in different colors, although it does happen on occasion.

73.8 min. A marriage takes place between the centaurs. The programmers catch these
nuances of the film and
use them. The marriage here teaches the child to be acquainted with the arm-and-arm
marriage ceremonies.
Remember, the programmers are dealing with clean slates that must be taught from
the ground up. In the next
few minutes, the cherub children will watch sexual body language, and the child
victim is also picking up on
enticing sexual body motions.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 136 of 296

74.2 min. The centaurs go swimming. "I FEEL LIKE A LITTLE GIRL WITH A HORSE’S
BODY."

75 min. Little cherubs are dancing and flying around. When pictured the artists at
times single out 3 cherubs
who blow flutes together. The female centaur appears, who is fair haired (blond)
and blue-eyed, which is what
the Illuminati like. When she hears the tone (of the flutes) she goes into a trance
state and walks with her eyes
closed. This imagery is used to teach alters that when they hear certain tones,
they are to go into a trance state
and do certain things. The little cherub turns into a heart, and when no one is
watching goes into the tree. In
programming, this part is the Keeper of the Tree. Notice how everything is veiled.
The assistant programmer
will point the cherub out to the child victim, "LOOK AT WHAT HE DID."

76.5 min. A curtain then shrouds the scene. The curtain appears to be tree-like.
More bubbles appear, and more
water. All the mythical creatures on the screen begin to dance and be merry and
have a feast.

77 min. "SEE THE FEASTS, SEE THE BANQUETS, THE FEASTS ARE O.K. THE BANQUETS ARE
O.K."

78 min. "THE LEAVES ARE FALLING." Blood-like wine is drank at the feast. "SEE THE
BLOOD."

"SEE THE LITTLE DEVILS POP UP." The only human in this Disney scene is honored.
This is done to teach
the alters that humans and animals can mix. That they can be accepted for what they
are, even if they think they
are an animal or something else they will be accepted at the cult’s feasts. These
scenes are all for internal
programming. By the way, one of the pretty female centaurs makes a sexual pass at
the fat human, who then
chases her. "MUST PLEASE THE MASTER."

80 min. A scary storm comes up, and Zeus, and the greek gods appear. „BETTER FEAR
IT. HE’S A GOD
YOU’D BETTER FEAR HIM. HE THROWS LIGHTNING." This demon who throws lightening is
named
Furfur. He also makes thunder & strong winds in the system (alter system’s worlds).
Readers can learn more
about this demon, named Furfur, in Cisco’s second part of Deeper Insights in the
article on "Programming,
foundations, destruction of".

81 minutes. Lightening bolts are thrown from heaven.

81.5 min. All the little cherubs run for cover in fear.

82 min. Pegasus the protector flies in to protect everyone, especially a new bom
Pegasus. The wind is
personified as a two-headed blowing person. This two-headed Janus wind comes
storming through the heavens.
The programmer will often place his own voice "IN THE WIND." The greek god
(internal demon) throws a
lightening bolt.

83 min. "SEE THE GODS". The child is learning what to make internally. Zeus then
relaxes & goes to sleep.

84 min. More vivid colors form. "FAMILIARIZE YOURSELF WITH ALL THE COLORS." The
film at this
point is teaching the child to stay in the framework of the programming for safety.
To go outside of the
programming is terror. The child is learning to fear the godlike demonic guardians.

84.5 min. The fantasy world is coming alive. It is a happy fantasy world. A goddess
in the sky makes a rainbow
emerge. This is the rainbow goddess of the programming.

85 min. All the happy unicorns and cherubs fly ‘"over the rainbow." (Refer back to
the Vol. 2 book p.94 to
understand the significance of going over the rainbow.) The unicorn is derived from
old British paganism where
the lion represented sun worship, and the unicorn represented moon worship. This is
why the Royal Arms of the
British Royal Family have a unicorn on one side, & a lion on the other. Sexually
the unicorn represents
androgeny. During programming, the horses, pegasi, unicorns and centaurs shown in
the Fantasia movie become
the foundation upon which the Illuminati programmers build the Night Mare alters
who are beasts of burden
who carry an alter system’s memories. These are logical no-emotion alters who are
early splits & who are

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 137 of 296

programmed after the child is verbal. See Cisco’s article on Dream Work for more
understanding about the
horse alters, as well as chapter 7 on Structuring.

86 minutes. More rainbows and lots of bubbles come into view. The film has done an
excellent lob of showing
how the Furfur God of thunder protects the Rainbow. Once an alter has gone over the
rainbow, they can not
come back because a demon protects the Rainbow. The rainbow is also protected by
alters who fear the gods.
After seeing Fantasia, the therapist can understand why the little child protector
alters have fear about these
gods. The master (who represents Furfur) in the movie swallows the rainbow. If an
alter looks internally for the
rainbow, he or she will only find stars, because the protector will come up and
say, "I swallowed the rainbow."
The rainbow is kept well hidden internally. This scene is used to teach alters how
to go over the rainbow.
""BEFORE YOU GO OVER THE RAINBOW, YOU HAVE TO PUT ALL YOUR MEMORIES IN THE
BUBBLE. YOU CAN’T TAKE ANYTHING OVER THE RAINBOW INTO FANTASY LAND.”

86.5 minutes. Apollo, the sun god comes out.

87 min. A big mother spirit who fills the whole sky is now shown by Disney. She
hangs over the rainbow. When
a system is built this is indeed what they put in. All go to sleep in the film.

87.5 minutes. Arrows shoot the stars into the heavens. This is more programming
imagery. When you look for
the rainbow, you see stars.
88 min. The conductor finishes again.

88.5 min. The next setting is a Venetian nobleman’s (a duke’s) palace. Curtains
open. The use of curtains is
spoken about in our previous books.

89 min. Curtains open. An Ostrich begins dancing, and gets others to ballet dance.

90 min. The Ostriches begin dancing in a circle, this is laying the groundwork for
what the cult family does. The
Assistant programmer may tell the child, "SEE IT’S O.K. TO DANCE TOGETHER. DANCING
IS
ACCEPTABLE." The programmers will not directly tell the child that this represents
the cult family.

91.5 min. The Ostriches are eating grapes. They are playing, looking in the pool &
they are seeing bubbles.

92 min. Hippos emerge out of the pool. "IT’S O.K. TO BE DIFFERENT. IT’S O.K. TO BE
STRANGE. USE
YOUR CREATIVITY." The hippos begin to dance and dance.

94 min. Elephants appear and are having fun and blowing bubbles out of their
trunks. The programmers may be
having fun blowing bubbles with the child. The programmers like to mix love and
hate, kindness and sadistic
behavior. That way the victim has a hard time separating love from hate. If you ask
many slaves about "Daddy"
they will tell you that they had fun with Daddy. They are right— they had fun
intermixed with sadistic torture.
Bubbles continue to lift off. One of the bubbles has a fish in it. This is imagery
for the bubble programming. The
child victim is trained to dump their bad memories into bubbles and let them float
away. The therapist will
notice that many victims feel like they are floating. They have an unreal feeling.
The bubbles are floating their
bad memories away.

98.5 minutes. A new setting and the hippos are hypnotically sleeping. 3 sinister
alligators that remind one of the
3 primary programmers appear. The 3 alligators have robes that hide them, and
shadow images of themselves
lurking behind them. The alligators are trying to get the hippos. The 3 alligators
are portrayed like the
programmer is, he is someone to fear, love, & respect all at once. The hippo is
running away and dancing. The
alligator dances with the hippo, but makes menacing attempts to eat him. A flying
hippo lands on an alligator.
Elephants, hippos, alligators are shown. The elephants, ostriches, hippos and
alligators all dance in fantasyland.

100 min. The orchestra is dancing. ‘"DO WHAT YOU’RE TOLD AND WE WILL HAVE FUN."

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 138 of 296

101 min. The MC announces the next part as ""the straggle between the profane and
the sacred."’ The conductor
stands in a silhouette that suggests the same pose that the upcoming Satan takes.

102 min. A high dark mountain with a castle looms in front of the viewer. A winged
fiercesome Satan figure
raises his wings. His wings are sectioned like fingers with claws, and will form
the imagery of the demon
Malebrinche, whose satanic claws hang over the alters and terrorize them. In the
Illustrated Guidebook, the
reader will find lots of these claws in the pictures lurking in the background. A
child victim will be taught to
fear the hands of the programmer, Satan and Malebrinche. The wings (hands with
claws) open. And Satan is
portrayed as an awe-inspiring figure. (By the way,, the word maleficia means evil
misfortune caused by witches.
The witch in Disney’s Sleeping Beauty has the demonic name of Maleficent.)

102.5 min. Satan begins raising the dead skeletons. This provides a foundation to
layer in the Valley of the Dry
bones coming alive with armies of skeletons.

104 min. The film also has some images at this point that will help with the
foundation for the Armageddon
programming. Satan calls everything to himself.

p_satan.gif

104.5 min. The hell pit is shown. This is laying a foundation for the hell pit with
all its demons. All kinds of
vivid colors are shown in hell, to make the scene more real than real for the child
victim. Satan smiles as
demons bum in hell. "NO MATTER WHAT COLOR YOU ARE, IF YOU ARE NOT GOOD YOU’LL END
UP THERE.”'

Fantasia portrays Satan as a terrible powerful being.

105 min. "THAT’S WHAT HAPPENS IF YOU’RE BAD. YOUR THROWN INTO THE HELL PIT."

105.5 min. Three beautiful lady demons begin to dance in a circle, all of a sudden
these demons take on their
luciferian form, one becomes a goat.

106 min. The demons continue to dance with powerful Satan watching over them. The
hell pit and the demons
are portrayed in vivid scary graphic depictions. The hellish fire and the ghoulish
dancing of its occupants
continues for what seems a long time. "WHEN GOD FINDS OUT HOW BAD YOU ARE. LOOK AT
WHAT
HE’LL DO TO YOU."

107 min. Satan is portrayed by Disney in all his evil dark majesty.

107.5 min. Bells begin to ring, and the demons slink away, & the dead return to the
earth to their graveyards.

108 min. Ghosts return to the graves. Soft music begins to play. Ave Maria by
Schubert, which was written for
the Catholic church, begins playing.

109 min. Satan folds himself into a mountain. ‘"DO YOU SEE LUCIFER ANYWHERE? NO.
YOU ONLY
SEE A MOUNTAIN."

110 min. Lights shine as if they are a column of moving people who are walking with
lights, and then some
walls appear.

110.5 min. An arched bridge appears with its mirror image. The column of
silhouetted people who continue
walking have mirror images in the river. The asst, programmer will be telling the
system (which the front parts
will hear) "TIME FOR ALL THE GOOD CHILDREN TO GO TO CHURCH. IT'S O.K. TO GO TO
CHURCH. GO SERVE GOD."

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 139 of 296

113. min. An opening, a vertical sliver of light comes from what appears to be
doors opening up. There is a
mirror effect in the way the doors open, which will facilitate making mirror image
front worlds. A whole new
world opens up, which will be the front system’s world. Both the front alters and
the deeper ones will be told to
forget the movie. Later when a system is better programmed, the programmers will
pull up the front alters and
have them walk through these doors into the light. When they are hypnotically taken
through these doors into
the light and away from the fear and darkness of the Kingdom of Satan, they are
hypnotically told to close those
doors and never look back. The Kingdom of Satan has been shown in detail and in
great length. The Kingdom
of Satan has been shown as powerful and fearful. Satan is shown as a mighty power
that is to be feared. The
Kingdom of Light is only shown as a peace, as a refuge from evil. It is not shown
to be good. It is not shown to
have power or intelligence. It is simply a place to go to escape the fear of
Satan’s power. This is all the
programmers really want the church to be. It will be a stabilizing balance to let
the mind recuperate from the
hell of the programming, but it is not intended to be seen as greater than Satan
and his Kingdom.

115 min. The film ends with a peaceful gaze at heaven. The child is being told in
the last few minutes "THAT
WORLD BELONGS TO YOU. IT’S A BEAUTIFUL WORLD. IT’S THE WORLD WE WANT YOU TO
LIVE IN. IT’S BEAUTIFUL." After all the hell that is eventually dumped on the
child, and the scare that Satan
gives them in this Fantasia film, the child is only too happy to create a beautiful
world to live in.

The effectiveness of Disney’s Fantasia is that it is used to communicate to & build

the unconscious structures
within the child’ s mind. The unconscious mind is the seat of our creative
abilities. Then the conscious mind
makes adaptations upon this unconscious thinking.

SUMMARY

Now that the reader has covered so much, the following quotes (with bold emphasis’s
added) take on even
deeper meaning: Joe Flower in Prince of the Magic Kingdom, "Walt Disney was
obsessed with creation, driven
to build magical worlds not, as many artists are, out of paint and canvas, or
words, or even film, but physically,
out of concrete, wires, smoke, electricity, and highly programmed employees." (p.
23) Julian Halevy in Nation
decries Disney taking this nation into a "drift to fantasy." He adds, "...one feels
our whole culture heading up the
dark river to the source— that heart of darkness where Mr. Disney traffics in
pastel trinketed evil for gold and
ivory." For those who understand programming Aubrey Menen comments about Disney’s
success are
profoundly appropriate, "the strongest desire an artist knows.. .to create a world
of his own where everything is
just as he imagines it." John Ciardi was not so nice, he termed Walt Disney as "the
shyster in the backroom of
illusion." Eliot said, "While his filmed fairy tales may have appeared at first
glance to be light and dreamlike,
upon closer examination they seemed more nightmares of deconstructed reality in
league with the era’ s leading
neo-Freudian Modernists."

• You have now finished reading a never-before-heard, unprecedented Warning about

the Dark Reality of the
Disney’s Magic Kingdom, and how it fits in with Mind-Control. Most Americans when
surveyed say they
believe in God, most go to church, and many believe they are born-again.

Because of the Illuminati’s deception campaign over several generations, the

American public, and the world in
general has been led to believe that Disney was good, and that Walt Disney was a
good man. Because of his
image, people suspended judgement about Disney and Disney movies. They entrusted
their children to him.
People had been manipulated into a frame of mind, a predisposition that whatever
comes out of Disney is good.
They entrusted their children to take in what Disney fed their children’s little
minds week after week. The
public’s predisposition of trust was used to introduce Illuminati beliefs and their
political agenda, and to carry
out a vast program of trauma-based mind-control on hundreds of thousands of tiny
little children, whose minds
and souls were stolen from them. Because many of the child slaves, who are
programmed with Disney-themes,
are programmed with roles in bringing in the Anti-Christ, Walt Disney and his
family have played a major role
for the Anti-Christ. And now you can see how accurate the Word of God is when it
says, What is highly
esteemed among men, is an abomination to God. First, there will be an Overview of
the types of sources used,

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 140 of 296

and then will follow a partial Bibliography on this Disney Section.

TYPES OF SOURCES

People who have worked for Disney and who are getting pensions and medical
insurance have talked about
Disney under the condition of anonymity. This is because the Disney hierarchy will
not permit exposure without
retaliation. Several non-Disney people who helped with discovering facts for this
section were threatened that
their children lives would be taken if they continued to investigate Disney. What I
(Fritz Springmeier) finally
have put in this, is solely my responsibility.

• One type of source for this was books on the Hollywood Film Industry and books on
Disney Films. There were
about 20 books of this category which were perused for a better understanding of
who the Disney brothers were
and what Disney Co. was about. One of the best in this type of source was The Art
of Walt Disney from Mickey
Mouse to the Magic Kingdom by Christopher Finch (NY: Harry N. Abrams, Inc., 1975.)

• Another type of source were the standard biographical reference books,, such as
Who’s Who, Who’s Who in
the West (1951), World Biography, Who Was Who,, Current Biography 1952, etc.
• Another type of source was critics of Disney’s movies such as several articles
exposing the Lion King, Media
Spotlight’s article Fantasia, Rush Limbaugh’s comments and statements concerning
how Disney had betrayed
its viewers’ trust, the Spotlight’s Feb. 26, ‘96 p. 31 article "Disney Turns Back
on Family Values."’

• Another type of source was magazine and newspaper articles about Disney such as
the Oregonian’s art. on a
Disney director being a convicted child molester. NY Times, Newsweek and other
magazine and newspaper
sources. An important series of extremely good investigative reports which were
written by Harry V. Martin for
the Napa Sentinel in 1989 were very important in learning of some of the
Illuminati/CIA/Contra/Drug Running
activities in Napa Valley, CA that Roy Disney is associated with. Harry V. Martin
went into all kinds of records
and did an excellent job of investigative reporting. The magazine Monde 2000, no.
12, had an article on non-
lethal weapons that the NWO is developing. This article was reprinted in Encounter
Chronicles Journal of
Scientific Intelligence, and discussed how Disney has been working with Sandia Labs
and Los Alamos.

• Another type of source were victims of Illuminati mind-control, who have

recovered memories of being
programmed at Disneyland and Disneyworld.

• Another type of source has been to watch Disney movies as an investigative tool
to understand how Disney is
programming, how they are skillfully indoctrinating the American people into
witchcraft, etc. This author has
also personally been to both Disneyland, near Anaheim, CA and Disneyworld, near
Orlando, FL.

• Another source was the Walt Disney Co.’s Annual Reports, and also the reference
book Directory of Corporate
Affiliations (1986) published by the National Register Pub. Co.

• Another type of source were books which specialized in covering details about
Disneyland such as Disneyland
And Beyond the Ultimate Family Guidebook (edited by Ray Riegert, and printed by
Ulysses Press of Berkeley,
CA); and Walt Disney’s Disneyland (by Martin A. Sklar and introduced by Walt
Disney.) AAA had a 27 page
booklet "Disneyland Park and Southern California", which came out in 1996, which
provides information on
what is being offered at Disneyland and vicinity. The book refers repeatedly to
"Disney Magic". One has to
wonder how Christians and non-occultic persons can’t see how occult Disney is.

Partial BIB BIOGRAPHY

BOOKS.

AAA. Disneyland Park and Southern California. 1996.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 141 of 296

The Walt Disney Co.’s Annual Reports, pub. by the Walt Disney Co. annually.

Auletta, Ken. Three Blind Mice. NY: Random House, 1991.

Cluran, Richard M. To the End of Time. Rockefeller Ctr, NY, NY : Simon & Schuster.

Commander M. The Controllers: A New Hypothesis of Alien Abductions, (subtitle Alien

Abductions, or
Government Secret Mind Control Black R&D Programs). 88 pages long. 1990.

Current Biography 1952

Directory of Corporate Affiliations (1986) published by the National Register Pub.

Co.

Eliot, Marc. Walt Disney Hollywood’s Dark Prince. NY, NY: Harper Paperbacks, 1993.

Finch, Christopher. The Art of Walt Disney from Mickey Mouse to the Magic Kingdom.
NY : Harry N. Abrams,
Inc., 1975.

Hagstrom, Robert G. Jr. The Warren Buffett Way. NY: John Wiley & Sons.

Hulteng, John L. The Messenger’s Motives, Ethical Problems of the News Media.
Englewood Cliffs, NJ:
Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1976.

Jackson, Kathy Merlock. Walt Disney, A Bio-Bibliography. Westport, CN: Greenwood

Press.

Landis, Bill. Anger, The Unauthorized Biography of Kenneth Anger. NY: HarperCollins
Pub., 1995.

Moldea, Dan E. Dark Victory, Ronald Reagon, MCA and the Mob. NY, NY: Viking, 1986.

Mosley, Leonard. Disney’s World. Stein & Day: NY, 1985.

Neelands, Barbara. About Ben Sharpsteen. Second Impressions, No. 1 A Sharpsteen

Museum Reprints Project,
Calistoga, CA: Sharpsteen Museum, July, 1990.

Riegert, Ray, ed. Disneyland And Beyond the Ultimate Family Guidebook. Berkeley,
CA: Ulysses Press of
Berkeley, CA.
Schickel, Richard. The Disney Version. NY: Simon & Schuster, 1968.

Siu, R.G.H. The Craft of Power. NY, NY : Quill, William Morrow & Co.

Sklar, Martin A. (with intro by Walt Disney) Walt Disney’s Disneyland. Walt Disney
Prod., 1969.

Smoodin, Eric. Disney Discourse Producing the Magic Kingdom. Routledge: NY, 1994.

Stein, Jeff, ed. The Basic Everyday Encyclopedia. NY, NY: Random House, 1954.

Sterling, Claire. Thieves World -The Threat of the New Global Network of Organized
Crime. NY : Simon &
Schuster, 1994.

Taylor, John. Storming the Magic Kingdom. NY: Alfred A. Knopf, 1987.

Thomas, Bob. Walt Disney An American Original. Hyperion (Disney): CA, 1994.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 142 of 296

Wallechinsky, David and Irving Wallace and Amy Wallace. The Book of Lists. 666 5th
Ave., NY, NY: Bantam
Books, 1978.

Wallechinsky, David and Irving Wallace. The People’s Almanac. Garden City, NY:
Doubleday and Co., 1975.
Who’s Who, Who’s Who in the West (1951), Who Was Who World Biography
PERIODICAL SOURCES

Carson, L. Pierce, Who’s Who in the Napa Valley, Appellation, Oct/Nov. ‘95

George Magazine, ""Here Comes the Son’", Dec. Vol. 1, No. 10.

House & Garden, "Sticks and Stones, Mickey for Mayor?", Oct. 1, 1996, pp. 61 -68ff.

Martin, Harry V. Napa Sentinel. A series of articles in 1989 were very important in
learning of some of the
Illuminati/CIA/Contra/Drug Running activities in Napa Valley, CA that Roy Disney is
associated with. Harry
V. Martin went into all kinds of records and did an excellent job of investigative
reporting.
Monde 2000, no. 12, had an article on non-lethal weapons that the NWO is
developing. This article was
reprinted in Encounter Chronicles Journal of Scientific Intelligence, and discussed
how Disney has been
working with Sandia Labs and Los Alamos.

Media Spotlight’s article Fantasia,

Mother Jones, May-Ju’, 97, p. 61.

NAPA VALLEY REGISTER, the following articles are samples of what was used:

"ABC Will Mount An Anti-Drag Campaign’" Friday, Jan. 10, 1997, p.lD
"Children’s Books Get Red Carpet Treatment In Hollywood Films" May 16, 1996, p. SC
"Disney and McDonalds’" May 24, 1996
"Disney Buys ABC", Saturday, Aug. 19, 1995, D.

"Disney Earnings Up 28 Percent In Third Quarter", Friday, July 26, 1996, p. 8C

„Disneyland Expansion Given OK" Wednesday, Oct. 9, 1996, p.D
‘"Disney Links to McDonald’s May Be Back. Thursday, Apr. 11, 1996, 7A

"Disney World Makes Sure World, Remember the Magic"" (by L. Pierce Carson), Sun.,
Oct. 20, ‘96
"Federal Employees Get Disney Tour" Saturday, Dec. 9,1995, p. 5A
"It’s Lights-Out For Main Street" May 14, 1996.

"An Overlooked, Different World Inside Theme Park" Sunday, Sept. 29, 1996, p. SC

"Mickey Going On The Road", Friday, 7/26/96, p. 8C ‘"Past and Future In Disney
Community’", Friday, Oct. 4,
1996, p. iD

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 143 of 296

"Planned Parenthood Benefit On Sunday"— Events of Interest sect, on p. A2, Sept.

13, ‘96

"Pentagon Still Wastes Money", Mon., 4/15/96, p. 4B Newsweek

"Power Failure" 12/23/96, p. 34-36; ‘"Sending an SOS at ABC", 5/12/97, p. 54-55

NY TIMES (the following are samples of what was used: Articles during the "50’ s &
‘60’ s were looked at.
„Disney Offers Faux Memories of Atlantic City Boardwalk" by Joe Sharkey, Tuesday,
Dec. 10, 1996 "Baptists
Censure Disney On Gay-Spouse Benefits" Thurs. June 13, 1996, p. A10 „Disney to
acquire 2 radio stations",
4/15/97, p. C4.

The PRESS DEMOCRAT (the following are example of what was used:)

"Baptists, Disney Paths Diverge" Saturday, June 29, 1996, p. D4

"Disney To Buy Stake In Web Company" 2/15/97, p. E6
"Heavy Disney" Sunday, Oct. 20, 1996

"The Ins and Outs of Allen" by Frederic M. Biddle and Renee Graham, On Q„ Sept. 29,
1996, p. 27
SAN FRANCISCO CHRONICLE (the following are examples of what was used:)

"Disney, Miramax Bond", May 10, 1996

"Disney Signs Asian Animator"

"Miramax Plans To Make ‘Thoughtful" Films", 4/11/96

SAN FRANCISCO EXAMINER (the following are examples of what was used:)

"Disney Institute Is A Short Course In Creativity" by Catherine Watson, Sunday, May

26, 1996, p. T9
"Mouse Matriculation Is A Great Experience" by Catherine Watson, Sunday, May 26,
1996, p. T9
"Tomorrowland Jumps Into The Future", Sunday, July 14, 1996, p. T3
The Spotlight’s Feb. 26, ‘96 p. 31 article "Disney Turns Back on Family Values."

Time Magazine, "Job Hunting With Mike [Ovitz]" 2/24/97, p. 50; ‘"Hilton Has Room
For ITT’" 2/10/97,

Wall St. Journal (many issues from several decades.)

SOME OF OTHER SOURCES (used & not used).

• Various Disney brochures.//- Rush Limbaugh’s comments concerning how Disney had
betrayed its viewers’
trust.//- Interviews w/ Napa Valley residents.

• Interviews with disgruntled insiders to the NWO.

• Interviews with various types of Disney victims.

[Disney has used mafia-type tactics, i.e. death threats, to intimidate numerous
people into selling their property.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 144 of 296
Roy E. Disney has been reported involved in these land thefts. Victims of this type
of intimidation are in many
states, but several prominent regions are Napa Valley, CA; Shenandoah Valley;
Virginia, & FL Disney’s land-
grabbing operations could be a book in itself. This author has lots more research
which I HAVE NO PLANS to
reveal, which has been left w/ key others, such as the connections of VaVin, near
Leon,VA, who produce Prince
Michel de Virginia, whose chef & others connect to Belgium. The background of
several key people, like
Robert Podesta. Financial records, such as Fed. Judge Fern M. Smith (Burrows). ETC.
This para, is not
indexed.]

CHAPTER 6: SCIENCE NO. 6-THE USE OF ELECTRONICS & ELECTRICITY

Developments in fiber optics, computers, electronic communications, nano-

technology, bio-chips & neuro-
electrical research have combined to bring mankind to the point where mankind can
be controlled by one
centralized monolithic Beast computer. The ultimate mind-controlled slavery is now
possible. We are in the first
stages of its implementation.

The chapter will be organized in the following sections & subsections:

Section A. An Overview of the subject

At. Where this article is headed

GLOSSARY OF TERMS FOR UNDERSTANDING ELECTRONIC MIND CONTROL

Bio-medical telemetry
EMF weapons
Psvchotronics

Remote Viewing (RV for short)

Svntel

A2. Where the NWO is headed Pvramider

Section B. An intro to implants

Bl. Three typical implant victims

B2. Documentation of implants

REFERENCE PAGE FOR UNDERSTANDING ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES & MIND-CONTROL

B3. GWEN Towers
B4. Body suits

Section C. Specific Implants

Cl. Audio implants (a. public, b. secret)

BACKGROUND INFORMATION
BRIEF CHRONOLOGY OF AUDIO IMPLANTS
BASICS OF HOW THE IMPLANTS CAN FUNCTION
USES OF THE IMPLANTS
TYPES OF AUDIO IMPLANTS:

Part A. Publicly admitted audio implants

Part. B. Secretly implanted audio implants COCHLEAR DENTAL AUDITORY RIDGE

C2. Body manipulation implants
C3. Visual holographic implants
HOW THEY WORK

TYPES : FIBER OPTICS ARTIFICIAL LENSES BIO-CHIPS HOLOGRAPHIC OR H-INSERT

HOLOGRAPHIC IMPLANTS VIA NANOTECHNOLOGY & NANOBOTS
C4. Memex/Brain Link implants
INTERFACE DEVICES

ORGANIC BIOPROCESSORS LINKED TO VIRUSES

PSYCHICS

C5. Torture/Nerve & Muscle Stimulation Implants

C6. Tracking & LD. Implants

Section D. Direct monitoring & manipulation of the brain/mind

Dl. Direct monitoring

TESLA WAVES USED TO READ MINDS & IMPLANT VOICES

D2. Direct manipulation

SUMMARY OF ELF WAVE MIND CONTROL CAPABILITIES

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 145 of 296

Section E. Auxiliary uses of electronics & electromagnetic waves

El. hypnotic induction
E2. polygraphs
E3. attacks against people & objects
LIQUID CRYSTALS
"ALIEN" implants

BED COILS STANDARDIZED FOR MIND-CONTROL POTENTIAL

E4. virtual reality

Section A. An Overview of the subject.

At. Where this article is headed

This chapter is designed to cover the complexities of hi-tech mind-control in

simple-to-understand language. To
accommodate those who are more technically literate and who want more, some clues
to more technical sources
are given, but time & space limitations mean that much has gone unsaid. My deep
thanks to the many victims,
who placed their trust in me to get their stories out to the world. I hope that I
have vindicated their trust. There
are a number of disinformation agents that appear to be putting out good
information on implants, but are
actually disinformation agents. We can error by undershooting or overshooting the
truth. The principle topics
that these pretend "whistle blowers" have been discussing are the tracking implants
and remote viewing. (For
RV info, see Theta Programming material in Vol. 2.) Neither topic is any
revelation, nor are they the most
dangerous items in the elite’s electronic mind-control arsenal. If the reader has
not skipped chapter 5 on
disinformation, then he will be aware how factual information can be used in
deception, such as in chicken feed
& building bona fides. Why is it that the TV program "The Real X-Files" shown on
channel 4 was created by a
CIA operative, Jim Schnabel? And why are all the "private" Remote Viewing
organizations run by what appear
to be entirely all intelligence operatives (such as Ed Dames, et. al.)? And why do
we see mind-control
specialists, like "ex"-Intelligence officer C.B. Scott Jones who gets involved with
several UFO research
organizations & disseminating disinformation? One "researcher", who is publicly
exposing" the NWO, tried to
convince this author, "The government has no secrets." (A word-for-word quote by
the way.) He needs to read a
supplement to the National Industry Security Pro grain manual (Mar. 92 release)
where the Air Force teaches
their DoD contractors how to construct cover stories to lie about the nature of
their work for the government. I
will not take cheap shots at the World Order, & I will not intentionally mislead
the reader. You will get the
whole truth and nothing but the truth, as well a single chapter can present it.
Vol. 2’s chapter 6 which was on
this same subject was not the final word and neither is this chapter. Before I
start passing on lots of information,
I should clarify one point. Human brain cells communicate by superconductivity, not
electricity. Electricity
travels near the speed of light, while superconductivity is in the range of the
speed of sound. Government
researchers have a device called a SQUID (Superconducting Quantum Interference
Device) which actually
monitors the light flowing from brain cell to brain cell. This is why over 5% of
the brain’s dry matter weight is
iridium and rhodium. However, this does not subtract from the fact that
electromagnetic waves have the ability
to change what the brain experiences and thinks. I must also provide a small
glossary for electronic mind-
control terms that most people are not familiar with.

GLOSSARY OF TERMS FOR UNDERSTANDING ELECTRONIC MIND CONTROL

Bio-medical telemetry— Transmitter-receivers that are often located at the base of

the skull which record body
functions & brain wave activity. Their data is sent to remote computers for
monitoring. A bio-medical telemetry
implant may also function as the primary control implant on body suits of implants.
Early versions were used on
astronauts.

EMF weapons— Electromagnetic Frequency weapons. These basically are machines that
can modulate and beam
electromagnetic waves in such a fashion that they control biological/mental
functions within the victim. Portals
to the central nervous system can be manipulated to create visual images, project
voices into the mind, and
create pain, moods and emotions.

Psychotronics— This word was originated from Soviet research. The American public
have mistakingly thought
that the word is equivalent to psychic activity. A more precise translation of the
Russian term would have been

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 146 of 296

"applied psychoenergetics". American psychotronics research was initially done at

Stanford Research Institute.
This is the Theta Programming that Vol. 2 described.

Remote Viewing (RV for short)— This means psychic viewing of something.

Syntel— This is short for synthetic telepathy, which is the remote sending of
voices and thoughts into a victim of
electronic mind-control. The military and intelligence agencies have successfully
achieved this capability and
have carried out countless meetings over their possible uses of syntel.

A2. Where the NWO is headed

Since 1991, this author has been in contact with various victims of implants. The
natural first reaction of many
initial listeners would be skepticism to the subject. The psychological profession
has had articles in their
professional journals ridiculing these poor victims. If a fair-minded person will
match the experiences of what
one can witness happening to these implant victims (as well as their evidence) to
the cutting edge of what
science is researching and capable of doing, then there is no doubt that implants
are being used on an ever
increasing mass scale. The World Order is using amplifiers, generators,
electronics, listening devices, non-
ionizing electromagnetic radiation, a snapping type sound energy that hits and
burns the body, closed-circuit
videos to monitor implant victims, nanotechnology, and tracking devices that
scanners (incl. mobile hand-held
scanners) can pick up— JUST to name a few. This chapter will provide an indepth
overview of many of these
electronic mind-control gadgets. Unfortunately, the twilight zone of Big Brother is
upon us. People (such as
limousine drivers) that have been around the movers and shakers report that they
brag about these technological
controls. The technology described in this chapter, such as nanobots, and
holographic implants are in the "R&D
stage" of use. What is meant by "R&D stage" means that the World Order is using a
large variety of
experimental items, but the reader should be forewarned that this does not mean
that these items are any
indication of where the World Order’s actual secret R&D is at. This author has
worked with enough mind-
control victims to have established several facts:

• Society is getting only the crumbs of what is known by the World Order’s
hierarchy.

• The World Order is releasing technology at a control rate, much of it through

mind-controlled slaves who are
programmed to "discover" a particular "discovery". They are in reality only
disclosing what has been known in
secret, and their discoveries are actually helping cover up where the World Order’s
secret research is at.
However, it’s not difficult to see the direction the World Order is headed. They
are working at making virtual
reality (aka cyperspace) the "in" thing. They are fusing the human mind to
computers. Computers/robots are
taking over human jobs, and humans are becoming more like computers/robots. Sci-fi
gurus, cyberpunks, and
establishment scientists are selling and advertising this technological direction
as "freedom", and the crowds of
sheep are accepting things like brain implants as "survival equipment" and
"freedom". The cool" technological
pied pipers of our time are teaching our children that gadgets that remove their
minds from reality are giving
them new freedoms. But this chapter is written because there are still a few people
with the neural-receptors and
the computing capacity left in their craniums to comprehend the dangers that these
mind-controlling devices
have for humanity. Witnesses have told me that the creation of "robocop" type
cybergs (the fusion of man &
other equipment) has already been experimented on in secret. Indeed, the government
gave out research
contracts for cyberg research back in the 1960’s. And the use of electro-magnetic
waves (esp. Tesla waves),
implants, and other electronic devices by the Illuminati for mind-control is on the
increase. How much of a
genuine threat do these things pose humanity? [I’ll spell it out for the reader,
but we must remain calm, a fear-
based response only makes things worse.] Yes, it is tme that the NS A can remotely
track people if they know
the specific EMF waves (evoked potentials from EEGs in the 30-50 Hz, 5 milliwatt
range) of a person’s
bioelectric field. Each person’s emissions are unique, just like their fingerprint,
palmprint, and their voiceprint.
This means that the NSA can remotely track anyone in public. And yes, it is true
that the NSA’s RNM system
can remotely send EMF Brain stimulation signals which create visual images,
subliminal audios, what appear to
be audible sounds, and thoughts into people’s minds. Yes, it is tme that body suits
of implants are used to
control people’s minds and bodies, as well as track them. Yes, it is tme they have
voice prints of hundreds of
thousands of Americans and can identify & track via their computers all electronic
communications in this

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 147 of 296

nation. Most phone calls go through about 30 computers before they reach their
destination. The phone
companies computers, according to someone who worked for AT&T and witnessed it,
record ALL phone calls
using computers. However, to weed out the worthless from the worthwhile, the
Illuminati’s fronts use a list of
key words, such as names or phrases called THE WATCH LIST which the computer uses
to identify
conversations worthwhile to listen to. Even though the NSA uses supercomputers, it
is monitoring most
communication on the entire planet so they have to squeeze the WATCH LIST as tight
as possible. According
to Bamford, James. The Puzzle Palace. NY: The Puzzle Palace, 1983, p. 459,
"...according to Raven,
programmers would simply reduce Malcolm X to the last two letters in his first name
(lm) followed by a space
and then the letter X. Then any time an intercepted data communications containing
that particular combination
of letters and spacing (lm X) streamed past the computer’ s reading head, it would
automatically be kicked Out
for further analysis. Part of the reason that the computers are swamped with Watch
list submissions is that many
items require numerous entries. When searching for derogatory references to
President Richard M. Nixon, for
example, technicians would have to program a variety of possible key words, such as
"Tricky Dicky". This,
according to the former G Group Chief would be converted to The new technology
which is being implemented
in stages includes computer imaging of a person which makes a "whole body map" of
the person’s body which
is stored in the computer. Something that has been only developed for a narrow use
by the NWO is the
downloading of the holographic image of a person’s thoughts so they can be
transmitted to another. (See
Appendix 3 on cloning for more on this.) The majority of the few people who know
this is going on wouldn’t
waste time reporting it, because the public wouldn’t believe it anyway. However,
some prominent scientists are
predicting that it is just around the corner. The three top research institutes in
this field, Stanford Research
Institute, MIT, and the Carnegie-Mellon Univ. all have people saying that this
capability is "almost here".
Austrian bom Hans Moravec, dir, of the Robotics Inst, at Carnegie Mellon Univ., is
quoted in The Indianapolis
Star, 6/14/1987, in an article entitled "Immortality", "In an astonishingly short
amount of time, scientists will be
able to transfer the contents of a person’s mind into a powerful computer, and in
the process, make him— or at
least his living essence— virtually immortal." MIT artificial intelligence
researcher Gerald J. Sussman states,

"I’m afraid, unfortunately that I’m the last generation to die. Some of my students
may manage to survive a little
longer.” But as fantastic as all these powerful capabilities sound, there are
gliches in their electronic control of
humans.

As an outsider looking inside for a number of years, this author has been able to
take note of some of the
success and failures of the New World Order’s electronic mind-control. First, the
NSA picks up so much
intelligence information, they are drowning in their own information. Only so many
people can make decisions,
and they can only digest so much information. They may try to manipulate people and
events, but Christians
(who are free of the mind-control) can step through those manipulations by having
the mind of Christ. Next, if a
person understands who they are & believes in following Christ, outside visions &
outside or strange voices or
thoughts do not alter the course that a person will take. Most of the people this
author has met who have been
subjected to remote electronic control over their mind— HAVE REJECTED the
instructions & harassment of
their electronic handlers. Not only is it clear that the voices are being
transmitted from an external source to the
victim, others can also detect that something is amiss. The element of secrecy is
missing. One man spent an
afternoon talking to this author about the World Order had tried to electronically
control his mind, and turn him
into a drug pusher. He had successfully foiled them for several years. Although he
has had to flee & try to go
into hiding to keep his own mind. The most powerful mind-control is still trauma-
based mind control built on a
foundation of multiple personalities (dissociated personalities and dissociated
parts of the mind). It appears that
electronic mind-control is being overlaid on top the mind-control based on
dissociation. When this is done, the
electronic mind-control is frightening, because the victim’s consciousness is not
able to think passed the
electronic mind-control which catches their undivided attention. They are too
distracted to deal with the deeper
issues of trauma-based mind-control.

Imagine being a programmed multiple, and your handler doesn’t have to even be near
you to relay complicated
codes and instructions. He can use your implant. But again, how serious is
electronic mind-control? Let me
relate to you about a guided tour that a civilian friend of mine took through a
NWO’s major beast computer
center in Alaska back in the 1970’s. The engineer, who was in charge of building
and getting the center
operational, gave him a tour of the site’s capabilities. At that point, the NWO had
built a massive computer
center in Alaska, one in So. Africa (believed to be located at the U.S. embassy in
Johannesburg), and one in
Pine Gap, Australia. These three sites were very specific, because they formed a
triangle on the globe, and

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 148 of 296

couldn’t be located anywhere else, due to the naturally occuring lines of force of
the planet. These Beast
Computer Centers consist of aisles and aisles of big state of the art computers.
They each have several dozen
people to run them. Even in the ’70’s, an operator could speak into the computer
and it would answer. For
instance, if you asked the computer about anyone on the planet, it could usually
pull up all kinds of information
about that person. If you asked the computer how could you get that person to kill
someone? or how can I
isolate this person? The computer would spill out a plan almost instantly, telling
you all the people around that
subject who could be manipulated and in what fashion those people need to be
manipulated to cause the end
result. This is the end result of years of "BLACK PSYCHIATRY— which means applying
psychiatric techniques
to manipulate people and nations. These computers electronically connect to some of
those people who are
electronically controlled, so that the controllers can actually control the world
from a computer. These
computers also store vast amounts of personal information about people’s thought
processes and thinking. It is
possible that electronic surveillance is being done to read the thoughts of people
and that the computers are
actually able to store this information in some usable fashion. Because this is so
secret, they can’t give any hints
of their vast ability to monitor thoughts, as well as organize and store those
thoughts. This sounds like science
fiction, but from people who invent & work at state of the art technology, this is
actually said to be old
technology. They are limited in how they use this technology because they want it
to remain secret.

Meanwhile on the surface, the public system has automated fingerprint

identification with the AFIS system, and
has automated birth certificates electronically too. This all ties in with the
intense desire of the World System to
use the potential of their computers’ memories. Large Neural computers that have
artificial intelligence using
neural processing which is a type of learning similar to learning done by the human
brain are being used.
Recently, the world champion chess player was beat by a computer. This author’s
friend, who toured the
Alaskan computer center, was shown how a war could be created between any two
nations. The operator merely
asked the computer what it knew about a certain country and then ask it how could a
war be created with a
neighboring country. This is the end result of countless studies such as the U.S.
military reference book Basic
Psychological Operations Study (BPS) which outlines country by country, specifying
where each country is
vulnerable for PSYOP operations (psychological warfare).

This kind of thing has a long history. For instance in W.W. II, the Office of War
Information and the OSS
cooperated in psychological warfare projects. What this author’s friend saw was a
network of Cray-type
computers, perhaps similar to the EMASS system of Cray computers that E-Systems
developed. Such a system
can store 5 trillion pages of text and work with that data base with lightening
speed.

The reason this author’ s friend was allowed to see this technology, was that he
happened to be at the right place
at the right time, and the Engineer operator of the Beast Computer said that this
system was obsolete. Which is
true, today’s 9 Beast computers are much better at speech than the computers at
these three control sites were in
’73. The Beast computers can (according to another eye witness who used it) hear
human voices and determine
what language is being spoken and then can listen and answer in that language.
These computers link directly to
thousands of mind-controlled slaves and can— via various methods— almost instantly
control the behavior of
numerous people. This, along with good old fashioned phone calls, allows the elite
to manipulate events very
fast.

Anchorage is the site of a National Security Agency NSA listening post(LP). The
Beast computer was located
northeast of Anchorage, and so is the HAARP project. The HAARP facility is near
Gakona, a hamlet about 140
miles north of Prince William Sound and its signals travel on a field line to
Australia. The Beast Computer is
also linked to Australia as well as satellite systems. The HAARP site took a 4-
wheeled truck to reach, and the
Beast Computer site in 1973 was even more remote. The University of Alaska
Fairbanks (which has its own
super computer) and the Alaskan Poker Flat Rocket Range also were involved with the
HAARP project. 30% of
the U of A’s supercomputer’s use was for DoD projects.

HAARP uses 3 powerful transmitter sites in Alaska. Somewhat on the flip side, the
human brain which they
control can, IF it has a memex implant, interface with the Beast computer which
acts as a vast repository of
human knowledge as well as answering questions to essentially all previously
answered questions
instantaneously. If the human brain has some type of virtual reality holodeck
attachment, the computer can even

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 149 of 296

walk the slave through a realistic setting indistinguishable from the real world.
Robocop or robo-soldier has an
incredible advantage with such extended memex/remote viewing capabilities.

The World Order has experimented in memex/remote viewing along several divergent
paths. One method has
been psychic (demonic) method, where the "natural" mental facilities of the human
are trained. The other route
has been high-tech. According to eye-witnesses both methods have yielded positive
results, although it sounds
like they are still refining their capabilities. The word telematics has come into
use to denote the interconnection
between computers and telecommunications. France has a National Telecommunications
Research Center,
which works with groups such as CII-Honeywell Bull (Jean-Pierre Brule, Pres., &
Emmanuel de Robien, Sec.-
Gen.). CII-Honeywell Bull did telematics and implant research, and so has IBM
France. IBM’s subsidiary SBS
developed satellite-based communications. In Britain, their National Physical
Laboratory NPL has been active
in telecommunications research. Professional computer groups have umbrella groups
such as the British
Computer Society, which help determine policies.

In the U.S. the National Center for Supercomputer applications works on virtual
reality interface with humans.
Meanwhile SCAN (Swinburne Centre for Applied Neurosciences, Hawthorn, Australia
3122) has been working
on how to monitor human thoughts. These are just a few of a vast network of
research groups applying their
efforts to the types of things you will read about in this chapter.

Around 1973, TRW began designing a satellite that would allow the CIA to
communicate with its assets/agents
in "denied areas". This was code-named Pyramider, and used frequency hopping. The
signals can be hidden
among random urban radio transmissions. (See Robert Lindsey, The Falcon and the
Snowman. NY: Simon &
Schuster, 1979, p. 218)

Some people who are related (in some fashion) to the CIA have been receiving Syntel
implants that are
communicating to them using signals that frequency-hop. So the proof is in the
pudding, the CIA used
Pyramider to contact implant victims. The World Order does not use every
technological gadget they have in
every situation. Use of secret weaponry is restricted so that the weaponry remains
secret. This is one reason why
victims of mind-control display such a wide variety of symptoms and control
mechanisms. But what is scary is
that any bozo can already purchase on the public market a frightening array of
electronic mind-control devices.

Information Unlimited puts Out a catalog that any bozo on the street can order from
which advertises 200,000
volt stun guns, laser ray gun, compressed air guns (Air Tasers) that knock people
down with probes that attach
instantly to the human target and jam their nervous system with T- waves, laser
listening devices to listen at long
range via their windows, implants along with the tracking system to keep track of
people, animals or objects.
They also sell other novel devices. While this author has that catalog that
advertises for sale computer chips to
implant people with, the psychiatric profession is helping cover-up Big Brother’s
implant technology.

For instance the Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, Sept. 1995, Vol. 183 (9),
pp. 603-604, has a story
about two males (aged 33 and 53 years old) who were labeled delusional because they
complained of implants
hidden in their fillings in their teeth. The article is entitled, "Delusional
electronic dental inplants: Case reports
and literature review." The shrinks concluded the two men were obviously mentally
ill and needed treatment
with drugs because they are claiming that they have electronic dental implants. The
psychiatrists wrote, "neither
had any insight into the implausibility of the delusion." The doctors gave
antipsychotic drugs, and physically
intervened to "prevent an inappropriate dental extraction." According to the
article, for some unknown reason,
the two men "responded poorly" to anti-psychotic drugs. It never occurs to the
psychiatrists that the reason the
anti-psychotic drugs didn’t work is possibly because the men’s complaints were
legitimate. The two shrinks
were E. Sherwood Brown and Michael T. Lambert.

There are other cases too, where people complaining of implants have been labelled
"delusional" by
psychiatrists. The Amer. Psychiatric Assoc, is guilty of refusing to seriously
review evidence that harassment &
mind-control may be impacting people mentally. DSM-IV reflects this continuing
refusal to accord victims of
electronic mind-control any official recognition by the therapeutic community.
Based on research by Drs. W.

Fry & R. Meyers, the Network has learned how to make brain lesions of a minute
controlled size with

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 150 of 296

ultrasonics, rather than doing a lobotomy. In 1963, Dr. Peter Lindstrom at the
Univ. of Pittsburgh was able to
use a single unfocused sonic beam to destroy fiber tracts in the brain without
damaging the nerve cells near
them. Sonic beams (sound waves) can be used to control human thought. (We’ll
discuss sonic beams some more
later, now let’s delve into a key part of their electronic control— implants.)

SECTION B. AN INTRO TO IMPLANTS

Bl. Three typical implant victims

Let’s look at three victims who suffer from of mind-control implants & body-control
implants, who are known
by this author. We can refer to them as "Amy", Victim No. 1001..., "Betty", Victim
No. 1002..., and "Cathy",
Victim No. 1003... —"Amy" determined by using a spectrum analyzer that she had
waves of 750 mhz targeted
on her. "Betty" determined that she had the entire spectrum of radio-microwaves
hitting her in a Morse code
pattern. The transceiver (transmitter/receiver) for the signals was a fiber optic
receiver made to look like a pubic
hair that repeatedly burned holes in her underwear. Apparently, this side effect is
a "bug" they haven’t gotten
out of the technology. "Cathy" has ELF & VLF waves of 435 & 1080 Mhz signals
targeted on her. When she’s
active both types of waves come, and when she remains still the 1080 signal fades.
(435 is in the 400-450 Mhz
band which is the window to the human consciousness, and 1080 is in the 1000 to
1200 Mhz band.) They are
also using a Nitrogen particle beam, which produces "nitrogen narcosis" (like the
bends) in targeted victims.
Xenon lamps can affect the mind and body, too. 435 Mhz is converted to 1080 by
interaction with the high-
atmosphere HAARP project. The 1100 (1000-1200) Mhz frequency can affect genetics.
Implant RF frequencies
have been damaging the eyes of implant victims. Although this gives us a starting
point in our discussion, these
are not the only frequencies that threaten mind-control victims. (See Section D1
for direct
monitoring /manipulating frequencies.) Author W.H. Bowart in his Vol.l, No. 1, pg.
1 Freedom of Thought
newsletter quotes Brian Bard of Glendale, CA who wrote, "I failed to discuss the
utilization of power in modern
mind control implants. Fike Delgrado’s stimoceiver, no internal power source is
necessary. The same electro-
magnetic energy which is collected through induction by such relays produces an
internal electrical charge of
equal energy. Utilizing a capacitance circuitry design, the charge is stored as a
mechanical distortion of the
crystalline lattice and discharged as a focused pulse of electro-magnetic energy at
a lower frequency. Higher
frequency E-M has a higher energy state than lower frequency. Thus, the effective
output of photons may be
twice or thrice the potential of the relays. "A more advanced design in use
utilizes 50 or more distinct channels
for various functions. Not only the encrypted primary input signal utilized for
signal output, but several channels
are reserved for supplementary energy induction. With integrated switching, both
passive and active
surveillance of brainwave activity may be enhanced. Contrawise, signal output may
be boosted and focused on
specific neural pathways. The devices remain active, programmable signal relays
with multiple selectable
channels so long as electro-magnetic induction continues to occur."

Modern microchip implants will have 250,000 components. Certain electrical freks
will trigger certain
neurochemicals. The frek 7.83, which is the elec, field resonating between the
planet & its ionosphere, makes
the subject feel in one with all creation. But it isn’t quite that simple, because
a 7.83 frek can be sent in
numerous different wave shapes, such as the rolling sinusoidal pattern, jagged
sawtooth waves, rectangular (flat
on top, flat on bottom) waves, and they all have a different effect on the brain.
(Mega brain, pp. 108-109) One
can imagine the potential power an implant that could create the proper frequencies
could have over an
individual.

B2. Documentation of implants.

On the following pages, are the startling anechoic chamber results when two victims
of syntel implants were
examined. (Synthetic telepathy implants give thoughts & voices.) These two pages
document that they were
receiving signals, in fact, the anechoic chamber results helped to pin point what
building those signals were
coming from!

For pictures click here 2-14 jpg

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 151 of 296

REFERENCE PAGE FOR UNDERSTANDING ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES & MIND-CONTROL

The best way for people to understand electromagnetic waves is to think of the
ocean’s waves. Some waves in
the ocean are big, and some are small, size is amplitude.

Some beaches have waves that come quickly and some have waves that come slowly,
this is called the
frequency that the waves comes.

Researcher figured out how they could change the amplitude or the frequency of
electromagnetic waves in a
controlled way, and this is called amplitude modulation or frequency modulation.

Because all electromagnetic energy beams travel the same speed 3 x 10 10 cm/sec, an
energy beam with a short
wave must have many more of those short waves pass in a given time such as a day
than a long wave. The
shorter the wave the greater the frequency that a wave will arrive. While our image
of an ocean is that it moves
up and down in relation to the surface.

In other words, the ocean wave moves (vibrates) up and down in relation to the
surface (a mathematical plane).
Electromagnetic waves vibrate in 3 dimensions (relative to 3 planes), generally
they are only drawn as one-
dimensional waves. Our brains operate on waves that are very low frequency (from
one cycle per second) to
about 50 cycles per second. A cycle per second is called a Hertz (Hz). Due to the
wide range of different
amplitudes and frequencies it has been more practical to induce various measuring
units. It would be nice if all
the measuring units could be done in feet or meters or whatever, but the range in
size from the very tiny to the
very large means that they use different measuring units. Just like you use
different measuring units to get a
quart of milk and 3 gallons of gas. The milk could be called a quarter-gallon but
it isn’t. In measuring frequency
they use the following measuring terms:

1,000,000 cycles per second = Megahertz (MHz)

1,000 cycles per second = Kilohertz (KHz)

1 cycle per second = Hertz (Hz)

In measuring amplitude they measure the length of the waves with kilometers,
meters, and centimeters. The
very small waves are measured in angstroms, microns, and nanometers. What is an
angstrom. A nanometer is
one billionth of a meter. That is a very tiny fraction written as 1/1,000,000,000
of a meter or for short an
nanometer. A micron is one millionth (1/1,000,000) of a meter. Ten nanometers are
said to make up an
angstrom. (In other words an angstrom is 1 ten-billionth of a meter.)

After they measure radio frequencies, the waves of different lengths are given
other names. They could just say
‘waves from 30,000 to 300,000 MHz", but instead they shorten things by having a
special name for these waves
EHF (Extremely High Frequency waves.)

This names are as follows:

Extremely High Frequency EHF: 30,000 to 300,000 MHz

Superhigh Frequency

SHF:

3,000

to

30,000 MHz

Ultrahigh Frequency
UHF:

300

to

3,000 MHz

High Frequency

VHF:

30

to

300 MHz

Medium Frequency

MF:

300

to

3,000 KI-Iz

Low Frequency

LF:

30

to

300 KHz

Very Low Frequency

VLF:

to30KHz

Extremely Low Frequency ELF: Below 3 KHz to 1 Hz or less

BRAIN FREQUENCIES (FREKS) RELATE TO STATES OF ACTIVITY

The lower brain frequencies pertain to sleep and dream states. The middle brain
frequencies pertain to normal

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 152 of 296

wakeful activity. The higher brain frequencies pertain to aroused, or concerned or

states of anxiety. No brain
waves means a person is "brain dead", even though some body functions may continue.
Naturally occurring
phenomena, such as lightning in a thunderstorms, sunny days that soak a person with
extra positive ions, can all
affect the thinking of brain.

CHART GOING UP THE FREQUENCY SCALE

These frequency no's are in Hertz which is cycles per sec. (However the first part
of the scale are non-linear,
asymmetrical waves, which are mistakenly called Hertzian by many people.)

1 Approx, beginning of brain waves

6.66 Theta brain waves

7.85 Alpha brain waves

15.7 Beta brain waves

30-30.56 Government VLF stations

32-33 Government VLF stations

34-42 Government VLF stations

50 Approx. Upper limit of brain wave frequencies

60 Produces an audible sound

62-254.1 CTCSS (Continuous Tone Coded Squelch Systems). These tones CTCSS tones are
broadcast
continually interspersed on a frequency, which allows several different users to
broadcast separately on the same
frequency and only pick up the message that has their CTCSS tone.

Post Office Tones are 82.5, 91.5, 97.4. & 100.9. U.S.

Customs & border patrol is 100 Hz. U.S.

Secret service is 103.5 Hz. EPA is 114.8. IRS & BATF is 123.0.

Veterans Affairs, GSA, & Dept, of Energy is 127.3.

Fed. Aviation Admin. & U.S. Marshall service is 136.5.

Coast Guard Intell. is 141.3 Hz.

Dept, of State & Border Patrol is 151.4 Hz.

Drug Enforcement Agency, Fed. Aviation Admin., & Nat. Marine Fisheries is 156.7.

Justice Dept., FBI is 167.9.

10 2 (10 x 10) Ultrasonic

10 3 Lower range of true Hertzian waves, waves in cycles per sec lower than this
such as the human heart beat or
Brain alpha waves are not Hertzian.

104 (10,000)

16,000-32,000 Range of Frequencies used in European implants to signal the implant.

54,900,000 Hz (54.9 MHz) Cellular phones (Also 435 MHz, 750 MHz, & 1080 MHz have
been discovered
being targeted on victims of implant mind-control.)

10 11 to 10 12 Far infra-red

10 13 "Raman" I.R.

10*4 Near Infra-red

10*4 to 10*5 Visible light spectrum

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 153 of 296

For picture #15 p_6-15.jpg

ANATOMY OF MEMORY

'EZ-JS DESCRIPTIONS of situations

.CAflAasC

GOAL
INPUTS

* 7 ^==? DESCRIPTIONS OF COALS

C S^= 5 ’.

ATTACWJUGNT

LEAPN/43

Micro mcrrory-Unlta

Momo-y-Control

Me*norles

MOTIVATION
MEMORY ™' BtT MEMORY HU * aER MEMORY "* RM ™

B3. GWEN Towers

The GWEN towers can be used for several purposes, including ELF waves used for
direct mind control which
will be covered toward the back of this chapter. Because they also are part of the
implants system the are
included before the chapter discusses implants. Unfortunately for us humans, ELF
waves can penetrate almost
anything. The U.S. Military has built a Ground-Wave Emergency Network (GWEN) all
over the U.S. with
several hundred 300-500' GWEN towers that broadcast a very-low-frequency wave (VLF)
for mind-control of
the American public. A single GWEN tower can broadcast up to 300 miles in a 3600
circle. Plus 8 secret
powerful ELF transmitters have been established and 3 of them operate on the west
coast. It also needs to be
pointed out that many items that are receivers can also function in the role of
transmitters. Televisions, cellular
phones, even air conditioners can be used to bounce signals to somewhere. Many
strange towers and
transmitting devices have been installed all over the U.S. in recent years.

B4. Body suits

Victims of mind-control who receive implants often are given a body suit of
implants. The location of these
implant sites used on the human body have been mapped 10.00 out on the following
charts. The mapped sites on
these charts are verified by a. an insider, who learned from the inside what is
going on, EM (H) & b. this

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 154 of 296

author's experience in working with a sizable number of implant victims. Implants

can be placed anywhere, but
there are certain key sites that tend to be used. The location used also depends
upon the type of implant.

Implants over the body create the ability to trigger moods, pain, and other
phenomena. Implants for auditory
sounds are in the ear. Nasal implants are used for mind-control. Tracking implants
are also placed into people.

Section C. Specific Implants

Cl. Audio implants (a. public, b. secret)

C2. Body manipulation implants

C3. Visual holographic implants

C4. Memex/Brain Link implants

C5. Torture/Nerve & Muscle Stimulation Implants

C6. Tracking & I.D. Implants.

Cl. AUDIO IMPLANTS

BACKGROUND INFORMATION

The concepts used in audio implants had been discovered in the first half of the
20th century, but the refinement
of technology to take advantage of what had been discovered waited until the second
half of the century. The
development of audio implants ran on two tracks, one was the public medical
research and the other was the
secret Illuminati/Intelligence Agencies’ research. Audio implants began to be
publicly placed into people in the
1960s. The Illuminati was experimenting on some victims at this stage, and the
military in the Vietnam war used
auditory implant devices to aid communicating to their men who were sent into
tunnels and who were placed
into forest situations where audible noise would compromise their locations to the
enemy. The
Illuminati/Intelligence/& Military consortium was keeping the experimentation
secret. It appears from looking
at the worldwide research on audio implants that the Illuminati realized that the
field was so ambiguous, and
open to so many different approaches, that rather than straight] acket the research
community by a specific
strategy, they encouraged a wide variety of approaches in the research.
Consequently, research by one group
would overlap or duplicate research by another. Much to their credit, a few
researchers rejected offers to get
involved because they saw the sinister ramifications. By the 1970s, the
intelligence agencies were willing to
start using hundreds of people to experiment operationally with the implants.
People in every state of the U.S.
were selected as victims. Many of these implant victims had programmed multiple
personalities already. The
controllers were very heavy handed with the people they implanted, and they used
the full force of the
Illuminati/Intelligence agencies power to keep these people under their control at
all times. These innocent
victims have had their lives totally destroyed. Some tried to fight back, spending
thousands of dollars to get out
from underneath the incessant audio messages that the implants sent, but the system
was too big and too
powerful to fight. Police, congressmen, psychologists and many other people turned
their backs on these
victims. Some victims who initially fought back gave up resisting, some committed
suicide, and some continued
to fight. Meanwhile, on the public track during the 1970s & 1980s, medical
researchers kept putting more and
more audio implants into deaf and hard-to-hear persons. Hundreds of people in the
U.S. and many hundreds in
other nations such as the U.K., Germany, Austria, Israel, Australia, France and
other countries began to receive
the cochlear implants. Australia was so proud of their audio implant
research/development they issued a postage
stamp showing an implant device ("bionic ear") developed in Australia. The question
begs asking, if thousands
of people have publicly received audio implants, isn’t obvious that the secret
societies and secret intelligence
agencies have done at least as much if not far more?

BRIEF CHRONOLOGY OF AUDIO IMPLANTS

1790— first known attempt by Volta to electrically stimulate the ears. He shot
approximately 50 volts of
electricity into his auditory system, and experienced the sensation of a blow to
the head followed by a sound like
the boiling of viscous liquid.

1850— Electro-otiatrics was begun by otologists who hoped electricity could help
ear diseases in various ways.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 155 of 296

1925— Sounds were created in people by radio engineers by placing electrodes near
the ear with a modulated
alternating current.

1930— Weaver & Bray discovered the principles used later in the cochlear
microphonic implants.

1937— By passing an alternating electrical current in the audible frequency range

from an electrode to the skin,
Steven, Jones, Lurie and Flottorp found they could have people hear sounds. For a
number of years these men
studied this phenomena.
1957— Djourno and Eyries in France woke the world up concerning the ability to
electrical stimulate the auditory
nerves and produce sound with their reports. A patient from France reportedly gets
William F. House, MD
interested in developing an implant device.

196 1 — William House implants two patients with short-term audio implants. One
patient receives a multiple
electrode implant.

1960s— intense research for audio implants is conducted in California in places

like Sanford, the Univ. of Calif.,
in L.A. etc. The military uses audio implants operationally to be able to talk to
soldiers in situations where
external noise would compromise the location of the American soldiers, such as
exploring tunnel system.

1970s— Various researchers around the world begin publicly implanting audio
implants into people. The
Illuminati and intelligence agencies begin to secretly implant people, this is
known because many of the early
victims can pin point at time in the 1970s when they got their audio implants.

1980— The FDA establishes Federal regulations regarding cochlear audio implants.

1984— By this year, 369 people have publicly received the House Cochlear Audio
Implants, which have been
implanted by 36 different clinics. The 3M Cochlear Implant System! House Design for
use in adults, which is
already in hundreds of adults, receives FDA approval in Nov.

1990s— Audio implants along with other implants begin to be used more aggressively
by the mind-control
programmers. Successful intelligence operations are carried out with the aid of
audio implants.

BASICS OF HOW THE IMPLANTS CAN FUNCTION

Thousands have publicly received audio implants, and thousands have received audio
implants without their
permission by the New World Order. The implants (whether secret or public)
basically have to contain A. a
receiver(s), B. a processor, C. a transmitter, D. electrodes or electrical
stimulating device. When sound waves
arrive to the human ear, the sound causes biological reactions all along the
auditory pathway— from the cochlea,
the auditory nerve, the brain stem nuclei and the primary cortical projection
areas. Each of these areas are fair
game for machinations of the mind-control researchers. There are brain stem
potentials which originate in the
auditory brain stem nuclei— primarily in the inferior colliculi. The public
auditory implants produce a small
electrical stimulus that bypasses damaged hair cells and directly stimulates the
remaining auditory neural
elements. This means that for the secret implants, the electrical impulse that is
generated to stimulate the person
to hear a sound or sentence is totally unnoticed by everyone but the victim. As
mentioned before, psychologists
are being used to shut victims up, by declaring that they are crazy for claiming to
hear voices. How do these
psychologists know that the person isn’t hearing voices from an implant? Some
psychologists are declaring the
implant victims are "crazy", "delusional", & "insane", because audio implants
supposedly don’t exist— therefore
it is useless to give any credence to the complaints of victims. In other words,
psychologists are being used as
the establishment’s witch doctors to cover up the mind-control activities of the
New World Order. What’s new?
Establishment shrinks helped cover up the programmed multiplicity for decades by
labelling the programmed-
multiple slaves "paranoid schizophrenics". During experiments, it was discovered
that the skin of a person can
pick up auditory vibrations, so tests were run to see if implants in other parts of
the human body could be used
for auditory implants. The vibrotacticle system of the skin has an upper limit of
sensitivity to 400 to 500 Hz. In

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 156 of 296

contrast the auditory system had a frequency range between 20 to 20,000 Hz and an
optimum range of 300 to
3,000 Hz. The auditory system had a dynamic range of 130 dB (decibels) which the
vibrotactile had only a 30-
35 dB range. In other words, using the skin like on the chest to send auditory
vibrations to the brain was a very
limited way to create sound. For most purposes it isn’t a viable approach, even
though some experimental
auditory implants were placed in places like the chest. The ones that were tested
only reconfirmed the suspicions
that the best results are by using the inner cochlea and the auditory canal area.
Dr. Begich’s and later others
showed that a nonlinear function will translate one frequency to another frequency,
but although it does jump,
this method is inadequate for the current mind control signals, and a linear
function is used which operates
simply on the energy that the implants have.

Originally single channel devises were used, but then multichannel devices were
soon found superior. The
processing units of a device, had to have an extraction method to determine the
pitch of the signal and then
would present a square wave at the rate of that frequency. Soon the miniature
computers that made up part of
the audio implant were made so that they were programmable. Some of the publicly
implanted people (for
instance some who got a 4 mm. cochlear auditory implant), who thought they were
getting medical help, were
later followed up a decade later by the intelligence agencies for their own agenda,
and instead of just hearing the
world, they got to hear mind-control drivel from some handler communicating via the
implant. As sound waves
come into the public implants, they are fast Fourier transformed into many channels
lying between say 100 and
4000 Hz. Each channel may be assigned to a specific electrode located on an array
of electrodes. The electrodes
are stimulated for instance at 300 pulses per minute. The transmissions go to
receiver/stimulators that then
stimulate the subject to hear something. (Fourier transforms have also been
identified being used by human
brains to encode memory.)

In order to keep their signals to their implanted victims secret, the Network
employs a tactic called
piggybacking where they piggyback their own audio transmission onto standard FM
frequencies.

CANAL is the acronym for an system that is used simultaneously for transmission and
reception via the use of a
double-frequency shift keying (DFS). Radio transmitters that send quick signals are
variously called BURST,
SQUIRT, SQUASH, or high-speed transmitters.

USES OF THE IMPLANTS

a. by themselves, b. with other implants, and c. in conjunction with other mind-

control devices.

TYPES OF AUDIO IMPLANTS--

Part A. Publicly admitted audio implants

Part. B. Secretly implanted audio implants.

Part A. Publicly admitted audio implants.

The entire world has gotten involved in audio implant research. The British
Cochlear Implant Group has been
setting up "implanting centres" for the UK. Not all the publicly known implants
will be listed here, for instance,
some of those I chose not to list include some developed in Spain by Bosch &
Colomina, the ones created in
Thailand by upgrading american made implants, and several made in East and West
Germany before the wall
went down, and the Swiss implant which was simply the Austrian audio implant used
with their own processor.

3M COCHLEAR IMPLANT SYSTEM/HOUSE DESIGN-MODEL 7700 (AKA ALPHA)

BANFAI, EMG —Several models developed by Banfai in Cologne-Dueren, West Germany. It

is digital, with a
pulsatile signal and a programmable memory. The implant can be communicated with
using an interface device
hooked to a computer. The patient has a keyboard. It was first implanted in 1977
and has 8/14 and 16 channels.
It has been implanted into hundreds of people.

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 157 of 296

BRITISH, for instance UCH— Developed by Douek, Fourcin and Moore in London and
implanted with a single
electrode in 1978 and multiple electrodes in 1990. The implant has bioglass, and
promontory grooves for the
electrode, and neural network programming in its computer memory.

CHEN AUDIO IMPLANT— developed in Guangzhoi, mainland China and first implanted in
1984. It was said
by the Chinese that 20 people received this implant.

CZECHOSLOVAKIAN— Implants were created by Volvoda and Tichy in Prague and implanted
in the 1980s
into a few people.

FRASER— Developed in London, and first implanted in 1983. It was notable because it
had a round window in
the implant. In the first few years it was implanted into 56 people. The
encapsulated the implant in a high-grade
Silastic rather than an epoxy, as some other European researchers had done

FRAYASE— Developed in Toulouse, France, this audio implant was implanted with its
receiver in the chest. It
was first implanted in

1981, and 22 people were said to have received it.

GOA— developed in Shanghai, China by Lee and Lin.

INERAID- (fka Symbion) produced by the Richards Company, USA. In the Journal of the
Acoustical Society of
America, Mar. 1994, vol. 95, pp. 1677-1678, they have an article about a woman who
had an implant in one ear
and not the other. She was asked to compare the pitch signals from natural sources
versus the right ear audio
implant. The most apical implanted electrode was not as accurate as the more basal
located electrodes using an
Ineraid implant.

IMPLEX COM 12— Comes with an interfacing computer and a Syncom patient self-tester

LAURA— Developed at Antwerp, Belgium. These were first implanted in 1986, and had
an internal canal
antenna, a microphone entirely internal in the auditory canal, a pre-amp, an
antenna, and a data control circuit.
Only a few subjects got this implant. It comes with a computer, and an interface
unit. It does have a
programmable memory.

MED-EL —Developed in Austria at Vienna and Innsbruck by Hochmair, and first

implanted in 1977. Hundreds
of people were implanted with this audio implant. Some were implanted externally
with it and some internally
inside the ear canal. It has one channel and a multitude of electrodes stimulating
the audio channel. It is
analogue, and sends an analogue signal. It does not have a programmable memory.

MXM- -Developed by Chouard in Paris and first implanted in 1974. It had been
implanted by 1990 into 179
people.

NUCLEUS 22, NUCLEUS MINISYSTEM 22, and other NUCLEUS AUDIO IMPLANTS (aka CLARK’s
Implants)— At least two models developed in Australia at Melbourne. This audio
implant was first implanted in
1978. The implant is programmable from the outside. It has been implanted into many
hundreds of people. It
has a multitude of electrodes that stimulate the audio system. It is digital, sends
a pulsatile signal, and has a
programmable memory. The implant comes with a diagnostic and programming interface
computer. The
Australian government heavily subsidized with millions of dollars research into
audio implants and got the
Cochlear Corporation (Nucleus) going. Nucleus uses what is called MULTIPEAK which
provides high-
frequency information from 2000 to 7000 Hz. With this 4 electrodes are stimulated
in rapid succession, and
special algorithms are used which change the relationship between the pulse
amplitude and the pulse duration in
order to allow 4 pulses to occur within a single frame. The Nucleus Minisystem 22
was approved by the FDA
for implantation in both adults and children.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 158 of 296

Storz Instrument Co.’s Implant— developed at Univ. of Calif, San Francisco.

Part. B. Secretly implanted audio implants.

There were several profiles of people that were used in the World Order’s selection
of secret victims to implant.
The following were criteria that they liked in the selection process, a.
vulnerable, such as single women, b.
people who were already programmed with trauma-based mind-control, c. psychics, who
had already told
people they heard or saw things ordinary people don’t, d. people, not highly
regarded by society such as
minorities, criminals, street people, mentally insane, who would not be able to
find a support system to help
them fight the experimentation. They also did the audio implants into some of their
own intelligence agents,
apparently to some who were getting somewhat difficult to their superiors. Because
of this type of profile, and
some other things this author learned, it appears that the initial two decades were
used more for experimentation
and development than they were for actual operations. However, with more than 2
decades of experience, they
are now fully operational. From watching their interaction (messages) with victims
of audio implants, it is clear
that they are not in the testing stage, but are fully operational, and have a full
cadre of trained operatives (men &
women) to staff the secret bases from which the monitor and broadcast signals to
their slaves. The staff their
bases with 3 shifts and the graveyard shift leaves approx. 6 a.m. In other words,
from what we can tell they are
using standard shift times for the audio implant control staffs.

COCHLEAR IMPLANTS— There are Cochlear implants for auditory control secretly
implanted without
permission. A rubber molding skin color covers the outer lining of the ear canal.
There are tiny slits in this
lining, which when pushed to the side would show the presence of coils and a
plastic rod/wire embedded in the
area. Sometimes burn marks occur on sides of face due to intense heat generated by
implants, which is painful.

DENTAL AUDITORY IMPLANTS— At least a dozen victims have complained that after their
teeth were
capped they began hearing voices. Other sources indicate that during the filing
process implants are being put
into people. This is the type of implant placed into J. Z. Knight and left dormant
for many years until they
decided to activate her as New Age guru.

RIDGE IMPLANTS— These implants can produce Theta waves and even voices. They are
designed to
suppress a particular type of thinking. The body may be sent into paralysis or
given various stimulus-response
stimuli in order to suppress certain thought patterns. If the slave begins to have
certain thought patterns that
threaten the programming and programming structures, these implants kick in to
divert the person’s mental
activity to something else.

C2. BODY MANIPULATING IMPLANTS

The subject of body manipulating implants could have been placed in chapter 8,
however the desire was to keep
all the information on implants together. Mankind has placed objects into the human
body for thousands of
years in the hope that it would produce some type of change. So the history of this
type of implants is volumous.
Reader’s Digest had an article about how to give to paraplegics the use of their
arms and legs with implants.
Implants are being placed into the human body to effect growth changes, to change
hormone levels (such as to
stop estrogen), to change DNA growth, to carry out behavior modification, etc.
Several papers have
recommended that sex offenders get implants. The Rambo chips that have been put
into many men have been
linked to some big crimes. In recent times, the following body manipulating
implants have been written about:

CRYSTALLINE CORTICOSTERONE IMPLANTS- These implants affect the hypothalamic-

pituitary-adrenal
(HPA) activity when there is stress or basal activity. It was placed into the
medial prefrontal cortex (MpFC) to
regulate the response to certain types of stress. Journal of Neuroscience, Sept.
1993, Vol. 13, pp. 3839-3847.

NORPLANT— a contraceptive implant placed into hispanic and black teenagers using
the Mantel-Haenszel
procedure. Written about in Journal of Adolescent Health, May 1995, Vol. 16(5), pp
389-395 by Nancy
Campbell-Heider, John Glantz, Sandra Glantz, Eric Schaff, et al.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 159 of 296

POLYMERIC BRAIN IMPLANT— These implants are ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer matrix
disks and are
used to release into the brain dopamine for a period of a number of weeks. The
testing of this has been done at
Yale Univ. School of Medicine. Written about in the Annals of Neurology, Apr. 1989,
Vol. 25, pp. 35 1-356.
Written by Matthew During, Andrew Freese, and Bernhard Sabel, and Mark Saltzman,
et. al.

PROTO-32 IMPLANT -Designed by Dr. McDaniels and a Dr. Paul Hod. This implant with a
32-bit microchip
memory affects DNA growth within a person. The two doctors who developed the device
are claimed to have
died after they created the chip. The FDA has approved the use of the implant in
the brain. It’s believed that
there is a patent on the chip.

SILASTICMELATONIN-FILFED IMPLANT- Used to alter the speed of resynchronization of

the circadian
rhythm in birds, and implanted by the Max-Plank Institute fur
Verhaltensphysiologie, Andechs, Germany.
Although this was for birds, mention of it is done here to point out the type of
research done at the Max-Plank
Institute. It was written about in the Physiology and Behavior magazine, July 1995,
Vol. 58, p. 89-90 by
Michaela Hau and Eberhard Gwinner.

TESTOSTERONE IMPLANT-used to release testosterone into the subject.

C3. VISUAL/HOLOGRAPHIC IMPLANTS

BACKGROUND.

Hollywood has given us movies where visual and holographic implants are shown, but
what about the real
world? Yes, it does happen in more than the movies. Publicly, the establishment has
only experimentally placed
visual implants into a few volunteers. On the real life side of the NWO, there have
been a number of victims
who have been subjected to visual implants without their consent. One victim in
Massachusetts labels her visual
implants "visual prosthetics’, but mentions "I use this term loosely because they
are more so attachments than
replacements of my own vision.

Every now and then the public is made aware of where the World Order wants people
to think research is at. In
the Jan. 13, 1997 issue of U.S. News & World Report (p. 52), the unveiling by
researchers of the retinal chip
that could potentially give sight to the blind was reported. It was interesting the
article’s choice of words "retinal
chip unveiled" (bold added).

After it was realized that sounds could be artificially made via electromagnetic
waves in deaf people,
researchers naturally thought of giving sight to the blind. In the 1960’s and
1970’s researchers struggled to
produce implants that could restore sight to the blind. This research was hijacked
by the NWO types and has
been developed into another component for their mind-control.

In the 60’ s Giles Brindley and others at Cambridge Univ. and in the 70’ s William
Dobelle and others at the
Univ. of Utah, both were able to show that individual phosphenes could be evoked by
electrical currents, thus
showing the feasibility of visual implants. (See GS Brindley’s paper "The
sensations produced by electrical
stimulation of the visual cortex" in J. Physiology, Vol. 196, 1968, pp. 479-493.
and W.H. Dobelle’s article in
1974 "Phosphenes produced by electrical stimulation of human occipital cortex, and
their application to the
development of a prosthesis for the blind." in J. Physiol, 243: 553-576.) The
public development went forward
with the blind. Since most blind people still have the neurons (which are like a
natural computer) in the higher
visual regions of the brain fully intact, the implants are designed to take
advantage of this unused potential.

The body has sensory pathways, that were discovered to be maps. In creating a
visual image, the brain actually
takes an image through several maps before getting the final image. There is a map
for motion, along with at
least 5 others maps such as one for form. The photoreceptors of the retina react to
the three primary colors and
have 3 primary color maps created by the electrical image made from the
photoreceptors of the retina. (One’s
genetics contribute to how each person perceives a primary color, we don’t all see
colors uniformly.) The
retina’ s output (called optic nerves or retinal output) map the electrical image
again onto the retinal ganglion

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 160 of 296

cells. Then the optic nerves project the electrical image to a relay image (the
lateral geniculate nucleus) where
the brain begins combining the maps of the two eyes. Another network of neurons
(called the optic radiations)
then transfers the image back to the rear of the brain to the primary visual
cortex. Then the brain takes the image
through several higher level maps to its final finished product— the viewer’ s
perceived picture. The
microelectrode array that creates a map for the blind person may be hooked up to
the primary visual cortex, or
other points in the process. The microelectrode arrays that were initially tested
were much cruder than the
human eye. They pixelized (turned into pixels, that is points) what the video
camera saw. The implant compared
to the human eye’s natural abilities something like what the old dot matrix
printers created in comparison to a
computer laser printer. The blind person’ s perception via the implants is somewhat
cruder than actual sight.
Experiments have found that the brain has a great deal of power in choosing how it
interprets images, so that it
is hoped that the plasticity of the visual system will allow blind people’s brain
to adapt to what they are being
shown over a period of time to get the maximum visual advantage. This also implies
that victims of visual
implants— which are of a more sophisticated technology will also have a natural
tendency to rewire their brains
to accommodate the new sensory inputs.

One of several groups of public researchers into Visual Neuroprosthetics (visual

implants) is Richard A.
Normann, with the Dept, of Bioengineering, John Moran Lab for Applied Vision and
Neural Sciences, at the
Univ. of Utah. In 1990, he spoke to people at the IEEE International Conference on
Systems, Man, and
Cybernetics about visual implants. At that conference on cybernetics, there were
already well thought out
methods for creating silicon based electrode arrays. The John Hopkins University in
Massachusetts is another
research center into visual implants. MIT and Harvard have also been researching in
the subject of visual
implants. Advances in material available and micro-fabrication techniques has
permitted the semiconductor
manufacturer to create electrode arrays with 3-D architectures, which can then be
implanted into the visual parts
of a person.

HOW THEY WORK

In a true visual prosthetic, a video encoder (camera) transforms the visual world
in front of a blind individual
into electrical signals that are used to excite neurons at some point of the visual
pathway. The video camera
encoder will be a silicon retina that replaces some of the functions that the human
retina performs, and then it
makes what it sees into signal compatible with the neurons the encoder must
stimulate. The signals from the
encoder excite neurons either via a hard-wired percutaneous connection, or a
telemetry link. "The stimulating
electrodes must be implanted into visual pathway such that each electrode is able
to excite only a small
population of neurons in the vicinity of the electrode." (Normann, Richard. "Visual
Neuroprosthetics Functional
Vision for the Blind", in IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology, Jan-Feb. ’95,
pg. 77) To improve the
picture sent by the implants to the brain, electrodes the size of the neurons they
intend to stimulate in the eye
were developed. Kensall Wise at the University of Michigan created small high
density electrode arrays out of
silicon. In one model, the electrodes are .08 mm at their base, and taper to a
sharpened tip. An array of hundreds
of such electrodes can be implanted into cortical tissue about 1. 5-2.0 mm below
the cortical surface. This is not
all of the design considerations involved, but it gives an idea of the direction
that public research has gone in. A
special pneumatic inserter that can shoot the arrays at high velocities to insert
them into the cortical tissue was
created by Patrick Rousche. This method provided limited cortical-based-map images.
To further improve the
picture, implants are being created that create a retinal map, rather than a
cortical map. This can take advantage
of the image forming properties of the human eye, and may give satisfactory images.
At the current pace of
public development, visual implants that restore sight are only a few years away
from mass production.
Meanwhile, the Network continues to create and use visual implants that are more
sophisticated than what the
public sector has been allowed to create. Bear in mind that these researchers use
either foundation grant money
or government grant money to operate. The Network is very careful about what
technology is developed. Some
excessively ambitious implant researchers (not visual, but other) have seen their
work have a national security
gag order thrown over them, and the research ends up muzzled from getting out to
the public.

TYPES

FIBER OPTICS— Fiber optics permits the Network to use a fiber optic that looks like
a hair as a television

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 161 of 296

camera. In a body suit, several fiber optic cameras that look like hairs will be
installed in key places to provide
the handlers remote viewing. Fiber optics can also be mounted in the victim, to
provide a means to receive
remote pictures. Fiber optic implants can be placed by needle into any site on the
body. One victim of electronic
mind-control, who has repeatedly pulled out Fiber Optic hairs, had a tiny fiber
optic hair shot into her chest
above her tank top while she was in a restaurant. Some other implants that carry
out the same function look like
warts, moles, or blisters.

ARTIFICIAL LENSES — One victim describes his eye implants: "They are oblong objects
with a square
opening in the middle of them. They appear to be located on my corneas or rapped
around them to be more
accurate. They are connected to rods or wires that are spread out over my facial
area and under the skin like a
mask. The implants also appear to be connected to cochlear implants which are the
cause of the repeated voice
transmissions that I hear." Via a camera, she was able to pick up the presence of a
reddish orange smear or stain
covering my eye lens. The color blends with her own eye coloring so it is extremely
difficult to see anything in
her eyes. The lenses of the implants are not lined up evenly with her cornea. The
victim with the visual implants
states, "Whenever I close my eyes, I see the presence of constant red orange haze
centered with a tint of whitish
blue. I also see a small area of fluorescent green color. When I sleep, I am
subjected to virtual reality type
pictures like programs being run through a computer with a 3-D effect. There is a
constant whirring and clicking
effect that comes from other implants such as the ears." In review. Visual implants
are at time called visual
prosthetus, but are actually attachments rather than replacements. They are oblong
with a square opening in the
middle of them. They are located on the cornea (rapped around them) and are
connected to rods/wires that are
spread out over the facial area and under the skin like a mask. The coloring of the
implant is blended with
natural eye colors to camouflage it. When the victim closes his or her eyes there
is a constant presence of a red-
orange haze centered around a small screen. There are also two orbs with a tint of
whitish blue, and a small area
of fluorescent green. Visual reality pictures are run like programs from a
computer, that have a three-D effect.
The left forehead scalp area has a whirring noise.

BIO-CHIPS that "talk" to nerve cells. Some of the readers will have already heard
of the bio-chips that talk to
nerve cells. Stanford Research Inst, has been working on such bio-chips. Bear in
mind, public research is
generally a cover for what has already been discovered.

HOLOGRAPHIC OR H-INSERT- There is one type which has been called a Holographic
Insert or H-
Implant. A holographic memory is created by this implant. This may or may not be
the Nanobots which are
capable of creating holographic images in the mind. Let’s discuss the nanobots.

HOLOGRAPHIC IMPLANTS VIA NANOTECHNOLOGY & NANOBOTS

Nanotechnology is technology pertaining to very tiny robots and tiny computers that
are in the range of
nanometer-size (10 to 1,000 billionth of a meter). Nano means "one-billioneth". In
other words, extremely
microscopic, we are talking about robots & machines one-billionth of a meter large.
The Scanning Tunneling
Microscope (STM) makes it possible to see something the size of a single atom. The
STM will also pick up
atoms and move them. People who are interested in nano-technology have regular
meetings in the Silicon
Valley. A Johannesburg, South African company Nanoteq (recently taken over by the
Amer. company
Microchip Technology) was the company that created nanotechnology encoders (based
on a non-linear
logarithm that mixes transmission lines and changes codes frequently). Microchip
Technology is putting these
encoders into their series of microcontrollers which are EEPROM-based.

The encoders are called Keeloq hopping-code technology. They are good in protecting
micro-wave, ELF,
infrared and radio-wave transmissions. Microchip Corp. is creating a sub-company
group called Secure Data
Products to work with this type of technology. In other words, the ALEX system
reported on in Vol. 2 is being
miniaturized. Another Nanotechnology company is Nanosystems, which is working with
the Jansen
Pharmaceutica N.y. unit of Illuminati-controlled Johnson and Johnson. We know
numerous companies like the
two mentioned above, who are working on Nanotechnology. We also know that they are
not going to tell us
their trade secrets and what they have really developed. For instance, this author
had a hearty laugh when he
read The New York Times (1 1/19/96 pg. Cl) article "Feat of the minuscule:
scientists make abacus with carbon

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 162 of 296

molecules: invention at Swiss research laboratory may be a step toward building

faster computers", because the
article is patently disinformation! According to the article a Dr. James M.
Gimzewski and colleagues discovered
how to make tiny balls of 60 carbon-atoms each. They call these balls "Buckyballs".
They can move these balls
via what they call a "scanning tunneling device". A picture of the teeny-tiny 60-
atom balls was shown in the
article. So what did they do with this ability? They built an abacus (yeah sure!
Come on guys!). If the reader
understands computers— a computer at the most basic level is simply a base 2 number
system. Anything that can
consistently move or switch can be the basis for a computer. A computer is simply
an enormous amount of on-
off switches, where 0 can stand for off and 1 for on, etc. The article states,
"Scientists at Switzerland have
invented an ultraminiature abacus in which spherical carbon molecules sliding along
the microscopic copper
groves act as the counting beads for performing arithmetic calculations." (So they
are using it for arithmetic,
yeah sure!) IBM reported that its scientists used the STM to move individual atoms
so that they spelled "I-B-M"
in atoms. If you believe that the ability to arrange individual atoms and tailor-
build molecules was so that IBM
scientists could spell IBM, then this book isn’t for you. A more recent NY Times
article (2/2/97, p. E6)
discusses how Xerox Corporation has created sensors the thickness of peach fuzz.
These are called MEMS
(micro-electomechanical systems). The article states, "MEMS are all about doing
more with less, about being
lean, mean, and next to invisible." The article is lean on facts. It does give a
hint of the incredible power these
little gadgets have when the writer launches into his propaganda tirade at the end
of the article, "Paradoxically
the fear that accompanies the fantasy of nanotechnology is not that the culture
will be as stratified and
fragmented as Victorian England, but that the new culture will be one that is
unrecognizable to everyone alive
today." That is true, this nano technology is taking us to the place that society
will not be recognizable. The age
of the future is planned to be the age of robots— humans if they are to survive are
to be robotic slaves for the
illuminated elite. However, this is not paranoid fear as the NY Times writer
implies, but it is the unfortunate
reality humanity faces. Some people apparently are already experiencing it. One
victim of mind-control, whose
father is Military Intelligence and whose family is part of the Illuminati, claims
that he has been subjected to
tiny robots called nanobots. These nanobots have been featured on TV, where they
have been billed as an asset
for surgeons. Reportedly, these tiny robots can work off of 10-100 kilohertz of
beamed power. They have coil-
shaped antennas, 2 little six-pointed "wings" to attach and move themselves with.
These tiny boron-carbon
nanobots have all kinds of purposes. One use is for multitudes of these Nanobots to
be placed into a single
victim’s head, where they are programmed to migrate to certain programmed positions
where they can suppress
the optical signals to the brain and replace these signals with their own
holographic images that can be
externally transmitted to the nanobots or preprogrammed in. They are trying or have
succeeded, depending upon
who is talking about nanobots, in making self-replicating assemblers. In other
words, they have built miniature
robots that build other robots. (Sounds like something the Japanese would do.)

Nanobot researchers talk about how great it will be to have tiny robots that are
smaller than a red blood cell
circulating in our blood removing fat, bacteria, and viruses.

SOME SOURCES. Recent articles on nanotechnolgy include: Electronic Times (12/7/95),

Electronics Weekly
(11/29/95), Electronic Engineering Times (11/27/95), the L.A. Times (11/11/94,
12/21/94, 2/7/96, 2/20/96), the
NY Times (4/30/94, 1 1/19/96, 2/2/97), the Wall St. Journal (5/12/94, 1/9/96,
2/26/96). Eric Drexler wrote
Engines of Creation (Anchor Press/Doubleday, 1986), a book about nanotechnology.

Books that will provide more information on nanotechnology:

Drexler, K. Eric and Peterson, Chris and Pergamit, Gayle. Unbounding the Future:
The Nanotechnology
Revolution. Morrow, 1991.

Hameroff, Stuart R. Ultimate Computing: Biomolecular Consciousness and

Nanotechnology. Elsevier Science
Pub., 1987.

Whitehouse, D.J. and Kawata, K., eds. Nanotechnology: Proceedings of the Joint
Forum/ERATO Symposium
held at Warwick Univ., 21-22 August 1990. Adam Hilger, 1991.
C4. MEMEX/BRAIN LINK IMPLANTS

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 163 of 296

The public doesn’t understand that programs showing research are typically rmation
to hide what’s already in
use. On "Cyberlife," 12/17/96, a TV story was done on Dr. Ted Berger, a biological
engineer, at U.S.CA, who is
working on a microchip that will be a substitute for the hippocampus’ memory. The
story stated that in two
years a brain chip can be made that mimics the pattern of brain neurons so that it
can be plugged in. The New
World Order’s computer-satellite system allows a. communication devices to be
embedded within a victim, as
well as b. memex devices that are linked to the natural brain to boast the brain’s
memory. In the Vol. 2 book, the
ALEX (Amalgamated Logrythmic Encrypted Transmissions) system was described which
allows the NWO to
pulse codes on different frequencies in an erratic fashion that makes the
transmissions hard to even spot. The
ALEX system is one component of their ability to secretly transmit orders and
information to their slaves. When
a slave receives a body-suit of implants, one implant will be a central control
implant that controls the body suit
of implants and receives information from an external transmitting source. Some of
the slaves have had their
central controlling implant at the base of their skull. The concepts that Hollywood
portrayed in the sci-fi movie
"Johnny Mnemonic" where an oligarchy (in league with big business and the crime
syndicates) controls the
world, and uses a human who has an implant that stores tremendous amounts of
information is— sad to say— not
so far removed from what is already happening in secret.

INTERFACE DEVICES

The biocybernetic researchers for the New World Order have working on a number of
interface devices to
interface (link) the human brain with computers. A number of devices have been
created. There is even a
biochip the size of a large organic molecule that works as a memex implant. The
idea of implants is difficult for
some people to accept. I am in the possession of x-rays showing implants, of
anechoic chamber readings
showing that victims were receiving constant synthetic telemetry signals from
outside transmitting sites, and a
variety of other items showing evidence that this activity is going on. For
instance, Professor Ingmar Wickbom,
M.D. of the University Hospital, University of Calif. Medical Ctr., San Diego on
10/6/’ 83 wrote a letter "To
Whom It May Concern" that skull x-rays of Robert Naslund indicated implants at the
base of the skull that are
"possibly some form of brain transmitters". Some of the victims I personally know
have managed to extract
fiber optic fibers from their bodies.

ORGANIC BIOPROCESSORS LINKED TO VIRUSES- One direction that the New World Order
took was
to develop biochips and bioprocessors, that is three-dimensional organic circuitry
that functions as computers.
The conductive velocities of these miniature organic computers (protein lattices)
are at least one million times
faster than nerve cells. The circuit power of a given size of miniature organic
computers is at least a million
times greater than the same size of brain matter. Molecular computers made of
living matter can be grown from
DNA templates of genetically engineered bacteria. Synthetic proteins have been
developed which match what
they want to make into mini-computers. The end product is a bioprocessor (tiny
computer) within a cell. These
mini-computers are specifically linked with viruses which migrate to specific parts
of the body. Viruses are
primarily nucleoproteins, some of the small ones are not even alive, and they don’t
even have metabolism. They
do not have a metabolism to kill with an antibiotic. The Neurotropic viruses
migrate to the central nervous
system (nerves), the Dermotropic viruses migrate to the skin, the Pneumotropic
viruses go to the lungs, the
Viscerotropic go to the abdomen, and other viruses go to other sites in the body.
Because many viruses will
select what area of the body they will reside in, the New World Order can tailor
(in tissue-culture) their bio-
implants (which consist of a virus plus a bioprocessor) so they can target where
they will end up in the mind-
controlled slave. Such an virus implant is also called a symbiote, because it lives
off of the host, the mind-
controlled slave’s own body. These virus implants have life-expectancies that are a
number of years long. A
number of these implants within the victim serve as spies-in-the-camp, reporting
detailed records of what the
host’s body is doing. Research into how to splice and dice genetic material and
then recombine it has been going
on for a number of decades, and is very sophisticated. There are a number of very
technical books on how to do
it, but only a reader familiar with the language of genetic research could decipher
their techniques & abilities
with miniature RNA and DNA pieces. Several genetic books/papers describe how
viruses can get host genetic
material or other genetic material, thus giving us a window on how they transfer
the miniature computers made
from DNA templates to the viruses. In the book Mechanics of DNA Replication &
Recombination, Proceedings
of a UCLA Symposium held in Keystone, CO April 3-9, 1983, (edited by Nicholas R.
Cozzarelli, of the Dept, of
Molecular Biology Univ. of CA, Berkeley, published in NY by Alan K. Liss, Inc.) one
of the leaders in this field
said on page 12, "I remain faithful to the conviction that anything a cell can do,
a biochemist should be able to

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 164 of 296

do." And yes they have been replicating strands of RNA & DNA, creating whatever
they want. The Illuminati
have been using these computers-in-viruses implants at least since the 1990s. The
implants are easy to insert
into the victim’s body, and the specific virus transport themselves and attach
themselves where they are to go.
The Illuminati then build body suits of these implants. The size of these tiny
implants vary from tens of
millicrons to hundreds of millimicrons. Just their tiny size makes them difficult
to destroy. From research on
victims, it appears that a central computer is implanted to control or interact
with the body suit of implants.

PSYCHICS— One of the Illuminati’s research projects was to discover the psi gene—
the genetic gene that
would permit them to breed a master race with psychic abilities. One of the groups
that the Illuminati has
controlled which did research in this area was Nazi Germany. Mengele, in fact, was
interested in the co-relation
of blood types to psychic abilities. Blood type B apparently has more psychics than
other blood types. People
who have true psychic abilities have a more complex molecular lattice structure
than those who don’t. They also
have energy fields of 500 cps or higher. This is in contrast with most brain
activity which lies in the 0 cps to 100
cps range. The heart operates at up to about 250 cps, and the resonant frequency
for a nerve is 360 cps. In other
words, the high cps. energy field is a tip off that the person is psychic. A secret
program has been carried out by
the Illuminati to identify every person on the planet who is capable of being
psychic. They are identified and
then assigned to people (a male and female) to monitor the person. Psychics are
often recruited into intelligence
agencies to bring them under the power of the Illuminati’s establishment. In other
cases, they are simply
watched and monitored, some who are threats to them are killed, and others receive
mind-control. They have
been identifying people with psychic abilities and then trying to track and/or
control them. They also will try to
recruit or place these people under mind-control or both.

C5. TORTURE/NERVE & MUSCLE STIMULATION IMPLANTS

When a body suit is placed into a slave, implants are strategically placed in their
body so that if they do not
comply or if the Network wants to make the person dissociative they can direct the
control implant to trigger
these implants to activate. For instance two implants will be place on opposite
side near the uterus and one in
the lower back in order to give the handlers the ability to cause lots of lower
back pain. Prior to electronically
putting someone into an altered & controlled dissociative state, they will wear a
person down with pain to make
them dissociative. For instance, if an implant in the middle (square in the heel)
of the foot goes off, a ball of
electricity like a sparkler is activated causing pain, anxiety and discomfort. Some
describe it as a hot pin prick in
the foot. One victim and her mother both received these torture implants, and she
was able to locate and remove
some of them from her mother. I would like to paraphrase her description of finding
these torture implants, "I
discovered fiberoptic type implants on the lower back and also on the line where
the leg and buttock join. The
fiberoptic sites on the lower back was 1 " to the left of the spine, and consisted
of two holes where the implants
had been inserted which were one above the other, and at a distance of 5/8’ from
each other. I was able to
partially remove both of these fiber implants, but knots remained under the holes
where tiny parts of the
implants tenaciously remained. These two back implants seemed to connect signal-
wise to the implant at the
junction of the buttock and leg. This latter implant could create pain in the left
leg and foot." Sometimes a
crackling sound like crickets accompanies the signal to create pain. A vibrating
electrical field is often used on
victims of electronic control. (Unconfirmed but possible:) One victim described a
device that could have a dial
rotated to allow the sender to chose different types of signals to be sent. This
would be pointed at a victim. As
this sounds like a good possibility, it has been included here, although there is
nothing to confirm such a piece
of equipment which is probably if it exists

BELLDAME TORTURE IMPLANT-Nothing available to report.

SUICIDE IMPLANT— Some claim that an implanted chip has been created that will
release a poison upon a
signal which will kill its host. This author has seen absolutely no evidence that
such an implant exists. It’s use is
likely disinformation.

C6. TRACKING & I.D. IMPLANTS

This type of implant has gotten most of the public’s attention. For several years
now the public has been aware
http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 165 of 296

that animals, military personnel as well as civilians have been given tracking
implants. Objects also have
received tracking implants. DCI of the CIA Bob Gates is reported to have said, "If
you can’t identify people,
you can’t control them." The Wall St. Journal, 3/30/1992 reported that the FDA
proposed that tracking devices
onto 35 classes of medical devices such as heart valves and breast implants. The
excuse was that they needed to
track life-sustaining medical devices better. The list of devices to be tracked
includes cardiovascular filters,
defibrillators, pacemaker electrodes, heart valves, tracheal protheses, breathing
monitors, portable oxygen
generators, ventilators, infusion oxygen generators, ventilators, infusion pumps
and various silicone gel-filled
devices such as testicular implants and breast implants, and spinal implants. The
Hughs Identification Device
has been placed onto such objects as breast implants. These tracking implants are
reported to have a life of 250
years. Their tracking I.D. number consists of #, letter, #, letter, # etc. The U.S.
Navy has employed RF/ID
"waterproof bracelets" for tracking individuals underwater. The U.S. military has
required its personnel to take
tracking implants under the pretense of being able to find them if they get lost,
and millions of men and women
in the military have already gotten these tracking implants. A book published by
the U.S. Army War College in
1994 (entitled The Revolution in Military Affairs and Conflict Short of War) shows
the Army’s interest in
tracking implants. Many tracking implants were placed into military personnel
during Desert Shield/Desert
Storm operations. Some tracking implants are programmable and can record vital data
about a person. They
could also be used as a debit card for financial transactions, which is why they
have gotten so much attention as
the much feared Mark of the Beast. Texe Marr’s popular book Project L.U.C.I.D.
exposed the L.U.C.I.D.

System which will be a central clearing house for keeping track of everyone. He
reproduced a diagram from an
issue of Narc Officer magazine showing how the system would connect an individual’s
universal biometrics
card with the justice, data communications, and telecommunications systems of the
World Order. Texe Marrs
and others are fascinated at the choice of words & acronyms that the establishment
keeps picking. Dr. Creusat, a
medical doctor with Interpol is the official designer of L.U.C.I.D. He and his co-
designer initially refused to
reveal what the acronym L.U.C.I.D. stands for. Some speculate that it stands for
the obvious: "Lucifer’s I.D."
system. It’s also strange that AT&T called their new company derived from Bell Labs
(which has been involved
in mind-control for the Illuminati) "Lucent Technologies". Again some people
speculate that Lucent means
Lucifer’s Enterprises. And what did Lucent come out with? They came out with a new
computer network called
"Inferno" (another name for Hell), written in a language called "Limbo" (a place in
Hell) with computer
protocols called "Styx" (a river in Hell). And then on the other side of the
Atlantic, a world-wide net called
Demon Internet is being offered to people in Europe. (To have Demon Internet
installed for you by Demon
Internet, Ltd. at 322 Regents Park Rd., Finchley, London N3 2QQ costs initially
£1,762.50 for the first month
according to recent company literature.) Again the obvious ques tion, why are these
companies using occult-
even satanic terms for their products? Illuminati member and chairman of IBM Thomas
Watson, Jr. set up a
cryptology research group at IBM’s research lab in Yorktown Heights in NY. This
group was led by Horst
Feistel, and it developed a cipher code called "Lucifer". Lucifer was then sold to
Lloyd’s of London. Lucifer
was created under the auspices of the NSA. Lucifer worked off of an algorithm. The
NSA had set things up via
IBM so that it has had a back door to anything encrypted with Lucifer. (By the way
NSA’s partner in the U.K. is
the brit’s GCHQ.) The paper trail indicates that L.U.C.I.D. intends to keep track
of people by using biometrics
(iris scan, fingerprint, voiceprint, photos, and other bio identification features)
that will be encoded on cards (or
implants.) DNA databanks are already giving computers an enormous ability to
identify millions of americans
via their DNA. Texe Marrs also calls our attention in his book about L.U.C.I.D. to
the important mandatory ISO
9000 program, which makes it mandatory for all products to have an ISO 9000 I.D.
number and their approval
and certification. Over 100 countries have adopted the ISO 9000 standards. In 1999,
use of the system, which
was voluntary, will become mandatory. The government is also setting up TPN
(Trading Partner Numbers).
While obtaining all these numbers to do business is not directly mind-control; if a
person can’t buy or sell
without the approved numbers, it does tend to place a person or company under the
World Order’s control. The
NACCB in England and the ASQC and the ANSI have been given power to accredit people
with the ISO 9000
numbers. IOS is also in some type of overseeing role in the accreditation process.
Here we go, more acronym
monsters to control our lives! But while attention has been focused on this, many
other implants have been
implanted for mind-control. It all works together. The tracking implants certainly
are an external means of
controlling people that will work along side of the mind-control to lock people
into their Established System.
The tracking implants have broader application than just to keep track of an
individual’s location, or his
financial records. Tracking implants can be used to send bio information on the
heart beat, the BEG, EKG and
other bio tracking methods. Researchers who are following the field of tracking
implants will remember the
article "An Eight Channel Micropowered PAM/FM Biomedical Telemetry System" in the
NTC ’7 1 Record, p.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 166 of 296

309. The Air Force Office of Scientific Research, NASA financed that study which
involved an 8-channel
micropowered telemetry system designed to sense and transmit physiological data.
The system was actually
successfully used. They will also remember an earlier article in the IEEE
Transactions on Bio-medical
Engineering, Vol. BME-14, Oct. 1967 entitled, "The Design and Use of an FM/AM
Radiotelemetry System for
Multichannel Recording of Biological Data." And then they will remember an even
earlier report from the
Biophysics Lab, of the Aerospace Medical Labs of the Aerospace Medical Div. at
Wright Patterson AFB, Ohio
dated 1965 entitled, "Personal telemetry transmitter system." The point is that
tracking implant research has
been with us for several decades, and is being utilized to control slaves who have
body suits of implants. They
have been publicly monitoring animals with bio-telemetry for several decades, it
doesn’t take any stretch of the
imagination to comprehend that they are also doing it with their slaves. While
these articles were from the ’60s,
soon afterwards a book appeared Mackay, R.S.

Biomedical Telemetry, Sensing and Transmitting Biological Information from Animals

and Man. John Wiley &
Sons, Inc.: NY, 1970. Faceprints are a new method which uses a math algorithm that
establishes distances
between eye pupils, nasal base, lip center and other facial points. The algorithm
produces a 50-bit number that is
person- specific. The plans are to code this along with other unique I.D. features
onto the magnetic strips of I.D.
cards. The American CIA developed in conjunction with the Thai police a smart
identity card for use in
Thailand. The Computerworld Smithsonian Award was given to the Thai Ministry of
Interior for this
"innovative technology" in 1990. In other words, one part of Big Brother patted
another on the back. Was the
CIA protecting us, Mr. & Mrs. Citizens by doing this so-called "intelligence" work,
or was it working on
another agenda by developing this high tech ID card? Later the military adopted the
MARC ID card based on
similar ideas.

Bell Communications (in NJ) developed voice activated credit cards. Reports are
that colds can throw one’s
voice off so that it’s rejected by the flat microchip in the voice card. When this
author calls the World Order’s
mind-control "total", he means just that— it is designed to control the body, mind
and spirit of a person. By
taking bio information via implants, DNA codes, blood types, retina scans, hand
geometry and face prints,
without our real consent the World Order has effectively stolen our Fifth Amendment
rights. John Adams wrote,
"Property must be secured or liberty cannot exist." (The Works of John Adams, Vol.
6:9, p. 280.) The purpose
of the American government was to protect property. But they have stolen our
privacy. They have put into law
(contrary to the Constitution & Bill of -Rights) several laws that will force us to
provide information to
computer data banks that will be used to determine if we can buy or sell, if we can
get employment or not, & if
we are deemed politically correct or not. And those on the wrong side of the NWO
may be incarcerated and
programmed. While tracking implants are not mind-control per se, they will work
hand in glove with actual
mind-control to make sure no one under mind-control can effectively get away.
Therefore all tracking devices
must be seen in the broader context as being devices to assist in the
implementation of total mind-control. One
genius scientist who worked on the bio-chip and who still works as a civilian for
the government personally told
this author that he is excused for his help on the project because technology is
neutral. Technology is neither
good nor bad, so he claims. I disagree, and so did another scientist who did repent
of helping with this infernal
project, and apologized to this author. These bio-chips are going to be used for
the enslavement of mankind, and
for total mind-control. There is no justification, no excuse great enough to allow
people to side-step their
responsibility in the creation of such technology intended for evil. We have a
responsibility to know how our
inventions will be used before we create them. It doesn’t take a rocket scientist
to know what these inventions
are going to be used for. Unfortunately, this man who assisted with the bio-chip is
a rocket scientist.

Section D. Direct monitoring & manipulation of the brain/mind

Dl. Direct monitoring of thought waves.

For many years, the basic waves have told us basic things about the mind. Rapid
Beta waves come from normal
mental activity like you are doing now, alpha waves indicate relaxation, theta
waves mean meditation &
memories, & ultraslow deltas mean deep sleep. Cognitive demands cause the gamma
waves to synchronize.
Alpha (as well as Theta) oscillations both encode and access cortical codes— what
we describe as K-lines in this
Deeper Insights book. The thalamus & the cortex are involved in memory. People with
good memories have

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 167 of 296

higher alpha freks than persons with poor memories. EEGs are used to watch these
waves & their oscillations.
PET scans are even more revealing. Thoughts can be analyzed in terms of the various
parts of the mind that they
require to produce them. In word-reading the mind activates specific posterior
visual areas, and when the mind
must identify a noun specific frontal & temporo-parietal areas are active. (See
Posner, "Seeing the Mind",
Science magazine, 10/29/93, p. 673). PET scans & BEGs are interesting, but evoked
potentials tell it all. The
National Security Agency has a monopoly on monitoring the evoked potentials emitted
by people’s brain’s
electrical flux which are electromagnetic emissions in the 30-50 Hz, 5 milliwatt
range. When a person thinks, or
moves their body, or sees something, the brain creates an evoked potential or set
of evoked potentials. These
emissions can be decoded to see what the person is thinking or doing. This is
called RNM (Remote Neural
Monitoring). It is reported that the Kinnecome group at the NSA is involved with
this type of monitoring round-
the-clock of victims of electronic mind-control using EMF equipment that is
scattered across the nation. A
Signals Intelligence EMF scanning network allows the NSA’s computers to pinpoint
and track any individual in
the United States by watching for their specific bioelectrical field. In many ways,
the tracking implants and the
national I.D. cards are redundant, but the World Order wants to increase their
control, while keeping their best
technology secret. The NSA information is not randomly passed on to any individual,
but they do have their
ways to filter down information to mind-control handlers if they need to. They have
exhibited an amazing
ability to track the two co-authors, but that doesn’t mean that they are all
powerful, just because their computers
can remotely detect and keep track of people. This book is evidence that there is
still some elbow room for
independent thought in this world. What’s more frightening is the apathy in the
world to stand up to the control.
But the question may arise, how can they get any good reading on the brain’s evoked
potentials from a distance?
The equipment is a combined use of ELF-modulated masers along with Doppler- shifted
interrogative RMCT
masers. This technique allows them to send syntel directly through walls. A Maser
is a microwave equivalent to
a laser.

TESLA WAVES USED TO READ MINDS & IMPLANT VOICES

According to reports, the Soviets were the first to discover in the 1960’s that the
human brain had 23 BEG band
wave lengths, of which 1 1 of these were totally independent. By knowing those 1 1
band wave lengths, and then
sending signals based upon those wave lengths, the human mind could be manipulated.
The person’s PRIME
FREK, that is their biological frequency needs to be identified, and then it is
possible to remotely implant
thoughts and voices into their minds.

In the early 1970’s, the U.S. Documentation Center as well as the White House’s
spokesman had both reported
that electromagnetic waves could be used to communicate with "a target biosystem."
(This was brought out in
the U.S. District Court of the State of Utah where inmates who had been subjected
to mind-control in prison
tried unsuccessfully to fight back in court.)

The University of Utah was just one of several dirty research facilities which
researched on human guinea pigs
how Tesla waves could be used to manipulate the mind into hearing voices. They
discovered how simple it is to
use these waves to override and implant thoughts into the mind, and to read the
thoughts of the mind. Then they
subjected hundreds of inmates at the Gunnison Facility of the Utah State Prison,
the State Hospital and perhaps
other Utah State Prison facilities to this brand of mind-control in order to test
it.

It certainly works. Numerous inmates tried to fight the system, and the obvious
mind-control that so many of
them were being subjected to. Hundreds of the inmates were subjected to heavy drags
and other severe
punishment when they protested. Still they continued to protest. This was in the
1970’s, now the technology is
being used over the entire United States.

The Tesla waves are sent to a victim in the following sequence of events.

Computers programmed with artificial intelligence handle most electronic controlled

slaves. When the slave
does something the computer can’t handle then human handlers step in to help. Men
and women staff consoles
attached to CRAY computers where they monitor the victims that need special
attention. The full fledged
electronic monitoring involves an entire body suit of various implant devices in
the victim’s body. From the

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 168 of 296

body suit, the controllers are able to track the victim, hear what the victim
hears, and see via tiny fiberoptics
some of what is going on around and with the victim. The staff have pre-recorded
sound bites that they usually
like to select, as well as occasion actual live messages. They transmit these
messages, which are picked up by
satellite and relayed to whatever large TV broadcasting antenna or GWEN tower or
other antenna is near the
victim. The signal is then relayed to some object near the victim, which serves as
a relay antenna to pass the
signal on to the victim. It’ s believed that some type of implant picks up the
signal and broadcasts the correct
Tesla wave pattern to create voices within the victim. Meanwhile, the tracking
implant keeps the staff and the
satellite system informed every few minutes as to exactly where to send the voice
signals. The Master computer
and central HQ for electronic mind control is reported to be Boulder, CO. Several
places have been identified by
this author as key points. One report came in that transponders are being made in
Boulder, CO. The central
cellular computer is in the Boulder, CO National Bureau of Standards building. AT &
T is cooperating with
electronic mind-control also. NORAD tracks both space and earthbound objects. They
have a Cheyenne Mtn.

Air Station. Although it is clear from reports from mind-control victims that NORAD
is actively involved in
mind-control, exactly how the different tracking responsibilities are delegated is
not known to this author at this
time. It appears that there is duplication of efforts, and several NWO branches
maintain the same capability.

D2. VOICES / OR THOUGHTS SENT ELECTRONICALLY DIRECTLY INTO THE MIND

Brain waves are connected to thought. When thought occurs there is a great deal of
brain wave activity. The
brain carries out what some people call "parallel processors"— that is it breaks a
thinking process down into
components and works on all simultaneously. When the World Order’s researchers have
attempted to tamper
with the mind they can place thoughts into the mind by tampering with the processes
that create thoughts,
without actually having to replicate the thought they want. In other words, they
are deflecting the natural
process into the synthetic process they want to get their desired result.

For group mind control, or isolated individuals, ELF waves can be sent that
interact with the brain’s natural
waves. The human brain synchronizes with the incoming waves and the end result can
be panic, sleep, or a
hypnotic trance. The wrong kinds of ELF waves can even damage the brain. In 1961,
Allen Frey, a free-lance
biophysicist and engineering psychologist reported that humans can hear microwaves.
This had been known by
the military since W.W.II. To form complex words and sentences, Frey realized he’d
have to approach the level
of 10 -mW/(cm) 2 , but the bottom line is microwave-created movement of cochlear
hair cells can be done. In the
late 1950’s, Dr. Patrick Flanagan developed an electronic telepathy machine which
was called the Neurophone.
He writes about the Neurophone and its capabilities to transmit acoustic (sounds,
voices) directly into the brain
of an individual using the electromagnetic fields in his forward to the book Angels
Don’t Play This HAARP by
Jeane Manning and Dr. Nick Begich. The patent office held up his patent on the
machine for 12 years. Dr.
Flanagan writes, "Certain types of electromagnetic signals can induce visual and
auditory effects when the field
around the head or body is at the right frequency, intensity and modulation levels.
We are not accusing the
developers of HAARP of amoral intentions for the use of this technology but the
potential for abuse is
there." (Angels Don’t Play This HAARP, p. 6) First, this author highly recommends
the book Angels Don’t Play
This HAARP; and second, this author is going to flat outright say that the
developers of HAARP do not deserve
the benefit of the doubt anymore— because some of them have a clear track record of
developing and using
mind-control techniques. HAARP is nothing less than a mind-control project. One of
the persons that people
trying to investigate HAARP kept running into was Col. John Alexander. Col. John
Alexander was involved
with the development of -HAARP. (Angels Don’t Play This HAARP, p. 19) Trauma-based
mind-control
victims have identified Col. John Alexander as being one of the primary mind-
control programmers. He has
been a key player in a number of mind-control projects for the government. Wright-
Patterson AFB, Dayton, OH
also play-ed a role in research for HAARP. A number of trauma-based mind-control
victims have identified
Wright-Patterson as a mind-control programming center. Apparently, the Air Force
used some of the brain-stem
scarred whiz kids at the base to try and develop Tesla technology. ARCO (via their
ARCO Power Technologies,
Inc. subsidiary) was the Air Force’s prime contractor on the first phase of HAARP’
s development. ARCO has
company doctors who are helping program mind-control victims. One of ARCO’s board
members was Dr.
Simon Ramo, who is a big player with the military and the secret government. The
awarding of ARCO’s
subsidiary APTI for the contract smelled like a rat, because other companies were
obviously better suited than
this tiny subsidiary with a staff of 25 in Washington, D.C. Besides the mind-
control aspect of things, the World
Order set things up so that APTI has the patent (#4,686,605, Method & Apparatus for
Altering a Region in the -

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 169 of 296

Earth’s Atmosphere, Ionosphere, and/or Magnetosphere) for the HAARP project, so

they are a natural shoe-in
for the project. There were other patents involved too, and about dozen of these
patents assigned to APTI have
now ended up with the large Raytheon Corp. (APTI was bought by B-Systems, and B-
Systems was bought by
Raytheon. All 3 are working fast and furiously developing technology for the NWO.)
The NWO’s Stanford
Research Institute developed many of HAARP’ s high-fre-quency transmitting programs
with money from the
Defense Nuclear Agency. (This was from Angels Don’t Play This HAARP, p.47, which
cites an NTIA memo,
"NTIA Preliminary Assessment of Air Force Ionospheric Research Instrument",
10/1/1993.) Mitre Corp. was
also involved with HAARP. This author has exposed the Mitre Corp. in the past as
being both Illuminati-run, &
a co-partner with the NSA.

When a HAARP researcher pestered the Air Force for info, he was referred to Kirk-
land AFB, NM another site
deeply involved in mind-control and black projects. (Angels Don’t Play This HAARP,
p.63) Los Alamos Nat.
Labs also is involved with both mind-control & I-IAARP. Their Blackbeard Team is
connected to the Alexis
Satellite, which may or may not be connected to the ALEX system which this author
has been warning about.
Supposedly this is a gamma ray re-search satellite, but this author doesn’t know if
this is the truth or a cover
story. The Air Command & Staff College’s Airpower Journal lets the "cat out of the
bag" so to speak when they
reveal that weapons like HAARP will be used against civilians. The military wants
to use weapons like HAARP
to disorient people’s mental facilities. Newt Gingerich wrote the forward to an
official US Air Force book
entitled Low-Intensity Conflict and Modern Technology which described how
electromagnetic weapons could
be used to subjugate U.S. citizens who opposed their government. Cpt. Paul Tyler
wrote the chapter on
electromagnetic and psychotronic weapons. A paper trail does exist of the
intentions to use HAARP for mind-
control by our government. For the sake of completeness, and to provide the readers
with a paper trail, I’ll quote
directly from this official Air Force book from the part written by Cpt. Tyler,
‘The potential applications of
artificial electromagnetic fields are wide-ranging and can be used in many military
or quasi-military situations...
Some of these potential uses include dealing with terrorist groups. ..crowd
control,... and anti-personnel
techniques in tactical warfare. In all cases, the electro-magnetic systems would be
used to produce mild to
severe physiological disruption or perceptual distortion or disorientation. In
addition, the ability of individuals to
function could be degraded to such a point that they would be combat ineffective.
Another advantage of
electromagnetic systems is that they provide coverage over large areas with a
single system [this is an obvious
reference to HAARP] .... Recently, pulsed electromagnetic fields have been reported
to induce cellular
transcription related to reproduction of DNA.... Knowledge of mechanisms of actions
of Radio-Frequency
Radiation (RFR) with living systems and the assessment of pulsed RFR effects, will
demonstrate the
vulnerability of humans to complex pulsed electromagnetic radiation fields...
Experiments with elec-troshock,
RFR experiments and the increasing understanding of the brain as an electrically-
mediated-organ, suggest the
serious probability that impressed electromagnetic fields can be disruptive of
purposeful behavior and may be
capable of directing and/or interrogating such behavior." THERE YOU HAVE IT, a
PAPER TRAIL that the
MILITARY WANTS HAARP’ S MIND-CONTROL capabilities. Dr. Abraham Liboff of Oakland
Univ. has
demonstrated how low-energy circularly polarized electromagnetic waves can change
the brain’s ability to keep
out certain ions, minerals, and chemicals. HAARP can also be used with genetic
manipulating ionized radiation
and chemicals to specifically control the mind. (See Chapter 8, section 2 for a
complete discussion of this.)

SUMMARY OF ELF WAVE MIND CONTROL CAPABILITIES

Naval Intelligence and other groups have conducted research into ELF waves upon the
human body and mind.
Some of the many things that can be done to the human body and mind with ELF waves
include:

a. put a person to sleep

b. make a person tired or depressed c. create a feeling of fear in a person d.

create a zombie state

e. create a violent state

f. create a state of being sexually aggressive g. change cellular chemistry

h. change hormone levels

i. inhibit or enhance M(RNA) synthe-sis/processes

j. control the DNA transaction process

k. control biological spin and proton coupling constants in DNA, RNA & RNA
transferases.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 170 of 296

But electronic control of the brain comes in many forms. Perhaps the controllers
only want to carry out mood
shifts. ELF waves which will penetrate walls, and even go through the earth will
create mood shifts according to
how many cycles per minute they are sent at. Studies have proven that the time for
ELF waves to cause a shift in
mood is between 6 to 10 seconds (not a long time).

ELF waves below 6 cycles per second cause subjects to become emotionally upset and
this rate may also disrupt
bodily functions. At 8.2 cycles/sec. the person gets an elevated high such as would
be accomplished by a master
of meditation. 1 1 to 1 1.3 cycles per second cause the brain to become agitated
and to begin riotous behavior.
ELF waves could be directed at a population to help incite riots. Research has been
carried out to determine how
the brain’ s sensory inputs are coded. It has been determined that visual input is
relayed and built into a series of
changing maps. The olfactory sense has thousands of specific codes to determine
smells, and combinations of
these are triggered by an object. One clue that gave researchers initially the idea
that different individual human
brains have a common internal electronic type coding for specific thoughts is that
drugs will have such common
effects on the human race— even -though one obtains individuals from widely
different genetic pools. The best
research is of course kept secret. We primarily have to report on what is released.
E.R. John in Mecha-nisms of
Memory (NY: Academic Press, 1967, pp. 348-349) announced his discovery that central
neuro-electrical codes
are indeed used by the human brain. Information transfers in the brain have been
shown to be related to neuro-
electrical frequency codes, and that a brain can be manipulated by beaming those
codes from an external
sources. For instance, Hippocampal neurons will have burst-firing frequencies
between 100-200 Hz. Here are
some of the resonance frequencies for manipulating these senses:

Visual centers of mind— 25 Hz

Sense of touch center— 9 Hz
Auditory (hearing) ctr— 1 5 Hz
Motor control— 10 Hz
Subconscious thoughts— 20 Hz.

If the World Order wants to cause a person to make a gesture, they use ELF-
modulated microwaves that are
"KEYED" to distinctive brainwave patterns that are called "PREPARATION SETS." If
the controllers want to
create an emotion they use specific "EXCITATION POTENTIALS" by creating the correct
resonance frek
which in turn creates a specific emotional state. Victims of electronic mind-
control often complain of electronic
fields placed -around their bodies. Recently, when an electrical storm blew a major
metro power grid, one
victim of electronic mind-control lost the force field that had been encircling her
body. The brain is also
attenuated to the earth magnetic field. By manipulating the magnetic field around a
person, the magnitude of the
beamed codes needed to elicit a change in the brain can be reduced. For example
J.I. Jacobson changed
melatonin levels in subjects by manipulating the magnetic field in conjunction with
beamed "signals". See
Jacobson, J.I. "Pineal-hypothalamic tract meditation of pico Tesla magnetic fields
in the treatment of
neurological disorders." FASEB Journal, 1994, 8, p. A656. Sandyk also successfully
used manipulation of the
magnetic fields and reported this in Sandyk, R. Successful treatment of mul-tiple
sclerosis with magnetic fields.
International Journal of Neuroscience, 1992, pp. 237-250. It was discovered that if
an alternating magnetic field
at a distance (resonance) frequency is superimposed upon a steady-state magnetic
field, calcium and other ions
within the brain can be moved with little energy. When this was discovered,
researchers began to watch to see if
variations in the -earth’ s magnetic field during geomagnetic storms and in other
situations, would affect the
thinking of masses of people. They discovered that there were indeed changes to the
human brain as a result of
magnetic fluctuations. Cognitive thinking and conscious -thought occurs between the
temperatures of 308° -
312° K (or 35° - 39° C) and the fundamental wave length associated with these
thoughts are approximately 10
micrometers (which is an infrared wavelength.) Signals that blend with Background
Radiation can be
manipulated to control the brain. The temperature of the brain directly relates to
how certain signals will affect
it. It is believed that structures within the thalamus are involved with modulating
the temperature sensitivity of
biochemical oscillators. Heterodyne Principle Used. This principle is that multiple
frequencies when applied to a
nonlinear device produce new frequencies which are the sums and differences of the
applied frequencies and
their harmonics. In other words a local oscillator (also called a strong sinusoidal
carrier wave) can multiply a
weak signal. A microwave signal at a frequency A is mixed with a microwave local
oscillator at frequency B in
a nonlinear mixer. The mixer output signal which is A minus B is a faithful
amplitude and phase reproduction of
the original microwave signal but at a low, fixed frequency so that it can be
measured simply with low-frek

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 171 of 296

measuring devices. Heterodyne signals cost more to produce but cost is no problem
for the government.
Multiport network analysers, which use several simple power detectors and a
computer analysis approach
provide a less expensive way to measure both the relative voltage amplitude & the
phase. Cell phone freks used.
The controllers use the UHF cellular telephone frequencies, which are installed
everywhere because the human
cranium operates on the same frequencies that cellular phones operate on. This was
not by accident.

PULSED AUDIOGRAMS— Pulsed audiograms use extremely low average power densities of
electromagnetic
energy acoustic amplifier driven by the rf transmitter’ s modulator, the peak power
density is a critical factor
which is approx. 275 mw/rf for carrier frequencies 125 me and 1,310 me. Acoustic
noise is approx. 80 decibels.
Another source, the electrical sine wave analogs of each word is processed so that
each time a sine wave crosses
zero reference in the negative direction, & a brief pulse of microwave energy is
triggered. These voice
modulated microwaves transmit words to the brain. Sounds are generated when pulsed
microwaves are aimed at
absorbers made of carbon-impregnated polyurethane. An Acoustical Energy Wavefront
(AEW) is created by
modified transducement of sound waves, which are in the ultrasound spec-trum (USS).
In other words scalar
energy is being employed. When people are asleep they are the most vulnerable. TV
antenna can serve both as
transmitters and well as receivers. It can be made to oscillate a suitable resonant
frequency. By transmitting
signals in the TV/FM range and then modulating them in the ELF/ULF range, they can
send signals. The Nexus
magazine of Oct.-Nov. ’96 p. 16 reported on Dr. Ross Adley’s research. Dr. Adley
did some work for the CIA
on their Pandora project (an electronic mind-control project). He recently worked
at the Loma Linda Univ. Med.
School, CA. His research showed that the brain will react to EM radiation. To get a
reaction the frequency,
amplitude, and dose of the microwave radiation has to meet certain criteria. In the
1980’s, his experiments
showed that microwave carrier-waves modulated with ELF waves will modify brain
tissue. Weak EM fields will
affect the binding of calcium ions to neuronal sites. This type of information is
the type of information that
pertains to the genetic mind-control covered in Chapter 8. Dr. Adley was able to
prove that a 147 MHz
(megahertz) field, which at a tissue level had an intensity of 0.8 milliwatts per
square centimeters, caused an
efflux or release of calcium ions from the irradiated brain tissue. "This response
only occurred when the ELF
modulation of the microwave carrier-wave had an amplitude modulated at 6-20 hertz
(Hz). The maximum
stimulation of the neurones took place at 16 Hz, but to either side of this
frequency-range parameter there was
no effect." (Nexus, 10-1 1/’96, p. 16 citing Adey, Ross W. "Neurophysiologic
Effects of Radiofrequency and
Microwave Radiation" Bulletin of the New York Academy of Medicine, vol. 55, no. 11,
Dec., ’79) Also
microwaves as they enter the brain tissue, cause thermal expansion as -things heat
up at the microscopic level,
which produces strains in tissue. The strains produce acoustic stress waves that
are conducted through the bone
to the cochle-a, and the cochlea’s stimulation by the wave gives the brain its
perception of hearing a sound just
as the cochlea’s stimulation produces the normal sensation of hearing. For
microwaves to do this they must be at
1310 MHz and 2982 MHz at the average power densities of .4 to 2 mW/cm 2 . The peak
power densities can be
200 to 300 mW/cm2 and the pulse repetition frequency was from 200 to 400 Hz. This
makes an RF auditory
sound. The sound appears to the victim as coming from within or near the back of
the head. 2 criteria needed to
hear microwaves are the ability to hear above 5 kHz, and good bone conduction.

Section E. Auxiliary uses of electronics & electromagnetic waves.

El. hypnotic induction

E2. polygraphs

E3. attacks against people & objects

LIQUID CRYSTALS
"ALIEN" implants

BED COILS STANDARDIZED FOR MIND-CONTROL POTENTIAL

E4. virtual reality

El. ELECTRONICS TO AID HYPNOSIS

In a normal resting state the alpha waves of a person are between 6-12 per second,
and their breathing rate is
about 20-40 breaths per mm. and their heart beat about 70 to 90 per minute.
External stimuli will affect these
rates. If a person fixes their attention on flashes and tones, such as what happens
at some concerts, the body
functions will tend to synchronize around the external tones and pulsing lights. It
takes about ten minutes for the
human mind/body to reconfigure itself in line with the external stimuli, then that
rate of the flashing lights and

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 172 of 296

tones and be lowered with a resulting lowering of the body’s alpha wave rate, their
breathing, and their heart
beat. Electronics can be an aid to hypnotizing people. If vibrations that vibrate
at the rate of six to seven cycles
per second are created in a room of people, the vibrations will induce alpha waves
in the minds of the people.
The increased alpha wave activity makes the listening subjects more susceptible to
suggestion. This is similar to
the effect Vibrato has on the mind. Vibrato is a tremulous pulsating effect
produced by a minute and rapid
variation in pitch either by a cappella or instrumental music. Years ago, public
performances of vibrato music
was outlawed in England because so many listeners went into altered states. A 6- to
7-cycle/sec vibration can be
mask behind other sounds. Hypnosis with headphones repeating "You do not know this"
are used
simultaneously along with sonics as well as electrical patterns that scramble the
brain.

E2. POLYGRAPHS FOR MONITORING PROGRAMMING AND MISSION ACCOMPLISHMENTS

Tyson II Corporate Offices, McLean, VA furnishes polygraph operators for the

intelligence agencies, esp.

Office of Security which is responsible for CIA polygraph examinations.

E3. ATTACKS on INDIVIDUALS and objects.

A victim of electronic mind-control in VA in a letter describing her torment

writes, "I no longer have the
stabbing pain in my back when I go in my back yard, as I did in Richmond; however,
the pain from some type
of directed energy weapon(s) is just as severe here as it was in Richmond. These
electrical rays coming through
the airways of my home cause me all kinds of physical pain and illnesses. They kill
my house-plants; they kill
my shrubs; they kill my vegetables and flowers in my garden; and most of all, they
cause me tremendous
amount of discomfort, as well as harassment. "Can you imagine having electrical
rays directed at your bottom
day and night, 365 days of the year. Can you imagine what it must be like to live
around oversexed
SCUM?... This technology is based on Scalar Technology and the Schumann Resonances
or Frequencies. It is
my understanding that the Schu-mann Frequencies from 0 to 30 hertz can affect every
nerve, every gland, every
muscle and every emotion of a human being. In other words, a person in my
neighborhood can beam these rays
into my home and control my body and I am having to suffer from their stupid
appetites..." (letter in author’s
files) Oscilloscopes have confirmed that some Direct ELF/VLF attacks have come from
only a few feet.
Electromagnetic attacks sometimes hit the victims entire body, like defibrillator
paddles. Masers (microwave
equivalents to a laser are used for electromagnetic attacks that cause burns that
look like "cigarette burns",
favorite target areas are genitals, face and nose. The average power density can be
at an rf such as 400_u_w/cm 2 .
Let’s quote another victim, whose letter is also in my files. At first years ago,
they began using waves that were
in the infrared spectrum that were barely discernable. The waves would target her
and then latch on. Over the
years they have gotten more sophisticated and more sadistic. She writes, "From time
to time the field broadcast
from my own head was in a ‘field’ about me, but, with the added feature of
‘harrassment’ voices also being
broad-cast. These ‘harassment’ voices had taken a downright filthy tone, being
blasphemous words, and venally
oriented.... Before I was hit with the full-blown sadistic torture program I was
awakened one night by a feeling
of my head being raped. A light went on in my brain and I heard voices discussing
me and cruelly laughing
saying, "There, got her.".. .The first added torture (accompanied by filty
langauge, the language is all filth,
obscenities, threats and intimidation) was a genital-urinary prod, pulsing about
twice per second, and causing
nearly incessant urination..., new added features ... are body bangs and head
bangs.. .The arrogance with which
they announce what torture will be next is unbelievable... .Other sleep deprivation
techniques are loud noises,
and the interposing of visual phenomena. They seem to have devised a computer
imaging which taps the visual
nerves— these are like bad dreams. I have had almost no normal dreaming since this
system was locked onto me.
Over the years she got to understand her harassers better. They have called
themselves "social workers" and
referred to her as "the package." They have enjoyed talking about her in front of
her, and harassing her by
talking to each other in public about the things she thought about the previous
night. Finally, one more account
of a victim who is constantly harassed. "I am being tortured with synthetic
telepathy of emotive and voice bytes
played over and over again in my brain to positively or negatively reinforce and
ultimately con-trol my
behavior. I get the sound on my left temporal lobe and in the right and left ear
canals. I also get microwaved
when I sleep and have vibratory pulsating fields on my lower spine, genitals,
stomach, brain, feet or wherever. It
is always in combination with the lower spine and something else. This seems to
create an amnesiacal deep
sleep with no feeling of pain. If I wake up suddenly (and this is the only chance I
have of finding out what they
are doing to me) I sometimes feel pain when the vibrations stop."

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 173 of 296

Other attacks/problems:

• Infra- sound attack

• magnets repelled from the cranium

• They use a "Gun" which sends an electromagnetic field which stops a car.

The Russians have been noted to have created a "wood-pecker" signal, the American
version of this is the
American Buzzsaw. These signals are designed to interface with the mind. And
systems are designed to be
carried in helicopters, or to be placed on the ground. These signals are broadcast
by multiple carriers which hop
from frequency to frequency anywhere from 4 MHz to 30 MHz. With the switching of
these frequencies, they
are creating what is know as a Levinson Transform, named after Norman Levinson. VLF
(Very low frequency
waves) will cause bizarre behavior in people. (They use 0 to 400 Khz for mind-
control operations. The signals
are apparently broken up into pieces and triangulated upon a target. Morse codes
are used on some slaves to
trigger them, which is sent via a number of methods. Victims often have the myelin
sheathing of the brain
disappearing, which is diagnosed as Multiple Sclerosis. MS has increased 100 fold
over the past few years. Pre-
conditioning is done by chemicals to the neuro-receptors in the brain and spine.
When moving in a car or inside
a store it is harder for a victim to be targeted. Also, as readers can imagine,
signals being beamed from some
tower or satellite will be blocked by large thicknesses of concrete, lead and -
steel. In other words, there are some
situations that provide limited shelter to the victims of implant body suits and
syntel.
UNWANTED CHANGES

There is a complex symbiosis between mankind and the attributes of this planet. We
are a life-form whose life is
attuned to our environment. The human body at the cellular level has its
physiological rhythms which are very
attuned to the earth’s electric and magnetic fields. When cosmic radiation cycles
undergo unusual modifications,
including cycle inversions, the metabolism in crabs and the oxygen consumption
cycles in carrots, potatoes -
shellfish and rats changes. The geomagnetic field helps protect us from cosmic
rays. It has been shown that solar
flares influence human behavior, and psych wards have an increase in problem
behavior during solar flares. The
human body is a complex set of rhythms. Permit me to recall some of these rhythms
for the reader: Alpha
rhythms. Blood Hormone rhythms, Body temperature rhythms (which fluctuate 3° on 24
hour cycle), Cell
mitosis rhythms. Cellular DNA & RNA synthesizing rhythms, Cerebral-spinal fluid
rhythms, Circadian
rhythms. Enzyme rhythms, Food utilization rhythms. Menstrual & Sexual -rhythms,
Pulse rates, Seasonal
rhythms, and Urine Electrolyte Disposal rhythms. The 60-pulse-per-second power
grids (of AC) that are spread
over the earth, as well as numerous other man-made activities are disrupting the 7-
8 hertz frequency of the earth.
There are some side-effects to our tampering with the magnetic and electrical
fields of this planet, and some of
these side effects may be the disruption or change of the circadian -rhythms (as
well as some of the other
rhythms of the human body and mind.) In fact, two researchers have research that
shows how human nerve cells
are affected by ELF fields. (See Becker, Dr. Robert O. Cross-Currents: The Perils
of Electropollution, The
Promise of Electromedicene. LA: Jeremy Tarcher, 1990, p. 233.) It was discovered by
C1T researchers that the
human brain has magnetite. Salmon, homing pigeons, whales, and honeybees also have
magnetite, a type
crystalline iron, which allows them to sense the earth’s magnetic field for finding
their way around. The CIT
researchers published their finding about mag-netite in human brains in the journal
Proceedings of the National
Academy of Sciences.

LIQUID CRYSTALS

For about 6 years this author has heard about liquid crystal implants. One military
magazine should its use, and
one person who was in military intelligence claims liquid crystals are used. Others
claim that liquid crystals
were tried and failed. It has also been reported that radio transmitting crystals,
that fasten themselves to the brain
have been the object of research.

Some ODDS & ENDS

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 174 of 296

• SERPENTINE SKIN

Another topic that for sure was tried by the NWO was serpentine skin. This is a
type of specialized fungus that
coats the skin and is used for some of its specialized features. Whether this
concept actually flies outside of the
lab, this author doesn’t know.

• "ALIEN" implants

This author’s take on the alien phenomena is that it is the Illuminati’s Grand
Deception for introducing the
Antichrist. The aliens are materialized demons, and manufactured "soul less"
bodies. It’s not the purpose here
to put forth evidence concerning this Grand Deception, that would take another
book, if not several books. (In
fact, this author started to write it in 1993, but never got finished.) But no book
discussing implants & mind-
control could be complete without -touching on alien implants. There is a great
overlap between "alien
abductions" and mind-control. Whitley Strieber (UFO abductee and famous author)
gave two workshops at the
UFO Expo West LA. He was very interested in finding out about the implants that Dr.
Lear and Derrell Sims
had extracted and turned over to traditional medical institutions for study. While
Whitley was talking about
implants and our government’ s connection to them, his own implant in his ear
turned on and the side of his face
turned red like a bad sunburn. Other UFO buffs in attendance also had their
implants burn them at this point,
causing great excitement at the Wyndham Hotel that day. (This information came from
the internet
madsongroup @ earthlink.net )

There are an increasing number of "alien abductees" who are remembering seeing U.S.
military personnel
during their so-called alien abductions. The abductees are being taken to U.S.
Military bases. (An unusual place
for aliens to work, but within the realm of possibility.) The reason that the
number of people who are connecting
the government with the aliens is increasing is a. more people are receiving mind-
control programming,
therefore there are more people for which the cover stories and electroshock fail
to totally hide what has
happened, b. better therapeutic methods are helping mind-control victims recover
their memories better, c. there
have been a rising number of people like this author exposing it. Karla Turner, who
was a victim of mind-
control and abductions, began catching on that the abductions were being done by
our government. Vol. 2
quoted her on page 184. When she began to publicly expose what the government was
doing, the government
murdered her. (She joins a growing num-ber of people this author has seen die pre-
maturely because they were
publicly exposing the truth.) Alien abduction victims have been reporting human
black-or dark helicopter
activity and black-or dark helicopter harassment since the 1970’s. (Perhaps as the
Vietnam War wound down &
ended, the U.S. government had a surplus of helicopters and delegated some to task
forces that picked up mind-
control victims in remote sites.) An example from this time period of an alien
abduction also involving
helicopters is the Betty Andreasson/Luca abduction. A number of victims have
remembered the helicopters
coming -around the time of their abduction. When bright lights are shined into
their houses or into their cars
these victims of trauma-based mind-control are programmed to see the helicopter’s
spotlight as a UFO.
(Helicopters also carry spoofer transmitters.) Beth Collins of Oregon reports in
her book Connections - Solving
our Alien Abduction Mystery. Newberg, OR: Wild Flower Press, 1966, about how
helicopters were involved
with her abduction experiences. She lives in an area that is a hot-bed for covert
CIA activities. In her book, she
provides a transcript of memories of military personnel being the guilty party in
an abduction. Some victims of
these abduction experiences are implanted during their abduction. Researcher Helmut
Lammer reports that
"alien" abductees Debby Jordan and Leah Haley had implants removed from their ears.
What is significant
about this, is that the bio-chip implant designed for humans which is credited to
Dr. Man, best works behind the
ears. (Sources: The Kansas City Star, 7/19/87 carried an article about how Dr.
Man’s implants work best behind
the ear. On Oct., ’87, an article by Kathy Hart was run in several papers promoting
Dr. Man’s implants for
protecting children. H. Lammer reported on implants & military involvement in
abductions in his article
"Preliminary Findings of Project MILAB: Evidence for military kidnappings of
alleged UFO abductees." The
Unopened Files, No. 2, ’97, pp 64-67.) From this author’s interviews with "alien
abductees" it was clear that
100% of them were victims of U.S. government trauma-based mind-control and that
many of them had been
taken to underground pro-gramming facilities and made to believe they were at
another planet. This is
happening in foreign countries too. However, this doesn’t mean that flying saucers
craft do not exist, they do.
And according to eye-witnesses some of the underground facilities in NM, AZ, and CO
have personnel from all
over the -world, Germans, Russians, British & Americans as well as aliens working
side by side. (The American
http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 175 of 296

government denies this. Supposedly NORAD only has Canadians.) Some of these
witnesses come across as
credible. If their reports are tme, then some implants may also have a true alien
connection. Alien abductees are
actually extracting implants from their noses and their feet. It is strange that
-"alien" implants have gotten more
technologically sophisticated over the years.

BED COILS STANDARDIZED FOR MIND-CONTROL POTENTIAL

Metal coil springs were standardized in size, are made of steel and are placed in a
grid pattern in a common
mattress. Standards were introduced that specify how many coils, and what tension
were to be used in their
manufacture. Their shape is an open ended hyperbolic which is the best suited to
create a similar induced
magnetic field. When one lays down the springs are compressed and have between 5 to
7 coils compressed. This
makes a field of influence around the human body which is enfolded within the field
of coils, which are natural
antennas to incoming electromagnetic waves. Evidence suggests that the
standardizing of bed springs was a
carefully planned event designed to assist electronic mind-control.

E4. VIRTUAL REALITY.

Since 1989, Virtual Reality conferences-exhibitions have been held. On May 1 1-13,
1994, the largest
conference-exhibition to date on virtual reality was held at the San Jose Civic
Center and the Fairmont Hotel,
San Jose, CA. Note some of the mind-control aspects of the different sessions:

Session C7— "Tactile Feedback" given by Paul Cutt. Xtensory Session C8— "The
Immersion Probe" given by
Louis Rosenberg, Pres, of Immersion Corporation.

Session D2— "Biomedical Technology and Biomedical Education" given by John Flynn

Session D9— "Biocybernetics and VR" given by Dave Warner, Medical Scientist at Loma
Linda Univ. Med.
Center During lunch Kenny Meyer discussed how simulated being in a virtual world
are called various names
incl. synthetic actors, situated agents, creatures and denizens. At another meal
break Lt. Col. Martin Stytz,
USAF, spoke on how the military was developing Virtual Reality to train men.
Session C17— AFIT Projects, that is Air Force Institute of Technology at Wright
Patterson AFB given by
Elizabeth Block. (Wright Patterson happens to be a major hub for the mind-control
and criminal activities of the
secret government.)

Session C19-"ARPA/ASTO" given by Lt. Col. David Neyland.

The military is not the only group interested in virtual reality. A plethora of
virtual reality companies has -
sprung up, for instance Sense8 (which selling ready-to-use virtual reality
systems), the Vivid Group which
creates Mandala (which are virtual reality authoring systems), and Xtensory Inc.,
which creates virtual reality
tactile feedback systems. The government also works through labs located on
American universities working
with government grant money, such as the state of the art Virtual Reality lab at
the Univer. of Illinois Circle
campus, which calls its virtual reality machine "the Cave." Virtual touch has been
created. This means that with
a special machine for the person’s hand (for shape perception) & special glove (for
texture sensing) the
computer users can feel the shape and texture of an object on the screen.

Hollywood has given us movies showing the mind-control potential of virtual reality
in Lawnmower man &
Brainstorm. For more information on virtual reality the reader might try
consulting:

• Aukastakalnis, Steve and Blatner, David. Silicon Mirage: The Art and Science of
Virtual Reality. Peachpit
Press, 1992.

• Laurel, Brenda. The Art of Human-Computer Interface Design. Addison-Wesley, 1990.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 176 of 296

This author has a catalog advertizing the EMCS-X-3000-Plus Electronic Mind Con-trol
System, which was
invented by Cabalistic Hermetic magician Karl Welz. The ad states, "If your
intentions are to take control of
others and to increase your own mental powers of direct action, then the EMCS-X-
3000-Plus is your system of
choice!" The article has an endorsement for the BMCS system on page 19 by a
charismatic minister, "...I am a
preacher of a charismatic church, for reasons you may understand, I was extremely
skeptical initially [of the
EMCS system] . However, I gave the new tech-nology a chance to help me serve the
Lord better, and I do not
regret that decision! The membership of my church has more than doubled within one
year ... Thank you very
much." —We live in some perilous times! Maranatha!

• List of other Books on this chpt’s Subject

Bamford’s The Puzzle Palace

Becker’s The Body Electric

Becker’s Cross Currents

Brodeur’ s Currents of Death

Brodeur’s The Zapping of America

Burdock, Dorothy’s Such Things Are Known (victim)

Calder’ s The Mind of Man

Chokroverty’s Magnetic Stimulation in Clinical Neurophysiology

Clark’s July 20, 2019

Dawes’ Advances in. ..Quantum Neurodynamics

Eccles, Sir John C.’s Evolution of the Complexity of the Brain with Emergence of
Consciousness

Gabon’s MedTech

Green’s Beyond Biofeedback

Halacy’s Cyborg

Halperin’s Crimes of the Intell. Community

Heller’s Of Mice, Men & Molecules

Hooper’ s The Three-Pound Universe

Hougan’s Secret Agenda

Hutchison’ s Megabrain

Johnsons’ s In the Palaces of Memory

McKinnell’s Cloning: A Biologist Reports

Mark’ s The Search for the Manchurian Candidate

McRae’s Mind Wars

Pine’s The Brain Changers

Stanford Research Inst., Journal of Scientific Exploration, vol. 10, no. 1, PP. 1-
111
Regan’s Evoked Potentials

Rein, Glen’s Modulation of Neurotransmitter Function by Quantum Fields

Restak’ s The Mind
Rucker’s Mind Tools
Valenstein’s Brain Control

Weinstein’s Psychiatry & the CIA: Victims of Mind Cntl The American military
establishment lumped syntel
and a number of other outrageous "weapons of torture and control" under the
official heading of "non-lethal".
Then the establishment media (TV & newspapers) such as the Wall St. Journal, Aug.
2, ‘94, had an article about
non-lethal weapons where they wrote about the sticky-goo gun", which uses goo to
stop people. Do you see how
they create a cover? When the public hears of non-lethal weapons they think sticky-
goo guns, not implants that
are torturing and controlling people.

Herman Kahn of the Hudson Institute stated that total mind-control would be in
place by 2000 and could be
"imposed under the rubic of mental hygiene."

CHAPTER 7: THE SCIENCE OF STRUCTURING

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 177 of 296

A. STRUCTURING OF MPD WORLDS

WORKING WITH PARTS OF THE MIND
CONTROL ALTERS called PROCESSORS
BASIC DESIGNS of an ALTER SYSTEM
RINGS The Ferris-wheel subsystem MULTIPLEX
DATA ENTRY POINTS

TESTING ALTERS TO SEE IF THEY CAN BE USED.

THE SCRIPTS.
Assassination Models (Delta Models).

AUTHORITY FACTORS ARE MAXIMI7ED

ACCOUNTABILITY & ANONYMITY
Monkey Alters.

Plant alters.

Presidential Models
Prostitute Models.

Psychic models.

Reporting Alters.

Repunzel alter.

Transformation alters.

Internal Wall alters

Structuring Internal Programmer Alters.

STRUCTURING WITH THE GRAND DRUID COUNCIL.

STRUCTURING THE SHADOW ALTERS

STRUCTURING IN THE MIRRORS
STRUCTURING THE TAPESTRY
STRUCTURING THE ALTER FAMILIES BY SPINNING

The programmers are experts in knowing how to mold the "clay" of blank dissociated
parts of the mind into
whatever piece they need. The following is a true account. The Chinese arrested a
foreigner skilled in martial
arts. They abused the man, but instead of becoming apathetic, he kept himself
mentally & physically fit in spite
of the horrible conditions of his solitary cell. The superstitious guards believed
he was a magician. When the
identity of the man was discovered, and the Chinese realized that he was one of the
world’s greatest martial arts
experts, they decided to try everything possible to destroy him. He was tortured,
starved, and humiliated. The
man simply went into dissociative states of trance and endured the tortures without
sign of pain or emotion. The
hardened guards were awed. The Chinese decided to kill the man. They figured that
they could place him in a
cage with a starved tiger, he’d go into trance and the starved tiger would eat him,
and then they could claim that
the man had been a coward. They not only wanted the man’s life but his reputation.
When they threw the much-
tortured prisoner into the hungry tiger’ s cage, the martial arts expert took on
the appearance of a demonized
man. With a demonic roar, he attacked the tiger, and instantly kicked the tiger’s
nose. The animal was stunned
and disoriented. The man leaped upon the animal from behind, let out a terrifying
scream and strangled the
animal. In 20 seconds the whole affair was over.

The man looked like an incarnation of a tiger himself. In fact, the tiger had
instantly feared the man the split
second the master had landed in the cage. When the programmers ARE SUCCESSFUL with
their
STRUCTURING— they are able to create alters that match what you have just read
about. Our Chinese prison
story illustrates the type of end results the Illuminati want from hours of torture
& training given to slaves, but
HOW do they achieve such fantastic results? That is what this chapter is about.

Some of the programmed skills of the ninjitsu people (the ninja) are now being
structured into Illuminati mind-
controlled slaves. A disciple of the above prisoner in China wrote, [the Ninja]...
"were the original practitioners
of the ‘art of [mind-control] programming’. They were taught from the cradle that
nothing was impossible. Not
knowing that a thing could not be done, they proceeded to do it." (The Karate Dojo,
p. 101)

A. STRUCTURING OF MPD WORLDS

The purpose of the mind-control is to build a System within the mind that is a
human robot. It would do no good
to torture the slave and get thousands of pieces (fragments of the mind, alter
personalities) if these were not
structured. Very few Multiples have ever really gotten to see the deeper parts of
their Systems.

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 178 of 296

WORKING WITH PARTS OF THE MIND

For many people who are unfamiliar with MPD, it can be expected that they would
find it strange to watch how
the programmers or the therapists work with parts of the mind. Most people mis-
perceive the mind as a
monolithic entity. In reality the normal mind is made up of hundreds of independent
parts working in
cooperation and competition with each other.

The top brain researchers (at least many of them) have come to realize that the
brain is composed of many
independent parts that at times work against each other. For the normal person,
some of these parts can be called
ego states and some small processes are called by Minsky "agents" of the mind. For
the multiple personality
they are called alters, splits, and purpose fragments. A normal person has a
society of agents and ego states
which are entities or parts of the mind which combine to make the whole thinking
mind. A multiple personality
does not have a society, but rather a system of parts. Whether a person has a
society of agents or a system of
alters, everyone experiences his or her mind as a combination of processes,
conflicting motives, and internal
tensions.

In order to bring some cohesion and unity to one’s actions, so that a person didn’t
spend their life going in fifty
different directions at once, the mind creates the illusion of self, the self
image. The self-image by necessity
must not change rapidly. One of the main reasons the mind creates a self-image is
so it can have a single
purpose to its actions. One of the functions of a self-image (of anyone) IS TO
PREVENT RAPID CHANGES.
Long range plans could not be pulled off if my personality were like Jane today and
Tarzan tomorrow and
Cheetah the next day. The mind refuses to change its self-image, even in the face
of conflicting data, because
self-preservation of a directed life demands continuity from day to day in our
personality. Our self-image is a
mental construct that stabilizes the mind’s numerous processes. It is a global
attitude registered in the mind that
globally affects thinking in many of the mind’s spheres. This is just one reason
why the self-images constructed
by the programmer for alters are so tenacious, and so difficult to change. Self-
images do not want change, they
are the restraints (the ball and chain) we subconsciously create so that we can’t
wreck all of our plans by
skipping from one idealistic goal to another without continuity. (How convenient it
is to be able to construct a
single brain with many different alter personalities each having its own unchanging
self-image!)

Pain and Pleasure are two agents which cause the mind to simplify its focus upon
either the pleasure or the pain.
The brain does not want to focus on anything that is not an immediate issue. This
focus on the immediate pain
or pleasure by the victim of mind-control diminishes the victim from focusing on
more complex mental issues.

An example of one of world’s top experts who realizes how the mind is naturally
made up of parts is Marvin
Minsky, co-founder of the Artificial Intelligence Lab at MIT, author of The Society
of Mind, and who has been
an advisor to NASA & the L-5 Society. Minsky’s research was financed by the
government (the Office of the
Advanced Research Projects Agency). And he and other researchers in his field got
their contracts by the Office
of Naval Research. (See Society of the Mind, p. 324.) His incredible book The
Society of Mind has an
interesting format where the numerous parts (agents) of the mind are each given
their own page in the book.
Minsky shows in the book that the mind is a "society" that arises out of ever-
smaller agents that are themselves
mindless. He does an incredibly good job of explaining how the mind works. Minsky
states, "In general, we’re
least aware of what our minds do best."

The Illuminati structuring of the MPD’s fragmented mind is to create flawlessly

working systems that can
function without the conscious mind getting involved. In fact, Minsky describes how
our conscious minds only
get involved in simple mental processes that don’t work well, the complex ones that
work well usually work
without the conscious mind being aware of them. "Some readers may be horrified at
picturing a baby’s mind as
made up of nearly separate agencies. But we’ll never understand how human natures
grow without some
theories of how they start.

One evidence for separateness is how suddenly infants switch from smiles of
contentment to shrieks of hunger-
rage. In contrast to the complex mixtures of expressions that adults show, young
children seem usually to be in
one or another well-defined state of activity..." (Society of the Mind, p. 171)

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 179 of 296

The Illuminati has long realized that they need to split the mind of the child
before its various agencies connect
and the ego-states form and develop their sense of self-hood and personal identity.
Although adults can be
programmed, the real Illuminati multiple systems are developed from the womb up.

How does the mind make decisions? The various parts of the mind compete with each
other. All the parts are in
a sense equal, none sits at the top of some hierarchy. The mind does not allow any
natural part, such as ANGER,
or SLOTH to be permanently enthroned and to direct the other parts. Too many chiefs
and no Indians wouldn’t
work out. Natural parts can not order another part around. They must influence that
part indirectly. That is why
the following examples happen.

A young married man decides that he and his wife can not successfully work out
their problems, because she is
a programmed multiple in denial, who wants to manipulate his life and destroy it,
while he on the other hand
wants to be successful in life. One part of him is the LOYAL TO VOWS part, which
refuses to quit the
marriage because of the marriage vows. Another part is the GOAL SETTING part, which
sees the marriage as
an abusive dead end. How does the GOAL SETTING part convince the LOYAL TO VOWS part
to give up
(throw in the towel) and move on with life? It must indirectly trick LOYAL TO VOWS
into feeling that its job
has been done as well as possible, and that further concern over the vows are
excused.

Another young man, a student, has his STUDY part of the mind really wanting to
focus on some problems, but
the BORED and SLEEPY part of him want to go to sleep. His STUDY part of the mind
tricks his BORED part
into allowing STUDY to go to work. He mentally creates a fictitious scare that
another student will do better
than he, and BORED and SLEEPY are tricked into thinking the problem is much more
weighty than it really is.

A young woman bribes her eating processes of her mind, that if she follows through
with her diet, she’ll reward
herself with a nice meal, and that other parts of her will be rewarded with other
benefits. Rather than simply
diet, she must bribe different parts of herself. Of course if parts of us, lie to
other parts when they try to bribe
ourselves into doing something, if we are not honest with ourselves in giving the
reward, then it is harder next
time to bribe the part that was lied to.

In order for the non-multiple’s parts to trust each other, they subscribe to a
single agreed upon character-an
imaginary ideal self-image. Other wise we couldn’t trust ourselves to carry out
plans. If an ordinary person has
amnesia, they could create a different self-image, which again would be an enduring
character. By introducing
MPD, the programmers create a hidden element of distrust within a person’s mind.
They no longer can trust
themselves, now they must depend upon the stability of the programmer or owner. Now
imagine that each of the
"agents" or parts has been manipulated to think that it is a person with a
personality and a history in its own little
world. Because the mind is such a tremendous computer it can easily handle such
mental processes.

The programmer and the de-programmer/therapist must work at "tricking" these parts
into allowing the mind to
do constructive things. I use the word tricking, because what is actually happening
is that the therapist or
programmer is using language that relates to the language of that part, but it is
not language that has much
external reality beyond that part. Structuring is the art of using special
"languages" combined with other
programming sciences to manipulate these internal worlds of the various parts. Our
minds are instruments to
solve practical problems. If an alter sees no practical use for a particular
knowledge they will not want to learn
it. This natural selecting process by the mind, helps isolate an MPD’s system of
alters, because many alters do
not see a need to learn anything outside of their programming.

CONTROL ALTERS called PROCESSORS

Within the system of alters, certain alters are selected to be PROCESSORS. As a
system is used certain alters
are destroyed, disconnected, or regulated. Certain codes are used or changed. A
SYSTEM PARAGUARD is
what is used to decipher codes and to distinguish what is currently happening in a
system.

BASIC DESIGNS of an ALTER SYSTEM

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 180 of 296

Most Illuminati systems are configured with a Universe or Star base system. In
other words, the model for all
that is put in uses clusters of stars, galaxies, etc. This is used in conjunction
with grids that are shaped in various
configurations. The ultimate master of the slave, some Illuminati kingpin who is a
programmer or working
closely with programmers, will design the system so that the entire structure of
the system points to himself and
Satan. The alters will be geographically set up in their internal world to worship
the master to whom they must
give their body, soul and spirit.

A cube or double-cube system is a closed system. The programmers who use cubes love
to build boxes within
boxes. The smallest middle box of the system may contain the Life force of the
system. Those who love paper
trails, will see the occult basis for the standard Illuminati cube shape of a
system portrayed on page 83 of
Clausen Commentaries on Morals & Dogma, which was put out by the Supreme Council of
the World of 33° of
Freemasonry in 1974. This Masonic book explains that the cube represent man and the
pyramid is divinity.
Divinity within a man would be constructed by placing a pyramid within a cube,
which is shown in a picture on
page 83. You will also notice in this Masonic book that the 2 Grand Masters on page
83 are wearing crowns that
have 13 jewels. The crowns serve the same purpose that rings patterned on a similar
pattern represent. Crowns
and rings represent authority, and it is common within the mystery religions to
place 12 or 13 gems within
crowns and rings. The reason that this is important, is that some important
Masonic/Illuminati secrets are here,
and these secrets also pertain to how the Mystery Religions (the Ilium. &
Freemasonry) construct an alter
system.

RINGS

Within the Illuminati (which is the continuation of the mystery religions of

Babylon) the ring has for many
centuries represented divinity. The mystery religions’ higher understanding was
that God had a ring with his
name on it that showed His authority and exercised power over the earth, and that
Satan imitated this many-fold
in all the mystery religions that he created. For thousands of years, within the
various mystery religions,
hierophants have been wearing rings with particular secret symbols. The zodiac
signs were assigned different
stones, gems. For instance, the 12 gems of Rev. 21:18-20, which are the usual gems
placed within an Illuminati
alter system would correspond to the astrological signs as follows:

Jasper «»Pisces Sapphire «»Aquarius Chalcedony «» Cancer Emerald «» Taurus Sardonyx

«» Scorpio
Chrysolyte Saggittarius Beryl «» Leo Topaz «» Gemini Chrysoprasus «» Capricorn
Jacinth «» Amethyst «»
Aries

The creation of a Monarch system’ s gems is in imitation of the rings of Lucifer

and God (as the Illuminati
understand it). This ring of gems is able to control the fruit of the trees
(programs) and change the internal
weather. It is based upon the story that is told the alter system that is being
made about how God had a ring.
Until His hand swept the heaven of air ( 1 st heaven) fruit could not fall and die,
because nothing could die.

Satan and his followers like rings because they want to be godlike. (That doesn’t
mean all Satanists understand
their own history.) When an alter is concerned about "Don’t lose the ring", the
alter may be referring to the ring
of the gems that surrounds the pyramid at the base of the mind. This ring of gem
alters may be referred to as the
ETERNAL RING, and the RING OF FIRE. The achievement of divinity by a human was what
constituted the
hermetic marriage of the mysteries. This was the ultimate achievement by mankind.
This was symbolized by a
gold ring.

Within the Illuminati (which is a continuation of the Mystery Religions) rings are
used for bonding (marriage
commitments) and a sign of majesty or rank (such as your Masonic rings, and the
ring Pharaoh gave Joseph, &
King Saul’s ring, & special papal rings allowed cardinals & abbots.) The Pope has 3
significant rings, one of
which is for ceremonies, and another the important Fisherman’s Ring, which is still
used as the Pope’s seal.

Within the Illuminati alter systems the 7 seals of Babylon are placed into a
system. The cube with a pyramid
was portrayed at the 14th Masonic Degree (the Perfect Elu degree). The 4 horsemen &
the seals of Babylon are
talked about at the 17th Masonic degree (Knight of the East & West). Also deep
within a system may be the

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 181 of 296

Ring of Fire.

Within the pyramid, which is within the ring of those 12 gems mentioned in Rev. 21,
is the ETERNAL LIFE
FORCE, a green light coming from Lucifer. In other words, the secret heart of the
system is based upon the
original lie, that man could become an eternal god. The Illuminati alter structure
has at its heart the original lie.
An example of how rings and demonology and authority intersect, can be seen in the
Grimoire of the Testament
of Solomon where a ring is said to have been given to Solomon which enabled him to
learn the names of
demons.

Rings and chains around the neck are also worn for the extremely secret reason that
the wearer is identifying
himself with Lucifer who was bound by God by a ring of fire and was chained in the
abyss. This is what is
really behind high ranking Illuminati Freemason & clergyman Robert Schuler’ s chain
around his neck. The
highest levels of the Illuminati have the understanding that Lucifer lost his power
when Christ bound him, and
that in identification with him, they wear gold chains around their neck, etc.
Don’t expect to read this in the
material that occult world is permitted to read, these are high level secrets.
Remember, there are many different
levels of occultism, and Satanism. (In the early middle ages, Christians borrowed
the idea of having marriage
rings from the pagan Germans & Romans. The determination of what finger to wear it
on (what has become
known as the ring finger), was chosen by the ancient witches because that was
considered the only healing
finger. Christians of course, by and large, know nothing of the pagan origins and
symbology of the rings they
wear.) This author has noted that many of the handlers, programmers, & Illuminati
adepts wear rings. Some of
the rings are quite big.

The Ferris-wheel subsystem. A ferris-wheel configuration which creates compartments

shaped like a piece of
pie is often a small part of a larger system, and is used to house alters, or it
may have some other internal
purpose with its rotation. As was brought out in Vol. 2, the Illuminati like to use
configurations that appear
endless such as circles within circles, boxes within boxes, triangles within
triangles. Star configurations are
popular Illuminati power sources within their alter systems. The position of a
star, the number of points it has,
and the relationship it has to other objects in the sky such as a rainbow will be
significant. Some stars are placed
into the system to represent a point in time when the system is programmed to do
something.

When a slave is programmed with multiple functioning sub-systems (aka "systems"),

the Illuminati call it
MULTIPLEX. In such as case, types and names of alters may be duplicated in systems
that are mirror images
of each other or of a similar design. Traver reports that one MULTIPLEX system had
55 Daves per sub-system
with 7 subsystems, making a total of 385 Dave alters for the 7 subsystems in just
one particular slave, (see
Traver, Dan. Dissociative Disorders & Mind Control, p. 84)

The construction of an Illuminati system can not be divorced from the demonology
and rituals that are
performed throughout the life of the system. The Illuminati use mystical terms when
programming, which
reframes psychological processes in the language of magic. Programming and hypnosis
are referred during
programming as "SPELLS". The programmers will use fictional magical names for
items, for instance, the
subconscious mind may be referred to as the "HYPNOGOURD, A VINE THAT GROWS GOURDS."

Creativity and imagination will be termed "MAGIC", and the programmer "A MAGICIAN".
The programmer
would instruct his assistant in language like this, "WOULD YOU PUT THIS GAP FORGET
SPELL IN?"

The Generational Spirit (or Spirits from each occult bloodline) is laid into the
child in the womb. It stays hidden
deeply in the system, and plays a fundamental role in the system’ s creation
empowering other demonic forces.
In order to construct the trees that provide the structure for the internal worlds-
programming, the Illuminati
programmer will tell the victim the following hypnotic ritual:

"AS YOU BREATHE, REMEMBER TO SIT ERECT, AND AS YOUR SPINE STRAIGHTENS, FEEL THE
ENERGY RISING [PAUSE] NOW IMAGINE YOUR SPINE IS THE TRUNK OF A TREE, AND FROM ITS
BASE ROOTS REACH DOWN DEEP INTO THE EARTH. [PAUSE] INTO THE CENTER OF THE EARTH
HERSELF [PAUSE] AND YOU CAN DRAW UP POWER FROM THE EARTH, WITH EACH BREATH
[SHORT PAUSE] FEEL THE ENERGY RISING, LIKE SAP RISING THROUGH A TREE TRUNK, AND

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007
Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 182 of 296

FEEL THE POWER RISE UP YOUR SPINE, FEEL YOURSELF BECOMING MORE ALIVE, WITH EACH
BREATH, AND FROM THE CROWN OF YOUR HEAD, YOU HAVE BRANCHES, THAT SWEEP UP
AND BACK DOWN TO TOUCH THE EARTH [PAUSE] AND FEEL THE POWER BURST FROM THE
CROWN OF YOUR HEAD, AND FEEL IT SWEEP THROUGH THE BRANCHES UNTIL IT TOUCHES
THE EARTH AGAIN, MAKING A CIRCLE, MAKING A CIRCUIT, RETURNING TO ITS SOURCE."

The part of the system that will function within the Illuminati hierarchy will all
be intimately part of either the
SPIRIT TREE (that is the Caballistic Tree of Life) or the TREE OF EVIL (which is
the evil mirror image of the
Tree of Life). Both trees were discussed in the Vol. 2 Formula book. These trees
are both totally connected to
the Spirit of the Antichrist and rooted in Lilith and Tubal-cain. The Moon child
ritual is not only performed
when the child is still a foetus, but also at age 3, 4, 5, 6, and 16.

When the Illuminati child is in their teens they do the Caballistic Tree of Life
pathworking. The pathworking
rituals are severe, and many splits of the mind will occur due to these rituals.
All the alters created during this
work will be arranged at the GATEWAYS that pertain to that particular ritual.
Therapists who do not realize
how the pathworking of the 22 paths develops entire sections of deeper alters, may
incorrectly think they can
simply toss out the caballistic Tree of Life from the victim. Countless deeper
alters are part of this tree. It has
been said in the Illuminati that in general an Illuminati system consists of "the
father (core), the son (the
programming), the holy spirit (the spirit Tree also called the Tree of Life)."

DATA ENTRY POINTS

The programmers have designed their systems so that one can only get into the
Systems via a SEQUENCE.
However, sometimes they themselves want to quickly down load information into the
computer-like mind of
their slaves, and they don’t want to have to go through a sequencing procedure. For
quick and sloppy
downloading of information to their slave or quick deletions to the programming
(there is only limited access to
quick deletions), programmers put DATA ENTRY POINTS into most systems. This allows
for an emergency
entry and/or downloading. General codes most often open these points, rather than
long specific codes. The trick
is being able to know where those DATA ENTRY POINTS are on the person’s alter grid
or as the programmers
say the slave’s SCREEN. (With the advent of lap-top computers, what the master of
the slave sees if he has to
refer to his own reference notes is just that a screen with the system’s layout.
(Vol.2 pg. 88 gave a sample of
how a page on the lap top computer or in a master’s black or grey 3-ring binder
would look like.) An example of
a data-entry point would be a gatekeeper which has learned the entire system via
trained LSD trips and then has
been programmed to keep this understanding on a subconscious level.

TESTING ALTERS TO SEE IF THEY CAN BE USED.

When a trauma is carried out upon a child, the child is then debriefed and all the
splits from the trauma
identified. Generally only the first 10 splits will be used to create alters, and
the rest of the splits will become
special purpose fragments. The programmers begin with the first split and identify
how strong the split is. The
programmers test for four things:

a. how well can this split take a hypnotic suggestion?

b. how creative is this split?

c. Can this split hold memory?

d. Can this split hold the stmcturing that will given it?

If the split passes positive on these four criteria, then it will be used to make a
full blown alter. The
programmers move down the line, testing the splits in the sequence that they were
created. If no. 4 split is
unable to pass the 4 criteria, then they know that the rest of the top splits will
also have to be "thrown away" and
used as special purpose fragments. If they need 12 splits from an alter, and they
only get 5 usable splits from the

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 183 of 296

first torture, they will retorture the alter to get more first splits. They will
continue the process until they get the
splits they need. Usually they can use the first 10 splits. Seldom do they use
anything beyond the first 10 splits
for alters, they are just to weak mentally. If an alter shows extra promise the
programmer may say, "This part
was going to be a bit part, but we’ll make her into a real character." If a special
purpose fragment leans in a
needed direction mentally, they may take what was to be a minor part, and develop
it into an interesting alter.
Alters that are waiting to be used are stored as gems that the dwarfs mine, and
then the programmers program
them. An Illuminati system has thousands of these clean slates. Diamonds are pre-
programmed alters that are
stored to be used in the end-times during the reign of the Anti-Christ.

THE SCRIPTS.

Each master programmer is responsible for the scripts that he uses. He will invoke
the leading geographic
spirits, and even Lucifer to gain up-to-date wisdom on what is best for that time
at that location. A master
programmer will get assistance from his Mother of Darkness or Grande Dame. The
master programmer may use
a written script of his own such as Michael Aquino uses his own version of Star
Wars, or he may borrow from
established sources, for instance. Dr. Star of Corpus Christi, TX, who uses the The
Goetia The Lesser Key of
Solomon the King (Clavicula Salomonis Regis). Dr. Star especially uses the
Shemhamphorash, which is the first
part of that ancient magical book.

Recently Avon books (which has been owned by Hearst Illuminati family, and which
has published over 30
editions of the Satanic Bible) published a book by Piers Anthony entitled Visual
Guide to Xanth. This amazing
book Visual Guide to Xanth is based on Anthony’s Xanth series. It contains so many
programming scripts, that
it is hard to imagine that Anthony is not a programmer. The scripts are too intact
for it to be coincidence. The
title page has a hoofed tailed Satan on his throne. It is popular among satanists
to use X words, like Michael
Aquino signs off his personal letters "Xeper", rather than "sincerely".

Anthony was born in Britian but now lives in Llorida. He has had over 60 fiction
books published, many of the
early ones were very well promoted by the Illuminati, and became top best sellers.
The back cover advertises
this Visual Guide to Xanth this way, "Learn about the astonishing hierarchy— and
lowerarchy— of sorcerers and
shape-changers, of goblins, harpies and half-humans who inhabit this extraordinary
universe! [internal worlds]
Explore the perilous Ogre-fen-ogre-Len and the inner chambers of the mysterious
Castle Roogna! Revel in the
history and culture of the most remarkable civilization this side of Ozz!"

The co-authors would have to agree that Piers Anthony’s story telling ability
rivals, if not surpasses Baum’s Oz
series. In fact Anthony has put out numerous series of books, not just one series
like Baum. The Xanth series is
the one that contains more of the programming scripts. Lor instance, a script would
be used to get suicide alters
to want to take drugs & champagne on an empty stomach, or to get into a bathtub of
water & throw in an
electric blow drier which is on.

Assassination Models (Delta Models).

A great deal was explained in the Vol. 2 book about Delta alters, Delta models,
Delta teams, and Delta Lorces.
All of these are involved with killing humans. It is not the purpose of this
section to cover what has already been
written in the Vol. 2 Lormula book on these various Deltas. Mind-controlled
Amphibious men, (genetically
altered Navy Seals— see Vol. 2 p. 26 1-262, the latter no. is a significant no. for
these programmed men) are the
Navy’s attempt to get something similar to what is depicted on the film Universal
Solders. These Navy Seals are
not allowed to be touched by other sailors when they are on a ship.

There is still a number of deeper insights that can be provided to understand how
assassin personalities are
conditioned to be able to kill. Researchers in how the brain functions have found
that our forebrains (the
thinking part that makes us humans) shut down when we are angry or frightened and
the midbrain (which
resembles the brain of animals) takes over. The only programming that works for the
midbrain is the same type
of training that works for dogs, which is classical and operant conditioning. This
type of conditioning is simply
stimulus-response, such as IE fire bell— THEN walk the fire escape exit plan.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 184 of 296

When it comes to killing, the forebrain will listen to many suggestions such as
orders from a gang leaders, an
officer, or the pressures of life when they demand that a person kill, but the
midbrain has the instinct that is bom
into 98% of the population NOT to kill another human. This innate human resistance
to killing is far stronger
than has popularly been realized, and has historically stopped most people from
killing. This may surprise most
readers, because Hollywood movies would lead us to think otherwise. A number of top
researchers, including
Lt. Col. Dave Grossman, author of the excellent book On Killing, have uncovered
irrefutable (albeit still
controversial) proof that historically most soldiers have secretly refused to kill
in battle.

Grossman was a Military Psychology professor at West Point, as well as having a

long list of other military
credentials. His superb book On Killing gives numerous reasons (proofs and
evidences) that numerous soldiers
have typically only pretended to try to kill the enemy. Many fired over the heads
or only pretended to fire their
weapons, if even that. During W.W. II, Brig. Gen. S.L.A. Marshall discovered that
only 15 to 20 % of men on
the front line would actually use their weapons against the Germans even during
action over several days. 75%
of the American soldiers would not even fire at the enemy to save their own lives.
He made some suggestions
on how to improve this dismal firing rate. By operant conditioning the U.S.
military took those dismal firing
rates to 55% in the Korean War and to a 95% firing rate in the Vietnam War.

What are behaviour modification techniques that turn teenagers into reliable
killing machines? These
conditioning and psychological tricks are the same methods that are used on the
Delta alters and the Delta
systems of Total Mind-controlled slaves, and we will discuss those next. The
factors that are weighed as an
equation in the human mind to determine whether a human will kill another human are
as follows:

• What is the benefit of the kill?

• How do recent experiences relate to the victim?

• How much physical, cultural, moral, social and mechanical DISTANCE is between the
killer and the target.?
The more distance the easier it gets.

• How intense is the demand from some authority to kill, and legitimate is this
authority? If the killer respects
the authority that is asking for him to kill, and is in close proximity of that
authority he will likely obey that
authority.

• Are there a group dynamic working, and if so what is the power and legitimacy of
this group to absolve the
killer from guilt?

• Are there any stumbling blocks from unresolved guilt from previous killings?

• What is the temperament of the potential killer?

AUTHORITY FACTORS ARE MAXIMIZED

In the programming, the programmer can set himself up as God, or a god. The
programmer may also be a
satanic cult leader which further increases the victim’s regard for his power and
authority. The programmers of
total mind-controlled slaves have tremendous potential to cause their assassin
alters to overcome any resistance
to kill.

ACCOUNTABILITY & ANONYMITY

A Delta Model with many multiple alters incorporates a built in ability to remove
personal accountability. If
need be, the person can split off a new personality to perform a particularly
odious job. The alters form a peer
group which works just like a military unit to inhibit the natural reluctance to
kill. This is because the closer a
group of persons is, and the closer bonded, the more powerful the enabling. When
military units lose 50% or
more, the men often lose the will to continue killing, because the group dynamic
fizzles out.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 185 of 296

The programmers who program in the programming, and then later the programmers who
program in specific
killing missions, have worked long hours insuring that the assassin alters feel
morally distant (superior), and
socially distant. The victim is made out to be an inferior being who deserves to be
punished and killed. The
killer will be doing a great service to his fellow man and country to kill the
"target". It may be refrained as if it is
a holy mission, almost a crusade. Often times the "target" is not even spoken about
in human terms. Perhaps the
target is hypnotically portrayed as an ant, a bug, or some wild beast, or simply a
target.

Hitler helped his military to kill by labelling non-Germans as Untermensch

(subhumans). The Americans called
the communist Vietnamese "gooks", and they in turn called Americans "monkeys".
Because the mind-controlled
assassin will not see the face of their victim due to hypnotic programming, they
are also limited in seeing the
humanness of their victims. Most of the missions for Delta slaves allow them to
kill without the threat of being
killed. But the Programmer may put the fear of being killed into the slave. They
may hypnotically see some
object of victim as a threat. One killer (due to programming) saw the men she
killed as having a big penis that
would hurt her, so her instinct to survive would kick in to help her assassinate
these men.

Practice is given to assassins with situations similar to actual hand-to-hand

killings to desensitize them to close
range killing. With mind-controlled slaves usually actual live victims are used to
get the slaves totally
desensitized to killing. Because assassin parts are stripped of conscious thinking
and empathy they are
handicapped to really think about what they are doing to another human when they
kill.
Still the intelligence agencies and the Illuminati know that somehow the brain
still can latch onto guilt—
somehow the brain still can perceive in some dim way that it is guilty of killing
another human, so they cover
their tracks by warrior cleansing rituals. Warriors and soldiers have traditionally
done cleansing rituals when
they finish a war. An example of a cleansing ritual would be a parade at the end of
the war, where the country
turns out to tell the soldiers what a great job they did. A programmed assassin in
many cases can not receive a
parade, but he can be given lots of praise for having done a great job for
humanity, or his country, or whatever
ideal the Programmer uses as a rationale.

Clock-Time Programming. The victim may see their head as a clock and may be
tortured in such a fashion.
Twelve o’clock is straight up between the eyes. Six o’clock is straight below the
chin.

Monkey Alters.

The creation of animal alters has been covered in previous locations in this book
and Vol. 2. However, I felt
Lynne Moss-Sharmon’s description of Monkey programming was worth including here.
Lynne is a victim of
mind control living at Halifax, Nova Scotia. In her description of the memory that
goes to her drawing no. 29
she quotes what was said during the cages, "You stupid monkey. Into your cage. Hit
her and put her back in her
cage. Lights on. Monkey time. Monkey business."

Plant alters.

In the older models, they used plants and fruit, but in some of the newer models it
appears that they are using
samphires (combination beast-plant creatures) and hamadryads (man-plant creatures).
Magic from underground
springs is the cover story for how these plant-animal hybreds are made.

Presidential Models.

Include both children and adults. They carry NWO messages to world leaders. They
often have passports with
accordion additions stapled in, because they do so much travelling overseas.
Presidential models are kept in
numerous locations. If high level individuals need to slip away for nefarious use
of slaves, they employ look-
alikes to stand in for them, while they do their dirty activities. This is why
Presidents such as Clinton and Bush
got away with sexually using far more slaves than their schedule seems to indicate.
Bush was a pedophile, while
his double (who has recently lived in France) was a womanizer.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 186 of 296

Prostitute Models.

Slaves designed to function as prostitutes must receive training to protect

themselves. One possible problem
might be a female prostitute who is accosted by an aggressive male, when she is not
to allow herself to be used
by him. She can be trained to jump up slap the man on the face, warn him that she
kick his testicles next time,
and then kiss the man in a submissive makeup fashion to smooth his bruised ego. A
prostitute slave will also
receive code words to let people, say people in a casino, know who she is. Deeper
prostitute parts which need to
perform sex for long periods of time accomplish this for their masters by switching
alters and by ingesting
speed. The mechanical nature that sexual alters have is illustrated by the "I CAN
WALK, I CAN TALK"
phrases of alters with doll programming.

Psychic models.

Both men and women slaves were created to carry out various psychic functions. For
instance, the Antichrist
needs to be able to look at people and totally understand them psychologically and
their systems of mind-control
(alter systems, programming etc.). The abilities to successfully perform psychic
functions have been tested for
years before they were created within the Antichrist.

Reporting Alters.

The construction of reporting alters is very straightforward behavior modification.

For programming reporting
alters, they use purpose fragment splits. In other words, these reporting alters
are not given the full range and
exposure to life, but they experience life from the vantage of their single
purpose. Some therapists are reporting
that they are converting reporting alters over by giving them ice cream. They are
most likely only dealing with
fronts. Since most therapists only deal with front alters, and front systems, these
front reporting alters may even
be set up so that these therapists think they have converted the reporting alters.
The truth is that most of these
reporting alters are fragments that don’t know what hunger is. All the ice cream in
the world is going to mean
anything to them. (Cisco will deal with these issues in her part of this book.) The
point is simply, these are
special purpose fragments who only see life from the vantage point of their little
job.
Now we will explain what first and second stage reporting alters are, and then how
they are created. Some of the
first stage reporting alters are trained to respond to 3-taps, some to telephone
calls, lights, and some to codes.

The first stage alters are children from 6 to 10. In an Illuminati system there
will be families of reporting alters.
Every level ("section") will have at least one group (family) of reporting alters.
The second stage reporting alters
are also children from 6 to 10, and they are taught to want Daddy’s or Mommy’s
love. Girl systems seek
"Daddy" (the Master) and boy systems often seek "Mommy" (the Master). They are
taught to talk about therapy
issues, programming issues, and movements by the system. They are linked to the
computers, and the eye of the
computer. Just to hear "Daddy’s voice" is gratification to them.

At stage 1 of the creation of reporting alters, they are the result of the sensory
deprivation tank, and are taken
from the dissociated part of the mind that feels like it doesn’t have a body, or
that it is nothing. Stage 1
Reporting-special-purpose fragments of the mind are painfully shocked in some
sensory deprivation
environment when the hear 3 taps. The pain ceases when they open the door. They
continue to be locked in
place in the mind and painfully shocked until they learn the lesson, which is that
the pain stops when the door is
opened. Over and over they are taught, THE PAIN STOPS WHEN THE DOOR IS OPENED. When
they hear
tapping they want the pain to stop (probably they abreact their previous tortures)
and they open the door to stop
the pain. They have only one job, stop the pain by opening the door when three taps
(or whatever other
trigger/code/signal they are programmed for.)

Stage 2 Reporting-special-purpose alters are given a fuller view of life. They are
the watchers in the system.
They were created under such horrible torture that they left the body and hover
over the body. These are Out-of-
Body alters. They are also placed in a fogged room, where they are taught to become
one with the fog. They are
also told ghost stories like Casper the Ghost. Through the combination of all these
programming tactics and
techniques, they learn to be invisible. They hover over their assigned position in
the system, invisible to all the

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 187 of 296
other alters of that section. These alters have excellent rapid recall. They have
none of the Straw Man
programming that Gatekeeper receive to make them think they are stupid.

To reinforce the programming, the reporting alters are always treated kindly when
they obey. (If you get one
that hasn’t been, suspect a plant, a setup.) Internal protector alters are given
the job to insure that reporting alters
never miss a call, or never miss responding to a cue. They will go to work and
punish lax Stage 1 alters. Again,
several therapists claim to have gotten reporting alters to defect from their jobs,
but haven’t dealt with their
protector alters who are taskmasters. If the taskmasters haven’t been dealt with,
then suspect a ruse to get the
therapist to think all is well. The reason this subject is dealt with here, is that
some of the top well known
therapists have spread information contrary to what is actually happening. That
doesn’t mean that there may not
be an exception to the rule, but the Illuminati is not so stupid as to make
reporting alters that defect because
someone offered them an ice-cream cone.

Reporting alters are very hard to convert, because during their lifetime they are
treated nicely. They experience
a nice life if they behave (its the other alters that suffer.) The Stage 1
reporting alter merely says HELLO and
waits for the response HELLO PRINCESS. This is a standard format. If the HELLO
PRINCESS occurs, the
mind automatically in a flash switches to the Stage 2 reporting alter.

To reinforce the original programming, which would lose its effect over time, the
programmer hypnotically
command the reporting alters to think of their programming when they see certain
objects, for instance, certain
types of men’s clothing, animals, certain cigarettes or lighters, certain trees
etc. Everyday life is used then to
reinforce their programming. The Stage 1 alters are also trained to have back-up
amnesia, where they forget
what they have done after they have responded to the cue. Once the job is done, the
job is forgotten. Like the
Vol. 2 book reported, reporting alters can perceive themselves in various shapes
and figures, and they can be
locked up in eggs or other containers also. The Stage 2 alters look forward to
Daddy or Mommy coming.

Cisco’s system, which helped at the programming level, verifies that during the
50’s, 60’s, 70’s and 80’s none
of the slaves got free. The Illuminati was not the least bit concerned about losing
a slave. They had not lost a
mind-controlled slave in centuries, so the recent victories in a few slaves getting
their freedom in recent years
are a historical first. Many therapist who make great therapeutic claims are not
freeing their slaves at all, but
these slaves continue to be used by their masters. The masters just laugh at the
deceptions they have pulled over
legitimate but naive therapists. Their reporting alters are a key to their control
and they have numerous reporting
alters in families spread throughout a standard reporting system. If one realizes
that the same mentality that
created Stalin’s USSR, or that created Big Brother is at work here, you will
realize that they need a spy-in-the-
camp on every block so to speak. Everybody watches everyone. They make many spies
within a system of
alters. The reporting alters are given some script such as "You can diffuse from
supersolidity to insubstance, you
can grow big or small, and can change shape to any for you wish." This makes it
easier for them to go through
the internal system.

Repunzel alter.

In the internal Mother’ s of Darkness castle there is often a Repunzel alter

created by the Repunzel story, who
has magical hair and can change her size at will. She is not an Illuminati alter,
even though she resides at their
castle.

Transformation alters.

In Chapter 5, in the section on how Fantasia was used as a programming script, the
fairy alters (creative parts of
the child’s mind) were discussed. The Illuminati also create magical alters that
can transform other alters into
objects. The script for this is Alice In Wonderland, although some newer scripts
are also being used (like
Xanth’s sorceress Vadne). When an alter is changed into an object, it does so
without losing its character. This
is where cartoons have been helpful to lay the foundation for visualizing this.
When one enters particular
internal rooms one needs to pick up certain objects in the room to get through
portals to the next world. What
makes the internal world difficult is that it is set up to change its appearance.
An alter may think they see one

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 188 of 296

thing internally and then the scene totally shifts. An alter may look into a mirror
and turn into a leaf.

Internal Wall alters.

Some alters will be made into walls. This is why is can be difficult to go around
internal walls. These alters shift
so that no one can get around them.

Structuring Internal Programmer Alters.

The procedure for the creation of Internal Programmer Alters is several steps.
After the child victim has been
traumatized they are sorely in need of love. Using a drug that gives a sense of
peace and ectasy, along with
hypnosis, certain parts of the system are bonded to the programmer. The child
alters are told to forget the trauma
and merge with the programmer. It’ s instinct to want to be loved, touched and
comforted. This is repeated so
that they feel the "peace of God" with their three primary abusers. Scriptures
about the peace of God are used to
reinforce this programming. These alters who feel one with the master programmer
will form a cover group
which will pacify any front alters who think negatively about the external
programmer. These alters are in turn
used to build the actual programmers. The actual programmers will be programmed to
take on the
characteristics of the master programmers and the Grand Dame working with them.
These alters will be formed
via split brain programming so they have only logic, no emotion. They can interact
for years with the rest of the
system and will feel no emotion for the hell and abuse that they put hundreds of
other alters through. These
controllers will stand behind the Grand Druid Council to insure that they carry out
their function correctly.

STRUCTURING WITH THE GRAND DRUID COUNCIL.

In Illuminati mind-controlled slaves it is typical to place at the bottom of the

system a pyramid shaped table
with a crystal prism life force within the pyramid’s center. Around this pyramid
table are the Grand Druid
Council and Satan hovers over the entire thing. Mirrors on both sides surround the
pyramid. The Grand Druid
Council can astrally project and attend rituals. There are cover Councils to throw
the unapproved seeker off. In
fact, every section within the slave may have a Grand Druid Council. These are not
the computers, but function
closely with the computers. When the life force dies it becomes black. The slave
will told that the life force of
the system is within the pyramid which is inside the Grand Druid Council’ s table.
The pyramid will spin
constantly from the energy of Lucifer, and the Grand Druid Council may well spin on
their table in the opposite
direction. Each position on the Grand Druid Council (GDC) is significant, because
if determines what that
Council person is allowed to do. (This is a mirror of real life.)

The type of programming and commands that a particular council person can carry out
are determined by their
position around the table. The no. 3 position has access to the center pyramid.
Within the spinning pyramid are 3
programmer positions, one for each corner of the triangle. If only one programmer
occupies all three positions
you are dealing with a master programmer. Very often a system is programmed by
lesser programmers, and the
inner pyramid has more than one programmer inside the pyramid. If a group/ series
of cult programmers is used,
one may see them represented somewhere in the system by their cult names.

Growing through the Grand Druid Council’s table will be the generational demonic
roots of a tree. Tied up at
the base of the tree entwined in the roots is the life force of a foetus that has
been sacrificed to empower the
slave’s mind-control system, as well as connect the slave to people that he or she
is teamed with. During occult
ritual the foetus is eaten as a seed. The dead child is connected to the roots.
Another child, the child who is
connected to the memory of these rituals will also be connected to the root of the
tree. This child alter will not
be able to talk or scream because it is locked in the horrible memories of some
humiliating ritual. This child
alter may have things in its penis or rectum, it may be covered with filth, it’s
skin is bruised and tender. This
may be the "core"— the birth child.

In male slaves, sometimes the birth child or a first core split called "the core"
is placed in the tree roots rather
than the carousel. Egg shaped demonic power bases will also be set in at the root
of the tree. The core of some
slaves will be removed to the astral plane. The Grand Druid Council will astral
project to different spheres and

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 189 of 296

different ceremonies. This gets into black magic such as the 777 book of Aleister
Crowley touches on, where
there are colors for each planet for astral projection.

While we are discussing the deeper parts to a system, let’s discuss the compass.
Each system has a compass
built into it, that is incredibly important. The 4-demons (goddesses) which control
the 4 directions are called
Quarter-Regents. The Eastern one controls Wind & Air. The Northern one controls the
elemental Earth. The
Western one controls water realms. And the Southern one controls fire.

STRUCTURING THE SHADOW ALTERS

Alters which are created in the sensory deprivation tanks which have no sense of
being attached to a body are
used in clusters on each level (section or world) of an Illuminati system of
alters. These alters are the ones who
no one else can see because they have no body, and yet they are the shadows that
know what’ s going on in the
outside world. Every level has access to what is going on in the outside world
through the eyes of these shadow
alters, but many alters do not care. Nor will the shadow alters tell everyone on
the level. These clusters of
shadows are also chained together, so that a link exists between them. They have no
sense of self. They
sometimes serve as directors to guide the child slave. They may protect the child
by telling it to get home, to call
home, or to not be frightened it will be OK. They are also willing to mislead
therapists.

STRUCTURING IN THE MIRRORS

One of the movies which was developed to help program in the internal mirrors was
the movie "The Hungry
Glass" made in the early ’50s. Let’s review The Hungry Glass movie so that those
who aren’t familiar with it,
can see the programming elements of the movie. The movie is about a fictitious
haunted mansion that was built
near the sea by a rich man named Bellman. The mansion lays dormant for decades
until a couple buy the
mansion. The mansion and its window is described as "a jewel box to pull the silver
off the sea."

When they move in they experience many strange things connected with mirrors and
glass. In the Monarch
programming, glass and mirrors are similar. Many of the mirrors in a system are
really one-way windows. The
following are some quotes from the movie:

• "mirrors bring a house to life"

• "I’m great at turning nightmares into daydreams."

• "don’t know if I saw it., .it’s imagination playing tricks... never get it out of
your system."

• "we’re both suggestible to suggestion...

• "...saw something and imagined the rest., .just plain fear. ..did I see something
supernatural?"

• "If you want anything just scream."

• "Miracles can be done with concentration."

• I got the house in order with "spell, book and candle" which is a phrase
referring to witchcraft.

• you "never grow old in the mirrors". When alters of a slave look in a mirror it
happens just like in the movie,
they see themselves as young, which is a strong hypnotic image they have been
programmed to see.
What the movie shows is that it is lethal to break mirrors. And if you go through
mirrors you fall to your death.
The one woman as well as a little girl are curious about the mirrors and they are
pulled into the mirrors and die.
In other words, the programming message is don’t be curious about the mirrors nor
go into the mirrors. There
are demons in the mirrors.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 190 of 296

In the movie they use the word "bogeyman". The room of mirrors is locked, and the
message of the movie is,
don’t open locked doors in your internal system. In the movie, when Gil looks in
the mirror, he sees a protector
of the mirrors. This in the programming is called the KEEPER OF THE MIRROR, and is
a demonic entity or
demons placed to protect the mirror. Things are layered and hidden in a system
behind mirrors. It also gives the
idea that if you look into a mirror, even if you are physically old, the mirror can
lie and give you a youthful
appearance.

Young actor William Shatner, of later Star Trek fame plays the leading role in the
movie. He tries to rationally
explain things but gives up, when explanations fail. This is encouraging the small
slave who would see the
movie to think, if an adult can’t figure these things out rationally, then the
explanations for what I am seeing
during programming are supernatural. William Shatner was raised in Catholic
Montreal, Quebec and went to
McGill Univ. when Dr. White (Ewen Cameroon) was carrying out programming there. He
graduated in 1952
and married Gloria Rand. He has acted in a number of strange movies designed for
programming, and it appears
they have used him repeatedly over the years as a tie in to familiarize the slave
to him. He also acted in The
World of Suzie Wong (1958), The Brothers Karamazov (1958), The Devil’s Rain (1978),
Teklords (1991). The
Hungry Glass was produced by William Freye, who also did some other movies for the
Network. In some areas
of a system, the script is that only the "dead"— alters who are so disconnected to
their bodies they see themselves
as spirits are allowed to cross between different internal worlds by using
passwords such as "ELIADE". At other
times, alters are given words to return to their "own time period" such as NICRO
NECTRUM NECTO.

STRUCTURING THE TAPESTRY

A script is given for all standard Illuminati systems for an internal Sorceress to
be assigned the making of
tapestries. The tapestries enable alters to go into other worlds, in other words
they are mirror gateways. For
instance the sorceress may weave a door into the tapestry. Going into the mirror,
going over the rainbow, going
through walls or picture tapestries are ways that alters go from one world into
another state.

STRUCTURING THE ALTER FAMILIES BY SPINNING

Spinning is used in a variety of programming purposes. We will review these

together, so that a comparison can
be made of the different purposes. Spinning tortures (which the victim endures
while in drugged hypnotic states)
are used extensively by the programmers as they construct alter systems. Programmed
multiples will frequently
complain of "spinning". All at once, whole sections of alters will begin spinning
and getting dizzy. During such
an abreaction, you will notice that the eyes change, the victim will appear
disoriented and stare, or even grimace
as if being rotated at a high speed. The head and/or body will rotate slightly
during the abreaction.

During the programming of such a spin program, the programmer will lay in the
experience for an entire section
of alters, and attach the visual image of falling into an abyss, a cyclone, a
tornado, a vortex, or a whirlwind to
the memory of being spun. When a system goes into spinning the power of numerous
memories, and the power
of the dizzy spinning makes it difficult for much of anything. Certain alters
trigger the spinning and certain
alters maintain the spinning. In fact some spinning alters take pride in their
spinning abilities. Obviously, their
programmers commended them when they did their job correctly.

Another use of spin tortures is to create spin families. The spin torture creates
spin alters which have been spun
off a "parent" alter. The parent alter may later be age progressed hypnotically and
given care over her children
alters who she or he spun off during the torture. Spinning is a way of creating
dissociation, and the spin memory
dissociates the spin children alters from their original source alter. This creates
alters which are close together
internally, but dissociated. The spin training and memories are then used to teach
these alters to spin away the
pain. Spin alters are used for some of the worst abuse and the spinning sensation
is used internally by these
alters to dissociate the severe abuse they receive.

The actual mechanisms to do the spinning torture vary. Some are rotating tables,
some are more upright like a
Wheel of Fortune type wheel, or "Space trainer" type machine where the victim is
inside the rotating
mechanism. Flashing lights are used along with the spinning, so that flashing
lights can be used in the future to

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 191 of 296

cause the alter(s) to abreact the spinning sensation. Verbal triggers are also
placed in. The spin kittens will
actually physically go around when commanded. Certain alters will be trained to re-
create mentally the
sensations of spinning via enhance imagery and memory training. This is so that the
system will be self-
governing and self-propelled. The spin traumas may be used to help create the ring
within ring, circle within a
circle effect that is structured into so many systems.

Programs that are put in via Spin-based traumas or attached to spin-based traumas
often affect wide areas of a
system, rather than individual alters. For instance, if an area of the system is
mis-behaving, a tornado program,
or a tumbleweed program may be set off by the internal governing mechanisms and an
entire world of alters will
feel the program. Victims of mind-control often speak about walls full of different
faces. The walls of faces are
people who are in need of help. They are shown repeatedly to the victim, to solicit
the emotion of wanting to run
& rescue. This then is used as the cover program for alters for them to want to ran
back to the cult to "rescue"
their "friends". Generally, all that will be experienced is the memory of walls of
faces and the urge to run.
Another element of programming, often seen in military programming, is where the
victim is left in a totally
dark room, and then for men, a hypnotic motherly voice is played repeatedly to them
in the dark. For women,
they may get their primary handler’ s hypnotic voice.

More structures used to build a system

CHAPTER 8: THE SCIENCE OF BODY MANIPULATION & PROGRAMMING

Implants that manipulate the body and its functions have been discussed in Chapter
6. The body manipulating
implants were placed there to keep all of the implant information intact in one
chapter, even though some body
manipulating implants are not electrically activated. When our previous book The
Illuminati Formula Used to
Create an Undetectable Total Mind Controlled Slave (1996) covered the 12 Sciences
of mind-control, its chapter
8 on the manipulation of the human body did not cover the ancient secrets of
cranial manipulation, nor the
modern secrets of genetic mind manipulation via applications of radiation with
chemicals.

A. CRANIAL MANIPULATION-Important Top Secrets of Illuminati Mind-control disguised

as Muggings &
other events.

INTRODUCTION

The information in this section exposes a previously unknown type of mind-control.

• The woman ran tripping through the woods, slipping on the wet leaves attacked by
an unknown assailant for an
unknown reason. The report of her mugging the next day never gets beyond the
policeman who hears her story.

• A wife cries softly to herself as her husband beats her. The crime goes unnoticed
in a busy world.

p_7-2.jpg

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 192 of 296

What do these acts of violence have in common with orthodontics, orthopedics,

rolfing and other structural
treatments? The shocking fact is that some of these kind of events happen for
purposes of mind control. Any
trauma to the head, be it an accidental fall, a fight, a bullet wound, or a
motorcycle or car accident can cause
permanent structural brain injury. But what passes for accidents are at times
carefully designed & brilliantly
executed cranial manipulations designed by the Illuminati to create specific mental
and personality changes.

In order to get closer to the bottom of this type of mind-control, the author,
Fritz, obtained the same books that
cranial osteopaths study, and the same books that disclose the modem scientific
studies of head shape/facial
features in relation to personality, and then studied them. This author has tried
to get as close as an outsider can
get to understanding what a cranial-manipulating programmer has going on in his
head. Until this chapter was
published, the Illuminati’s ability to perpetrate this mind control has been a
complete secret. This is the first
time that this secret has ever reached the public light of day. It is a secret
known only to a handful of people in
the world. It is a secret that various parts of Satan’s realm have carefully
guarded for centuries. How I got this
secret is a long story. It is the confluence of many streams of research coming
together. The people, who carry
out this type of programming hate the God of the Holy Bible.

This art’s academy’s own literature speaks about "the Force". "The Mysterious Vital
Force is a Universal Power
of Intelligence present in all things." (Direct quote from the Cranial Academy’s
official newsletter). This is a
Force similar to Jung’s "Collective unconsciousness" and Star War’s The Force. The
God of the Universe, who
loves each and every person in spite of their hatefulness & rejection, has also
warned that all things will be
revealed.

If I didn’t write this, God would simply seek some other avenue to expose these
hideous secrets. Who would
have imagined that the Illuminati and a particular aspect of their mind control
would end up to be connected to
Transcendental Meditation, Kung Fu, modem Osteopathy, Theosophy and the
Rosicrucians? None of us who
research these groups are surprised that they are all tied together in the occult
via the SPIN principle. However,
you may be surprised by how they are also all affiliated to this form of mind
control, which can be disguised as
a typical mugging!

Even the Mafia are able to produce heartless criminal alters using cranial
manipulation, and they don’t have the
best skills at doing it either. How do victims of cranial mind-control respond?
Most victims follow the subtle
guidance of their mind, completely ignorant of why their mind wants to go a
particular direction. Some even
attribute their mental drives to the metaphysical world. This author’s hope is that
the truth of this chapter will
help restore free will to numerous victims of this secret mind-control technique.
In spite of the extreme lack of
information on this type of mind-control, it appears to have been more widely used
than one might have
guessed.

The benefit of this type of mind-control to the programmers is that a change in the
body and head structure of a
victim is permanent and undetectable, in contrast to hypnotic or drug induced
states. A further benefit, is that a
skilled person could be tampered with without their realization. Some of the
procedures reduce the alertness of
the subject, separate him from his memories and make the person more receptive to
other forms of mind-control
even if the subject has had no prior programming.

One example of a technique that causes a rapid adaption of the cranial bones with
an accompanying
neurological effect would be to flick the occiput posteriorly and inferiorly on
exhalation (extension), then lift the
vault (parietal) bones up from the temporal area on inhalation (flexion), then
rapidly draw the vault posteriorly
and inferiorly, then dislocate the sphenoid into a vertical or lateral strain
position. These procedures will also
speed up the appearance of aging. This is just one example of a quick procedure to
control the mind of another.
And as Cisco’s section will bring out, power (including power over other humans) is
the goal of the occult
underworld.

A lot of research has gone into producing this finished report. At first glance,
the polished nature of this
chapter’ s report, which is replete with so many sources, may tend to mislead some
people into thinking that this
type of mind-control hasn’t been secret. Quite to the contrary, the pieces of the
puzzle were well hidden. This

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 193 of 296

type of mind-control has been very secret and it is only the result of long hard
research that the many divergent
pieces of the puzzle have been assembled and placed into a coherent picture for the
reader. Although the
possibility exists that some may misapply the intent of this chapter and use this
for evil, like so much of this
book’s material the really bad guys already have it. On the flip side, the
potential for good, if medical science
will use this secret knowledge for good is tremendous.

For instance, compare the improved appearance of Ivana Trump after her cranial work
was done. This chapter
has the potential positive by-product that others will be inspired to explore how
cranial manipulation can be
used to benefit humankind. God is in the business of turning evil into good. But
perhaps in our fallen corrupted
world, this secret knowledge which is being exposed in this chapter will no longer
find good men worthy of this
information who are also capable enough to put it to good practice. If so, then so
be it. At the very least, some
people will gain strength of heart to realize once again that when one know’s how
God’s creation operates— it is
easy to see how a paradise without problems could be created. Man’s worst enemy is
man. The Illuminati are
sitting on technology and knowledge that could bring about almost a virtual
paradise, but they are hoarding this
technology and knowledge, and suppressing it. Further, rather than helping mankind,
they are using this cranial
knowledge to reward those who are friendly to their Luciferian hierarchy, and to
abuse those who dare to
seriously impede their agenda. After you read this chapter and are aware that the
secrets of cranial manipulation
could rescue children with cerebral palsy, and some of the children with Down
syndrome, you too will cry with
this author at the needless suffering that the Illuminati have perpetrated upon
mankind in their quest for total
domination of this globe.

CRANIAL BLOOD PRESSURE has been kept a SECRET

Recently, a Dr. Yoshiaki Omura in New York, discovered that the blood pressure in
the brain is vastly different
than the rest of the body. The blood pressure in the brain has major consequences
on one’s thinking (such as
irritability, & insomnia) and also affects other things in the body, such as muscle
tightness in the neck. High
brain blood pressure is called cephalic hypotension syndrome. Yet, when this doctor
went to see what the
medical books/research institutions said about brain blood pressure, he found
nothing. He has been making his
discoveries known in speaking engagements. He recently addressed a large audience
of Chinese doctors. When
this author met Yoshiaki Omura, I unsuccessfully attempted to tell Yoshiaki the
reason that this knowledge was
suppressed was in the interest of mind-control; Dr. Omura has been treating various
illnesses by working with
patients’ brain blood-pressure. The diagnosis of other problems, such as the early
stages of cancer, has been
done earlier by Omura by monitoring brain blood pressure levels than MRI tests
results.

CEREBRAL SPINAL FLUID kept SECRET

Another important fluid in the brain, discovered by others is Cerebral spinal

fluid. There are many technical
details about this CS fluid that are extremely important to the way the mind-body
functions. In this chapter, we
will discuss a number of areas of medical science, acupuncture, personology etc.
concerning the brain, which
when known and used by skilled practitioners can give the practitioner control over
another person.

The Mystery Schools and particular bloodlines have kept much of this knowledge to
themselves and continue to
keep the best secrets. Daniel Whiteside, a pioneer in behavior genetics and
understanding the relationship of the
shape of the skull to personality, provides some important confirmations of how the
Mystery Schools
transmitted this secret cranial knowledge.
In his important work "The Background of Structure/Function" (pp.2-3) he outlines
that Structure/Function was
studied and taught by the Greek Mystery Schools, and was the basis of the Roman
Empire’s psychology. The
Catholic church suppressed this knowledge. This knowledge was kept alive by the
Cabalistic philosophers and
the Arabs, until the Knights Templars brought it back. If we build upon the
information that Daniel has provided
we discover that from the Knights Templars, this knowledge went to the leadership
of the Prieure de Sion, who
in turn disseminated low forms of it to the occult groups that they controlled. For
instance, the Rosicrucian
Order for North & South America in their Vol. 8 of their Rosicrucian Manual (San
Jose, CA: Supreme Grand
Lodge AMORC) pp. 91-108 deals with the spinal column, nerves, & the influence of
color & music on the

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 194 of 296

nervous system, etc. Grand Master Lewis writes on pg. 103, "The Rosicrucians were
the first to have a complete
outline of this system [nervous system] and to know exactly what part of the human
body was connected with
every other part."

One witness reported to this author that he watched an acupuncture specialist

repeatedly work on clients’ brains
by inserting 3 long skinny needles through the skull. The acupuncture specialist
bragged to this man that he
could completely control a human via his skill with the needles. He showed this
witness how he could kill pain,
and how he could kill self-will by touching minute areas within the brain. He was
also skilled in manipulating
the mind of the client in other ways too with the needles.

There has been a great deal of research into determining what the different
purposes of the different areas of the
brain are. Several researchers have independently identified that the ability to
make choices, that is what we call
"free will", is located near the Broadman Area 24 in the Anterior Cingulate Sulcus.
Tampering with this area
can disturb a person’s ability to have free will. (For more information on this one
could begin with Crick,
Francis. The Astonishing Hypothesis The Scientific Search for the Soul.)
Acupuncture was virtually unknown to mainstream Americans until a NY Times
journalist in China reported
that he was successfully treated with acupuncture in 1971. Pressure points can also
be manipulated by
Acupressure, which is similar to acupuncture except fingers rather than needles are
used. This is just one
example of a related technique which went unnoticed for decades (actually centuries
by the Western World.)

The mugging-mind control information in this article has gone unnoticed by

mainstream America too. Time
Magazine, Nov. 4, 1991, reported that there are four types of alternative medicine,
which they classified as Life-
Style (such as Macrobiotics, Ayurvedic medicine, and holistic medicine), Botanical
(such as Homeopathy,
Herbalism, and Aromatherapy), Mental healings (such as with Crystals, Guided
imagery, biofeedback and
Hypnotherapy) and Manipulative/Hands-on (such as Reflexology, Rolfing, Shiatsu,
Alexander tech.,
Chiropractic, and Acupressure & Acupuncture).

Reflexology dates back to at least 2330 B.C. in Egypt. Shiatsu is a Japanese finger
pressure deep massage of
pressure points is over 1 ,000 years old. The skull & head bone manipulations that
are being exposed for the first
time in this report, were used in ancient Egypt and other parts of the ancient
world. That Nov., 91 Time
Magazine article did not mention that acupressure/acupuncture has been knowledge
that the secret societies in
China studied and often kept hidden for centuries, as a part of Wushu (martial
arts) in China.

For instance, in a recent Chinese book 72 Consummate Arts Secrets of the Shaolin
Temple, (pub. by Fujian
Science & Technology Pub. Co. Ltd., Fujian, China, 1990) by Wu Jiaming and
translated by Rou Gang,
diagrams and explanations are given of the important head/body points (for
acupressure/ acupuncture/& kung
fu.) What is important for our discussion on mind control are the Kung Fu (Wushu)
points in the head. This
book gives 4 points on the front of the head, seven on the side of the head, and
four on the back side of the head.
The Shaolin Buddhist monks have kept their martial arts (which is called "Kung-fu"
in the U.S. and "Wushu" in
China) a secret hidden within their temple on Song Mountain, Henan Province. This
Buddhist monastery has a
long history of teaching kung-fu and is exerting a big influence in the world as
its type of kung fu spreads. The
Japanese took kung-fu from the Chinese many years ago and then developed from it
specialized forms of kung-
fu, such as Karate, Judo, etc.

THE CHINESE SECRET OCCULT SOCIETY CONNECTION

The important item that this paragraph will emphasize is that the Chinese secret
societies studied the pressure
points on the skull completely. They learned how the skull could be manipulated and
what it would do to a
person. Of course this information was only revealed to the best Chinese kung-fu
experts. It is sometimes
referred to as the skill of bone setting. In China, bone-setters are a type of
Chinese doctor which are popular to
some Chinese. These bone-setters have kept their secrets within many generations of
families who specialize in
bone-setting and also within the secret Triad societies.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 195 of 296

The Communist government admitted that it has failed to pry family bone-setting
secrets from the families that
have passed these secrets down generationally. This is due in part to the strong
Chinese belief in ancestor
worship and strong families. A family’s secrets are considered one source of its
strength. One communist
Chinese tactic to pry the secrets loose was their "folkart barefoot doctor" system
which they hoped the bone-
setters would join.

Junxie Li wrote in 1990 that a Chinese Kung Fu document shows that bone
manipulation was practiced as early
as 2700 B.C. The secrets have been passed down for many years. An American writer
stated in 1983,
"Traditional Chinese medicine and chiropractic are remarkably alike in their
underlying theories. ..Through deep
massage at the occiput [head bone], for example, (contemporary) Chinese
practitioners find that they can bring
down high blood pressure, a practice analogous to that of chiropractors."

A Buddhist monk Bodhidharma is credited to having brought the martial arts and
healing arts associated with
martial arts to China. He must have been a very strong individual to have made the
2,500 miles journey which
back before there were paths or maps must have been more like an 8,000 miles of
perilous journey on foot from
India over the Himalayas to the Chinese interior. Bodhidharma had studied big cats,
dogs, bears, insects and
other animals to learn how they defend and attack. His physical, mental and
spiritual teachings became known
later as Zen Buddhism. His monastery became the famous Shaolin Monastery. A master
of the Shaolin
Monastery would have two dragons deeply branded into his flesh. It is said that the
Red Dragon represented
knowledge in ancient China.
In the Tang Dynasty (6 18-907 A.D.) some of the Kung Fu experts at that time were
Li Bai and Twelfth Sister
Li of the Li family. Madame Gong Sun and Twelfth Sister Li composed a famous Xihe
Sword Dance combining
martial arts and choreographic arts. The Li family kept some of their secret
martial arts skills (including bone
setting) secret for hundreds of years, and as a top Illuminati family are secretly
proud of their occult knowledge
and history.

To illustrate how the head has been studied are some quotes from 72 Consummate Arts
Secrets of the Shaolin
Temple,

"TAJYANG ACUPOINT (Sun Acupoint)

Located on both sides of the forehead, the left being Tai Yang and the right Tai
Yin. Nowadays it is generally
called Taiyang Acupoint being a vital part of the head. It is ‘Dead Acupoint’ among
the twenty-four Acupoints.
One will be faint or even die if it is slightly seized.

TAINRONG ACUPOINT

Located on the back of ears and is in parallel with the ear. It lies on the outer-
side of Fen Yi Acupoint, and is
above the Tian Chuang acupoint. It is a vital acupoint of the back of one’s head.
It is also a ‘Dead Acupoint’
among the twenty-four acupoints.

FENGFU ACUPOINT

Located in the centre of the low part of one’s back head and is below the Naohu
Acupoint but above the Yamen
Acupoint. It’s in parallel with the left and right FenYi Acupoint. It is a single
Acupoint. It is a vital part of one’s
back brain. It is a ‘Dead Acupoint’, too. If this acupoint is seized, one may faint
or die immediately."

Washu (Chinese Martial Arts) went underground into the Chinese occult secret
societies, because the rulers
feared that it would make the common people too powerful, so they frequently banned
the teaching of martial
arts. The teachers of Kung fu teach their pupils that Kung-Fu has both an external
work with the hands, feet and
body and an internal work which refers to the occult spiritual work that provides
the energy and spirit to do the
martial arts that Kung fu masters do.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007
Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 196 of 296

The Shaolin Temple masters have studied the human skeleton very closely for
centuries. The books Shaolin
Long Fist Kung-Fu by Yang Jwing-Ming & Jeff Bolt and The Way of the Sun Dragon
Chinese Martial Art of
Tai-Yang Lung Tao are other examples of books in English which also show points to
hit on the head. The art of
manipulating the skull and other bones has travelled from the secret societies to
about 20% of China’s doctors.
As mentioned, this skill is called "bone setting."

Some Kung Fu experts and Chinese doctors learn bone setting, including how to work
with the skull bones. In
1974, the U.S. Dept, of Health, Education and Welfare (which has been full of New
Agers) along with the
Fogarty International Center of the National Institutes of Health which works with
WHO of the U.N. set up a
conference in Seattle, WA which focused on Health Care in China. The U.S.
Government Printing Office then
printed up in 1975 edited versions of the papers presented at the conference. The
resulting book on Medicine in
Chinese Cultures has some very pertinent information to the ancient secret Chinese
art of manipulating skull
bones. After W.W. II, Chinese bone setters began to use X-rays. (p. 261)

• The Chinese bone setters had their own professional associations, (p. 261-262)

• Bone-setters’ societies have been interwoven with secret societies, the link
being Chinese kung-fu (martial
arts) which the secret societies control. "Bone-setters get their knowledge of
anatomy from practicing kung-fu,
for part of the instmction is in how the bones and muscles work." (p. 262.)

• Bone-setters, in order to practice in Hong Kong, generally find it advantageous

to get (buy) protection from the
Triads (Chinese Secret Societies controlled by the Li Illuminati family, as well as
other powerful Chinese
families.) Doctors are licensed in Hong Kong according to British standards and
bone-setters have not received
much recognition from the British government. But someone connected with the CIA
verbally let out that they
have been very interested in studying Chinese bone setting.

T’ai Chi, is the philosophy associated in China with the yin-yang. It is

incorporated into the name T’ai Chi
Chuan (Great Origin Fist) which are the calisthenics which many Chinese practice on
a daily basis. The
advanced student learns 128 movements. Practitioners of the exercises can be seen
exercising at dusk, especially
in Kuala Lumpur. "Instruction in Chinese medicine is considered a normal part of
the training to become a T’ai
Chi instructor, and many instructors are said to be skilled in bone setting and the
treatment of sprains and
strains.

One of the most famous T’ai Chi instructors in Kuala Lumpur, an elderly man who
received his training in
China many years ago, is indeed famous locally as a bone-setter. It is clear that
it is difficult to draw a line
between T’ai Chi Chuan and preventive or even curative medicine." (Medicine In
Chinese Cultures..., p.310
Bruce Lee, who came from a very wealthy branch of the Li family, was half Chinese
and half American by
blood. He grew up in Hong Kong, and was taught Chinese martial arts beginning at
the age of 14. Bruce Lee
came to America, and was very American in his thinking. Due to his American
thinking, he thought radically
different from the traditional Chinese martial arts mentality, and there is strong
evidence to suggest it cost him
his life. He not only exposed to the western world secrets of Chinese martial arts,
but he mixed various types of
moves from the various oriental schools of martial arts. For doing this, he made
many of the Zen martial arts
masters furious.

When Bruce Lee died at 32 in 1972, his body was like a teenager’s and it was in
great shape. Bruce Lee had no
equal in the martial arts. The Chinese/Hong Kong press felt that he was killed by
the Zen martial arts masters of
China. In fact, his student Abdul described Bruce Lee as a "renegade Taoist
Priest." Whether or not Bruce and
his son Brandon were killed by the Triads and/or the Secret Martial Arts Societies
of China, doesn’t change the
fact that Bruce Lee angered them for exposing their martial arts to the western
world.

From research in this area, it is clear that there are still secrets kept by
Chinese martial arts which only a few
carefully chosen members of secret societies know. Bruce Lee did not make it to
this inner circle. The inner
groups of the secret societies trade favors. This is a standard method of payoff.
Well trained martial arts cults
that know some of the secrets of cranial manipulation can be asked to assault a
human target. What happens if

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 197 of 296

the head injury is not fine-tuned?

Laurence Miller Ph.d. in the article "Unusual Head Injury Syndromes..." (The
Journal of Cognitive
Rehabilitation 1 1-12/’94, p. 13) states, "Memory disorders are virtually universal
in head injury and typically
top the list of symptoms reported by patients. The ‘standard’ pattern of
posttraumatic memory disorder - and
indeed, for organic memory disorders generally - consists of well-preserved old
memories, patchy or impaired
memory for events immediately preceding the injury (retrograde amnesia) and
following the injury (anterograde
amnesia), and subsequent difficulty learning and retaining new information."

This is exactly opposite of what the handlers want. They want the victim to forget
the past abuse, but be able to
remember a series of new commands for a new operation precisely. This underscores
the reason WHY the
person doing the assault needs to be skilled. There is no doubt that Chinese
martial arts are being used to mug
people in order to alter their thinking. The secret potential of Chinese Martial
Arts to alter a person’s skull bones
and thinking has been one secret worth killing to preserve. Miller also points out
that frontal lobe injuries can
weaken the subject’s hold over reality. Although Miller writes about accidental
injuries, his article is extremely
well researched about the wide variety of mental problems that develop from
different injuries. The medical
world have named many of these specific problems such as the Ganser Syndrome, the
Capgras Syndrome, &
Cotard’s Syndrome. While this kind of research is helpful to establish that
different specific injuries to the head
can create specific symptoms, the written material is not specific about how to
intentionally create a symptom.

The ancient EGYPTIAN CONNECTION

Skull manipulation was used by the ancient Egyptian priesthood, as well as trauma-
based mind-control, astral
projection, and hypnosis. At least some of these secrets got passed on to later
secret societies.

THE TIBETAN CONNECTION

One religious black magic group are the Tibetan monks. Their man-god Dalai Lama, is
coveted as a guest of
many of the top Illuminati, Mishpucka, and other occult figures around the world.
In 1966, the Dalai Lama
wrote the book Opening of the Wisdom-Eye, which is typically referred to as the
third-eye area which is slated
by the NWO to be the initiation site for the mark of the Beast. Many leading
European occultists have gone to
Tibet to learn from the black magicians of Tibet. Hitler imported hundreds of
Tibetan monks for his Third
Reich. Nazi expeditions were sent to Tibet; and in 1942, Hitler, because of his
occult ideas about Asia & Tibet,
was excited to plant a Nazi flag on the highest peak of the Caucasian mountains,
Mt. Elbrus, at the specific time
of 1 1 a.m.
For those who didn’t realize how dark were the secrets of the Tibetan monks, just a
small sampling of books on
their black magic secrets include: David-Neels’ Magic & Mystery in Tibet (1958),
Bromage’s Tibetan Yoga,
Beyer’s The Cult of Tara- -Magic & Ritual in Tibet (1978), the Tibetan Book of the
Dead (and commentaries
about it), Suzuki’s The Zen Doctrine of No Mind (1973), and Thomas’ Out of This
World to Forbidden Tibet
(1954).

Qigong is the Chinese word for the healing arts taught within the secret schools of
Martial Arts. Tibetans go to
the S.W. National University in China to learn Qigong. Dapang Qigong is a
derivative of Qigong where both
martial arts and healing are taught together. One of the secrets of the Tibetan
monks, is the physical
manipulation of the third eye. T. Lobsang Rampa, a Tibetan from one of the 10 elite
families of Tibet, at the age
of seven entered the Chakpori Lamasery, the Temple of Tibetan Medicine, where the
Tibetan masters taught
healing arts including astral projection, clairvoyance and levitation.

Their mystic arts are similar to what the Illuminati believe in and practice. For
instance, they learn about the
silver cord that connects people. Upper-class boys such as Lobsang received
extremely severe treatment from
the time they were bom to insure that they were tough enough to survive the harsh
Tibetan life. Lobsang
described the traumas of early boyhood as "brutal", but then adds on page 18 of his
book The Third Eye, "Under
this system weaklings did not survive, but those who did could survive almost
anything." Children were kept

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 198 of 296

awake eighteen hours a day, and worked hard during that time. Even very small
babies are kept awake, so that
according to Tibetan belief "they shall not become demon invested."

On Lobsang’ s eighteenth birthday, the Lama of his monastery opened his third eye.
Lobsang records the brutal
ceremony in his book The Third Eye (Ballantine Books, 1956). Ballantine Books
advertises on the cover of this
book, "Learn the secrets of the most controversial power of the new age. ..The
Third Eye"." Before this author
relates what Lobsang "reveals" about this great secret of new age power, let me
interject an informed opinion—
this story may be a cover memory to hide what this author has found out is the REAL
THIRD EYE
manipulation. But first, let’s see what Lobsang describes, and then we’ll discuss
it.

On the evening of his 18th birthday, Lobsang went to a little room in the
monastery. Three lamas of high
degrees came and bound his head tightly with an herbal compress to produce some
kind of drag effect upon
him. They came back and removed the herbal compress, and wiped his forehead clean.
Then Lobsang describes,
‘A strong-looking lama sat behind me and took my head between his knees. The second
lama opened a box and
removed an instrument made of shining steel. It resembled a bradawi except that
instead of having a round shaft
this one was U-shaped, and in place of a point there were little teeth around the
edge of the "U." Lor some
moments the lama looked at the instrument, and then passed it through the flame of
the lamp to sterilize it.

The Lama.. .took my hands and said, ‘This is quite painful, Lobsang, and it can
only be done while you are fully
conscious. It will not take very long, so try to keep as still as you can." I could
see various instruments laid out,
and a collection of herbal lotions, and I thought to myself: "Well, Lobsang, my
boy, they will finish you one
way or the other and there is nothing you can do about it— except keep quiet!" The
lama with the instrument
looked around to the others, and said, "All ready? Let us start now, the sun has
just set."

He pressed the instrument to the centre of my forehead and rotated the handle. Lor
a moment there was a
sensation as if someone was pricking me with thorns. To me it seemed that time
stood still. There was no
particular pain as it penetrated the skin and flesh, but there was a little jolt as
the end hit the bone. The pain was
not sharp at all, just a pressure and a dull ache. I did not move with the Lama
Mingyar Dondup looking on; I
would rather have died than make a move or outcry. He had faith in me, as I in him,
and I knew that what he did
or said was right. He was watching most closely, with a little pucker of muscles in
tension at the comers of his
mouth. Suddenly there was a little scrunch and the instrument penetrated the bone.
Instantly its motion was
arrested by the very alert operator. He held the handle of the instrument firmly
while the Lama ...passed him a
very hard, very clean sliver of wood which had been treated by tire and herbs to
make it as hard as steel. This
sliver was inserted in the "U’ of the instrument and slid down so that it just
entered the hole in my head. The
lama operating moved slightly to one side so that the Lama Mingyar Dondup could
also stand in front of me.
Then, at a nod from the latter, the operator, with infinite caution, slid the
sliver farther and farther. Suddenly I
felt a stinging, tickling sensation apparently in the bridge of my nose. It
subsided, and I became apparently
aware of subtle scents which 1 could not identify. That, too, passed away and was
replaced by a feeling as if 1
was pushing, or being pushed, against a resilient veil.

Suddenly there was a blinding flash, and at that instant the Lama Mingyar Dondup
said "Stop!". Lor a moment
the pain was intense, like a searing white flame. It diminished, died and was
replaced by spirals of colour, and
globules of incandescent smoke. The metal instrument was carefully removed. The
sliver of wood remained, it
would stay in place for two or three weeks and until it was removed I would have to
stay in this little room
almost in darkness. No one would see me except these three lamas, who would
continue my instruction day by
day. Until the sliver was removed I would have only the barest necessities to eat
and drink." As the projecting
sliver was being bound in place so that it could not move, the Lama Mingyar Dondup
turned to me and said,
"You are now one of us, Lobsang. Lor the rest of your life you will see people as
they are and not as they
pretend to be."

ANOTHER EXAMPLE

Bill Schnoebelen, who has publicly been exposing Satanism, writes about his
experiences as a vampire and
Satanist in several books. In his book, Lucifer Dethroned, he describes a third eye
experience that he had during

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 199 of 296

an "astral projection." "It seemed my eyeballs were turning to molten steel. My

forehead was about to explode. I
felt a claw tear into my brow, right between but slightly above my eyebrows and
insert itself into my brain like a
white-hot poker. I tried to scream, but could not. My entire body felt like it was
going to burst from being filled
with roaring, flaming hot light.. ..I felt like a fish on the end of a hook being
hauled out of the water by my very
brain. I screamed in pain, but it came out: ‘Glory and Love for Lucifer! Hatred!
Hatred! Hatred! to God be
accursed!...’

In order to interpret his third eye experience, it needs to be asked where is Bill
Schnoebolen coming from? This
author’s best evidence to answer that comes from personal testimony. People
familiar with this author (Fritz)
have contacted Schnoebolen about Fritz for years. Why has Bill Schnoebelen taken a
very cold attitude to this
chapter’ s author (Fritz) and his work? Why has he opposed and slandered this
author, and this author’ s work
like the Vol. 2 book, and other information that this author has been putting out
to expose Illuminati mind-
control since 1991. One would expect a genuine ex-Satanist to be supportive of
someone who risks his life to
rescue Satanists from bondage. The reason I introduce personal testimony is that I
know what side of things I
am on, which is God’s side, and when people like Bill Schnoebolen oppose me from
the get-go, without even
meeting me, it is solid evidence to me where they are coming from. From what
Schnoebolen writes about his
third eye experience, and from what this author has learned of third eye cranial
manipulation, it appears that Bill
is still under some cult deception and is very likely still under the mind-control
that placed his cover memory of
his third-eye experience into him.

It is very likely that both Lobsang and Bill were in a trance state induced by
drugs, hypnosis and dissociation
from pain, and that a screen memory was laid in on top of their sensory experience
to hide the manipulation of
certain midline bones such as the ethmoid, vomer, sphenoid, etc. The sensation
produced by the "third eye"
cranial manipulation is unforgettable, it feels like something is moving straight
into your skull through the
frontal bone of the forehead, and then penetrating deeply into the center of the
head. In order to preserve their
cranial secrets, the occult world has cleverly fabricated these kind of dramatic
cover stories. What they are
doing is improving the alignment of the ethmoid bone, which makes a person more
sensitive to the environment,
which will be perceived by some as improving one’s psychic abilities. (As a final
note, when this author met
with Bill, Bill’s view towards helping MPD was that it was demons that needed to be
delivered. One of his
supposed deliverance success stories, an Illuminati victim of mind-control, is
still a multiple and still a double
agent, and also actively working against this author’s work. Bill personally told
this author, that while he was a
Satanist & vampire he was offered to have a mind-controlled slave, but that he
turned the opportunity down. Bill
is not the only person publicly exposing the occult/NWO who has over the years
tried to prevent this author’s
information from getting to you.)

The third eye area, called the ethmoid, is physically manipulated by the monks for
mind-control purposes. In the
occult world, the third eye area actually extends to include the entire midline
area, not just the ethmoid, but also
the midline bones, and the related brain structures, especially the pineal gland.
Midline bones are interesting to
occultists, because the main endocrine and neurologic structures in the brain are
placed around the central 3rd
and 4th ventricular areas. (The first two ventricles, known as the lateral
ventricles, repose on either side of the
third.) The bones are one way to access these midline structures, the ethmoid is
the front-most midline bone
(behind the frontal, which is considered to be two bones; since in many people the
metopic suture does not
close). The ethmoid interfaces with other midline bones.

In the course of this book, the reader is introduced to the concept that the human
brain is actually 7 brains. The
4th or mid brain that lies between the upper 3 brains and the lower three and
functions as a crossroads, joins
with the optic thalamus, which forms the floor of the 3rd ventricle. The ceiling of
the 4th brain is the floor of the
3rd ventricle. The 3rd ventricle and the Cave of Brahma make up the 5th brain. The
5th brain is connected to the
cerebral hemispheres of the Cerebrum and is critical to creating concepts and
storing abstract concepts. It feeds
on ideas, and reflects. (Marijuana activates this brain, and it is common knowledge
among mind-control
handlers that marijuana is forbidden to slaves.)

The roof the 5th brain is formed by the choroid plexus. At the front is the
pituitary and at the rear the pineal
gland, both exceptionally important to perception. The peptides (called
enkephalins) that trigger intuitive

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 200 of 296

awareness of what the 6th brain is perceiving, come from the pituitary into the
Cave of Brahma. Can the reader
now see why cranial manipulation that influences this area will affect our
intuitive awareness?

Cranial Osteopath Ronald R. McCatty’s book Craniosacral Osteopathy discusses the

pineal body and pituitary
gland from pp. 78 to 86. A discussion of the techniques to influence these bodies
is beyond the scope of this
chapter, but there are procedures. McCatty is very skilled, but he still has a ways
to go to match the skills of the
inner group that does mind-control. His page 25 also discusses a direct adjustment
on the Pineal body via arm
rotations and breathing. The occult world’s physical manipulation of this third eye
area can enhance a person’s
sensitivity. (It works off of straightforward body/brain mechanics, not the spirit
world). It makes the subject feel
that he is more telepathic. This is one of their big secrets. This secret was
passed on the Gurdjieff, who went to
Tibet to learn their secrets. Gurdjieffs communities, which this author has been
investigating have a very good
appearance to them, but there are lots of dark secrets within these communities,
which indicate that drag use and
mind-control are going on amongst them.

One of the mind-control techniques used is physical manipulation of the third-eye

area of the skull. In fact, a
number of cranial osteopaths (such as Cranial Osteopath and Rosicrucian Robert
Fulford) have thanked
Gurdjieff for enlightening them about how to do cranial manipulation. Some of what
the occult says about the
third eye is simply cover stories to hide some of the bigger secrets. It is not
known to this author if Fulford can
do a third eye manipulation. (In this exposure of cranial manipulation, R.C.
Fulford is of interest to us due to his
impact upon the course Cranial Osteopathy took, rather than his skill. W.G.
Sutherland, the leader in Cranial
Osteopathy had several Rosicrucians and other occultists as early students. After
his death, three of these took
Cranial Osteopathy in a more occult direction than Sutherland was going. Anne
Wales, as Sutherland’s editor &
compiler, the person who took over his papers, also reviewed the papers of other
cranial doctors, making sure
she gave them all as much of a mystical twist as she could add to them. Olive
Stretch was the second of the
three and she and her husband ran the Cranial Academy from their living room. Upon
Olive’s death, her
husband married Fulford’ s secretary of sixteen years, who in turn continued to run
things when he died. Fulford,
who is now in his ’90s, did occult philosophizing, and some believe programming,
but didn’t develop the skill
needed for entrance into the inner core of high level cranial knowledge.)

Rosicrucian Cranial Osteopath Robert Fulford also met Tibetans to learn what he
could from the Tibetans. He
became the President of the Osteopathy Cranial Association. He gives interesting
talks, and writes about the
Odic Force and the Vril (the light that the Nazis believed in), but it is not clear
that Fulford, who is retired in
Ohio, learned any deep secrets of manipulation.

However, Gurdjieff is not the only one who learned from the Orient. Cranial
Osteopath Ronald Kurylowicz, of
754 Washington Blvd, Marina Del Rey, CA who is single and lives with his mother who
serves as his secretary,
made a special effort to learn what he could from the Chinese over a period of
years, with what appears as a
clear intent to use it for mind-control and malevolent purposes. The cranial group
has long had an international
effort to teach and proselytize worldwide. Much of this seems to be a sincere
effort to spread the benefits of
cranial knowledge allowed to the public. (This knowledge is often released only for
substantial fees.)

When the inner core of cranial manipulation has travelled to learn from other
cultures, China has been the
primary focus. While in China, the inner core of cranial manipulation, who use it
for mind-control, have met
with their Chinese counterparts to negotiate occult relationships. Top level
Theosophists have accompanied the
inner core on their trips to China. In 1950, Gurdjieff came out with Beelzebub’s
Tales to His Grandson Vol. 1-3.
IDHHB Inc. published in 1978 some of the secret talks that Gurdjieff had with a
special group of disciples. The
point is simply that Gurdjieff was willing to go to the occult world of black
magicians to get some of his
enlightenment, and one of the techniques he learned was the manipulation of the
mind via physical manipulation
of the "third eye area". One of Gurdjieff’ s big disciples in New England passed on
to the cranial osteopaths
manipulation secrets that Gurdjieff learned in Tibet. Gurdjieff is even more
mysterious, when one realizes that
he an asset of Russian and British intelligence.

This raises the obvious question, what were the Nazi’s able to learn about skull
manipulation from the Tibetans,
the Japanese secret societies, and European occultism? It is known that the Nazi’s
carried out experimentation

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 201 of 296

on skull manipulation. (Some of the records pertaining to Nazi human experiments

are stored in the U.S.
National Archives, incl. National Archives Record Group 238, the Collection of
W.W.II War Crimes Records,
the OSS’s reports in Record Group 226, the Dept, of State records in National
Archives Record Group 59, and
Group 242. But it must be borne in mind that much of the records of Nazi
experiments were confiscated and
remained secret so that our government could continue the research. We see only
glimpses of this research in
such things as the SS skeleton collection, written about in SS letters used as
Nuernberg Trial Doc. No.s 87, 88,
91. Prof. Hirt at the Strassburg Anatomical Institute received 150 Jewish skeletons
for research according to a
secret SS document, marked Exhibit no. 086. One thing is clear, there was no
limitation for Nazi researchers as
to what they could experiment on with human beings. Could the idea/chance to
research in skull manipulation
for purposes of mind-control have escaped those Nazi researchers who were steeped
in phrenology and horse
breeding?)

What did the Nazi’s learn, and what did their mind-control experts such as Joseph
Mengele pass on to American
mind-control programmers, or is it possible the subtleties of cranial bone
manipulation somehow escaped them?
The practice of bone-setting in Germany had been known as Knochenartz,
Knocheneinrichter, and Wundart. In
recent history, Germany has a large number of cranial osteopaths who purchase lots
of American books on the
cranial osteopathy. It’s this author’s opinion, that the total mind-control of NWO
slaves being implemented in
the Black Forest castles, Strasburg, Frankfurt, Berlin, and hundreds of other
German sites includes cranial
manipulation. However, in terms of Germany, this remains to be proven. In America,
there is no doubt, for we
have the victims (and photographic proof) to prove it.

Osteopathy is not "politically correct" within Germany’s medical establishment.

Most Germans, who purchase
cranial books, are occultists (usually variations on Theosophy) and not people with
medical or manipulative
training. Europeans tend to be much more specialists in their professions than
Americans. They don’t tend to
have as many people/per population practice a particular skill as America, but the
ones who do are often very
skilled. (This is an observation this author has heard frequently during his world-
wide travels, and has also
observed for himself.) For instance, in visiting Switzerland, this author learned
that if a person wants to build a
house he will have no option but to bring in specialists for the different tasks,
while in America, it’s not unusual
for people to attempt building their own. This European approach of encouraging
only very skilled specialists
would also apply to cranial manipulation. We would expect a few very highly
technical, skilled skull
manipulators, and many curious entry-level folks.

THE JAPANESE CONNECTION

The ninjitsu people (popularly known as "the ninja" in America) were historically
black magicians who hired
out as assassins, and were feared and hated by all the Japanese people. They are
now being held out as role
models for our American children. The ninja learned how to dissociate pain. They
learned martial arts and the
art of stealth. According to the book The Karate Dojo by Peter Urban, "They were
the original practitioners of
the ‘art of [mind-control] programming.’ They were taught from the cradle that
nothing was impossible. Not
knowing that a thing could not be done, they proceeded to do it." It is possible
that the Green Dragon Society of
Japan passed on some of this mind-control training techniques to the German secret
societies that were in
cooperation with them prior to and during W.W. II. In other words. Dr. Mengele, the
Nazi Angel of Death who
carried out mind-control experiments for the Nazi’s (& the Illuminati) during W.W.
II may have attempted to
incorporate Chinese, Tibetan, Japanese, Ancient Egyptian and Hindu mind-control
techniques into their mind-
control programming/research.

THE EARLY EUROPEAN OCCULT CONNECTION

Information pertaining to this has been floating around Europe in certain circles
for years. We will touch on
some of the various times and places that we know parts of cranial manipulation to
alter the mind was being
done. Over the centuries skilled horsemen learned that they could tell the
temperament of a horse from the shape
of its head. The best books on horse training would have sections on determining
what your horse’s
temperament was based on skull shape.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 202 of 296

The Celts were big on bone-setting. Wales has continued to preserve some of this
Celtic enthusiasm. A rare
book The Art of The Bone-Setter by George Matthews Bennett (London, Tho Murby
publ., 1884) gives an
excellent history of bone-setters in England, Wales and Scotland. It is likely that
some of these men understood
some things about how personality could be affected via bone manipulation in the
skull.

George Matthews Bennett was a Freemason and a Druid. He was also a leading bone-
setter in London, Stratford
and other places. He was a descendent of the famous occult Matthews family, which
had practiced bone-setting
for two hundred years. His son, who also did bone-setting, was the last of that
line to practice bone-setting. The
skill (professional art) of bone-setting passed down in families for generations
was not the equivalent of modem
osteopathy.

Osteopathy had many different ideas and approaches, even though the two are
similar. One of the early English
books on bone-setting was The Compleat Bone-setter by Friar Moulton. In 1665, the
book was enlarged by
Robert Turner (an occultist/astrologer) and printed in England. In 1871, Dr.
Wharton Hood wrote another
publication on bone-setting in England entitled A Treatise on Bone Setting. But
most of the skill of bone-setting
in England was passed down as family secrets within a few bloodlines that practiced
it for generations, such as
the Thomases, the Taylors of Lancashire, the Maltby’s of Nottingham, the Masons of
Lincolnshire, the Huttons
of Westmorland (& later of London), the Crowthers of Yorkshire, and the Matthews of
the Midlands. (This list
occurs in the book Medical Fringe & Medical Orthodoxy 1750-1850 edited by Bynum and
Porter, pub. London:
Croom Helm Ltd., 1987, p. 170, note 10.) Much about bone-setting in Europe, will
remain secret, because so
much was taught orally and shrouded in mystery. About a dozen British bloodlines
passed their trade secrets
down, a number of them were Welch. However, there were also many itinerant quacks
who travelled around
billing themselves as bone-setters.

NINETEENTH CENTURY OCCULT CONNECTION

Bone-setter Richard Hutton gained notoriety in London in the 1800’s when he

relieved the long-standing
suffering of the Hon. Spencer Ponsonby. Hugh Owen Thomas, (1848-?) who was a
qualified doctor, used what
he knew from coming from a long traditional line of bone-setters to create modern
fracture theory. His nephew,
Sir Robert Jones (1857-1933) who was his apprentice, was the major ambassador for
modern orthopaedic
medical practices. In other words, some of the knowledge of the bone-setters
contributed to modern established
medical knowledge.

Charles Waterton, an English naturalist in old England, wrote in his Wanderings and
Essays on Natural History
that every nation in Europe had bone-setters, who were independent of the surgeons.
Throughout Europe, the
men and women who practiced bone-setting learned the skill from others and as a
result of experience. The skill
was not a text-book-learned skill, but an art that was taught via hands-on
training. Many of the bone-setters
never formally studied anatomy, pathology, or surgery. (See The Art of the Bone-
Setter, p. 96.) Hand-in-hand
with bone setting came ideas on the importance of the shape of the skull. In 1695,
Balthazar Bekkar of London
wrote, "Physiognomy, that is.. .the Observation of a Man’s Shape, must be
comprehended under this sort [occult
arts], for this Art foretells things by the Looks, the Features and Lineaments of
the Face, by which the Genius
and Humour of Men are to be discovered." (This comes from book one of a four book
series The World
Bewitched; An Examination of the Common Opinions Concerning Spirits. London: R.
Baldwin, 1695, vol. 1,
P-30.)

THE WITCHCRAFT CONNECTION

Throughout the world, people have practiced bone manipulation. The names for folk
bone-setting throughout
the world of course vary from language to language. In Tahiti it was called "romy"
or "rumi". In South America,
it was called "abrazo del ranchero". In Bohemia it was called "napravit." In
Mexico, it’s been called "arreglador
de huesos", and in France "reboutage." The Amish call it "Brauche", and some of
their bone-setters practice folk
witchcraft. (This is known from the author’s own experience as an Amishman.) Bone-
setting has often been
associated with folk healing and the occult.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 203 of 296

Contrary to what is politically correct today, witchcraft was not a group of poor
innocent women chased by a
malicious Christian society, but was a well-organized body which was a repository
for the occult knowledge of
Babylon, Egypt and Rome. Ex-Illuminati members have described (to this author) the
ancient manuscripts of
knowledge preserved in secrecy by the Illuminati down through the ages. The
permission of the Grand Druid
Council is needed for some Illuminati books. Illuminati members are only allowed to
see certain manuscripts, if
they are achieving a mastery in that field of secret knowledge.

In the middle ages, knowledge was dispensed through secret trade guilds,
fraternities and bloodlines. The
ancient healing/and harming secrets of the human body were secrets of the fraternal
secret societies, i.e. what is
known today as the Illuminati. Witches could accomplish either a healing or a
harmful manipulation of the body
without anyone knowing what had happened, because their arts were secret techniques
that outsiders couldn’t
recognize.

Secret medical and psychological knowledge was hidden by lots of cover mystical
claptrap, which made the real
secrets elusive to outsiders. Witches were accused of witchcraft when the harmful
results of what they did were
noticed, but the people had little idea of the mechanics of what hit them. Some of
the trials of witches during the
late middle ages were legitimate grievances, even though the ancient trial records
(by today’s standards) contain
no legitimate evidence of modus operandi. We are not in a position to judge their
trials by our standards of
evidence.

Throughout most history, the doctor-priest or the medicine man-shaman kept his
health secrets to himself as
occult/arcane /esoteric knowledge to pass to his chosen successors. Even today, our
modern day equivalents for
the medicine man & shaman —our doctors & priests are still popular careers for
transgenerational pagans. And
as this chapter is pointing out, there are still secrets.

The Mystery Religions of Europe studied the human head and body. One of Jacob
Boehme’s disciples portrayed
the Hindu chakra points back in 1736 in his Theosophia Practica. The results of
tortures during ancient and
medieval times upon the bodies & skulls of people was also known to a few. A
relationship appears to exist
between bone-setting and witchcraft, in that wherever witchcraft was strongest in
England, one also discovers
an abundance of bonesetters. An advance knowledge of anatomy was needed to devise
the tortures used in
Europe by those who were in power. It was not uncommon historically for doctors &
bonesetters to provide
advice for torture devices. For instance, Dr. Guillotin, a French doctor &
Freemason, invented the guillotine.

There are plenty of evidences of occult involvement in the torture of people over
the centuries, (even though it is
politically correct to blame it on Christians). At this point it is safe to say
that there was some overlap between
bone-setting, witchcraft, and those who made an occupation as torturers for the
state, but the complete details
are not available. Some families have traditionally been involved in torture,
perhaps at some point those family
secrets will surface. Hands of Glory of hanged men were used as health charms.
Coipses & moss from skulls,
were also thought to have healing powers.

Freemason/Druid/ Bone-setter George Matthews Bennett writes, "In the North of

England, the origin of nearly
all the men who are fairly good at Bone-setting can be traced to the Whitworth
surgery, and while, so far as I
know, the Taylors, in their various settlements at Whitworth, Todmorden, Stockwood,
and Oldfield-lane, were
the only qualified surgeons who practiced Bone-setting; amongst the hills and dales
of Lancashire, Yorkshire,
and the Lake district, there were many who did so without being qualified." (The
Art of the Bone-setter, p. 106)
Whether these Taylors were any relation to those Taylors today within the
Illuminati, is not known.

Phrenology was very respected during the 19th century. Queen Victoria consulted the
top phrenologist. Interest
in Phrenology led Europeans to research what the functions of the brain are, & how
the brain functions.
Phrenologists Johann Gaspar Spurzheim and Scotsman George Combe "realized the
potentiality to manipulate
and control human behaviour" via their knowledge of the skull and brain. (Cooter,
Cultural Meaning of Popular
Science, p. 6) The writings of these men resulted in phrenological societies and
publications springing up all
over the U.S. and Great Britain.
http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 204 of 296

Franz Joseph Gall, was an expert on the anatomy of the brain, having spent his life
studying it. Encyclopedia
Britannica says F.J. Gall was a "brain anatomist of considerable ability". (Ency.
Brit., 15th ed., vol.26, p. 327)

In 1 800, Franz Joseph Gall, advocated to medical science that the shape of the
skull was a guide to an
individual’s mental faculties and character traits. Based upon this, other
researchers such as Pierre Flourens
undertook experiments on animals to determine more exactly the functions of the
various parts of the brain.
Various men contributed ideas.

Leopold Auenbrugger discovered percussion to determine a fluid level. He applied

his discovery of tapping his
father’s casks to gauge the level of fluid content to the body.

Fire In The Minds of Men, by James H. Billington a leading historian, is an

excellent survey of how the French
Revolution and subsequent revolutions were created by a small group of leading
occultists. Utopian socialists,
who embraced the occult ideal of a "revolving back to the Golden Age" helped
promote the idea of phrenology
at the important Paris Athenee, where debates were organized concerning the
psychology of personality,
physiognomy, and phrenology. (For those readers who haven’t kept up with other
written works of this author,
the Illuminati when America was discovered believed that they historically had came
from Atlantis, and that a
new Atlantis could be constructed in the new world. The revolution of the United
States was the first war in
history called a "revolution", and it was called a revolution because it and
subsequent revolutions were to
revolve us back to the Golden Age of Atlantis. They named the ocean to reach their
new Atlantis, the Atlantic
Ocean.)

Charleston, S.C. was a major hub for the Scottish Rite and for Reformed Judaism,
both which were interlocked
and used the Cabala. The main goal of the Cabala is to create a mind-controlled
slave called a golem. The main
principle behind Freemasonry according to Albert Pike, who was the Supreme
Commander of Freemasonry in
Charleston, S.C. has been the cabala. This makes it easier to understand why
Freemasonry has been involved in
the creation of mind-controlled slaves.

It also makes it more understandable why hypnotism (called mesmerism) along with
phrenology was introduced
into Charleston, SC about 1830. After the occult world introduced phrenology
coupled with hypnotism to
Charleston, it was also introduced by the Frenchman Charles Poyen to Rhode Is.
Brown University. The entire
faculty was so astonished at the power of hypnotism, that they concluded that
mesmerism was a more important
science than phrenology.

Initially, the elite in Charleston were interested in hypnotism (called mesmerism)

combined with phrenology.
The craze spread to the common people, and hypnotism was the subject of a famous
intellectual debate in
Charleston in 1843. Phrenology, which was a science tied to Rosicrucianism, lost
favor in the south, due to the
large participation of phrenologists (Rosicrucians) in the abolition movement. The
Abolitionist movement was
created in the U.S. by the Illuminati via the Rosicrucian groups, as well as
Unitarians and Socialists who were
also tied to them. For instance, Rosicrucian/ Phrenologist William Lloyd Garrison
started the Anti-slavery
Society in 1832. Three other notable Rosicrucian abolitionists are John Brown,
George Lippard, and Abraham
Lincoln. John Brown, besides being a Rosicrucian, revolutionist and abolitionist,
was a practicing phrenologist.
He had been trained by Fowler and Wells, who promoted the Vegetarian City that A.
Still visited.

Many of the Illuminati and leading European occultists, incl. men such as Charles
Taze Russell (founder of the
WT Society) and Joseph Smith, Jr. (founder of the LDS Mormon church) were students
of phrenology.
Interestingly, Joseph Smith, Jr. on Jan. 5, 1841 had a revelation that phrenology
was an occult science from "the
Devil". (Smith’s words are recorded in The Words of Joseph Smith: The Contemporary
Accounts of the Nauvoo
discourses of the Prophet Joseph. Provo, UT: Brigham Young Univ. Religious Studies
Center, 1980, p. 61.) And
yet he continued studying phrenology, and endorsing phrenology to the "Latter-day
Saints" (Mormons).

Quite a number of the Mormon prophets (the top leader) such as Brigham Young,
Wilford Woodruff, and
George A. Smith got phrenological readings done of their skulls. The Mormon church
sold phrenology books
and even printed a phrenology magazine in Salt Lake City for a while, which was
entitled The Character Builder
from the 1870’s until into the 1940’ s. George Reynolds, First Presidency secretary
and later President of the

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 205 of 296

LDS Seventies (a group of men like the catholic cardinals) considered phrenological
readings as valid as the
patriarchal blessings that the LDS church gives to its members.

Since the Mormon church is one of the Illuminati fronts carrying out mind-control,
it should come as no surprise
that attempts to control the human mind by manipulation of the shape of the skull
have been attempted.
Interestingly, official church interest in phrenology by the Mormon hierarchy died
out during the time period
(1940’s) that mind-control began to be scientifically carried out by the Illuminati
in cooperation with different
government front. Could it be that there was a grain of powerful truth in
phrenology that these people wanted
quietly buried?

Swendenborg, the founder of a mystical Masonic Rite, spent a great deal of time and
some of his writing
discussing the skull bones. This author has encountered victims of trauma-based
total mind-control within the
modern Swendenborg Church of New Jerusalem. Occult students of Swendenborg,
including some of the
Illuminati, such as some in the DuPont family, studied his ideas with fervour. (The
DuPonts appear to be
connected to at least one cranial osteopath.) (Because the Church of New Jerusalem
does not tell the public nor
its members about Swedenborg being a Freemason, etc. it would be advantageous to
briefly identify to the
reader who he was. Swedenborg wrote, "I live, besides, on terms of familiarity and
friendship with all the
bishops of my country, who are ten in number; as also with the sixteen senators,
and the rest of nobility. The
king and queen also, and the three princes, their sons, show me much favor."
Swedenborg, born to a well-
connected elite Swedish family, was a genius who wrote an incredible amount of
spiritual writings that he
believed came from alien encounters. His "alien" material in his Earths in the
Universe is blatantly baloney, but
at that time, people had no concept of what they’d find in outer space. The
"aliens" even gave him the wrong
number of planets in our solar system, 9. Swedenborg wrote that Saturn is "the
farthest [planet] from the sun".
He was certain of this and other ideas because of what the aliens had told him.

He also communicated with spirits. Masonic encyclopedias state that many of his
ideas were Masonic. In
Masonry Defined (publ. by National Masonic Press, a book based on 33° Freemason /
Masonic historian
Mackey’s notes), their article on Emanuel Swedenborg states, "enlightened Masons
will find many Masonic
ideas in Swedenborg’s writings." In the Be Wise As Serpents book, this author
documents the interlocking
directorates that control the top level secret societies. The Masonic Rite of
Swedenborg with its 8 degrees and
two "temples"-which means "sub-rites"- has had some of the worst Satanists as its
leadership.)

In spite of the ridicule of the various ideas about determining personality from
the shape of the body and head,
Ency. Brit. 15th ed. Vol. 25, p. 497 admits, "Nevertheless, structural differences
in the body do seem to have
some significance in pointing to such aspects of personality as intelligence and
emotion." The 18th and 19th
century researchers were onto something, they didn’t manage to finish the job. The
Nazi government, and other
governments have secretly tried to finish that job. Unfortunately, it may be a long
time before we learn exactly
how they finished this line of research. So far, the only recipients of the 20th
century research findings have
been a few select people within the occult world.

An interesting story involving personality change due to changes in the skull and
brain was the landmark patient
Phineas Gage, who died in 1861, after an accident caused him to damage the brain’s
ability to make rational
decisions and to process emotions. Recently, new research was performed on Phineas
Gage’s skull to
understand better how his brain had been affected by an accident. (See Science, May
20, 1994, p. 1 102)

Another example of how the shape of the skull and the movement of skull bones
determines how the brain
functions are the craniectomies that are now being carried out to relieve infants
from mental imbecility due to
premature skull sutural closure and microcephalus. (See The Journal of the American
Medical Association
JAMA, Jan. 8, 1992, p. 226.) Further, researchers into how the brain creates
thoughts, who desire to remain
confidential, have come to believe that the ionic crystalline structure within the
cranium’s 5 cranial bone plates:
the occipital bone, the two Parietal bones and the two frontal skull bones which
connect at fontanellas (fissures)
called sutures play an important role in the creation of thoughts. They believe
that the ionic crystalline structures
of the skull bones interact with incoming theta waves from the brain, and a
resonance is created that causes
electrons to be generated, which are then translated via a Fourier-type translation
into a thought.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007
Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 206 of 296

You are probably aware that it is the grey matter that lies next to the skull that
carries out the higher level
thinking that distinguishes humans from animals. These researchers have stated that
they believe that the
fontanellas (connections between the skull plates) allow subtle lateral motions and
non-linear complex
vibrations to occur. These vibrations are part of the higher thinking process. If
this is true, it could have far
ranging ramifications.

These researchers believe the natural resonant vibrational frequency of the skull
bones (the cranium) ranges
from 840 to 890 MHz in non-herzian waves. This range was reserved for VHF
television, but has now been
reserved for the national cellular telephone network. When the 840 to 890 range was
used for television, various
neurologists noted that certain signals related to particular pitches and sounds
would trigger reactions in people.
For instance, the NY Times 7/11/91 reported that according to a neurologist an
epileptic seizure was triggered
via certain television signals. Cellular phones are now being used to transmit
faxes, computer information such
as modems transmit, and other signals. Illuminati connected companies of IBM,
Motorola, and GE are some of
the companies working with cellular phone technology. The creation of vibrations
via cellular phone signals in
the 840 to 890 MHz non-herzian wave range could conceivably implant thoughts into a
victim near the cellular
phone. This raises two questions. First, IS the establishment’s big push to
popularize cellular phone use, even to
the point of giving out free cellular phones, part of Big Brother’s mind-control?
Second, since it appears the
brains ability to creatively think is related to the vibrations that are subtly
made in the skull, the question
naturally poses itself— can cranial osteopathy disrupt or alter the natural
abilities of the cranium’ s plates to
vibrate?

THE MODERN AMERICAN OCCULT CONNECTION

In the United States, as in England, there were certain families who passed their
bone-setting skills down as
family trade secrets. The most famous bone-setting families were the Reece family
(in west. Penn., and east.
Ohio), the Sweet family (in Rhode Is., Mass., Conn., & NY), and the Tieszen and
Orton families in South
Dakota. The Sweets became orthopedists, the Tieszen and Orton families went into
Chiropractic. The Irish
Quain family were famous anatomists, surgeons, and physicians.

Osteopathy and chiropractic stemmed from the same occult philosophical roots, but
went in different
directions. Both shared the idea that the body has the ability to maintain good
health if allowed to do so, and
both emphasized the manipulation of bones and joints. Both were started about the
same time period in America
in about the same geographic area, by men who had Scottish ancestry.

A.T. Still (the founder of osteopathy) and D.D. Palmer both studied magic and
metaphysics. Both attended
many of the same spiritist meetings, for instance both attended the spiritualist
meetings at Clinton, Iowa on a
number of occasions. (Gibbons, 1980, p. 13)

The osteopath’ s goal was to move bones to improve circulation. The chiropractor’ s
primary goal was to move
bones to reduce pressure or the irritation of nerves, with the further goal of
positively helping organs and tissue.
A.T. Still & other osteopaths claimed Daniel D. Palmer visited Still at his house,
but Palmer’s descendants say
it’s not true.

Early on Still’s two best assistants were two doctors from Scotland, William Smith
& James Littlejohn. Daniel
David Palmer (1845-1913), founder of chiropractic, was a Freemason & an occultist.
His original practice was
to heal people with what he called "magnetic healing" which was a combination of
laying on of hands,
hypnotism and white magic. Of course it was not called white magic, it was called
"magnetic healing" by
Palmer.

Part of the magnetism was his own magnetic (hypnotic) personality. Palmer also knew
phrenology and had a
keen sense of touch concerning a person’s head. D.D. Palmer taught phrenology. D.D.
Palmer was a mixture of
good and bad traits. He was an excellent scholar and had good organizational skills
for what he learned. One of
his difficult traits was his megalomania. In 1905, at a coroner’s inquiry, Palmer
refused to take an oath to swear
the truth "so help me God", because he said that "I don’t want any help from God."
It must have been hard on

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 207 of 296

his pride, when his own son B .J. Palmer, who had been cruelly raised by cruel
step-mothers, turned Judas and
stole from his father both the honor & money that was due his father.

His son Bartlett Joshua Palmer (1882-1961) worked in a circus as an assistant to

professional circus hypnotists
known as Professor Hunt, and later Professor Herbert L. Flint. Later, with
mysterious connections to the right
people, B.J. Palmer, got the money and the political clout to get started in
building a school for chiropractic. His
powerful Davenport radio station, WOC, said to be the second largest in the U.S.,
had Ronald Reagan (our
future president) as one of its sports announcers.

B.J. Palmer was connected to the occult world. He liked to encourage the idea that
he was a Christ figure. New
Ager Napoleon Hill, author of Think and Grow Rich (1937) considered Palmer his
mentor. B.J. had prominent
Masons and other elite as his personal guests. Elbert Hubbard, a friend of B.J. ’s,
was the person who persuaded
John D. Rockefeller’s personal physician, to get Rockefeller to use chiropractic
care. Later in 1963, Nelson
Rockefeller would be the important person to get chiropractic accepted as legal in
NY, and then appointed
chiropractor Albert Cera to his Medical Advisory Committee.

Illuminati kingpin California Gov. Edmund Brown appointed 12 chiropractors to

regional committees
associated with the California Board of Medical Assurance. Hollywood got into the
promotion of chiropractic,
with the 1990 film Jacob’s Ladder which was a film exposing the U.S. military’s use
of BZ (a derivative of
LSD) in Vietnam to experimentally try to create aggression via drugs in American
soldiers.

It appears that chiropractic occult ties have been beneficial in its fight for
acceptance. The occult world has
worked hard to keep chiropractic within its domain. This is why you will find
Christians exposing the occult
connections to chiropractic such as T.M. Clement’s book A Warning to Christians
About the Origins of
Chiropractic. (Moses Lake:WA, date of printing not known).

As the reader will discover other sciences involving the relationship of the mind,
brain, the body and personality
have also been kept in the domain of the secret societies. Like Palmer, Dr. Andrew
Taylor Still, who founded
osteopathy, was interested in phrenology, hypnotism, spiritism, magic. The
reference book 10,000 Lamous
Lreemasons (Vol. 4) outlines his Masonic career in Lreemasonry. His writings
include such Masonic phrases as
"Great architect of the Universe." His grandfather had been Scotch-Irish. His
father was a Methodist Episcopal
minister, who was an abolitionist who fought with John Brown and the free-state
forces in Kansas.

Andrew Taylor Still ran for the legislature of Kansas Territory as a free-state
candidate and won in the Oct.

1857 elections. Later, he married Mary Elvira Turner, who was from the "burned-
over" district in New York.
She had been exposed to abolitionist ideas, phrenology, and hypnotism (called
mesmerism) which were all
popular in the area she grew. Her area of NY was where Spiritism began in 1848.
Horace Greeley of the NY
Tribune then made these seances with spirits famous. In 1867, after his children
died, Andrew Taylor Still
embraced spiritistism. Still’s beliefs in spiritism included ideas from Lreemason
Swendenborg’s writings. (Lor
details of Andrew Taylor Still’s life refer to the book Trowbridge, Carol. Andrew
Taylor Still. Kirksville, MO:
The Thomas Jefferson Press, 1990.)

A.T. Still built osteopathy on the foundation of teachings of men such as

phrenologist/hypnotists such as Joseph
Rodes Buchanan. Buchanan used hypnosis and manipulation of the head to radiate the
cerebral fluid from the
brain to the body, which was coming close to the basics of cranial osteopathy. How
did A.T. Still come up with
these new ideas? A.T. Still was able to study and conduct experiments on bodies by
raiding Indian graves for
bodies, which he says in his "Circumstances and Personal Experiences" he did
thousands of experiments on.

Certainly, he was unusual in having had a boyhood interest in digging up skeletons.

He also read every book on
anatomy he could find. In spite of his preoccupation with digging up skulls of
people, Still seems to have been a
decent person. Today, the occult world dislikes him. Why? In view of the historical
facts, and the historical
occult campaign to denigrate who Still was, it appears Still revealed secrets.
Still was interested in scientific
investigation. He proved things as he went along. He was a true researcher, and
contrary to many researchers he
was willing to openly share his knowledge with mankind.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 208 of 296

Andrew’s two brothers, Ed and James, were M.D.s. They may well have been loyal to
the occult world, and it is
speculated that this may account for part of their attempts to destroy the work of
Andrew Still. It appears that in
spite of Andrew’s own occult connections, Andrew Still wanted to give the world
cranial osteopathic knowledge
that the occult world deemed to be secrets.
Andrew Still joined Freemasonry in Baldwin, KS’s Palmyra Lodge No. 23. (10,000
Famous Freemasons, Vol.

4, p. 194). He came from a transgeneration occult background. He did speak and

write with the type of
terminology that the occult world uses, although today some of his "occult"
writings only appear so because
they are taken out of context. Recently, the Internet has a website with the "Sage
Sayings of Still" with excerpts
from a "spiritual diary" he kept. On the other side of the coin, the supposed sage
occult sayings of Still were
renounced by Still himself after he wrote them. He not only exposed occult secrets
that the bonesetters had kept
in the occult families for centuries, he made a point of tossing occultists out of
his school.

1 believe Andrew Still was one of those people that the generational occultists
could say, "He grew up and
dwellt among us, but he wasn’t one of us." No wonder the occult world has had a
campaign against him after he
died. After Andrew died, his son Charles an excellent compassionate skillful doctor
was to have taken over A.T.
Still’s Kirksville Osteopathic College. Instead, a rich financial backer, Warren
Hamilton, who owned pivotal
shares of stock placed James Still’s grandson into the Osteopathic College’s
president’s chair. The knowledge
that Still tried to get to the world was now stifled. As an example of where things
have progressed the Cranial
Academy (the American Academy of Osteopathy) is now situated in three buildings in
Indianapolis that are
identical copies of the Great Pyramid, & use pyramids for their logo. (By the way
one of Dr. A.T. Still’s great-
grandnephews is William Still who wrote the book New World Order. William Still is
descended from the
doctor’s brother Thomas, who was an M.D. William’s father was a U.S. general who
was part of World Order,
and although William’s book was great, when one considers how the NWO order creates
their own opposition
and how double-agents are created, this author has some personal reservations on
what is happening with
William. For those who haven’t obtained a copy of the book, this author recommends
it.)

Back to discussing Still’s ideas. Eventually, A.T. Still developed his own ideas
for healing the body without
using drugs, or the dangerous medical practices of his day. In 1874, Dr. Andrew
Taylor Still, devised
osteopathy, a medical practice that seeks to help the body via manipulated of the
bones. 16 Osteopathic Schools
have successfully sprung up in the U.S. over the years to serve the need for
osteopath doctors. A few others
failed. A small specialty within the Osteopathic medicine is Cranial Osteopathy
which has the Cranial Academy
(formed in 1946), which is a component of the American Academy of Osteopathy. The
Cranial Academy is
headquartered at 1020 Market Tower, Ten West Market St., Indianapolis, IN 46204 in
a building that looks like
3 Egyptian pyramids.
Osteopathic students who have taken a Basic Cranial Course approved by the Academy
are eligible to apply to
the Cranial Academy to learn about osteopathy as it applies to the skull. Just
recently, in June 20-23, 1996, they
had their annual conference at Walt Disney World Village, Lake Buena Vista, FL.
Walt Disney World happens
to be a major mind-control programming center and the significance of this was
brought out in Chapter 5.

The Cranial Academy, founded by occultist Sutherland in 1946, is affiliated with

the Applied Academy of
Osteopathy (this AAO is a group that is concerned with manipulative work, & also
based in IN). WG Sutherland
developed Cranial Osteopathic concepts. It appears that the occult world were upset
enough with Andrew Still’s
revelations, that they planted WG Sutherland into the new science to bring the
science back into the realm of the
occult world. Sutherland (and those that followed him) was not above spewing out
disinformation. Another
leader following Sutherland in the field was another occultist Fulford, who helped
insure that the Theosophists
and Rosicrucians took over the science that A.T. Still had tried to give the world
in a scientific form. Fulford,
almost a god to some of the doctors interested in cranial osteopathy, functions as
a bulwark to prevent most
doctors from learning the deeper arts of manipulation.

Only a small inner group are taught the most advanced manipulative methods and
anatomical details. The
crucial cranial research work is being done privately by doctors affiliated with
the Rosicrucians and this
research is reported only in their literature for Rosicrucians only. The American
Osteopathy Association helps to

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 209 of 296

keep things low key by making no reference to the Cranial Academy in their
materials, and only referring to the
AAO once.

In 1953, one of the leading Cranial Osteopaths, William G. Sutherland, an American

of Scottish descent, formed
a foundation called the Sutherland Cranial Teaching Foundation in Denver, CO to
promote the teaching of
Cranial (head or skull) Osteopathy as developed by Sutherland. The cranial
osteopathic work is taught by the
Cranial Academy, but the inner knowledge, the inner secrets that are needed to
successfully use cranial
manipulation for mind-control are not taught by the Cranial Academy. This is taught
privately by doctors who
keep their relationships to each other secret. The inner core leaders (the top 3)
of this small highly proficient
group were all based in the south, and have all died since 1990. They have been
replaced by carefully recruited
handpicked successors.

There are occasion groups in other places that do cranial work. Some research on
bioenergy and bone motion
was done at the Univ. of Michigan School of Osteopathy and the Upledger Institute
based in Florida has taught
a very mechanical and rudimentary version of cranial work. These are just side
activities. The U.S. Air Force
and Navy provide scholarships which cover full tuition, books and living expenses
for certain applicants to go to
osteopathic college for four years. This has been carried out via the Director,
Washington Office, American
Osteopathic Association, Cafritz Building Suite 1009, 1625 Eye Street, N.W.,
Washington, DC 20006.

One of the military Cranial Osteopaths is a Maj . Beverly I. Maliner, and another
is David R. Lemme at the
Naples, It. Naval Hospital. There are reports that this hospital along with other
American military sites in
Europe are being used for mind-control. However, that does not necessarily connect
Lemme or Maj. Maliner
with government mind-control. This author knows of no evidence that would connect
them. The military has
used civilians to carry out some of the mind-control on their bases for decades, so
they wouldn’t have to use
their own people if they didn’t want to. The military has conducted secret research
into the effects of skull bone
movement, and traumatic skull injuries which are still classified.

One example of many of the type of modern research done is Susan Ann Bloomfield’s
Ph.d. dissertation "Site-
specific changes in bone mass and Alterations in Calciotrophic Hormones with
Electrical Stimulation Exercise
in Individuals with Chronic Spinal Cord Injury." Her research showed that
electrical stimulation of the muscles
around spinal injuries helped the bones grow.

The casual researcher will soon find out that Cranial Osteopathy is a hidden
subject. One of the better books
discussing the potential of Cranial Osteopathy and how it works is a hard-to-get
out-of-print book Craniosacral
Osteopathy by Ronald R. McCatty. As this subject is so important to mind-control,
this author availed himself to
find a copy of the book and to study it. Some of the techniques described in the
book will be hard for regular
doctors to verify. If the curious were to use standard medical tests such as X-rays
or MRI (which are too big),
they will not get anywhere in discovering the details of how to manipulate the
skull. The science is much more
minute than these tests. An M.D. who asked the Cranial Academy about cranial
literature was told that their
literature is copyrighted to the writers and not available to other professions.
This is an example of how
protective the Cranial Academy is of their knowledge and they aren’t even teaching
the hard core inner secrets!

The secret cults continue their iron grip over the deep secrets of cranial
manipulation. They continue their
monopoly over who gets benefited by cranial work, as well as who is destroyed by
cranial work.

In review, a number of sincere men have tried to develop Cranial Osteopathy

including Dr. Andrew Still in
1874. Interestingly, as soon as each one of these men began discovering new
techniques informed members of
the occult world would take over their work, and insure that the work was kept
within the confines of the occult
world. For instance, Dr. Sutherland’s experiments revealed to him that Cranial
Osteopathy could influence the
way a person thought and their personality. In the book, With Thinking Fingers The
Story of William Gamer
Sutherland by his wife Adah Strand Sutherland, she writes, "It was Dr. Sutherland’s
cherished dream that a day
would come when the benefits to the mentally ill through the cranial component in
osteopathy would be
investigated to the satisfaction of scientific insistence; that it would be
approved and made available
institutionally, in the curriculum's of osteopathic colleges as well as in the
majority of private

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 210 of 296

practices." (Sutherland, Adah S. With Thinking Fingers. The Cranial Academy:

Indianapolis, IN., p. 62).

However, clever people in the occult world saw that Cranial Osteopathy could not
only be used to help the
mentally ill, but to control the minds of people. They realized that this valuable
information could not be shared
with the world but should confined to the occult world where its full evil
potential could be exploited.

Part of why it was so easy to hi-jack Sutherland’s research is that he wrote very
little. He wrote only two short
articles. He didn’t like to write, he liked to do research and work with people.
Strangely, his wife divorced him,
and a Rosicrucian lady married him. The details of it all have the feel of the
occult world moving in and
micromanaging Sutherland’s life in order to control his research. Two years after
Sutherland died in ‘54, his
Osteopathy Cranial Association was already starting to praise a new age type of
"Christ" in its literature. Anne
L. Wales, a Rosicrucian, archived his work, and it is through her that we have
received some of his work. She
makes sure that when Sutherland’s ideas see the light of day, they are steeped in
occult Rosicrucian ideas. This
helps insure that sincere non-occult scientists disregard what appears to be
Rosicrucianism, rather than the
research of a doctor.

Anne L. Wales has been more than a Rosicrucian. She was a member of the Church of
Scientology, which is
practicing trauma-based mind-control and which is a recruiting organization for the
OTO and the Process
Church which are also both practicing total mind-control in coordination with the
Illuminati. This author is
aware of two separate victims of trauma-based total mind-control who came out of
different Rosicrucian groups.
As their are several groups claiming Rosicrucian philosophy, this author hasn’t
sorted out if there are any
Rosicrucian groups which AREN’T being used as repositories for mind-controlled
slaves. In other words, it
appears that all Rosicrucian groups contain mind-controlled slaves.

Rosicrucianism (its various forms) has long attracted membership from the medical
community, and there is
evidence that it even recruits in the medical, chiropractic and osteopathic
schools. The Rosicrucians, who like to
track their history back to the alchemists, brag about their large numbers of
medical members. AMORC
indicates that at least 1 1% of its members are doctors. The Rosicrucians also hint
about their secret medical
experiments and secret medical knowledge. One Rosicrucian claim to fame is their
mystical theories about the
connections between the mind and the body (particularly the skull & nervous
system).

The luxurious Clymer Health Clinic near Philadelphia offers cranial treatments at
very modest prices by their
staff of Rosicrucian chiropractors. Rosicrucian (& high ranking Mason) Swinbourne
Clymer, MD, donated the
land and funds for that clinic early this century. Clymer was a millionaire with
eccentric health ideas. He
financed the entire Rosicrucian Philadelphia-based group, too. His writings have
tidbits that show he was an
insider. Their headquarters has pyramids with capstones. Their books mention the
Illuminati with great
frequency. It is beyond the scope of this chapter, but there are connections
between theosophy and
Rosicrucianism and the Illuminati.

Theosophical groups tie in to the Nazi’s religious beliefs, and today theosophical-
minded young people are
showing an interest in cranial manipulation. In other words, the interconnections
between the occult world begin
popping up when one investigates cranial work. One outspoken Doctor of Cranial
Osteopathy (DO) Donald E.
Woods, recently spoke out in the journal of Cranial Osteopathy entitled The Cranial
Letter against the occultism
that clearly controlled his specialty. He wrote in protest, "Yet, in the past we
[cranial osteopaths] have bordered
both on being a cult and on being occult. We must be neither to be effectively
acceptable in health care, and it
can be done since osteopathy, including Cranial Osteopathy, is based on valid human
physiological and
anatomical truths. Where do cult and occult fit in?". ...Occultism says you do not
have to pay attention to any of
the old rules. Everything goes. Kick the walls out. Be tolerant of everyone’s
behaviour.... Both the cult and the
occult have the tendency to think that things outside their sphere of influence are
unreasonable. They might say,
"It is necessary that you belong to our group." (The Cranial Letter, Aug., ‘94,
Vol. 47, No. 3, p.9)

While this letter printed in The Cranial Letter helps establish to the reader the
occult world’s influence in cranial
osteopathy, the Cranial Academy may have printed this because the doctor in
question is a multiple and they are
possibly helping him separate himself publicly from the occult. And while the
secrecy of cranial manipulation

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 21 1 of 296

has been well kept, the Cranial Academy is considering disbanding itself, and
letting the 16 osteopathic schools
teach a more basic form or cranial work, which would further isolate the secrets
for occult’s elect.

Osteopathy itself has been accepted into mainstream medicine and one medical
reference book states, "It is
important to note that the osteopathic system of diagnosis and therapy is used in
conjunction with the standard
medical procedures of drug and surgical therapy." The curriculum at an osteopathic
college or school is almost
identical with that offered at the standard schools. The most popular school is the
Chicago College of
Osteopathic Medicine. There are approx. 150 osteopathic hospitals in the U.S. Most
osteopaths are general
practitioners and only 20% of the osteopaths specialize. Of these only a tiny
percentage do Cranial Osteopathy
full time. Of the small clique of DOs (Dr.s of Osteopathy) who do Cranial
Osteopathy full time (Note: there are
about 150 DOs nationwide that spend approx. 100% of their time doing Cranial
Osteopathy— which no. was
determined by this author using info provided in the Member Information Directory
of the Cranial Academy.),
and then based upon observations at programming sites and other criteria there is
an inner circle of about 9
doctors who understand Cranial Osteopathy well enough to use their skills for the
Illuminati in mind control.

Recently, there have been a number of magazine articles, for instance, American
Medical News, June 26, 1995,
p. 3 which discusses how osteopathic medical techniques of manipulation are
becoming more acceptable to
mainstream physicians and to the public. The article mentions that the American
Osteopathic Assn, is getting $6
million for research. Obviously, the American Osteopathic Assn, is politically
correct and moving with the
stream of today’s general trend toward new age ideas, and a global government.

Many osteopath doctors specialize. A Canadian government survey of chiropractors,

osteopaths, and
naturopaths in Canada revealed that 66% of the Canadian osteopaths specialized (See
Royal Commission on
Health Services Study of Chiropractors, Osteopaths and Naturopaths in Canada.
Ottawa, Can: The Queen’s
Printer, 1966, p. 166), a figure much higher than revealed in a study of American
Osteopaths in A Statistical
Study of the Osteopathic Profession, Dec. 31, 1960, Dept, of Information and
Statistics, American Osteopathic
Association, May 1961, p. 2 Table 7.

In the Canadian study, osteopaths reported specializing in headaches, neurology,

cranial work and cranial
osteopathy. Their naturopaths reported specializing in fields including psycho-
therapy, radio wave,
electrotherapy, and cranial correction in mongoloids, spastics and body
reconstruction. In exploring mind-
control, it must be born in mind, that the American CIA was quick to recruit
Canadians to help. Some of the
cranial osteopaths themselves appear to be in controlled trance states, so they may
well be under total mind-
control themselves. These people are obviously of Celtic (probably Illuminati)
bloodlines.

BONE & SKULL STRUCTURE

Bones are alive and changing. It might be helpful to review what bones are made of,
and how they change and
grow, just in case the reader had some misconceptions such as that bones are fixed
solids that don’t change.
Bones within the human body, esp. the skull give support and protection. Bone is
comprised of "an organic
matrix synthesized and deposited by osteoblastic activity, calcium-phosphate
precipitates, and a mineralized
phase of hydroxyapatite, which is primarily composed of calcium and inorganic
phosphate (Robey, 1989). The
primary ingredient of the organic matrix is a collagen in the form of fibers that
are extensively cross-linked,
applies to 90% of the matrix. There several types of collagen, Type 1 predominant.
This are is Numerous
noncollagenous proteins have also been discovered in bone, including some which
have been identified as
growth factors. Bone development and turnover is regulated by various bone cells
(see Teltelbaum, 1990)

The exact method the body uses to recreate new bone is too complex to describe
here, but let it suffice that
researchers are studying all the minute complexities of the abilities of the body
to produce bone. Old bone is
constantly being absorbed and reproduced new. BMUs are important to development of
new bone, (see studies
like Frost, 1965, & Parfit, 1987). According to the Wall Street Journal, Feb. 23,
1996, p. A1 (in both Eastern &
Western editions) some physicians are remolding lopsided skulls of infants with
unnecessary surgery when the
only problem is the child’s sleep position, and the lopsided skull can be corrected
with a head band rather than
surgery.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 212 of 296

In terms of head shapes, which can be created by skilled manipulation of the skull
bones, a Vertical Strain
Superior is associated with passiveness and dissociation. This is why some of the
cults are either manipulating
people’s heads or recruiting people that have long faces in their cults. The
vertical Strain Inferior is said to be
connected to criminals. The programmers for the NWO have been intentionally
manipulating people’s skull to
get passiveness and dissociativeness.

Daniel Whiteside and John Wesley Grossman did extremely valuable work in
statistically validating the clear
connections between 60 behavior traits and physical structures. The physical shape
of the brain is related to how
the brain’s cells are proportioned. This science is called Structure/ Function.

Daniel’s father Robert L. Whiteside was one of the founders of 3-In-One. Robert
wrote an amazing book Face
Language. The Air Force academy used it in three of their courses. Prior to
encountering Robert’s book, this
author has noticed that the Japanese and Chinese have done a great deal of research
and writing in this area. Our
own language has come to reflect some of our intuitive ideas about Structure/
Function such as: "He is level-
headed." "She is nosey." "He’s a real high-brow." and "He leads with his chin."
(cf. Face Language, p. xi-xii)

Whiteside takes 40 pages to identify traits that are shown by the eyes. Then he
explains traits that are shown by
the mouth area. Then he deals with overall facial traits and finally profile
traits. For instance, a large difference
between one side of the face and the other indicates how much the individual
changes with their mood change.

If the head steadily gets wider as it runs from the mouth to the ears, then the
person has the trait of
acquisitiveness. A person who loves to be precise with words will develop little
lines that fan out from the inner
corner of the eye toward the cheekbone. The 3-In-l college doesn’t teach that the
face reveals all behavior, but
they teach their students what to expect from people, so that they can communicate
better.

Another 3-In-l publication Advanced ONE BRAIN by Gordon Stokes and Daniel Whiteside
reveals eye modes.
NLP has also been teaching some of these eye modes to detect what a person is
thinking. Another publication
provides charts (designed by William Mariboe) which explain different traits and
how they exhibit themselves
physically. For instance if the eyes are extremely wide apart, the person will
either see an open viewpoint as
valuable or feel inadequate. The chart then charts out how the trait (of emotional
tolerance) will exhibit itself
under different circumstances. For instance, in doing a job they tend to loose
track of time. Perhaps the value of
all this in not clear in the reader’ s mind. In terms of mind-control, if you know
what physical structures will give
you a particular trait, you can enhance what you want by skilful manipulation of
the skull bones.

The key to manipulating the skull lies in the fact that the skull bones actually
float on the Cerebrospinal fluid,
while the brain floats in the fluid. In the booklet The Cranial Bowl by William G.
Sutherland (1984), he writes
about what he calls "the moulding technic". The moulding technic is the reshaping
of the skull. He writes on
page 28, "The moulding technic is especially adaptable to children, and even to the
adult well along in the later
period of life." In the booklet, he goes into details about the cerebrospinal
fluid.

CEREBROSPINAL FLUID

The Cerebrum (brain) and the spine float in a fluid that surrounds them. This fluid
is called cerebrospinal fluid
and is referred to on page 1050 of the massive anatomical reference book Gray’s
Anatomy 36th Brit. ed. (edited
by Williams & Warwick, printed by W.B. Saunder Co., for Churchill Livingstone). In
1920 and 1938, Weed
published research on the circulation of the cerebrospinal fluid. As just one
example of many of the roles that
the CS Fluid plays within the brain, that has been discovered is that the carotid
artery has a branch that passes
upward through a water bed of cerebro-spinal fluid. The CS Fluid follows that
internal carotid artery to the
choroid plexus, so that it can perform the function of interchange with the
arterial blood. The CS Fluid is "in
command" of this exchange. (I mention this because see how this ties in with the
5th brain?)

In fact, a Fourth Ventricle Compression is the most valuable and powerful CSF
technique for helping people. (It
is mentioned simply to show people the effect that CSF has on some very important
brain areas.) Because the
brain and spinal cord float in a fluid, a brain weighing 1,500 grams in the air,
only weighs 50 gr. in
cerebrospinal fluid which distributes the brain weight more evenly. The fluid
itself is clear, slightly alkaline with

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 213 of 296

a specific gravity of 1007. About 100 mis of CS Fluid will exist to float the brain
and spinal cord. The spine rests
in this cerebrospinal fluid, which has waves that approximate the breathing rhythm
of the body. 50% of the
cerebrospinal fluid is manufactured in one part of the head (choroid plexuses), and
spends its time fluxuating. It
is absorbed and replenished, as other body elements are. The plexuses which are
located in the lateral recesses
of the fourth ventricle also put cerebrospinal fluid into the subarachnoid space,
and this supplies the cerebello-
medullary cistern and the pontine cistern with fluid. The cerebrospinal fluid makes
up a single fluxuating system
of fluid within which the central nervous system/brain operate. As the brain coils
and uncoils, waves of motion
(energy) fluctuate in a spiral pattern through the cerebrospinal fluid in the
skull, down the spinal column and up
again, so that there is motion from front to back in the head and also laterally.

As the human brain develops the CSF seems to appear at the earliest stages. The
brain goes through stages of
development as the brain-spinal cord divide. The forebrain develops into several
items, the midbrain into two
parts, and the hindbrain into the first three brains. The cerebrospinal fluid is
manufactured by the body,
fluctuates in a single Head-spinal cord system and then is absorbed and replenished
by the body. The fluid does
not circulate like blood. The fluid and the skull bones continue to fluctuate even
if a person holds his breath. As
long as the CSF oscillates like it should, things are fine, but if something occurs
to pervert the rhythms, the
health of the person goes down. Loss of sleep can influence the rhythms adversely.
If the occipital motion is
restricted schizophrenia can result. When severe spheno-basilar symphysis locking
occurs, there is frequently
manic-depression. Most people are totally unaware that these mental problems may be
resulting from a CSF
problem.

Very little information is let out about the cerebrospinal fluid. Very little is
released to the public about how
over a period of time Cranial Osteopaths can develop the manipulative skill to
control and change the
fluctuations of these fluids. Only a few top people are allowed in on the secrets,
and those people are
handpicked members of the occult world. Some of the top Cranial Doctors are under
Monarch-type mind
control themselves. The osteopathic libraries are staffed with people loyal to
keeping cranial osteopathic secrets
within the occult world. Could other doctors teach themselves? The ability to
manipulate the cerebral-spinal
fluid is an art that has taken years to develop, and for practitioners to learn. As
stated, the tests that doctors rely
on such as x-rays and MRIs are too big and clumsy to be of any value in this area.
The doctors would have to
“reinvent the wheel and then the automobile” if they wanted to self-teach
themselves. It often takes two to
three years of study in this area, before a doctor is able to feel the movement of
the fluid.

The cranial bones have sutures between them, that allow a skilled person to move
them. The sutures have been
proven to move as much as 1/20 of an inch. The trained finger can perceive the
natural motion of these sutures
even if the natural motions are only 1/40 of an inch. In McCatty’s excellent book
Essentials of Cranio-Sacral
Osteopathy, (Bath, Eng.: Ashgrove Press) p. 3 he states, "Contrary to some schools
of thought, all circumstances
being normal, the cranial sutures (or joints of the head) do not fuse— regardless
of age, race, sex, or geographic
location. They are perpetually motile, influencing the dynamics of fluid exchange
and mebraneous tension
within the cramo-sacral mechanism."

When early cranial osteopaths like Sutherland looked at the skull and its membranes
and cartilage they realized
that the 18 human bones that make up the head were actually designed to articulate
(move slightly). In fact,
researchers have discovered the cranium has 3 distinct oscillations. (Magoun,
Harold Ives, D.O. Osteopathy in
the Cranial Field, p.322).

Maud Nerman, D.O. presented the outline of an interesting lecture and lab class
that she gave in 1992, entitled
"Visualizing the brain under our hands" in which she taught the techniques for
feeling the bones of the brain
move with CS Fluid fluxuations, as well as sensing what it was doing internally.
Coordinating the movement of
the skull bones with the movement of the CS Fluid was called "directing the tide"
by W.G. Sutherland. His
Journal of the Osteopathic Cranial Assoc, reported successes doing this. Ronald
McCatty teaches that "some
heads are less pliant than other". The practitioner will rest his trained hands on
the head, wait, and allow the
cranial motion to teach the cranial osteopath what is happening or needs to happen.
The client will usually be
laying down, and the doctor will be relaxed and focused. The motion of the CS Fluid
is called the Cranial
Rhythmic Impulse (CR1). It will pulse about 10-14 times/mm. in normal adults and
12-16 times/mm. in

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 214 of 296

children. When a person is frightened the CR1 can stop for up to 20 seconds. (The
mind is literally frozen.)
Tranquilizers will slow the CR1 rate down, as well as poor health.

For someone who has been traumatized, such as with electroshock, the very mention
of the traumatic event, will
cause the CR1 to temporarily stop. The cranial osteopath does not really force any
bones, but rather gently
encourages a skull bone in the direction it should go. Lightness of touch is a
necessity. An example of the health
benefits of the trained osteopath is given by McCatty, "That kink in the straight
sinus can be, and often is, one of
the primary causes of epilepsy and internal hydrocephalus..." By treating the kink
the osteopath takes care of the
problem, where the standard method is often to give the subject strong drags.

To give an example of how the CS Fluid (CSF) can relate to our state of mind,
consider the following by
McCatty, "And again, change of direction of C.S.F. from anterior-posterior to
lateral is of paramount
importance in the sleep-wake phenomenon. When you are standing there is parallel
action of C.S.F. flow. When
you lie down with your head on a pillow this alters, you impinge on one or other
temporal bone, you decelerate
C.S.F. activity. You, as it were, slow down the pendulum. You inhibit parallel
action. By inhibiting this
pendulum you automatically produce an anteroposterior swing which is
parasympathetic; that is to say, the parts
of the automatic nervous system that slow down the action of the heart when the
body is not under stress, in
order to conserve bodily energy." This author thought it was exciting to understand
better how the mind/body
relaxes and slows down when we lay our heads down.

TRANSCENDENTAL MEDITATION (TM) & the HINDU CONNECTION

Years ago, back in 1974, this author was a West Point cadet who was watching the
U.S. Army introduce TM
into the academy. It was presented as a scientific technique, and many officers,
some friends and other cadets
availed themselves of the chance to train themselves in TM’s mystical method of
training. A fellow cadet who
was already trained in martial arts quickly learned the techniques. After initially
maintaining a safe distance, this
author decided to investigate TM after I got out of the military. The U.S.
government gave substantial grants to
get TM introduced into this country. Fortunately, Christians didn’t sleep long, and
exposed that TM is
Hinduism. Everyone that is taught TM is initiated into it by the TM instructor
singing a puja (worship) song in
Sanskrit which is a Hindu devotional song while incense and candles burn.

Until the Christians exposed this, our national government went blithely along in
promoting Hinduism into our
public schools. For instance, the Dept, of Health, Education, & Welfare gave a
$21,540 grant for 150 high
school teachers to learn TM. TM has grown to be a powerful organization, with many
organizations set up
attached to it. It has its international headquarters at Hotel Sonnenberg in the
Swiss village of Seelisberg.

When I investigated TM back in 1975, this TM instructor who was friends of mine,
talked about her experience
at Seelisberg. From the conversation with her it was obvious that people had had to
surrender their will to the
organization to go to Seelisberg, and some mind altering experiences had taken
place there. She participated in
the Siddhi program to be able to dematerialize, walk through walls and levitate.
But the program clearly had
emotionally disturbed her and others who had been in it. Once a person is involved
in the higher levels of TM,
you don’t just walk away from this cult. From my personal observations, I
discovered that TM is involved in
some types of mind-manipulation, and that the organization is not above using
deceit on unsuspecting people.

What then becomes doubly interesting is that after observing these things, I
learned that TM have a large
interest in the cranial osteopathic techniques which can alter the mind and
personality of a person. For instance,
this author has obtained a list of TM instructors in Santa Monica, CA area who are
also Doctors of Cranial
Osteopathy. (But bear in mind, this whole thing is bigger than labels, when people
are interested in the occult
they study eclectically.) These TM Cranial Osteopaths are concentrated where TM has
a secret MUM Mountain,
CA training site. There are cranial doctors in the nearby towns of Aptos, Capitola,
Cupertino, Hollister, Los
Gatos, Salinas, Santa Cruz, Saratoga and Watsonville. It’s boggles the mind that 12
cranial doctors are needed
for the rural area near MUM Mountain, while L.A. only has 10. Concentrations of
cranial doctors occur in close
proximity to TM centers, particularly around the Maharishi University in Fairfield,
10 as well as the secret
MUM Mountain training center. Other cranial DOs who are part of TM are scattered
about the United States.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 215 of 296

Another observation which I made, was that some of the people that got really big
into TM are still searching
for something to fill the voids and needs of their life. TM didn’t turn out to be
as big of an answer as they
expected. TM is not the final answer. However, the Maharishi who brought TM to
America has a college in
Fairfield, Iowa (the Maharishi International University) and 20 North American
"heavenly communities"
operating in the quest to create a heaven on earth. The Maharishi International
University has been used for
medical experimentation on people. The close connections between the leadership of
TM and the Illuminati
leadership suggests that TM is being used as another haven for the NWO’s mind-
control to be perpetrated on
unsuspecting victims. There are bone-setters in India also. Perhaps the Maharishi
got his original interest in the
potential for mind-control via skull manipulation in India. Wherever the interest
came from, it is evident that
TM in America is involved in skull manipulation for its mind-control results.

The 3-in-One school Connection.

If one wants to surrender oneself to a cult, and allow one’s mind to be control, in
order to learn, the 3-in-l
school will be happy to teach you about what others would call phrenology and
manipulation of the skull to
control thinking. The school has a number of courses. They do not call their
principles phrenology. Nor do they
call their instmction mind-control. They identify to the student areas of the head
and what type of thinking that
area of the head is involved with. They also provide information so that their
students can evaluate how people
will act based on the shape of their heads and how that shape will interact with
other shapes. The school is
located at 2001 West Magnolia Blvd., Burbank, CA 91506, ph. no. 818-841-4786. They
teach Ericksonian
Hypnosis (good for programmers to know), Bodywork (inch cranial osteopathy, which
is good for programmers
to know), and they teach NLP, Mind-controlled relationships (along with scripts),
Mind-controlled adolescent
problems, and a pantheistic religious philosophy/religion.

When the 3-in-l school got started they were teaching muscle-testing and other
important skills to their students
(who can become "facilitators" in teaching others). The muscle-manipulation they
have taught is extremely
gentle and way beyond what the chiropractors knew. The school in California began
about 10 years ago and
then a few years later they began to tighten their hold on all their graduates and
their students. The school has
been drawing students from Europe, Japan, China, Russia, and South America (incl.
Brazil). They have moved
more and more toward being an occult cult or perhaps an Illuminati front.

When given information that their muscle techniques could be used to help
multiples, they have made it clear
(according to one school administrator) that they are not interested in helping
multiple personalities. One school
administrator named Gordon Stokes said, "We’re off in another direction." In fact,
Gordon Stokes is the founder
of 3-In-l. (Technically, a co-founder, Daniel Whiteside and Candace Callaway
helped. Some speculate that the
Three-in-One name refers to this triumvirate, and perhaps to their relationship
together.)

Gordon Stokes has been reported to be a member of the BOTA which is an

international Mystery School of the
Hierarchy. BOTA stands for Builders of the Adytum. It is a Qabalistic-Hermetic
Order of adepts founded in the
1920s by Dr. Paul Foster Case reportedly on direction by the hierarchy. The BOTA
teaches higher states of
consciousness to its adepts. It is located at 5105 No. Figueroa St., Los Angeles,
CA 90042. Daniel Whiteside’s
parents are deeply involved in personology. And Candace Calloway’s mother, their
book keeper, has also been a
major figure at the 3-in-l school. This 3-in-l school in Burbank seems to be a
finishing school for Illuminati
programmers. The school ridicules people who want to examine their life or have a
conscience. Christianity is
considered to be an obnoxious tyrannical religion by the school. The information
that they teach would be very
helpful for mind-control programmers, and their occult philosophy would scare off
moral people from
participating.

The 3-In-l research has been geared into how the brain works. Their research shows
that if a person has more
brain cells in a particular region of the brain, they are more developed in that
intellectual area. For instance, if
the Action-based-on-feeling area (the parietal lobe) has lots of cells, the person
will be more active than
thoughtful. If the person has more cells in the brain’s Conscious-associational
thinking area (frontal lobes) they
will think more than act. They call their system based upon this research
comparative cell proportion. There
were many ancient works that noticed personality traits in relationship to head
shapes.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 216 of 296

Three-In-One article "The Background of Structure/Function" states, "You can read

about the basis of
Structure/Function in the Hebrew CABALA’S book of ZOHAR (which is literally
Aristotle’s
PHY SIOGNOMONICA) as well as in the writings of Maimonides and those of almost
every famous Arabian
philosopher during Medieval times." (Stokes, Daniel. The Background of
Structure/Function, 1991, p. 2) The
Cranial Academy’s The Cranial Letter also picked up on the connection between the
Cabala and cranial
manipulation.

A class on the "Cabala and Osteopathy" is advertized in the May ’95 issue, p. 9.
Until Freud captured the
interest of students of the mind, phrenology was psychology. Phrenology studied
what could be measured,

Freud got people looking for the hidden. In 1938, Dr. Edward Vincent Jones improved
upon Phrenology and
classic Physiognomy and developed Personology. His system was an instant hit and he
was given the go ahead
and conduct research on inmates at San Quentin Prison, and what is now LA’s giant
USC County Hospital.

Interestingly, it was not long after Jones’ research there, that Cisco Wheeler’s
father (trained as a programmer)
was assigned by the Illuminati to organize covens in the San Quentin Prison. The
Whitesides became disciples
of Jones research and went on to statistically validate his system. One of their
best students then was Gordon
Stokes of Sacramento, who then moved to San Francisco to be better trained by the
Whitesides. As mentioned,
sixty traits have been validated statistically. By looking at the skull and head,
the skin, the body tone, the eyes,
and other areas, the practitioners of Structure/Function can accurately tell a
person’s personality. Because this
type of information has been in the possession of caballists, it is not surprising
that the average person is
ignorant of all this. However, the potential for good or evil with this knowledge
is tremendous.

They also used Applied Kinesiology to defuse emotional stress. For this work they
divide the brain into the
dominant side (the left), and the alternate side (the right). Then each of these
hemispheres is again divided
between the fore and back brains for defusion. Applied Kinesiology is used to gain
information about a trauma,
and the defusion is used to release any negative emotional stress around an
incident. (This also possibly could
be used to dilute the emotional impact of some assignment done by a slave.)

In the first 3-In-l newsletter of 1995, pg. 1, they write, "Self-image is the key
to good learning performance.
What ‘magic’ do we use to help slow learners and people labeled as ‘learning
disabled’ change for the better so
dramatically." This is just one minor example, of how these groups like to reframe
what they do in occult terms.
The mind-control programmers need only have someone skilled in the manipulation of
the cranial bones and the
skull bones and they can with repeated delicate precision reshape a person’s skull
and also his brain’s shape,
thus manipulating the personality & looks. Photos of Marilyn Monroe (Erma Jean)
during her life strongly
suggest that type of cranial manipulation was done to her for mind-control
purposes.

The occult world has maintained a dogged resolve to keep the deeper cranial
knowledge and skills secret. Dr.
Sutherland’s wife wrote his story With Thinking Fingers. She states on pg. 62, "It
was Dr. Sutherland’s
cherished dream that a day would come when the benefits to the mentally ill through
the cranial component in
osteopathy would be investigated..." If that was his dream, it is being hijacked
today by those who see it as a
tool for power over their fellow men.

B. GENETIC ENGINEERING

A great deal of secret experimentation has gone on in underground installations

with genetics. This author has
had the privilege of debriefing someone who worked at the Area 5 1 underground
installation. He was murdered
after having had several long interviews with this author. Truth is stranger than
fiction. It goes without saying
that the Illuminati has gathered up every hair-brained idea for controlling and
manipulating the human race.

That doesn’t mean everyone of them has been attempted, but they have the means to
carry out very bizarre
experiments in their underground facilities, such as the ones at Area 5 1 .

There is no question that they have tried to augment natural human features and
replace natural human parts.
Who knows what weird transgenetic or cybernetic beings have been created? This
author knows that they have
been successful in some of their work at reshaping humans. This author has
accumulated a great deal of

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 217 of 296

information on the underground installations from eyewitnesses, but there is no way

of knowing what is
accurate and what is disinformation. However, a few details are definite. These
underground installations are
massive and they involve genetic manipulation to create new species or breed
special types of people. In the
Vol. 2 book, we discussed the Aquaman subspecies that the NWO has created with
gills and special skin. These
people look like normal people unless observed closely. They had extra genetic
material inserted in the genetic
material that created them. They are called Transgenic humans because they still
closely resemble other people.

In order for transgenetic humans to pass their new added features to the next
generation they need to mate with
other similar transgenetic humans. However, the NWO has been secretly creating
Chimeras. Chimeras is the
widely used name for beast-men. This research is generally not for the public to
see but is done in some of the
underground facilities listed in Appendix 2. An example would be a creature that
was half human and half some
other beast.

On a BBC TV show on Oct. and Nov. 1988, the British showed the result of a gorilla
being artificially
inseminated with a human sperm. The experiment was done by British researchers
working for the government
and the result ended in a child looking remarkably like a normal person. However,
the common people who
viewed it were outraged. Most people are not really excited about scientists
playing God and destroying the
human race by genetic tampering. Of course the scientists who do these genetic
games have lots of excuses and
rationales, many of which have been put into print, to justify their research.

People are being bred for specific purposes by the Illuminati, just like this
author bred dairy cows. Parents with
certain desired features are obtained. (In fact, the Nazi’s secret superdog
Lowenhertz Dogo Argentino - which
looks like a race of weight-lifting dogs, and the secret 100 yr. old Paraguayan
Nueva Germania colony of
special bred Aryans are still in existence.)

The NY Times had an article on 9/17/92 where a Washington psychiatrist Dr. Peter
Breggin accused the federal
government of a genetic "violence initiative" in which the government was involved
with genetic research as it
relates to crime and violence. Dr. Susan Solomon, is one of the government’s
leaders involved in researching
violence. However, from what this author can gather, the government’s research is
far more reaching that the
NY Times’ article even begins to imply. By genetic breeding and manipulation, the
Illuminati are trying to
strengthen certain mental features. Considering that this has already been done for
centuries by mankind to other
species, for instance, when mankind domesticated the horse, the dog, the cat, the
lama, the chicken, then it is no
secret that a docile servile slave class of humans can be created. The primary goal
of this Illuminati breeding is
to create a class of people who can work together with others (herd instinct), and
who will take orders willingly.
Independent thinking and intelligence are not wanted. Educational goals and a
world-wide educational system
that can accommodate these types of workers is being created world-wide to deal
with the eventual working-
class- drones that the Illuminati want to create. The creation of this educational
system at this present time has
four goals, 1. to develop a group mindset, 2. to have education carried out by the
multinational corporations, 3.
to have students educated on the premise that truth is relative, 4. to teach
compliance.

Already the public schools in America are gearing up for the government to dictate
what occupations young
students can study for. In other words, our educational system is being set up for
mind-control, and this is to
eventually work hand-in-hand with worker slaves that have the genetics needed to be
good compliant stupid
slaves.

There have also been studies of intelligence such as the five volume Genetic
Studies of Genius started by L.M.
Terman in 1925, (pub. by Univ. of Stanford Press). The World Order has specific and
successful methods to
create a class of technical people. At this point, people whose thinking abilities
have been created by the
monitoring/ manipulating of their genetics is a small but increasing number.
Genetic control of breeding is
unfortunately where the programmers are headed. This is not happening for the
genetic betterment of the human
species, this is for the perverted lusts of these demon-possessed megalomaniacs who
think they deserve to rule
with a sadistic iron fist. Those who mistakenly think the mind- control programmers
are trying to improve the
human race, need to get to know the programmers better. (See Appendix A for
biographical information on
some of the programmers.) Those poor gullible naive people who think that when the
global masters visibly

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 218 of 296

introduce the New World Order that the NWO will be tolerable if they can simply
keep their noses clean, not
fight back, and do their jobs, are sadly mistaken. They do not know the dark -
sinister side to these global
masters. As one man very close to the center of power said to a common man about
the men who rule the world,
"If you stepped on an ant, you would have more conscience than the global elite
have in manufacturing wars
and killing millions of people. They want power and they intend to amass total
power no matter what the cost."

• Another area of ILLUMINATI DECEPTION & CONTROL-

Ionizing radiation used in conjunction with chemicals to manipulate the genetics of

the mind; or say this another

way: USING RADIATION & CHEMICALS TO CHANGE GENETICS associated WITH THINKING.

When a retired high-ranking military man first told this author that radiation
research had to do with mind-
control, my reaction was probably like most people’s, puzzlement. I thought that
radiation was quite lethal and
that genetic research with radiation was to protect us from some kind of atomic
attack. Wrong. That is a nice
cover story.

Since that retired colonel (who may not have long to live) talked to me, others
have said similar things. Like
many things that the World Order does, if we don’t have a frame of reference of
what is going on, we can live
around what they are doing day in and day out and never see all the clues as to
what is going on under our
noses.

One trauma-based mind-controlled slave (Chris DeNicola) spied on the files of the
doctor who did radiation
experiments on her. She saw the following radiation file headings, & their codes:
Canker Sore (D-7040), Laser
Documentation (D-7000), Nautical Science (D- 1015), Pediatric Radionthology (L-
6542) [One idea is that this
file might pertain to child alters.], Penetrating Wave Activity, Radiation
Experimentation (L-6540), Radioactive
Distortions, Radioactive Material Contamination, Radioactive verification,
Radioactive Waves, Radionthology,
Electrolite Prodigies Experiments (654-011), Laser Light Distortions experiments
(654-012), & Laserlight
Technology experiments (101-015). One reason, that this author is providing the
code numbers of these files, is
that memories of slaves who are involved in these experiments or projects often are
internally coded with these
file codes. The date the experiment was done will also be added as part of the
code.

When this author researched their genetic research, I was utterly amazed at how
many institutions world-wide
are carrying out deep research into genetics— much of which will contribute to the
enslavement and mind-control
of the human race.

Just a sampling of countless labs working hard on this mind- control related
genetic research include
Brookhaven National Labs. Upton, NY; John Hopkins Univ., Baltimore, MD; Institut
fur Genetik, the Free
University of Berlin, Germany; Institute of Hygiene & Epidemiology, Czech.;
Radiation Genetic Lab &
Chemical Mutagenesis, State Univ. Of Leiden, Sylvius Labs, Leiden, The Netherlands;
MIT, Cambridge, MA;
Gesellschaft fur Strahlen und Umweltforschung, Munich, Germany; National Inst, of
Environmental Health
Sciences Research Triangle Park, NC; Sandoz Labs in Basle, Switzerland; Biology
Division, Oak Ridge
National Lab, Oak Ridge, TN; Roswell Underground Labs, NM; Stanford Research
Institute, Menlo Park, CA;
Shell Labs, Kent, England; University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI; the Zentrallabor
fur Mutagenitatspriifung
der Deutschen Forschungsgemeinshaft, Freiburg, Germany.

This is just a tiny sampling of the enormous world wide research devoted to
genetics that pertain to mind-
control. While there are numerous surnames among the genetic researchers, because
this author knows as a fact
that some of these researchers are Illuminati, it doesn’t quiet one’s curiosity to
see the better known Illuminati
surnames such as Dupont, Hersey, Fox, Frey, Jung, Li, Paterson, Stuart, Sinclair,
Sutherland, and Russell
appearing among the genetic researchers doing research that pertains to mind-
control.

Obviously, this author can’t give all the ways they have figured out to use
radiation, along with chemicals and
genetics to control the human race. I will try to give you a peek in the window.
The real deep & dangerous
information is of course highly classified material and protected by their mind-
control of those scientists who

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 219 of 296

work for them.

When I say mind-control, that includes such methods as blackmail and threats of
assassination .

There is a type of radiation called ionizing radiation-that means it is radiation

that gives off electrons (thus
producing ions). There are many different types of ionizing radiation. Some go
right through the body, some
damage the cells, but the body repairs itself, some causes genetic changes, and
some simply hits your cells like a
sledge hammer & kills them.

The ionizing radiation that changes genetics has been the focus of an incredibly
enormous amount of (mostly
secret) research. Genes are instructions that tell non-life material how to
organize itself into something living. A
gene consists of genetic material called DNA and RNA. Genes also provide
instructions for how something is to
develop. As a person or animal develops, the genes interact with the environment to
create what the person or
animal is like. For instance, different breeds of dogs when born are more similar,
than after they grow up.
Different breeds of dogs have been bred for different genetic traits, and as
different breeds grow up, their genes
continually interact with the environment to create the adult dog.

So full genetic expression can take a life-time. The link between genetics and
behaviour can be seen in this
quote from the Quarterly Review of Biology (art. by T.C. Schneirla, 1966, p. 283),
"Behavioural ontogenesis is
the backbone of comparative psychology. Shortcomings in its study inevitably
handicap other lines of
investigation from behavioural evolution and psychogenetics to the study of
individual and group behavior."

Genetic psychology has revealed that the genes program in methods for an organism
to adjust to their
environment. So genetic instruction is, for instance, more than just the
instruction "be smart, be aggressive, be
tall" but it is tailoring the way a person’s develops to deal with its environment.
In other words, behaviours are
programmed into a person via their genes (genetic instructions) to provide
mechanisms for quick, dynamic
adaptions to changing circumstances. These mechanisms (created by genetic codes)
may even have the person
(or animal) reverse their behaviour for purposes of survival.

120

A 0 9 0

0 0
A

240
>00

91

MPA?

V I

D
9

210

i r

» 0
V

«"

It

in
v

r 9

| 9

1
«

121

••0

f,

&

KOCTOC
A A

jt

p «

-L.

_L

1S1

*40

171

t
k K

r;

L K

J2_
400

191

9 M_

L V

0
X

A
___

I K

M T

O 9

<3

211

720
ML

MW

0 0

i»

I 1

1
A

*o*

2*1

040

> > Labs can take a sample of material, like a strand

of hair, separate out the DNA material, & map &
display the genetic coding by computers. The
actual codes which life uses to construct biological
Items are known by geneticists. The DNA code for
a polypetide named ALY»NC is underlined below.
A hexamer & octamer contained within ALY»NC are

bold underlined. The genetic instructions before &

p after are given too.

8-1

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 220 of 296

Within the human brain (also all mammal brains) all the neurons are believed to be
generated before birth with
the exception of the following cells: granule cells of the olfactory bulb, fascia
dentala granule cells in the
hippocampus, the granule cells of the cerebellar cortex, and the granule cells of
rhombic lip in the brainstem.

Its the brainstem cells that the Illuminati manipulate through brain stem scarring
to produce photographic
memories for their scientists and computer programmers. The germinal cells create
neurons in the germinal
zone. Brain cells with a common function develop from a common lineage although
from different sites. After a
new neuron develops in the germinal zone, they migrate to whatever location they
are to live in. The
complicated process of how a neuron discovers where to go (migrate to in the brain)
has been not been
discovered according to what this author has read. When neurons establish
themselves they deal with certain
neurotransmitters, that establish communication between them and other neurons.

Researchers have discovered that neurons can change their own make up to take
different neurotransmitters if
they decide their "environment" in the brain needs it. They also grow their
dentrite connections depending on
what type of connections are needed for that particular brain to function. For
instance, a piano player will
develop dentrite connections to be able to play well.

These discoveries show once again that even on the cellular level, genetic
instructions are complex and designed
to give flexibility and adaptability of the cell to the situation for the cell.
Genetic programming begins at the
cellular level. There is a cellular consciousness besides the consciousness that we
think about. DNA structures
which are inherited affect the cellular consciousness. Body memories are contained
within the physiological
structure. The first brain and the body work off a stimulus-response recording
mechanism. Body memory and
programming are stored at this level. This is an area of the brain that is always
on. However, its view or
perception of events is not an exact copy of what other higher brains are thinking.
Your conscious mind doesn’t
remember how the stairs and the room are arranged, but in the dark, you primal part
of your mind helps guide
your steps.

Various drugs and chemicals have been identified that influence particular learning
sequences in the mind, such
as imprinting. For instance, hexamethonium chloride antagomzes the nicotinic
actions of acetylcholine on the
ganglia, or in other words, acetylcholine will depolarize the ganglia but is
prevented by the hexamethonium.

The overall result is that impulses that the sympathetic ganglia would transmit are
blocked. This is just one
example of countless examples of how a specific chemical can affect a specific
brain action.

There is a branch of genetic research called "developmental social behaviour

genetics" which deals with how
genetics program in social behaviours of animals and people. For instance, these
geneticists study how genes
create aggression, courtship, territorial behaviours, behaviours involving mothers
and fathers, dominance
(peeking order) behaviors, sexual behaviors, attraction behaviors, recognition
behaviors, etc.

Men are very much controlled by the sexual lusts, power lusts, and aggressive
behaviors. Can the reader see
how genetic manipulation of these genetic based behaviors could radically change
the potential behavior of a
person. A fox’s genes cause him to react differently than a rabbit’s genes. Having
a rabbit grow up in a fox
home is not going to change the genetic instructions. (The Bible even says, Can a
leopard change it’s spots?)

But the World Order has figured out how to change those instructions.

Genetic researchers had to begin sorting out behaviours, and sorting out genes that
affected them. For instance,
genes create a person’s (or animal) reproductive "instincts". These instructions
include instructions on fighting,
nest building, mating, and care of their offspring. These genetic instructions are
different for different people
and different animals. Researchers into imprinting have discovered that IF a set of
animals (or people) is
prevented from learning a particular imprint, and IF that set of animals breed,
THEN they pass on a lack of
ability to receive that imprint. In other words, genetically we learn from
generation to generation.

Let’s say that we prevent men from naturally imprinting a sexual desire for women
as they grow up. If we mate
those men to women, the offspring will show a reduced ability to be heterosexual.
Males seem to develop their
sexuality, but females seem to react more on the basis of genetically present
"releasers". Genetic researchers

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 221 of 296
have gone in and identified what people’s behavioural instructions specifically
are, and how to change them.

The instructions are written in DNA, and manipulation of DNA can change those
instructions.

When I researched their genetic research, I found that they have developed maps for
how to change genetic
material to change those instructions concerning behaviour. The maps for changing
human genes related to
behaviour are classified, but an example of one that isn’t is found in the book The
Genetics of Behaviour (ed.
Ehrman & Parsons. Sinauer Assoc., Inc. publ.: Sunderland, Mass, 1976, chapter 8
figure 4.). This map shows 3
sites in a HK gene that are intentionally mutated by the scientists in order to
change the way a particular fly
sings its mating call. The specific changes in how the fly sings its new mating
call (after the genetic code is
changed by geneticists) are even graphed out in a recording graph in another book
Developmental Behavior
Genetics: Neural, Biometrical, and Evolutionary Approaches (ed. by Hahn et. al.,
Oxford, Eng.: Oxford Univ.
Press, 1990, Fig. 6-1.)

Again bear in mind that we only get the crumbs of what they know. We get a map of
how they can change the
way a fly sings a song— while they secretly keep the genetic maps to change human
behaviour! An easy example
of how genetics play a role in human behaviour can be seen in how infants behave
toward their mothers and
toward strangers. By using twins and adopted children, etc. it could be clearly
demonstrated that the behaviour
of a child in how it touches its mother was genetically inherited. But remember
that the genetic instructions as a
child grow older are designed to give it flexibility in relationship to its
environment, so the environment is going
to interact with the genetics to form the final behaviours. The study of these
reactions of genes to the
environment is called the study of epigenesis.

Another easy example of the genetic role in human behaviour is that intelligence
has been linked to brain to
body size. Genes ultimately determine that ratio of brain to body size. The factors
involved are largely prenatal
maternal influences. A great deal has been learned in this area. Brain size relates
less to body size than it is a
function of body metabolism. (See Research by Lande & Martin) To give a tiny sample
of the types of genetic
studies done in this area:

• Hahn, M.E., & Haber, S.B. "Dominance for large brains in laboratory mice..."
Behavior Genetics, 1979, 9, pp.
243-244.

• Fuller, J.L. & Geils, H. "Brain growth in mice selected for high and low brain
weight." Developmental
Psychobiology, 1972, 5, pp. 307-318.
• Riska, B., & Atchley, W.R. "Genetics of growth predict patterns of brain-size
evolution." Science, 1985, 229,
pp. 668-671.

Research into how to control humans genetically proceeded in several directions.

First, scientists realized that
radiation was the key to changing genetics. Radiation causes breaks and changes in
the DNA instructions. If
only one little bit of genetic DNA instruction is changed in 1 million bits of
information, that change could
radically change the life of the person or animal. We see that everyday cleft
lips... But how does radiation affect
genetics? DNA has been studied from every angle. DNA has been looked at, probed,
tested with all kinds of
chemicals and countless other manipulations. The scientists figured exactly how the
different DNA is
constructed, what makes it tick, how it joins, holds together, reproduces, etc.
They can disassemble and rebuild
DNA however they want. DNA is the genetic instructions.

Since radiation will affect DNA they tested a long list of ionizing radiation
substances on DNA. Different
radiations will break the DNA in different ways. Chemicals will join to DNA in
certain ways. Long story short,
there are millions of ways to manipulate genetic material, and the World Order set
out to discover how to
precisely manipulate certain kinds of genetic material in certain ways.

An example of how skilled they are in understanding most everything about to

construct and take apart the
molecules of genetic material, at Cold Spring Harbor Labs one of the 1997 courses
offered students is Molecular
Cloning of Neural Genes. They understand what makes a nerve cell and how to create
one. This science is

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 222 of 296

called molecular neurobiology. (This course at Cold Springs H.L. happens to be

taught by instructors from
Rockefeller Univ., Harvard, John Hopkins, and UC of Berkeley.)

One area of intense study for many years was a long-term scramble to find chemicals
that would cause different
types of mutations in DNA. This research was called Comparative Chemical
Mutagenesis. In fact one of the
books this author studied was entitled just that Comparative Chemical Mutagenesis
(ed. by DeSerres & Shelby).
This book’s Chapters 16-18, 22-25 are about chemical-genetic research concerning
how to create genetic
changes in mammals using chemicals !

When it comes to genetics, much of what is learned from studying one mammal will
apply to humans. The
chemical principles are the same, the DNA is written in the same code, only the
genetic instructions written in
that code is different. To make an analogy, this book is written in English. Once
someone understands how
English works, they can take apart a sentence and rewrite it. Top level Genetic
scientists know how to take apart
genetic instructions and rewrite them. Radiation used in conjunction with chemicals
presents them a tool for the
mass editing of human genetic instructions. No wonder the Chernobyl nuclear
accident happened. (Insiders in
the know say that it was caused on purpose.) What a great way to carry out more
mind-control research.

According to public research, genetic mutations were created by scientists in

mammal cells first in 1968. It is
likely that this had already been accomplished in secrecy before this. Labs all
over the world went about testing
genetic material with specialized chemicals to see what would happen to various
genetic material when it came
in contact with specific chemicals. Some of the commonly- tested mutagent chemicals
that were widely tested to
discover their "mutagenicity" (mutagenicity is the word geneticists use to describe
the power of a chemical to
cause a mutation) include:

Aflatoxin B1 (AFT)(This is a mold metabolite and is not always effective without

another agent.)

Cadmium chloride
Cadmium salts
Cyclophosphamide (CP)

Dimethylnitrosamine (DMN)

Epichlorohydrin

Ethylenimine

Ethyl Methanesulfonate (EMS)

Methyl methanesulfonate (MMS)

Mitomycin C (a strong mutagenic at low doses)

Myleran (aka Busulfan)

N.Methyl-N,-Nitro - N - Nitrosoguanidine (MNNG)

Natulan (aka procarbazine, this chemical was strongly mutagenic in the lab with the
presence of S-9, but weak
without the presence of S-9)
Tepa

Theo-Tepa

Trenimon

Triethylenemelamine
Vinyl chloride

When these chemicals (and others) were tested on genetic material, the mutations
they caused in the genetic
material were observed, and then the specific type of mutation each caused was
charted. Some caused
chromosome-type changes, others caused chromatid-type changes, and some caused sub-
or half- chromatid
changes (these sub-changes usually were in the mitotic portion of the cell cycle.)
When the chemicals broke
chromosomes they were called clastogens. Others cause chromosomes to lose genetic
material by damaging the
mitotic apparatus. Many of the chemicals that were first tested only produced
chemical changes in the
chromatid-type of change. They discovered that the protective mechanisms of
animals, plants and humans were
protecting against many of their induced mutations, but they also learned what
mutations they could create that

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 223 of 296

the body would not fix or recover from.

Along with finding out what certain chemicals would do, the World Order wanted to
find out what would
happen at the molecular level of DNA when subjected to different types of
radiation. The key to using radiative
material is that there are many different types of radiative substances, not just
uranium. For instance, cadmium
is radioactive and can be used in genetic manipulation. In researching radiation,
the first stage is when free
radicals are created. This takes only a very small fraction of a second. The next
is the chemical transformation
of those radicals into stable radiation substances, and finally the last stage are
the effects of these substances
when the body incorporates them. The effects of the radiation substances on a
person may last several years.
The effects of radiation take place on the molecular level of DNA.

When you and I went to school we were taught that DNA occurs as a double-helix
around an invisible common
axis. The core of the helix is a series of purine and pyrimidine bases stacked in a
parallel array and are arranged
almost perpendicular to the invisible axis of the helix. However, the reality is
that DNA can also exist in three
(triple) double-stranded helix stmctures which are called the A-DNA, the B-DNA, and
the C-DNA. At high
humidities the A-DNA will transform into a B- DNA if excess salt is in the area. In
A-DNA the normal of the
base pairs is tilted by 200 to the helix axis. In contrast, in the B-DNA the base
pairs are perpendicular. In some
viruses and bacteria single stranded DNA is found. DNA also comes in supercoiled in
some situations.

The point is simply that DNA occurs in ways other than we learned in school. They
discovered that the energy
of the sugar-phosphate backbone of the DNA allows for the DNA bases to be stacked,
and is the key to the
stability of the DNA. The verticle stacking of the bases gives stability of the DNA
helix. They discovered that
the helical structure of DNA is strongly influenced by its base composition and
molecular weight. I mention
these only to point out, that they know all about what DNA is and how it is built
and holds itself together.

The genetic-radiation researchers had to learn how the bases of the DNA held
together electronically. They
needed to learn how well these molecules of these different bases would accept
electrons or donate electrons,
because ionized radiation is substances that give off electrons or other ionizing
particles. Directly ionizing
particles are atomic particles that are charged such as electrons, protons, alpha
(a) particles, "heavy" ions, etc.).

An example of something the researchers found is that the cytosine base was the
best acceptor of all the DNA
bases. They began the process of testing different radioactive substances on DNA to
see how they would cause
mutations. To study this type of research, this author read several books such as
Effects of Ionizing Radiation on
DNA (Springer- Verlag Publ.: Berlin, Germany, 1978). An example of a chapter in
this book is "Radiation-
Induced Degradation of the Base Component in DNA and Related Substances". This
chapter shows charts of
what happens to DNA components (such as thymine, cytosine, & uracil) when they are
exposed to radiation.
This author wants to cover some details of the type of discoveries these
researchers made to make a point that
specific chemicals and specific types of ionizing radiation will produce different
effects upon DNA. Although
these are very specific minute details, the reason they are mentioned here, is that
the bottom line is that SOME
CHEMICALS WORK WITH SOME TYPES OF RADIATION TO PRODUCE SPECIFIC MUTATIONS.

They discovered that if a mutagenic such as aminoacridine dye is absorbed by cells,

this dye which binds to the
nucleic acids, absorbs light to such a degree that the cells are destroyed.
Different variations of dyes bind to the
DNA in different strong and weak binding processes. Lambda radiation was tested on
DNA. They observed that
positive and negative ions were randomly produced throughout the DNA and that these
are chemically unstable
and undergo free radical reactions to form stable radiation products. They
discovered that there was a consistent
"oxygen effect" which was made into a radiobiological law which described how the
presence of oxygen
enhances radiation damage in all forms of cell life.

Another interesting discovery was that 5-bromouracil (BU) enhanced the rate of
radiation-induced free radicals
forming within gamma-irradiated DNA. Researchers discovered that an naturally
occurring substance in cells,
the sulthydryls, would bind with iodoacetic acid and N-ethylmaleimide, which made
them radiosensitive, and
would result in certain mutations. Still one more example of a compound that works
with radiation to cause
changes in the DNA is triacetoneamine-N-oxyl (or TAN for short). This is a stable
free radical that combines

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 224 of 296

with DNA. TAN comes from a group of nitroxide free radicals which all have the same
influence on DNA.
Metronidazole (aka Flagyl) was also found to be another of the nitroimidazoles and
nitrofuranes that are oxygen
mimics that worked in the lab as radiosensitizers of DNA.

Chemical-Biological Weapons are referred to as CB Weapons. In a transcript attached

to the Dept, of Defense
appropriations for 1970 (part 6) that I have of CB Weapons researchers talking,
they indicate that the United
States has BZ which "brings about complete mental disorientation as well as
sedation which induces sleep. First
of all the individual is completely confused as to what he is doing or what he is
supposed to do and in addition
he has hallucinations. He cannot carry out his assigned duties nor can he remember
what his assigned duties
were." The affect of BZ lasts for about 3 days and then the person will begin to
recover. It can be given via the
air or the water. If it is drank or inhaled it will work. It takes affect about 1
to 1 Vi hours after it is ingested.

There are a number of corporations that can produce BZ in the U.S. At the time of
the transcript, it was stated
that BZ is $20/lb. and a lead time of six months for production.

Chemical incapacitants have been developed that affect the mental functions of the
mind in various ways.

Today, research and deployment continues of chemical and radioactive substances

that can control people. One
of the methods that chemical and radioactive materials work is to change genetic
structures. Some of the genetic
changes that can be created chemically, are chemical changes that affect the way
the mind thinks. In a nutshell,
we are looking at a situation where the thinking of an entire race could be altered
via chemicals dropped into
their air and water. How long would these genetic changes last? It is conceivable
that some of the changes might
have long range consequences. Again, the bottom line is that the World Order has at
its disposal radioactive
substances that can distributed in conjunction with chemicals to mind-control large
geographic regions by
genetic manipulation. These radioactive substances and chemicals can be distributed
over vast areas by the air
and water of a geographic region. It is conceivable that within a short time, the
United States will experience
chemicals administered via the air, or the drinking water used in conjunction with
specific external stimuli to
reinforce certain types of mind-control programming on a mass of people. A chemical
that makes people
susceptible to suggestion could be used over a geographic area while hypnotic
television messages and ELF
waves, etc. contribute to the mind-control operation.

Therapists are going to begin encountering victims of mind-control born in the

1960’s or later that have been
subjected to chemical-radiation changes to the genetics that control human
behaviour. There are already dozens
of very vocal victims of both radiation experiments & mind-control that are
speaking up. Unfortunately, the
ones that this author knows do not have a long life-expectancy, and speaking up
usually has the effect of
shortening a whistle-blower’ s life.

In this Deeper Insights book, the movie Jacob’s Ladder was mentioned. This movie
shows a unit in Vietnam
which was given a drug to make them aggressive, but the drug backfired because they
killed each other.
However, the reason the movie was allowed to be produced is that it was a good
cover for the fact that the
military did not give up, but that they actually succeeded in producing their
"magic chemical potion" to turn
soldiers into killing machines. The biology of aggression has been figured out.
Military studies on the
relationship between drugs and the ability to kill have been numerous, one example
is Gabriel, R.A. Military
Psychiatry: A Comparative Perspective. NY: Greenport Press, 1986. The World Order
has the ability to create
the warrior spirit, actually its worse than that, they have the ability to turn men
into killing machines.

WHAT WE’VE COVERED

As horrible as the physical manipulation of the brain and its fluids is, and as
monstrous as the genetic
manipulation of the growth of the brain as outlined in this chapter are, they are
only a few methods of mind-
control of many that the Illuminati have at their disposal. These techniques
seriously raise the question how
much longer will humanity as we know it survive? The next generation of children
will have to face mind-
control in the form of genetic tampering and the use of chemicals already
stockpiled by the NWO.

P_8-2.jpg

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 225 of 296

eh TH» Las Veo*s "JMmo photo hooei

COuM greatfy assst m confuting a mod-
contro ec sme The photo machme con
Do Ml with drTetw l backgrounds so the
person can be made tc appear in
anodw cotawy and w* also Wood the
person $ face with various animals, and
we drs'ofl a n othar ways in tho Gene
machete semng Hang a machine Ike
this along with hypnoas and drugs,
could aaast a nanok* in gerunety nvung
•canty met fantasy to toafy confuse a
slave They would have the photog aphc
ev Pence to some cover story.

aelow. Oogon Museum of Science and

industry OMSI. which has ISurrvrveti
-nemoers on its board cd (Vectors. lias
been used as a programrung see for tre
Network and me lumnas Recency, the
them* oldie Museum was Star Tre< The
OMSI museum acvertoed its Star Trek
theme on nrwtro buses, end benches
throughout Vie entire PorVand «'M The
author's pneto shows ona d the
museum's Star Trek bench ads. Vd. 2
covers Star Trek programmmg.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 226 of 296

9-1 -jpg

CHAPTER 9: THE SCIENCE OF MIND MANIPULATION BY PSYCHOLOGICAL

PROGRAMMING METHODS: BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION, PSYCHOLOGICAL
MOTIVATION & NLP

"STRIPPED" OF FEELINGS

PROGRAMMING TO HIDE REVEALING DREAMS

PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE
EFFECTS OF PROGRAMMING
FALSE IMPLANTED MEMORIES
PERCEPTION CLOUDS MEMORY

A person’s "selfhood" is hard to define, but one could view it as the central
important center of consciousness to
which the person has placed both trust and purpose. A professor of Pastoral
Counselling defined the self as "the
purposive core I have learned to trust in myself and others." Although this author
prefers his own wording as
written above, the definition of "selfhood" by this professor of pastors is in
agreement with this author’s. A
mature person is a person who has developed a "selfhood", a sense of self, that is
able to make creative choices
in line with values and plans for his or her life. By the destruction of the
"selfhood" of many of the alters, the
programmers derail the ability of the slave to make creative choices in line with
values and plans. Not only do
they destroy the sense of identity but they also destroy the development of values.

When a normal person grows up, the values, that an individual adopts, will enable
that person to integrate his or
her many actions into a cohesive unified agenda for living their life. What happens
when a person is not able to
adopt their own values, but is force fed values? What happens when the person does
not even adopt any values,
except to acquiesce to the brutal demands of a mind-control handler? The natural
process for developing a
unified agenda for life is cut short. The thinking of mankind is predicated on
socialization with other humans. It
is natural for people to want to work and be around other humans. The family,
neighbourhood, city and nation
all give an individual nurturing that fosters a sense of identity and values. What
happens if an individual is cut
off from society and most of humanity, in fact is even cut off from most of their
own mind and will?

What typically happens in this situation is that the individual becomes

demoralized, feels dehumanized, and as a
person is enfeebled to deal with life. What happens when a person is not allowed to
chose values freely, and
allowed to give consideration to various alternatives and the consequences for
these choices? It means that the
person is not going to be happy with the choices they make, but will go through the
motions of life in a rather
dissociated manner. What happens when a person feels powerless? Feelings of
powerlessness, can lead to
feelings of meaningless. And meaningless makes an individual feel trapped by life.
The meaninglessness
imprisons a person. The person no longer has the freedom to make choices, and
without choices has no real
values, and without values life becomes meaningless.

The above situations are standard results of the total mind-control programming
agenda. The person’s natural
built-in abilities to plan their life is short circuited. The person is demoralized
and feels incomplete as a human
because of his or her’s lack of connectedness to their fellow humans, and as a
result allows his or herself to be
dependent upon the master. Because they are forced to do actions without any
values, they dissociate their
actions from feelings. Finally, they feel trapped because they have no values to
give life meaning. A sexual
slave will be forced to have sex. They are not allowed to have a value system, or
else they would pick and
choose who they wanted to have sex with. The result is that they feel dehumanized
and they dissociate feelings
from their actions. Without values, life feels like one big trap, with no purpose
and no goals. The only purpose
the slave has is to survive the brutality of its master, that is to stay alive.

Some slaves give up along the way, and are discarded as unsuccessful attempts by
the Illuminati. The

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 227 of 296

programming agenda prevents the natural God-given gift for mankind to make their
own choices. As explained
above, this in itself reinforces several items that the programmers have been
intentionally creating such as
dehumanization, isolation, dependence, and dissociation. It is built into human
thinking to enjoy a sense of
accomplishment. This happens when a person perceives his or her life as meaningful.
The perception that his or
her life is meaningful results in the person feeling power. Powerlessness and
meaninglessness are two items that
are related to each other when we understand human thinking. A normal child in a
normal environment will
naturally learn when to tmst itself and when to tmst others. This is important to
the development of values. This
is important for a person to become mature. The programmers short circuit this
natural learning process.

The front alters continue learning who to trust and who not to trust, and when to
trust oneself, because they hold
the body from day to day. However, a special purpose child alter doesn’t experience
this. Without learning how
to trust, it becomes hard to make decisions by one’s self, and so the victim of
mind-control transfers the right to
make his or her choices to the programmer. By arresting the natural process of
learning trust, the programmers
detour the mind, so that it travels right where they want the mind to be.

Normally, a child would grow up, and as it grew up would realize that not everyone
can be trusted. He would
also come to realize that even his own self at times can not be trusted. Yet, the
child would also learn that there
are times that people can be trusted. This maturation of awareness moves a person
from being dependent toward
being independent. The programmed slave is afraid of seeking true love, and to find
authentic relationships with
people. Without these things, they remain incomplete and more pliable to the
control of the master, who then
attempts to provide in some substitute manner some of the things the slave should
have developed for himself.

Many of the slave’s deeper alters do not have the capacity to creatively look
forward to the future, with the
understanding that they can create their own life, their own future. The process of
maturation that would have
given that ability to them has been prevented from taking place. If these deeper
alters do not experience life
outside of their programmed trance states, they will have no chance to mature and
to realize that they are
capable to design and create their own future. Rather, the slave endures life with
anxiety and dissociation, and
limits his mental horizons to the present. The big reference point the slave has is
to their master and his
commands.

Many of the slave’s alters are limited in their freedom to really have
consciousness. Their thinking is below the
definitions of conscious behavior— it is simply programmed behavior. Our
consciousness has a big role in how
we perceive the world. How we perceive the world in turn determines our values. The
programmers can disrupt
the process of a slave obtaining values in life, by disrupting the consciousness.
Values in life are important in
determining how we build our world-view, our frames of reference. The programmer
constructs various worlds
for most of the alters (except for the front alters). These alters are never given
the chance for what psychologists
would label "conscious behavior" . Reality is not part of the package. Choice is
not part of the package.

In normal life, conscious behavior is developed by interaction between a person and

his environment and the
freedom to make real choices. The bare necessities are grudgingly provided in a
haphazard way to the alters of a
total mind-controlled slave, so that IF they are aware of their needs, it is at a
very basic level, such as survival,
and security and warmth. A fully conscious individual has gone way beyond that to
realizing his or her’s needs
for creativity, intimacy, community, justice, integrity, and spiritual fulfilment.

The challenge for the slave master will be to balance the freedom of activity and
maturity of the front part of the
slave’s alters, with the control that the slave master needs to accomplish his
nefarious goals. It is safer to bring a
slave up to have a world view dependent on others that lends itself to the owner’ s
agenda such as witchcraft
values & a witchcraft world-view, or a Mormon/ or Jehovah’s Witness/or Catholic
world-view of obedience to
the church, THAN to have the slave’s front alters becoming independent self-
directed mature thinkers.

It doesn’t matter whether the person’s front alters are Jehovah’s Witnesses, Mormon
or Catholic, they have
surrendered their personal sense of power and control to institutional control. The
victim ceases to do things
because of personal choice, but accepts institutional values as a cog in a machine;
and the person, whether they
realize it or not, loses meaning in their life. Personal choice, value and meaning
in life are all related. Because

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 228 of 296

man is made in the image of God, he has an inherent desire to have meaning to his
life. Mankind also has a
desire to be in unity with his environment. This is also a God-given desire. To
make himself feel at home in this
world, man spends much of his activity taming and domesticating the wild world to
conform to what feels
comfortable. What happens when this is stripped from a person?

In order to provide substitute answers to these desires of the slave, the

Illuminati’s covens provide rituals.

Rituals make the slave feel that some order is being brought out of the chaos and
nonsense of life. But true
meaning in life can only come from realizing the goals of our actual Creator,
Almighty God. Substitutes for this,
leave people unfulfilled and weak. Of course, the unfulfilled weak sense of meaning
in life of the Illuminati
members, can weaken some in their ability to realize their true spiritual
potential. It becomes a vicious cycle of
low base evil goals. Who will provide the safety for the deeper alters to move out
independently in life? and
then further, who will teach the deeper alters the social skills, and the other
skills to step out and grow? Even if
the complex programming should break its death-grip on an alter, (which seldom
happens) an alter can not find
freedom without some outside support system providing safety and instruction. The
bondage that most deeper
alters remain fixed in, is a very complex bondage of body, mind, and spirit. This
complex bondage calls for
group package answers, that address the type of issues that have been raised on
these last two pages. The lack of
this type of answer insures that few slaves will find full freedom. Partial freedom
is still slavery.

On the flip side, because deeper alters have not had a chance to develop their own
values, make their own
choices, and experience reality, the power of the programs will be diluted simply
by real life. This occurs even
in the absence of intense deprogramming. One of the weaknesses of the programming
is that the handlers often
fail to allow alters to ever establish real personal values. Hand-me-down values
that are accepted under duress
or torture, are quickly discarded if the alters ever do get free.

Illuminati slaves who accept the values of the Illuminati, and progress to
positions of power can be resistant to
freedom, because they have internalized for themselves a value system, have some
feelings of self-worth and
self-competence. The Illuminati have long understood the value in having their
members progress through the
levels of initiation, and to pass through tests that bestow a sense of achievement
upon the slave. When the
Illuminati in Bavaria had their safe houses raided, their paperwork showed
extensive disciple and training
programs. At first glance, raising an initiate through an initiate degree system of
training may not smack of
mind-control, but it is like an anchor that ties in the mind-control. It is
important for the Illuminati to attach an
occult value system to the mind-control so that the slave is more resistant to
wanting freedom, because their
self-worth and identity are tied up with the Illuminati.

"STRIPPED" OF FEELINGS

Another side-effect of the total mind-control is that the deeper alters of a

victim, and indeed often even the front
alters are unsuccessful in morally meaningful relationships such as love and
friendship. The reader may be
wondering, what does Fritz mean by "morally meaningful"? Allow me to take several
paragraphs to explain ...
Has the reader ever tried to recall a name which you knew, but your mind seems
blocked? And yet, when
someone offers this name or that name, you realize that it doesn’t have the correct
feel, the correct rhythm, the
correct beginning. Your mind can recognize what it is looking for on a subconscious
level, but you are not
pulling the name up to the conscious. Your mind can look for things on a
subconscious level and identify what it
is looking for, without consciously telling you.

Has the reader ever loved someone for many years? If you have, you know that you
didn’t consciously think of
them and your love for them every second of the day. Grief or love or another
strong emotion can lay in our
subconscious mind and yet still influence our thinking. It is not a matter of us
turning this love on. It simply is
there quietly in the background exerting its influence on our mind.

Grief, love, anger, and other strong emotions are similar to when our mind is
seeking for a name
subconsciously. These emotions seek out the appropriate scenes, and items in the
surrounding area, and colors
and sounds that go with the emotion that the subconscious mind feels. A blue person
will notice "blue, sad" type
things around them. Other things just don’t fit the subconscious fill in the blank.
In other words, our emotions

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 229 of 296

determine our perspective on what we see in life. Our emotional perspective guides
what items our mind focuses
on. This is why it is absolutely imperative for balanced human growth that a person
feel compassion, love and
sympathy directed toward oneself.

Feeling loved in turn opens the mind to focus its emotional-perception-guidance

system on compassion, love
and sympathy. In contrast with most people, many parts of total mind-controlled
slaves are never meant to have
feelings, or if the parts do, they repressed, suppress, and dissociate their
feelings. Our emotions play a
fundamental role in a person’s moral life. They transform values into actions. This
is what is called strength of
will, courage of convictions, etc. Emotions play a critical role in strength of
will and courage of convictions.

To be stripped of feeling emotions, strips the victim of one of the ingredients to

make and carry out moral
choices. This helps explain why emotions are harnessed so completely by the
programmers. When researchers
have studied unemotional people, they find that their dealings with others are
shallow, lifeless, and mechanical.
The programmers want their programmed assassins, espionage agents, prostitutes,
etc. to be mechanical. People
rarely want to form friendships with unemotional persons. Of course, the parts that
are created to interface with
the public are programmed to be effacious, gracious, and to sparkle. But the deeper
parts which influence the
victim’s own internal thoughts, which the victim wisely keeps to himself, fail to
connect with the outside world
emotionally.

Having been stripped of emotions, the slave is consequently stripped of one of the
most important ingredients
involved in morality. An unemotional or emotionally deficient person or alter may
suffer from a particular kind
of a "morally-weak will". This is because failure to do what a person believes is
good and failure to restrain
from doing what one believes is bad is a natural consequence of lacking emotions
such as care, concern,
compassion, courage, love and sympathy. Certain emotions are critical for doing and
being moved to do what is
right and in not doing what one knows is bad.

Friendships are one of the most valuable commodities a person can have. The victim
is stripped of external
friendships. They may substitute interactions within their own internal world as a
way to substitute for this loss.
In normal human activity, two people in love intertwine the activities of their
lives into the complex whole of
their love relationship. A walk together is not seen as a walk, but as a joint
expression of their relationship.

Humans emotionally value what is good for their friends and lovers. Without
emotional attachments, the
relationship is only a facade. The victims of mind-control are taught how to create
great facades. Unfortunately,
they fool many of their therapists, and therefore don’t step out of the make-
believe roles they play out.

Human love and friendship is one of the most vital, powerful, fundamentally good
items of human behaviour.
They provide the foundation for many other things. Without love and friendship, the
victim’s alters live in
isolation, alienation, abandonment, discontinuity, and purposelessness. Cisco’s
half of the book will discuss
some specific programming tactics that are used to hide the "shadow" alters that
are used to take any emotions
that the principally used alters might develop. What we have been covering is that
one of the side effects of
"stripping" the victims from feeling emotions is to cripple them from taking moral
stands, from seeing love &
concern in the world around them, and from reaching out & forming ties to the
outside world.

PROGRAMMING TO HIDE REVEALING DREAMS

The programmers realize that the mind is able to reveal secrets via dreams. During
the programming a Mother-
of-darkness will be assigned to a child and she will have to wake that child up
when it is in its deepest sleep to
ask the child what’s happening and if the child is dreaming. If dreams are
surfacing, the programmers know
their programming is not holding.

When the child’s mind which is being programmed no longer releases revealing
dreams, the programmers know
that their programming is holding. The front alters receive repeated programming
(hypnotic commands, etc.) not
to dream or to know their dreams. When the programming begins to collapse, the
deeper alters will begin to
dream and flood with memories. The slave must have their dream sealing programs
reinstated approx, every
http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 230 of 296

three years. If this is not done, dreams (which are actually memories) will begin
to surface. A therapist can also
help the victim train their mind to remember their dreams (dream state of mind).

PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE

A skilful programmer can use language to communicate at several levels. The

programmer can use derogatory
tones, big words that the child doesn’t understand and obscure language that
confuses the child in order to
humiliate, dominate and confuse the child. He can also pronounce the words with a
twist in order to protect the
programming. Have you ever met someone in the occult world who pronounces many of
his words strange? The
programmers are also big on play on words which are done intentionally to protect
the programming. The
victims of the occult programming must deal with symbology. Those who attempt to
understand programming
must also deal with the world of symbology.

The programmer must learn to think like a child and to step into the child’s world.
Likewise, the deprogrammer
must learn to step into the victim’ s world. Certainly, the deprogrammer wants to
stay grounded in reality, but he
also wants to be able to understand the world that the victim must live in. The
deeper parts of the victim lives in
a magical world, full of demons and powers from other dimensions. When the
Illuminati carry out
programming, they often frame what they are doing in magical and satanic terms.

Most therapists do not want to step into the victim’s world to communicate with
them. Just as the psychologists
want this author to step into the psychologists’ world to communicate with them,
the psychologist should realize
that the victim would like the same. It is irrelevant whether the therapist
believes that objects can be demonized
or not. The deeper alters have spent their life-time learning how demons attach
themselves to objects, and how
to gain power to cause demons to attach themselves to objects. A deeper alter may
have the occult wisdom to
place demons into a fluid so that that fluid can be drank by a child. From their
understanding of demonology,
these demons are so powerful that the only non-lethal entry for them into the child
is by the child drinking a
particular fluid. These images are the images that deeper alters experience during
the programming rituals. The
language & images of the programming will be very magical, mystical and satanic.

EFFECTS OF PROGRAMMING

The mind is a holographic type of memory. The psyche of the multiple personality is
a multiple image
hologram. The body is set up to match the mind. When one alter switches to another,
another hologram seems to
take control over the mind. This is like the instructions for the body are written
on a card, and when the switch
occurs, the holographic cards are shuffled like a deck of cards. In fact, the
programming have used this analogy
as part of their programming codes.

FALSE IMPLANTED MEMORIES

Once the truth about trauma-based mind-control began coming out, a massive
counterattack by the controlled
establishment occurred. This counter attack was that you can not trust the memories
of the victims. Numerous
establishment articles call attention to memory research, especially memory
research into how to implant an
illusory memory.

Two examples of this massive counterattack are Bruce Bower’s article in Science
News, 8/24/96, pp. 126-127
entitled "Remembrance of Things False Scientists incite illusory memories and
explore their implications". &
Harvard psychologist Daniel L. Schacter’s book Searching for Memory (1996).

First, these countless articles prove that the controlled psychiatric research
community is working hard at
developing techniques to implant false memories. This is indeed a big part of the
mind-control, producing cover
memories and false identities and false histories for alters. However, these
articles always ignore the enormous
evidence of severe abuse and government/cult involvement in the lives of countless
victims of mind-control.
This author has seen first hand the Illuminati-satanic cult-CIA involvement in the
lives of a number of these
people. The events of these people’s lives, which this author has often witnessed,
can’t be explained away by

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 231 of 296
poor memory. Further, traumas that are so severe as to cause amnesia walls, are
locked up by the mind and
preserved. They are like a mummy in a tomb in Egypt, that is still locked up in its
preserved state. Memories
that aren’t locked up can deteriate and be contaminated, just like a dead body that
is left to rot, but programming
traumas are not in that category of memory. Remember, the mind protect itself.
Research shows that the mind
does not want to latch onto false memories that hurt it. For instance, when
researchers try to get subjects to
remember a kind parent hurting them, the mind will resist the false memory.

PERCEPTION CLOUDS MEMORY

The brain in order to be efficient uses its framework of knowledge— its world view—
in which to hang new
incoming knowledge. This author’s Be Wise As Serpents book considered this to be
the biggest barrier to
people coming to the truth. Because education, television and society in general
control how people’s
framework of knowledge is built, and these frameworks are built skilfully to
exclude major truths that would
expose how the World Order is controlling mankind, it is really difficult to speak
to people about mind-control,
and the control of the world in general.

The victim of mind-control has frameworks built into his subconscious that make it
difficult to drive the truth
into their thinking. Memories are stored as they relate to these frameworks. An
efficient way around that is to
speak and teach in way that the subconscious mind is spoken to, and the conscious
barriers are by-passed. The
mind puts up a grid to prevent non-approved information from coming in that doesn’t
fit it’s accepted concept of
truth. Much of this grid is fear based. The problem for the victim is that once
their mind is bent a certain way by
the programmers, it will naturally create a grid to protect the programmed world-
view.

This is why the external philosophies-news broadcasts-disinformation from

establishment magazines, etc. that
are layered in on top of programming, (see Chapter 12) are like a protective coat
sprayed on to make sure the
foundation doesn’t weather over time. For instance, the front alters of some of the
most severely tortured
victims have latched onto the idea that Satanic Ritual Abuse doesn’t exist, and are
actually some of the greatest
public crusaders against people believing that SRA exists. The external
politically-correct view is in this case
protecting the deeper programming.

FAFSE FEEFINGS. Using drugs & hypnosis, and the creation story about God breathing
things into existence,
the "love" & "kindness" of the programmer is placed into Moriah the Wind. When this
is done, should a
gatekeeper alter hear something negative about their master, they instantly go into
the melting (drug memory)
where drugs made them feel one with their programmer. This is refrained during
programming as "the peace of
God."

ELDETIC IMAGERY. There is a type of visual imagery called eidetic imagery. 5 to 10

% of children have it,
but it is very rare in adults. Eidetic imagery is similar to a photographic memory.
People with eidetic imagery
can look at any object or page of numbers and when they look away the image of what
they have seen is as clear
as a photograph. They can focus on any detail of the image, enlarge it, make out
more details than what they had
originally seen, and then they can carry this image with them for several days,
just like the rest of us carry a
photograph. This author has not seen much info on this, & believes that further
research into this topic might
reveal some more methods that the mind-control programmers are utilizing. Child-
hood impressions &
memories can have a far greater impact and retention than adult memories. This
paragraph has only introduced
this subject of eidetic imagery & childhood vs adult memory ability.

FINAL SUMMATION. The programming regimen destroys the victims sense of self, so
that the person has
only an identity within the cult. The victim can not express rage over their own
victimization, but is encouraged
by the Illuminati’s satanic beliefs to express violence & rage toward others,
thereby creating a mechanism to
help perpetuate the mind-control. The rage also seeps out as self-punishment. A
deep loneliness sets into
victims, & they despair of hope. They see no place to turn to except to whatever
cult is controlling them. This
chapter has focused on the type of skills & knowledge psychologists study, & how
this knowledge can be
applied to insuring compliance by the slave.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 232 of 296

CHAPTER 10: THE 10th SCIENCE — USING SPIRITUAL THINGS TO CONTROL A

PERSON.
What makes a programmed multiple tick? This chapter will provide some of the most
important answers to that
question. In this chapter, you will be provided with important brand-new
information.

CONTENTS

PART A. Intro on the importance of spiritual programming tactics.

PART B. The history of Programmed Golem

KABBALISTIC BLACK MAGIC
PART C. The 3 foundations: Loss of identity. Fear, and Demons
UNDERSTANDING THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN FEAR & DEMONS
DEMON POSSESSION & SPIRIT GUARDS
The Use of Giving Demonic Assistance to entrap.

The Use of Occult Focal Points.

DOES IT GLORIFY DEMONS TO CAST THEM OUT?

PART D. A complete Chronology of how the victim experiences the early spiritual
programming. Steps a through o. (by Cisco)
FINE-TUNED

HIDING THE INTERNAL SELF-HELPER

INTERJECT DISKS

PART E. Specific spiritual programming maneuvers

WHITE OOI ,D- otherteformatie>B

PART A. INTRO on the IMPORTANCE of SPIRITUAL PROGRAMMING TACTICS

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 233 of 296

It is important for therapists and ministers to understand the spiritual

ramifications of what has been done. The
witchcraft, spells, and demonology is a way of life for the deeper alters. The
programming and the hypnotic
trances are deeply embedded into the ritual life of the deeper alters of a mind-
controlled slave. An enormous
amount of suffering has transpired because therapists have dealt with obvious
spiritual problems with
psychological techniques that aren’t even remotely related to the real problem.
Secular therapists can be quick to
offer glib criticism of the subject of demonology, a subject they often know
nothing about. (While Christians
generally acknowledge that mankind is in a spiritual war (cf. 2 COR 10:3-5), they
too are generally ignorant of
Satan’s devices, and are not skilled in dealing with spiritual attacks from the
world, flesh and the demons.)

An analogy for demonology is microbiology. Many people never see a virus, and many
people never see
demons. Some people still debate whether the germ theory of disease is correct.
There will certainly be
differences of opinion about demonology— anything said about it is bound to find
someone who disagrees. But
just like it has been useful for many sick people’s health to deal with viruses,
victims of Illuminati mind-control
have found it helpful to deal with demons. Demonology can be a useful subject for
understanding programming
from both a programmer’s point of view and a deprogrammer’s point of view. If this
information is useful, then
it will have served a purpose.

Men of God, who have found themselves in remote places (where trauma-based mind-
control is not practiced),
have found themselves confronted by obvious cases of demon possession that have
been successfully handled
by deliverance prayer. This author has personally witnessed many people who have
had wonderful healings due
to deliverances. I rejoice in their freedom. I pray that others who portray
themselves as therapists would come to
the same place that they could appreciate healings even though they do not
recognize the spiritual dimension of
human life, or even better yet, that they would recognize the spiritual side of
humankind. In Asia, it was
common for this author to see flies swarm over people and food. Demons swarm around
people in that type of
abundance. This is why the title Lord of the Flies (Beelzebub) is the name of a
chief demon, and is sometimes
used as another name for Satan himself.

Part B. The History of the Programmed Golem

KABBALISTIC BLACK MAGIC

A number of the Illuminati bloodlines (and sects) that are involved in trauma-based
total mind-control are
Askenazi hasidic bloodlines. Legends abound from the 15th century onward about how
the Askenazi hasidic
leaders created golem to serve them. These golem have been called "benevolent
robots". For those readers who
are unaware of where the word golem came from, it is used once in the Word of God
in Ps 139: 16, "Your eyes
[God’s eyes] saw my substance, being yet unformed. And in Your book they were
written, the days fashioned
for me." This is believed by the Kabballists to refer to Adam when he was only a
body without a soul.
Golem are believed to be soulless bodies. One can almost hear the rationalization
in medieval times when
torture, and black magic or a trance state ended up creating an alter personality
that this magical part was
viewed as soulless, because it was only created via magic. This personality (alter)
didn’t exist like real people, it
was merely a golem in the magicians’ eyes— therefore it could be abused or used as
a robot, because it was
soulless.

The use of Cabalistic black magic in mainline Illuminati programming in the deeper
aspects has led this author
to believe that during the torture of jews in the concentration camps— Dr. Mengele
was assisted by some
Askenazi hasidic black magic adepts who gave him some of the secret names of God.
The Cabalistic magic
viewpoint is that there are creative powers intrinsic in God’s names. God’s names
are used by the Illuminati for
such alters as the gems (jewels) from which other alters are created. For instance
the gems will be tortured while
Cabalistic black magic is employed to create more parts.

In such deeper aspects of programming, what occurs? Have the Illuminati programmers
created new parts via
psychologic torture techniques, have they created them with black magic or both?
One thing is sure, if the
"golem’s mind"— that is that if parts of the victim subjected to trauma-based mind-
control remember what

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 234 of 296

occurred, then it will be associated with a Cabalistic black magic ritual.

There are several other features of Cabalistic black magic that are important
features of Illuminati programming.
Many things pertaining to the mind-control have slipped out into public view at one
time or another but are not
recognized as having anything to do with programming. The European Jew Joseph
Achron wrote the musical
Golem Suite (1932) for an orchestra. The first piece of music introduces the golem
and the last piece of music is
the exact reverse mirror image of the first piece and it represents the
disintegration of the golem.

In programming, the deeper alters may have a musical cord to call them up, and the
reverse of that cord will
"disintegrate" them back into the mind. The following excerpts are taken from
Gershom Scholem’s book
Kabbalah. (NY: Keter Pub. House Jerusalem, 1974.) "General summaries of Kabbalistic
doctrine rarely referred
to its ‘practical’ side [which Scholem go on to explain is black magic dealing with
demons and blood]..." Of
course not, the practical side of the Kabbala is occult— secret knowledge. It is
the secrets of black magic.
"Various ideas and practices connected with the concept of the golem [mind-
controlled slave] also took their
place in practical Kabbalah through a combination of features drawn from the Sefer
Yezirah and a number of
magical traditions." (Kabbala, p. 183) The practical side of the Kabbala which was
concerned with creating
golem employed trances, magic and visualization. Scholem writes, "In this circle
the Sefer Yezirah was nearly
always interpreted in the manner of Saadiah and Shabbetai Donnolo [who was into
what is known as Satanism],
with an added tendency to see the book as a guide for both mystics and adepts of
magic.

The study of the book was considered successful when the mystic attained the vision
of the golem, which was
connected with a specific ritual of a remarkable ecstatic [altered state]
character." (ibid., p.40) Two other points
should be made showing the connection between medieval ashkenzim black magic
practices and the
programming going on today. The medieval jewish magicians would use the secret
Kabbalistic names of God in
accordance with detailed sets of instructions to try and create a golem. The golem
in turn would say the
combination of hebrew letters in reverse order. This has been done in modern
programming.

Further, the "Seal of the Holy One" in medieval times was written on the forehead
of the golem. This is the
word "emet". At some point the word’s first letter (an aleph) is erased and this
leaves the word "met" which in
Hebrew means "dead". Such types of sealings have also been done in modern times
with deeper parts of slaves.

PART C. The 3 foundations: Loss of identity, Fear, and Demons

The programming has three basic foundations, fear, rejection of God (which entails
the rejection of who they
are), and the entrapment by demonic possession. If the person is paralyzed in fear,
unable to seek God’s help,
unable to know who they are in Christ & to see God’s plan for their life, and lives
in bondage to demons, then
the Illuminati programming will hold.

The Word of God states that each person is intricately designed by God and
developed according to His plan
(Ps. 139: 14-16). A person’s self-image of who they are profoundly affects
everything else about them. The
Illuminati want to insure that the potential for good that the person is bom with
is destroyed or controlled. They
want the victim to feel rejected and cheated by God. This is what Colossians 2:8
warns about, & then the next
Bible verse states, "...for in Him dwelleth all the fullness of the Godhead bodily.
And you are complete in
Him..."

If the slave could ever be complete through their devotion to God, they would have
no use for their Illuminati
masters. The Scriptures in several Psalms teach that God made us in accordance with
His plans for our lives.
Even today He is not finished with us. "We are (present continuous action verb) His
workmanship..." Eph. 2:10
A 124 pg. secret CIA book Manual on Human Resources, 1983, (recently declassified
via the Freedom of
Information Act) states, "When a threat is used, it should always be implied that
the subject himself is to blame
by using words such as, "You leave me no other choice but to..." He should never be
told to comply "or else!"...
The threat of coercion usually weakens or destroys resistance more effectively than
coercion itself. For example,
the threat to inflict pain can trigger fears more damaging than the immediate
sensation of pain."

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 235 of 296

UNDERSTANDING THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN FEAR & DEMONS

Dr. W. Grey Walter, of the British Burden Neurological Institute at Bristol,

England did a lot of research
involving drugs, electroshock and demonology. Walter would drill from 50 to 100
holes in his patients heads
and then insert electrodes into their heads. The patients would walk around with a
beret-like covering over their
electrode implanted heads. The suborbital area of the brain was determined by
Walter as being the seat of
demonic fears. Walter would cause a small lesion in the paracingulate region to
calm patients who saw demons.
This in effect is like a miniature lobotomy. The electricity causes a selective
lesion. What his work showed was
that there is a connection between the area of the brain that creates fear, and
images of demons that people see.

The Word of God in 2 TIM 1:7 states categorically that "God hath not given us the
spirit of fear; but of power,
and of love, and of a sound mind." This means that the Spirit of fear comes from
the Satan and his world
system. The Spirit of fear is demonic, and it has the power to paralyze its victim.
This Spirit of Fear is nothing
less than a demonic anointing. That demonic anointing drives away positive angelic
spirits. Christ asked, "Why
are ye so fearful? How is it that ye have no faith?" The demonic anointing of fear
meant that faith was lacking.
If we listen to the Word of God, we get faith. (ROM 10:17). This is why it is
important to the programmers that
their deeper alters are programmed not to be able to read or hear the Word of God
(Holy Bible). If the victim
could hear the Word of God, they would receive faith, which would tamper with the
demonic anointing of fear.

On a spiritual level, our fears are open doors for Satan to carry out an act. It is
a vicious bondage loop, because
then the victim says, "I knew it was going to happen, I knew from the beginning."
Little does the victim realize
that the Spirit of Fear within them, opened the door for Satan to carry out his
will in that area. In fact, it is
standard procedure within the secret societies and intelligence agencies to
identify what fears their opposition
have, and then build upon those fears. It does no good to spread disinformation
about things that the enemy is
not fearful of. But if a fear is identified, they will play upon that as much as
possible.

In Howard, Michael, Strategic Deception in the Second World War. Vol. 5 of British
Intelligence in the Second
World War. W.W. Norton & Co.: NY, 1995, p.33-34, "One of the first rules of
deception is to play on the real
fears,..." On page 4 1-42 Howard quotes a British intelligence directive, "It may
be taken as a principle of
strategic deception that it is neither economical in time nor productive in results
to attempt to produce in the
enemy anxiety over an area concerned with which the enemy himself has had no
previous fear... Knowledge of
the trend of enemy anxiety was therefore of very great value... On the foundation
of fear, and having regard both
to inherent plausibility and to contact identifications which the enemy was likely
to have made, it was possible
to build up a fictitious and misleading structure and to represent Allied
capabilities and intentions as very
different from what they really were."

In this author’s previous writings, the connection between demonology and military
tactics in general and
specifically British intelligence have been closely documented. Military structures
are based upon demon
structures. It is no surprise then, that demons and intelligence groups study to
determine what a person’s fears
are. And it is no wonder that they attempt to instil as many fears as possible into
the victim.

DEMON POSSESSION & SPIRIT GUARDS

Christians are called upon to guard what was spiritually entrusted to them by the
using the Holy Spirit (2 TIM
1:14). The Illuminati do a mirror image of this, by layering in spirits (evil ones)
to guard things in the system.
For instance, in the VoL 2 book, the programming parallels to the movie Labyrinth
were discussed in chapter 5.
It was mentioned how the dogs portrayed guardians. Demons named Toto are layered in
to protect the spinner
kittens. If one were to try to activate the spinner kittens without going through
the proper chain of command &
codes, the guardian demons known as Totos, or after Dorothy’s Toto will be
activated. The spinner’s in fact are
often called "Dorothys".

Some other examples of guardians spirits that are placed into a system are Bes, the
spirit that rules the dwarfs;
Geb, the voice behind the earth God in a system; Pan, who has various roles,
including being a protector of the
green wood; and Shu, which is the voice "behind the wind" which controls the
internal weather within a alter

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 236 of 296

system’s world. The foundations of a system are the demons layered in at the
beginning. Spirits of Confusion,
Despair, Torment are called down by the programmers and laid in. Lying and Perverse
Spirits are brought in
too.

At first this may seem like very subjective sci-fi to the reader. Hopefully, after
the programming rituals are
described in detail, and a basic foundation concerning what demons are is laid, the
reader will have received a
more systematic understanding of the topic. The goal is teach the reader
programming as a programmer would
understand it. The victim should not be made ashamed of demonic attachments. That
serves no spiritual benefit
for the victim, and only contributes more guilt and shame, and adds to the problem
of giving them hope. The
victim has been a helpless victim.

"Mystery" demons (which is not their actual name) are placed into the child when
they are innocent babies. Part
of the power of the mystery demons, is that they are able to remain anonymous
within their host’s body. They
remain in the host secretly generally for the person’s lifetime. These mystery
demons have to answer to their
chain of command. Within a victim’s alter parts, are demons which have their own
ranks and commanders.
Christians who carry out deliverances will deal those commanders.

The Catholic Church, which has been so active in trauma-based mind-control and in
placing in the Spirits of
Legion into a victim, had one of their clergy write, "Evil is Someone, Someone who
is multiple and who name
is legion..." (Mauriac, Francois. Life of St. Margaret of Cortona.) The Catholic
Church’s official public stance is
that Demon possession is rare. On Aug. 15, 1972, Pope Paul VI put out a motu
proprio which abolished the
order of exorcist. This office had already become rather rare, and besides included
men who were mind-control
programmers. Cases of "demonic possession" of Catholics are occasionally taken to
places like Georgetown
Hospital in Wash. D.C. which is run by Jesuits working in tandem with the CIA.
Accounts of exorcisms of
Catholics are filled with clues that the victims of "demonic possession" are
victims also of trauma-based occult-
based mindcontrol.

This writer, trying to explain a difficult subject (demonology), feels fortunate to

be able to recommend a book
which does a good job of explaining it, this is Howard O. Pittman’s book Demons.
(Foxworth, MS:
Philadelphian Pub. House, c. 1988). I originally read the book in 1992, and have
had it recommended by those
who work in the area of demonology. The book is written by a devout Christian who
worked 28 years in the
field of law enforcement during his life. The book explains such things as: how man
is made in the image of
God (and as such is a clone, so to speak of God;) How demon possession has come
about due to man’s
sovereign will allowing it; & How demons can interact with the physical world.

He explains how Satan despatches orders from his throne which go through a chain of
command, and how
special emphasis is placed on Christians. He explains the forms of demons, their
expertise, how they can read
minds, and how they have no love for their master, and no love for themselves. Nor
does their master have any
love for them. (I, Fritz Springmeier, your author have discovered in talking to
people for years, that it is
essential for people to grasp that the mind of Satan is devoid of love, and that
where love doesn’t seek its own,
Satan’s mind always has his own interest in both mind & action. Everything in his
world system is functioning
for a goal of his, they are not random events, because he is a control-freak.)

Pittman describes warring demons— which look like giant humans and are the cream of
Satan’s crop.’ These
warring demons are assigned to formulate wars upon the earth. While Pittman is a
spirit-led Christian, it is
interesting that a non-Christian historian/author William Bramley, (of the Gods of
Eden), who believes that the
"aliens" were viewed as angels, has found traces of proof that the aliens (angels)
were involved in the creation
of wars down through the history of mankind. "Now the Spirit speaketh expressly,
that in the latter times some
shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits and doctrines of
devils; Speaking lies in hypocrisy;
having their conscience seared with a hot iron;" 1 TIM 4: 1-2.

Pittman writes about 1 TIM 4:1-2, "In this passage of scripture, we are told that
in the last days the devils would
have their own doctrine. We know that if the Bible tells us that devils would have
their own doctrines, then,
most assuredly the Bible would tell us what these doctrines would be. Evidence of
what the devils will be

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 237 of 296

teaching is found in the following passage of scripture: ‘But he knowing their

thoughts, said unto them. Every
kingdom divided against itself is brought to desolation; and a house divided
against a house falleth. If Satan also
be divided against himself, how shall his kingdom stand? Because ye say that I cast
out devils through
Beelzebub.’ (Luke 11:17-18)

From this very scripture, it is clear what the devils will be teaching as doctrine.
They will be teaching that
THERE ARE NO SUCH BEINGS AS DEMONS! Where are these demons teaching their doctrine?
They are
teaching it in the churches to the Christians! They are teaching their doctrine to
the very ones who have the
potential to believe that these demons are real and can expose these beings. If
Satan did try to reveal himself and
his helpers, then his house would be divided." Pittman warns, "From congregation to
congregation, from one
church to another church throughout all this land, we find preacher after preacher
playing down the existence of
demons and even the existence of Satan! Then, there are others who, when they admit
that Satan and his demons
are real, deemphasize their importance and capability. Not only are local ministers
doing this, but many
Christian authors are doing this through their books... The false doctrines of
devils are intended to enhance the
anonymity of Satan and his angels. Much of this misteaching is spread through good
Christians who have been
sold a lie and really believe what they say.” The Word of God is clear that not one
sin entered into this world
without Satan. Every sin committed by mankind is (according to the Word of God) the
result and influence of
Satan. However, because Satan and his demons are masters at deception and at
staying behind the scenes, and
remaining anonymous they are not discovered. They are better at such deception than
the intelligence agencies
that are Illuminati fronts, and to give credit where due, the NSA, CIA, and MI-6
are good at what they do.

The programmer will be looking for methods to open up a person to demons, and he
will be setting up scenarios
so that the victim will reject the Spirit of God in their life. 1 JN 5: 18 teaches
that a person’s identity in Christ
protects against the wicked one, so the victim’s identity in Christ will be stolen
very soon by the programmers.
According to the Word of God, submission and humility before God are also said to
be protections against evil
spirits. (cf. JS 4:7, & 1 PTR 5:6, 8,9). Resistance to catching demons, involves a
person "not giving place" to the
demons, (Eph. 4:27) and to be strengthened by Christ (Phil. 4: 13). How does this
happen? The Word of God
teaches us that the Spirit of God in our life repels demons naturally. A close walk
of fellowship with the Spirit
of God is one spiritually natural immune-builder. We need to get Christ deeper and
deeper into our lives.
However, the programmer will deflect this, and say that submission and humility
before God means to submit to
some church authority, and of course this church authority will be part of the
mind-control abuse system.

The Use of Giving Demonic Assistance to entrap.

One of the principles (giving tactics) of the spirit world is that if you go to get
help from demons, they have a
spiritual opportunity to enter into your life in other ways. This involves
spiritual laws. People, who have been
healed by occult healers, have discovered that it set them up for demonic activity
in their life. Of course, it is
easy to write this, but often only the victims of occult help, who have already
learned the lesson the hard way,
believe it.

The ultimate that Lucifer can pretend to give is divinity. Divinity is sometimes
symbolized by the Illuminati as
an 8 on its side or the infinity symbol. The divine within a hierarchy member is
called the High Self. It also goes
by the name Dian Y Glas or Blue God in the hierarchy’s parlance. The given names of
Joan, Janicot, Jean, and
Jonet are popular in generational witchcraft families because they mean the High
Self. The cabalistic name for
the High Self (internal divinity) is NESHAMAH. According to Illuminati hierarchy
beliefs, the High Self can
only be communicated to via symbols, music and myth that go through the unconscious
mind. In other words,
don’t talk to it, show it. This is part of the reason Illuminati witch covens make
noise in ceremonies, dance and
use objects, they believe these are essential to communicate to their High Self.

The Use of Occult Focal Points.

Another principle (giving tactic) of the spirit world is that focal points (occult
objects) are used to bring demonic
entities into a person’s life. I can not write a technical manual on the mechanics
of how or why the presence of
evil spirits is aided by amulets, rings, occult jewelry, rock & roll albums, etc.,
but the fact is, that demonic

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 238 of 296

entities ARE AIDED. It is common for mind-controlled Illuminati slaves to keep

demonized nick-nacks given
by their programmers, handlers or other contact people. Generally, the mind-
controlled slave’s front system is
unaware of the spiritual ramifications of the occult objects.

The ancient grimoires are used in rituals & programming. Even if it is seldom that
therapists work that deep in a
system, it still might be useful to provide a list (for reference sake) of the
ancient grimoires which are used to
invoke demons:

Almadel, the

Arbatel of Magic, the

Black Pullet, the

Book of Albertus Magnus, the

Enchiridion of Pope Leo

Fourth Book of Cornelius Agrippa

Grand Grimoire, the

Grimoire of Pope Honorius

Grimorium Verum, the

Heptameron, the

Lesser Key of Solomon (aka Goetia)

Key of Solomon (aka Legemeton)

Pauline Art, the

Sword of Moses, the
Theosophia Pneumatica

The Use of giving occult power for SOMETHING IN RETURN. One of the tactics of
controlling a person is to
give them occult power. Generally, people who have psychic abilities and other
occult powers, are reluctant to
seek a true Christian faith. Because they enjoy the power they have, they will not
trade leaving the occult world
and their power behind for freedom.

In the case of many mind-controlled slaves, the programmer will create a legitimate
spirit-filled Christian front.
He knows that the spiritual principle, "A double-minded man is unstable in all his
ways" will work in his favor.
Even though he creates a religious front that is opposed to what the programmer
wants, a thousand-minded
person has no choice but to rely on the programmer. The programmer is the only one
who can bring order out of
chaos. The victim is so unstable with all his or her programmed and hurting parts,
that these parts need their
programmer to function. Evil spirits are like unwelcome visitors to our home. They
can even be compared to an
unwelcome mouse running and hiding in our house. That a visitor or mouse troubles
us does not mean that he
possesses us. Christians have problems with unwelcome mice as well as unwelcome
demons. Mice corrupt our
homes, likewise demons come to corrupt the House of God.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 239 of 296

The programmer knows what encourages demonic activity. This is why certain occultic
stmctures are built into
the mind, and why the systems are set up to carry out occult rituals regularly.
Some victims of mind-control are
unfortunately going to witches for their therapy. A therapist who is a pagan witch,
and who encourages further
occult activity, is preventing the victim from gaining freedom. This is because
there is a spiritual foundation to
much of the control. (Readers would be surprised at how many psychologists are part
of the occult world.)

How much of our life has been turned over to Christ? Many Christians have what
could be termed "hidden
rooms" and hidden compartments in their life & their thinking which they have not
given to Christ. In fact,
many Christians compartmentalize their life into their secular job and their Sunday
of Christianity. In this sense,
their lives are like a house with many rooms, many of which are not given to
Christ, but are available for other
spirits. Even the non-multiple Christian will have problems with
compartmentalization in life opening a door to
demons. But Christ asked his disciples to go farther than just stay in fellowship,
he commanded them to heal
and cast out demons. MT 10:7,8. He also commanded his disciples to evangelize. The
strongest deliverance
have been seen on the cutting edge of evangelism, as a testimony to God’s power.

DOES IT GLORIFY DEMONS TO CAST THEM OUT?

The threat of deliverance has the Satanic leaders of the Illuminati scared enough
that they have actively
disseminated a doctrine among the Christian churches that it gives power to Satan
to believe in demons. There is
a kernel of truth here, but it doesn’t give glory to Satan to defeat demons and to
expel them. If you were fired
from your job, would that glorify you? No. Defeating demons is actually showing how
weak they are, not
glorifying them. Healing and deliverance are part of the ministry of freedom that
Christ demonstrated to his
disciples, and they are to accompany the preaching of freedom (evangelism).

PART D. A complete Chronology of how the victim experiences the early spiritual
programming, (by Cisco)

Steps of Programming:

a. The mother-fetus trauma

b. The Apple-Woodsman ritual

c. The 1st Ritual Theft of Birthright

d. The 2nd Ritual Theft of Birthright

e. The Satanic Wedding Prog. Ritual

f. The Lockup of the Guardian Angel

g. The Revelation of Demons

h. Providing Satanic Toys

i. The Participation Ritual

j. The layering in of witches/monsters

k. The prog. base-Fairy Tales told

l. The Ritual to Test Loyalty to Oaths

m. Prog, building blocks- Nursery Rhymes

n. The Hell Lire Ceremony

o. The Cutting the Penis Ritual

p. The Traitors Death Ritual

It is important to understand the nature and the sequence of these standard

programming rituals. I, Cisco, have
decided to reveal them so that the therapists will comprehend better what the
programming is really all about.
We have touched on a few of these rituals in our two previous books, but we haven’t
spelled them out. These
programming rituals in real life are extremely traumatizing, even to the hardened
cult parents who often must
offer their children up to abuse that even they don’t want to happen to their
children. When these programming
rituals happen to a child, they are so severe that they split the child’s mind. We
don’t want therapists and readers
falling apart by reading about these programming rituals, so you will find the
descriptions of these rituals are
clinical, and are written without a great deal of emotional content.

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 240 of 296

a. The mother-fetus trauma

We have written about the traumas given to the mother and fetus in chapter 1 of
this book and chapter 1 of the
Vol. 2 book. Between these two books, there are approximately 9 pages concerning
the traumas at this pre-birth
stage. It could also be explained that the intensity and nature of the pre-birth
traumas relate to whether the
mother is Illuminati or not.

During the 1940’s-’50s the Illuminati made it a high priority to marry members of
the Illuminati to Christians
for the purposes of infiltrating the churches. After a 20 year period of intense
infiltration to such groups as the
Southern Baptists, the Mennonites, the Pentecostal Holiness, the Four-Square, and
the Assemblies of God, then
they could rely upon their members within those groups to generationally continue
their presence within these
groups. Initially, they wanted the infiltration to be covered by marriage into
these denominations. If a mother
were not of the Illuminati, she was typically prepared for an overwhelming trauma
to be administered during her
pregnancy. If she drank coffee or tea, she could be given potent herbs daily to set
the stage for later drugs
administered during the torture. The herbs set the stage for drugs which would make
the mind more pliable to
hypnosis, because many Christians are resistent to hypnosis. When the Illuminati
would finally by force grab
and traumatize the mother, their goal would be to see if they could get the mother
to renounce (blaspheme)
Christ. They hoped to use this to blackmail the person into future submission and
shame. They also were
gaining experience into what kind of resistance they would face in the final
takeover. An hypnotic trigger would
be attached to this torture memory, and then the mother would be hypnotically made
to forget the

b. The Apple- Woodsman ritual.

The powerful Tin Man Ritual is described on page 103 of the Vol. 2 Formula book. It
is where the parent(s)
presents the child to Lucifer, "the god of light". The Tin Man appeared in the
first picture (page 4) of our
illustrated Guide to Monarch Programming. It was positioned there because it is
often the first ritual memory.
The child eats an apple that is poisoned and dies, and then is brought back to life
because the coven has the
antidote on hand. Next, the parent dedicates the child to Lucifer; if not, then the
child will have its head severed
by the Tin Man’s ax. This dedication mocks the Pentecostal dedication. Bear in
mind, that some parents and
programmers can only justify what they do, because they feel they are following
"Lucifer’s orders." They will
say, "We do it to please Lucifer." They feel Lucifer wants the child in its purest
state, so they will do the moon
child ceremony in the womb to allow Lucifer to plant his spirits in the fetus
(which is a mockery of God’s spirit
in the Christ-Child.)

c. The 1st Ritual Theft of Birthright

When the child victim is four, this ritual typically is done to them during the 10
days to 2 weeks of rituals done
around Easter. The ritual is not always done at this time. If both parents are
Illuminati, then their primary job is
to see their children get programmed; but if only one parent is Illuminati, then
the group may have to work with
the child whenever they can manipulate some time to do so. Also the Illuminati have
so many children to put
through programming, that many simply do not start this ritual at Easter. But if
they are not done at Easter, they
may be told when it is done that it is the time around Easter. The programmers have
certain windows of time for
certain programs and schedules to follow for each child. They can be untrue to the
real calendar date, and still
set the internal clock/calendars of the slave correctly later.

This first ritual is to make sure the child victim experiences a staged rejection
of God where they are found
unworthy to be in "His’ Book of Life. This ritual like all the others that we will
describe in this series are sealed
with rape and the implantation of demons.
d. The 2nd Ritual Theft of Birthright

This second ritual is done shortly after the first ritual, generally a few days
after. It consists of a death, burial
and resurrection ritual. To die means death towards God, burial means to bury all
that makes up a person’s
worth, and resurrection means to be resurrected with a new name and birthed to
Satan. This and the 1st theft

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 241 of 296

ritual are designed to remove any bonds the deeper alters might ever conceive of
having with Almighty God.

e. The Satanic Wedding Prog. Ritual

Within days of the 2nd theft ritual, the Illuminati will follow with a mock satanic
wedding. Usually the father
will marry his daughter, but there is a chain of responsibility and if the father
can’t sexually abuse his child, then
the grandfather is next in line, and then the uncle, and then the programmer. They
will serve as the satanic
covering for the child. At this point the rejection by God is still fresh on the
child’s mind, and they want the
child to at least remember the rejection, whether they remember the incident or not
depends. The child may
already have dissociated the previous week or two, so the programmer may simply
tell it "REMEMBER THE
FEAR WHEN GOD DIDN’T LOVE YOU."

The child may really be looking forward to this wedding. They may have been dressed
up nicely, and may be
excited about marrying their father, even though he looks like a giant to the
little infant. When their dress is
pulled up and they are abused, then the fun stops.

f. The Lockup of the Guardian Angel.

The Internal Self Helper, also called the Guardian Angel of the mind, is magically
locked up by the demonic
power of the programmers, and a shrewd lying demon substituted in its place. The
evil spirits that will be laid in
will be the totems of the victim’s bloodline— the spirits of the person’s
bloodlines who are to help guide the
person.
Many people in the New Age movement who are under total mind-control speak about
their guardian angel or
their totem guiding them. An example of a total mind-controlled slave doing this
are the Indian spirit guides that
help Loretta Lynn. Hillary Clinton consults the spirit Eleanor Roosevelt. In order
to familiarize the child with
the proper demons they will be dressed up in a costume that resembles the bloodline
spirit they are to become
acquainted with. They will participate in a ritual in this costume.

g. The Revelation of Demons.

At this point, both the front (the light side) and the deeper occult dark side
alters will be allowed to see the
demons that are layered in. The front side sees them in their Luciferian form, and
are scared out of their wits.
They may respond to this by having an ongoing fear of monsters under their bed. The
front’ s fear will keep the
front away from trying to go deeper into the system. Later on in adult life, the
Illuminati may want the front part
of the system to go through a "deliverance", so they will think they have dealt
with everything, and they don’t
need to look further. (For instance, this trick was done to a programmed multiple
this author has worked with,
the result being, the victim gave up any type of therapy or helpful work, because
they were sure they’d received
the answer to their problems, which would be nice if it were true, but isn’t.) On
the flip side, even though the
dark side alters are also scared of the demons, who are quite terrorizing when seen
by humans, the inherent need
of humans to look for supernatural help pulls them toward the demonic. It is an
inborn survival trait in most
humans to look to supernatural help. By seeing the spiritual (even though these are
dark spiritual forces), it
becomes a normal function for the deeper alters to commune with the dark spiritual
realm.

h. Providing Satanic Toys

The deeper alters will be given candles, knives and other ritual paraphernalia to
play with. The establishment
department stores with all their demonic toys are helpful, for the parent only
needs to go to the local department
store to buy his children occult toys.

i. The Participation Ritual

Soon after the wedding ceremony, another ceremony takes place where the child
dresses up in the cult’s red and
black ceremonial robes. This is meant to integrate them into the cult family. It is
an opportunity for the child to

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 242 of 296

feel like it is part of the group and its rituals.

j. The layering in of witches/monster scripts

The normal American fairy tales, which are filled with stories of monsters and
witches, are read to the child.

The goblins, warlocks, vampires, and witches they hear about will help lay a mental
foundation for what will
happen later.

k. Cult Fairy Tales are told.

Next, the people in the child’s life who are guiding the programming will tell the
child programming stories,
such as the Wizard of Oz stories and Alice In Wonderland. In the 50’ s and 60’ s,
the Tall Book of Make Believe
was popular. For instance the character Mr. Moon became a foundational part of the
programming. Over the
years the Wizard of Oz, Alice In Wonderland, and Mother Goose seem to have been
overall favorites. The child
will most often be in a trance state when these story lines are told. The children
will have the stories repeated
and they are expected to memorize these scripts. Because the programmers will build
upon the child’s
awareness of these stories, the stories are modified to better fit the future
programming.

For instance, if a programming team is going to use the Goldilocks and the 3 Bears
story, they might modify the
story like this: The 3 bears and Goldilocks went for a walk. Goldilocks was
somewhere she shouldn’t have been,
so she was eaten up by the bears. Bears will eat you up. Policemen are like bears.
A Policeman found her? Do
you know what happened to her? Goldilocks got locked up and put in a cage. Or maybe
they might say,
Goldilocks was sitting where she wasn’t supposed to.— At that moment the chair is
pulled out from underneath
the child and the child is probed with a stun gun.

In the last 20 years, tens of thousands of children are getting "Pleiadian"

programming, and it is not known what
base fairy-tales are being used for this type of programming, or if they are using
sci-fi stories as the base. There
are tens of thousands of children with programming that can be activated to make
them think they were raised
on Alcyone in the Pleiades. This is to part of the Grand Deception of the End
Times.
l. The Ritual to Test Loyalty to Oaths

The next step is to test the loyalty of the child slave to the oaths that were
extracted from it. To prove the child’s
loyalty, the coven demands that the child sacrifice another child. From what we
witnessed, even after all the
abuse and hypnotic tampering of the child up to this point, not one single child
was "loyal" to the oath. The
inborn aversion to taking a human’s life is strong, and the child will still refuse
to do it. Therefore, the cult will
have a member guide the child by taking the child’s hand and forcing it to
sacrifice the innocent little life before
them. In spite of their reluctance, the forced act begins to rip the fabric of the
child slave’s mind and to sear its
conscience. The cult will be sure to insure that the child is made to feel
responsible, and that they are given guilt
and shame for the deed.

Once the innocent victim is sacrificed, the child slave is required to cut the
bloody heart out and eat it. The child
has already been groomed for this, because the cult has been feeding blood in their
milk as a pablum. The child
has been allowed to get very hungry and then given blood so that in the end hunger
is associated with death, and
blood is associated with satisfying that hunger.

m. Prog, building blocks- Nursery Rhymes

The Nursery rhymes are now layered in. There is something mentally powerful about
rhymes. Mother Goose
nursery rhymes have been popular for over a half century for programming little
children. The child’s mind will
refuse some things (such as it distaste for killing an innocent child in the
previous ritual), but the child’s mind
doesn’t realize anything devious about the adorable nursery rhymes. The child’s
mind will not put up any
barriers to learning them. The child has no idea that by hearing these rhymes they
are helping lay the foundation
for their own mind-control.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 243 of 296

n. The Hell Fire Ceremony.

This ceremony is basically the burning up of a child to instil in the child victim
fear of disobedience and to show
them what hell is all about. The reason this is done will be explained soon. This
ceremony is done with one of
four possibilities, a. a real baby, b. a dead miscarriage, c. a stage pretend
child, d. movies.

For sure, the Illuminati will have a real bonfire, and there will be the stench of
death. They will play tapes of
screaming, terrified children to amplify how bad it will be in hell. Why do the
Illuminati want the children to
fear hell? First, if they ever do learn about the Bible, they will "know for sure"
that this is the punishment that
the God who rejected them wants for them. Next, the Illuminati tell the children
that IF they are bad, they will
suffer in hell, but if they are good in the cult, Satan their father will protect
them and let them rule with him in
hell. They want the child to be terrified of Hellfire and Brimstone. This ceremony
is often done where there is a
crematorium. The Presideo in CA was popular because a underground crematorium was
there. Bear in mind,
that the child by this time has lost its true self, and is simply in terror at
watching a child like themselves turned
to ashes. In certain types of hot fires, the child is turned to ashes so quick that
the child’s figure becomes a
silhouette of ashes. The Illuminati will then begin teaching the child an important
item, they will teach it to take
on the spirit of the child through guilt manipulation. They’ll say, "Don’t you feel
really bad that this happened to
her, but you can fix it by internalizing her to yourself. Take the spirit of the
child into you."

o. The Cutting the Penis Ritual.

This ritual is just as it sounds. The child is forced to emasculate another male.
This ritual is intended to be
severe. It again forces the child to choose between following their oaths or
following what their heart tells them
is a right. Because they will again refuse to carry out their oath of obedience,
and will again be helped to obey,
they will be an easy preplanned target of lots of shaming and guilt. This is one of
the primary foundations for
the shame and guilt that is built into the dark side alters. The child will be hit
with sticks by the cult, while the
Illuminati coven snarl, "Shame on you, you didn’t obey as you promised." It is at
this ritual, that the Illuminati
coven will first begin to double-bind the victim by threatening them, "It’ s you or
them [the person the child
slave is to hurt], you choose." The little child sees two kinds of people in life,
victimizers and victims. He or she
will generally choose to be a victimizer. There will other times when the slave
will not be given a choice and
will have to suffer pain during the rituals.

p. The Traitor’s Death Ritual.

The child victim will be left relatively drug free so they can have full awareness
of the Traitor’s Death which
they witness. A person will receive the horrible traitors death during a ritual.
The strong satanic alters will be
built off the dissociated pieces caused by this ritual. And as is standard practice
the ritual is sealed by a rape of
the child to layer in more demons.

**This ends Cisco’s very informative chronology. Let’s sort out some of the
specific programming maneuvers.

Part E. Specific Programming maneuvers. The MANIPULATION OF NEAR-DEATH-

EXPERIENCES (NDEs)

People, who undergo Illuminati programming, will be candidates for near-death

experiences. In several of the
programming scripts, the victim is brought to the point of clinical death and then
revived. In hospital settings,
resuscitation of heart failure and other deathly events like surgery has produced
tens of thousands of cases of
Near-death experiences (NDE’s). According to Raymond Moody, who worked with or
experienced people
experiencing NDEs, the typical NDE involves the person hearing himself announced
dead. Then a loud ringing
or buzzing noise occurs and a long, dark tunnel appears with a light at the end.
The person will meet others and
a being of light, and this light-being will play back events in the person’s life,
and evaluate his life, and then the
person reaches a point where he must go back.

People, who experience a NDE are profoundly changed. Any profound change that
follows patterns can be

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 244 of 296

manipulated and the Illuminati have discovered this is simply just another way to
manipulate people. The NDE
experiences follow patterns. We will not go into the details of why most of the NDE
explanations can’t be the
actual explanations, but the bottom like is that most explanations fall short and
do not explain the phenomena.
The frequency and consistency of a tunnel being seen with a light at the end rules
out hallucinations in terms of
symbology. The mind could just as well see a gate, or keyhole, or a door as an
entrance to a new world but
doesn’t. Some researchers believe that the answer lies in the structure of the
visual cortex, and that the dying
person’ s center of the visual field receives an ever increasing electrical noise
while dying which produces an
ever increasing circle of light being seen.

On the flip side, for those who have a biblical perspective, there are explanations
that also seem to explain the
phenomena. At any rate, it’s been known after Heinrich Kiuver published his
research in the 1930’s that the
brain has four constants in its Near-Death hallucinations: the cobweb, the grating
(or lattice), the spiral and the
tunnel. Drugs have been found to produce an experience similar to NDE at times too.
Whatever spiritually and
physically happens to cause a NDE— and there is lots of debate as to the mechanics
of the cause— the common
experiences that people have during NDE’s provides a pattern for the programmers to
manipulate. Various
people, the Illuminati, some Christians, and others believe that Eccl. 12:6-7, —
which is talking about when a
man dies ("dust return to the earth as it was") and his spirit returning to God who
gave it,— these various people
believe that the silver cord spoken about in verse 6 is a cord that links a person
to his god. This verse makes a
good verse for the Illuminati who do program in wheels and silver cords into their
slaves linking them to their
pretending-to-be-god masters.

FINE-TUNED

One of the side "benefits" of the brain-stem scarring, the repeated tortures, the
attention that is expected if the
slave is to survive, etc. is that they may develop extremely sensitive perception.
This extremely sensitive
perception may come across as ESP, but it is really subconscious understanding of
things such as body
language.

HIDING THE INTERNAL SELF-HELPER

Psychologists have discovered that deep in the mind is an area of thinking they
refer to as the Internal Self-
helper. Psychologists who attempt to help programmed multiples have been told to
find the ISH (internal self-
helper) of the victim. Sometimes the "ISH" have surfaced as “angels” and “spirit
guides” in a system. They
may regulate which alters come out and hold the body. The therapist may point out
to a person that angels and
spirit guides are never internal, unless they are demonic. The Christian is
permitted scripturally to only be led by
one internal spirit guide, and that’s is the Holy Spirit. In some systems, the
slave’s "Holy Spirit" may turn out to
be a cult ISH.

The programmers were many steps ahead of the psychologists. Even years before the
psychologists began
looking for the ISH to help them, the programmers had foreseen this and had their
bases covered. In everyday
life, for normal people, the internal self-helper serves as a type of guardian
angel over each person. The
programmers during the early LSD trips watch for the ISH. When it surfaces, they
lock it up in the person’s
mind, and replace it with a demonic generational spirit, which is commanded to
report any work done in the
system to the master. When psychologists find the ISH and ask for its help, the ISH
does cooperate with them,
but this demonic ISH is also one of the principal reporting agents that reports
back to the master in photographic
detail everything that the therapist does. This is one big reason the programmers
have always been several steps
ahead of the therapeutic community.

INTERJECT DISKS

Splintered souls captured on Interject disks is a subject that is beyond

verification but is mentioned here because
therapists and "UFO abductees", and SRA victims of mind-control may run into it.
Readers must draw their own
conclusions as to what soul interjects are— whether merely a deception, a new
technology, or magical demonic
manifestation.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 245 of 296

Hermetic magic is a nasty form of magic from ancient Egypt. There are a few of the
top Illuminati Grand
Masters who believe they are capable of carrying out rituals to raise the dead and
create interjects onto interject
disks. Specialized magic is performed on the dead to raise zombies in order to
splinter the zombie’s soul. The
Grand Master then believes he can place the splinters of the soul on interject
disks, and place these interjects
into live slaves.

Interestingly, humans claiming contact with "aliens" have claimed that the aliens
can separate a human soul
from its body, keep it captured, recondition that soul, and finally implant the
soul into another body. Some
researchers are claiming that they have evidence of a holographic energy template
that is associated with a
physical body. Is this the soul? They believe that this template works with
cellular genetic mechanisms. There is
certainly more to learn about what humans are, perhaps some day these claims about
zombie souls will have
some scientific merit, but for now they lay in the realm of Illuminati Grand Master
high magic.

I have reported upon Illuminati beliefs and practices. Likewise, an anthropologist

will report on the practices &
customs of a people, whether or not the anthropologist personally practices or
believes like the people he
observes. Of course, these Luciferian (or should one say satanic practices) are
abhorrent and the author has
never practiced them, so the author can’t speak from the viewpoint of a witness,
but he can describe as a
reporter the views of Illuminati witnesses.

One Illuminati belief is that they have managed to design equipment that can catch
the soul of a dying person.
This capability will play a role in the reign of the anti-Christ. When the Anti-
Christ dies, his soul will be
captured and he will be resurrected with demons animating the body. When a very
high ranking Illuminati adept
goes berserk, the Illuminati will insure that they preserve the soul of the man by
killing him with equipment that
is portrayed in the recent movie Lord of Illusion. This is a mask-brace that fits
over the portals of the head and
then is screwed into the head to capture the soul as it tries to escape the dying
body. Then demons are called in
to live off the soul matter.

Normally, according to Illuminati occult knowledge, the demons can only live a
short time within a body, but by
the mask-brace capture of a body’s soul, the demons can inhabit a body for a longer
length of time and create
the walking dead. This is that "line between heaven and hell" that the movie refers
to. The Illuminati believe that
the highest gift they can give Lucifer are captured souls. They will place souls
into jars. This is the highest most
secret magic of the Illuminati. Notice, that during the Lord of Illusion movie,
jars are smashed during the ritual
where a soul is captured.

Interviews with alien abductees reveals that some of them believe that the aliens
are stealing the souls of
mankind. The similarity of the Illuminati beliefs about demons, and the perceived
actions of the aliens by
abductees are remarkably similar. Also the Illuminati have secretly used special
tubing during millions of
abortions performed by their abortion clinics to capture the souls of the aborted
children. (This is author is not
making any claims that they do or don’t succeed, but they believe they are
succeeding.)

The movie Lord of Illusion is full of Illuminati/high level Masonic symbology. The
movie begins with
programming concepts, first the galaxies & stars, then the yellow brick road, then
a dust storm... An Illuminati
phrase "Flesh is a trap, magic sets you free" is mentioned in the movie. In
contrast with the movie, these things
are not written to entertain the reader, but with the good-natured intent that
therapists and victims may gain
something by knowing better what is going on to these Illuminati mind-control
victims.

The Illuminati believe that they can suck the life spirit out of a person through
intercourse with what they call
the Eye of Horus (the anus). This is why the leaders of this World Order (such as
George Bush, Bill Clinton, and
tens of thousands of others) are into sodomy, they are trying to vampirize all the
years of life out of the victim to
gain a longer life. Some of the sad child victims, who have been kept exclusively
for this purpose do look like
the life force has been sucked out of them. Sodomy has its own secret chamber on
the cabalistic tree of life.

A metaphysical UFO type magazine entitled WE Walk-Ins for Evolution puts out
articles on how souls walk-
into a body and how souls braid themselves to other souls. For instance, there was
an article "Soul Braiding" in

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 246 of 296

the April- June, ‘96 issue of WE. This appears to be a reframing of various
practices that the Illuminati carry out
to demonize and control the minds of their people. Rather than speak of a
demonization or an interject, front
alters of slaves who are not Christians can use metaphysical terms like "soul
braiding". The words soul and
spirit, and concepts attached to those words are important in programming.
Programmed Mormon children will
think they have the "Spirit of Elijah" in them, and will robotically sing their
programming, "Follow the Prophet,
follow the prophet."

WHITE GOLD, other information

Since writing about powdered white gold’s ability to make a person clairvoyant, in
Vol. 2, it’s come to my
attention that Nexus magazine has had a recent article on this. For those who are
interested in crystal travel,
crystal travel is an OBE also known as astral projection and is covered in the Vol.
2 book as astral projection.
Besides the silver cord, some victims have mentioned a supernatural dark red violet
umbilical that connects
them to the Antichrist.

picture 1 p_10-l.jpg
information about the picture

This is a Masonic drawing called "The Second

Portal", it shows nude boys facing a throne
undergoing some type of magical ritual. The
drawing appears In The Hidden Life in
Freemasonry after pg. 198. in 1926, Charles W.
Leadbeater, a 33° Freemason, printed his book The
Hidden Life in Freemasonry. This book was
written for people involved in Luciferian rituals In
the higher more occult rites of Freemasonry. In the
preface, Leadbeater talks of butterflies (pp viii-ix),
which has the double meaning in the occult of
souls (spirits), in the last chapter, chapter 10, he
gives Masonic rituals to Invoke angels (demons)
through Egyptian magic. In these Masonic temples,
the checkerboard square is used in a similar fashion
as a magic circle for a coven. This picture is given
as a paper trail to show the sex-magic rituals that
take place within various Masonic groups.

The Illuminati Sisters of Light alters rarely appear in therapy because they are
used in horrendous Masonic
rituals, and must be buried very deep in the system. Typically, a Sister of Light
would be blindfolded and taken
down many flights of steps and through tunnels and would end up in an elaborate
underground Masonic temple.
She would be used as a nymph. In one ritual, for example, she’d be given a golden
circle band for her forehead,

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 247 of 296

a cloak with a red lining, and a tunic of black silk with golden rays. The hall
would have important masons of
society who would be sitting in a semi-circle. The Sisters of Light are given to
Beelzebub in an excruciating
marriage ceremony. There is a veil which fails into 4 equal parts, which mean the 4
corners of the world. The
sisters take oaths around the compass, so that the victim feels locked in no matter
what corner of the world they
go to.
P-1 1-1 JPg
about the picture

This was some early art work by Cisco to

convey what her mind felt as a mind-
controlled slave. What the picture shows
is the hand of the puppet master
controlling his puppet. The puppet is
floating— not grounded in reality, but
dissociated from the external world in
order to survive. All the cities and internal

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 248 of 296

worlds are grids. Everything attaches to

grids. The color programming can be seen
in the Green, Blue, Silver, Gold, Red, and
Yellow colors of the grids. The puppet is
totally in the hands of the puppet master
and its hands are in a submissive hold,
while the puppet master has his fingers
covertly wrapped around the left side of
the puppet's head.

CHAPTER 11: SCIENCE No. 11- INTERNAL CONTROLS

A. TEACHING OCCULT PHILOSOPHIES

B. INTERNAL COMPUTERS
Installation of the Standard Programming
Front Programs of Front Computer.

Misinformation Computers.

Beast Computer.

Programmer Access to the Computer Areas.

C. INTERNAL HIERARCHIES
THE INTERNAL HIERARCHIES form RATIONALES

A. TEACHING OCCULT PHILOSOPHIES

This is an important ongoing aspect of the mind-control. Vol. 2, introduced this

subject:

"Learning plays an important part in perception. The Programmers try to get their
victims to subscribe to
philosophies and ideas that will make it hard for them to rebel against their
controllers. This is what is termed
indoctrination. The same methods of teaching that others [any other educator would]
find useful are employed.
Ways of thinking are incorporated by the slave via handlers, programmers, and the
cult they belong to.
"Everyone tries in their own way to make sense of life. This is a natural brain
function, so that the human mind
can understand how to deal with the future. The mind takes raw data, and then
applies some type of logic, and
comes to conclusions. Once accepted these conclusions can be as hard as nails, and
they will defy any attempt to
change them, even in the light of new evidence. If the Programmer is smart enough,
he can get an alter to

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 249 of 296

logically believe anything. Once the belief is embedded, it will remain there
tenaciously."

In the previously book, it was discussed how indoctrination is done. I will provide
more of the details on how
indoctrination is accomplished, because it is not being done via rational logical
thinking. Rather, the
programmer or cult leaders want to access a person’s non-logical imaginative right
brain. In order to do that he
must distract the left brain.

Bill Clinton, an Illuminati handler of slaves, and a good liar, has his speeches
prepared in such a way that they
take advantage of the brain’s natural functioning to manipulate it. Bill Clinton,
when he gives a speech will
initiate it by pushing everybody’s green buttons. He will say a number of things
that everyone wants to hear and
will agree with. This is called "generating a YES SET'. There will be a number of
these, the number of these
often desired is 3. Then the second stage is to bring in TRUISMS that are facts
that after the audience has
already been mentally saying yes, the audience will probably accept these facts
without any disagreement.
Finally, after the approx, three YES SETs, the approx, three TRUISMS, Bill will
plant the suggestion, such as
"support me in such and such."

On important points, Bill will move his left hand, to help imbed certain commands
to his viewers. He will also
use some subtle hand signals/codes to trigger mind-controlled slaves too. He will
ask during his talks for people
to imagine or visualize what he wants for them. Again this is manipulation directed
at the right brain.

One of the most crucial things that protects the mind-control of the Illuminati is
the frame-of-reference and
world-view they build into people from the cradle to the grave. Our previous
experience and the information we
have available directly influences how we assign meaning to information we receive.
The Illuminati’s control
over so much of society allows them to create people’s frames-of-references.
Fragments of information that
people receive which do not relate to the person’s frame-of-reference will be
discarded. A person needs a place
in his frame-of-reference to hang information on. The person may puzzle over the
tidbits of incongruent
fragments, but being unable to relate them to his world view, he finds himself
unable to file the fragments away
in a meaningful manner.

Some of the front alters of very well controlled slaves have had world views
(frames-of-references) that believe,
a. there is no such thing as Satanic Ritual Abuse, b. there is no such thing as a
conspiracy, c. there is no such
thing as absolute truth, d. there is no such thing as sin. e. There is no
connection between God, living a moral
life, and finding Truth, f. there is no such thing as Multiple Personality
Disorder, g. My religious organization
can do no wrong.

Making a fundamental change in our frame of reference is a frightening task. This

is why victims of total mind-
control who have been A. programmed not to believe that a New World Order
conspiracy exists, and not to
believe Satanism and SRA exist, and then they are B. placed in a culture that
reinforces this programming, end
up being extremely hard to break free of their mind-control.

Conferences where mind-control victims can begin to see the significance of all the
fragments of clues that they
discarded are very valuable. This author has met a number of mind-controlled
victims who didn’t know what
their problem was, but had countless clues in their life. But these clues were
useless fragments of information
until they were given a framework to use them.

For instance, one victim of Illuminati total mind-control knew nothing about the
significance of the Illuminati
bloodlines, nor who the bloodlines were. She stated that her relatives were so and
so, and it was then pointed out
to her that she was from Illuminati bloodlines on both sides, and the significance
of the bloodlines was gone
over. Now a meaningless piece of information (her genealogy) had been given a
framework of meaning. But
this was just one area of many which the establishment has carefully controlled us
to have misunderstandings
about. Understanding her heritage, allowed her to understand why she was selected
for mind-control, when it
seemed to her that others might have been better candidates.

Occult philosophies by their very nature create frames of references that make it
hard to see reality and to see

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 250 of 296

the Truth in Jesus Christ of Nazareth. The New Age, Witchcraft, and Hindu idea that
all paths lead to God, is
utter nonsense. The idea that Christians are narrow minded is nonsense, but is a
common idea taught by many
people. It is narrow minded to insist that Christians must go to the same place
Hindu’s end up, if Christians seek
truth. The New Agers see only one track for truth seekers, since they hold all
paths lead to God. The concept is
even illustrated by the wheel in India’s flag. All spokes on the wheel lead to the
same center point of the circle.

The Biblical Christians see two tracks for truth seekers— some don’t find God and
Truth, but rather find an
imitation of the truth and end up eternally lost, while some do find God and Truth.
Perhaps at this point the
reader is getting slightly upset because he or she is thinking, "Fritz is preaching
what he believes," and is also
thinking "there is no absolute truth." That is exactly my point. By accepting the
lie— the programming lie— the
frame of reference— the paradigm that there is no absolute truth, then every time a
fragment of absolute truth
comes to you, you will reject it.

When I showed evidence to two followers of J.Z. Knight (J.Z. Knight was/is a mind-
controlled slave, who has
set up an Illuminati front religion in Washington State where converts are
subjected to mind-control techniques)
that children were being sacrificed by Satanic covens and that this was evidence of
Satanic ritual abuse, their
world view could not accept the concept of absolute wrongs and sin. They responded,
"These satanists may well
be killing their babies, but that is not abuse, that is only your idea. It’s just
your idea that it is abuse. It’s not
abuse to these people."

In review, one of the hardest shells protecting the programming of a total mind-
controlled slave is when the
front part of their system, which holds the body regularly, has been indoctrinated
into a frame-of-reference that
will not allow them to see the reality of what is being done to make and keep them
in slavery. A final example
of this, are the zealots of the False Memory Syndrome Foundation who are mind-
controlled zealots. These
zealots, who are launching a counterattack against books like this, have had their
world-views carefully
constructed by a combination of several techniques of persuasion, a. mass
indoctrination, b. subliminal
messages via the T.V. and other places in their lives, c. controlled education, and
Neuro-Linguistic
Programming, in addition to all their regular trauma-based programming. It’s like
their world-view is the hard
varnish that is first seen & heard, protecting people (even themselves) from
realizing that the underlying
motivation of these zealots is not their world-view, but Total Mind Control
Programming.

Within witchcraft, the cosmology that is taught is that a person was originally
swirls or vortexes of energy. This
coupled with a belief in reincarnation, allows the mind-controlled victim’s
witchcraft alters to believe that they
began with some molecules of energy forming, and that death is nothing, because
everything continues on a vast
wheel of reincarnation. The beliefs that are inserted into people via witchcraft
are conducive to locking the
person into their servitude. European culture, which has been based on
Christianity, has had a respect and value
on life way beyond the oriental view. For centuries Europeans have marvelled about
how little value human life
has in the oriental view. This is because these Oriental views are identical with
what is now called New Age
beliefs, which are also about the same thing as witchcraft. Gnostism/ witchcraft
philosophy justifies seeking and
having power. Persons, who are power hungry, gravitate to this philosophy. Persons
who are inculcated with the
desire for power rationalize their behavior with the witchcraft philosophy which
they are raised in, or
programmed to believe, or "discover" to set their minds at ease.

B. INTERNAL COMPUTERS

Internal computers are elaborate arrangements of dissociated parts and memories

built into the slave’s mind to
cause the victim’ s mind to have mechanical computer-like responses.

For years, the internal computers escaped the detection of the therapeutic
community. The illustrated Guidebook
introduced the subject to readers and the Vol. 2 gave the first major & so far to
date the only comprehensive
expose of these computers. This Deeper Insights book will provide a number of pages
to deepen the readers
understanding of this important subject. This is all fresh (never been exposed)
material so don’t write and ask
what book it came from. You may have to refer back to our previous books for a
complete understanding.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 25 1 of 296

Installation of the Standard Programming.

The Illuminati take a screen about 6’ by 6’. On the screen is a grid with a Greek
or English letter. In front of the
screen are colored flashing lights. The flashing colored lights prevent the
conscious mind from seeing the
screen, but the subconscious mind sees the grid. An Alpha symbol or capital A with
tails at the base will be
shown on the grid screen for Alpha programming. A Beta or B will be shown for the
Beta Programming screen.
The programming that is placed in using the different programming associated with
various Greek and English
alphabets can be read about in Chapter 4 of the Volume 2 Formula book and Chapter 4
in this book. The victim
is strapped into a chair with their head locked in place and their eyes forced
open. They must endure the flashing
lights and the subliminal grid and letter on the screen.

There is a paper trail that they are using flashing lights for hypnotic control of
a subject in order to place in
messages at the subconscious. One of the pieces of the paper trail was an article
"New Device To Induce
Hypnosis Developed" in the Chicago Tribune (June 7, 1959). The article was about a
Dr. William Kroger, who
had tested the use of flashing lights on 200 obstetric patients at the Edgewater
hospital in Chicago. Interestingly,
this Dr. Kroger lived in Beverly Hills, CA and worked with a Sidney Schneider of
Skokie, IL.

Schneider was skilled in electronics and Kroger was an obstetrician. The article
said, "The pulsing pattern in
reality an electronic brain wave ‘achieves control’ of the brain’s alpha rhythm,
thus inducing a drowsy state,
according to Dr. Kroger." "The apparatus. ..operates on the principal of subliminal
and photic stimulation of
brain waves... about 30 per cent of the subjects who had received no explanation or
had no knowledge of what
the brain wave synchronizer would do were hypnotized to various degrees." Now these
type of machines are
available to any bozo who knows where they are sold.

Another piece of the paper trail is a government study by the Defense Intelligence
Agency of July 1972, entitled
Biological Effects of Electromagnetic Radiation (Radiowaves and Microwaves) —
Eurasian and Communist
Countries, ST-CS-01-169-72. DIA,, July, 1972, pp. 77-86. This study, of which this
author has a copy, in part
VI is written about "Light and Color as a Means of Altering Human Behavior."
Although the report claims the
communists are the ones who are using flashing light and color to alter human
behavior, the real inventors were
the Illuminati, and both the Americans and Russians are using flashing colored
lights for programming.

This DIA study also reports on an American symposium held in the at Tulane Univ.,
Covington, LA in 1957
concerning the effects of flickering light on the brain. The participants of the
1957 American symposium drew
up a paper with 1 1 conclusions, which included a. flickering light interferes with
the human nervous system, b.
flickering light can put a person to sleep or into a trance, c. flickering light
can interfere with the brains s alpha
waves, and d. "photo driving of the EEG by periodic flicker is a well known
phenomenon although many
subjects do not show the effect..."

During the ’50’s through at least the ’70’s, the Illuminati used flickering lights
to place into the subconscious
the grids used for the various computers. Each block on the grid would have codes,
programs, memory and
alters attached to it. In other words, dissociated parts of the mind become parts
which are built into computers.
The mind of victim is hijacked by the programmer.

To fully understand what the computers are, we must understand the mind-set of the
programmers. The
programmers are looking to Lucifer for their inspiration. An imitation of God’s
Book of Life for people, is for
Lucifer to construct an internal computer that will contain all the history of all
the alters. It might be helpful if
some items that were in the illustrated Guidebook and in the Vol. 2 book were
briefly touched upon again, as we
discuss how the internal computers are made. Remember, that a computer is placed
one per layer (section) and
that they also build in back up computers, and that the computers have coded
memories stored in them, as well
as coded programs.

The deepest computer is called the Beast computer, and it has an eye (the all-
seeing-eye) that opens and shuts
like a camera lens. It can go behind the veil, and this is in mockery of the rent
veil of the Holy of Holies. When
the internal computers are built, the Illuminati use a doll house with different
colored rooms for the child to
http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 252 of 296

visualize what is being done. Each room in the dollhouse has a different color.
Each family of alters (a group of
alters that are on the grid together) has the exact same color code. In the Vol. 2
book, we showed the color
coding differently— we showed the color coding running diagonally across the grid,
it can be done in any
fashion, but generally the color code for a single family (alters a-through-in on
the chart) is the same, and the
cover program to hide it is that the colors run diagonally. What that means is that
an entire family of alters, say
alters Mary 1 through Mary 13 will all be connected by a color ribbon alter (who
works just for them) back to
that same color of computer room. All the family get the same programming, although
they hold separate
memories.

This will help therapists understand the behavior & programming patterns of various
alters. The Beta and Delta
alters, who as the readers realizes live in entirely a deep trance imaginary life,
have entirely negative
programming in their computer section. The Betas and Deltas have two ribbons per
alter, which is an exception
to the rule. This is so they can function together— espionage, seduction, and
assassination all go together.

Another type of alter who gets two ribbons are the 13th alters which connect two
levels. These poor alters have
so much programming going off, and mixed signals, that they are real basket cases.

When a system is seen in its entirety, the more powerful system hierarchy and
Illuminati hierarchy alters will be
coded with Platinum, Gold, White, Purple, Bronze & Silver. Front alters who will be
helpful will be coded pink
and yellow. Orange alters will be perceived as helping alters, but they are
actually guards, protectors, and they
protect sections of the system below them, which they usually can’t see, and often
don’t know that they guard.
Alters coded brown, tan, grey, or clear will give the therapist & support team
fits, because they are full of
deceptions & cover programs, and illusions. Host alters or key front alters may
have a clear or white diamond as
their gemstone. Alters who cover things up may have obsidian as their gemstone.
Other alters who play along
with the programming may have such gemstones as Fire Opal, Topaz, and Turquoise.
(Also see Vol. 2 , p. 328-
29.)

Front Programs of Front Computer.

The front computer that is linked to the front section will be different than the
deeper computers. It’s big
difference is that its programs (which are linked to all the front alters) are
logical. The logical programs of this
level provide the alters with logical reasons and excuses to believe the lies, and
to reason their life out. Of
course they draw false conclusions from good logic using faulty information.

Misinformation Computers.

Misinformation computers are laid in on the 3, 6, 9 and 12 levels. Thousands of

demons are placed into the
Misinformation computers to not only run them, but to dispense misinformation.
Since the demons are not under
drugs or hypnosis, they are under full awareness and are very crafty in their
deceptions. When memories are too
clean and too complete, the therapist should suspect that they are getting a
demonic false memory. Bear in mind
the child is in a drugged state during much of the programming and has blurry eyes
and may have their eyes
rolling in the back of their head. They have their short term memories splintered
by electro-shock, and are fed
lies about their memories via hypnosis. Real memories are in bad shape when
retrieved. (This is why some
persons apply "hypnotic correction programs" to restore the memories back closer to
the original event, such as
reversing the hypnotic air-brushing/blurring of faces that was programmed into
deeper alters. The mind put in
the distortion program and seems in some cases to be able to reverse the distortion
program.)

Beast Computer.

End time names such as Gog, etc. are believed to be given to some of the computers
within recent years, to
represent the names of the 10 countries that will make up the global government of
the New World Order. For
years the computers have been called "Beast" computers with the big important Beast
computer laid in at the
bottom of the mind in the hell pit. Remember that the core is at the bottom of the
mind below the hell pit— but
she is almost always never connected to the Beast computer. This is because the
core receives very little
programming. The core is told she is sleeping beauty and that her father Lucifer,
who she is married to, will

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 253 of 296

someday return for her and wake her up. Lucifer wanted the purest virgin bride he
could get, so he marries as
his top bride within the system the innocent core. The core is told she belongs to
Lucifer. The core is protected
by the false trinity in the pyramid and the Grand Druid Council. The core is linked
to the Grand Druid Council,
but not the carousel. In the VoL 2 book, we reported the cover program, which is
that the core is in the carousel.
If therapists want to take out computers they need to take them out from the first
computer that was laid in, the
Beast computer (at the bottom of the mind), and take them out in the sequence they
were put in.

Programmer Access to the Computer Areas.

When the external programmer wants to put information into the computer he opens up
the various
"rooms" (areas or programs so to speak) and then the internal programmers take
over. The story line used to
build in access to the computer is the King’s Chamber story in Alice In Wonderland.
The king comes to the
chamber and he has the right to make 3 wishes (the 3-part access code). If he
doesn’t make 3 wishes, everything
disappears like in the Alice In Wonderland story. 3-part access codes are usually
DATE, COLOR, ALPHA-
NUMERIC CODE. But they could be three objects within the room, or they could be a
sound, a touch, and a
third-sight signal. Generally, the Illuminati have used the actual date that an
alter (a part) or a family of alters
was created as the actual code for that chamber of the computer. That chamber will
then be linked to all the
alters of that family. So lets say a family of alters was created on 4-30-64. This
would normally be written on
the charts as 43064 or because the Illuminati often work with things backward, some
programmers will write it
46034. Which ever method, forward or backwards, will then be used consistently as
the first part of the access to
that family’s computer chamber.

There are 26 rooms in the dollhouse, or in other words, 13 families of alters on a

grid with 13 mirror images to
mirror those 13. This was very standard for years. When the programmer places the
information in it is put on a
mental imaginary "computer disk" or in the older models "spools". The reader needs
to remember back to the
hypnotic surgery that we discussed in the Illustrated Guidebook and the Vol. 2
book, to remember that the
victim has their insides hypnotically removed and the spools or computer disks
placed inside of them.
Let’s say a therapist touches one of the misinformation computers, which are the
most assessable. These
computers will then activate mirror images and lots of demonic activity. The
therapist may end up integrating
demons, and working with constructs and mirror images, and the proper excitement by
the real alters is even
programmed in. These are what may be termed "FALSE HOPE PROGRAMS". The system will
rest and relax
and the therapist will declare everything finished. (For years, the two authors
have tried to explain this, but it
seems to be a hard subject for therapists to understand.)

Finally, a very important warning, tampering with the computers is serious

business, from the co-authors
experience in working with therapists, we strongly advise them not to tamper with
the computers, because the
self-destruct programs are so strong. The self-destruct programs will turn the
person into a vegetable, or into
pure insanity if the victim survives the suicide programs. The skill level among
the therapeutic community is not
yet at the level needed to tamper with the computers, but we hope with the
publication of this book and with
more experience that that will someday become a reality. This author, Fritz, is
aware of therapists that have tried
to tamper with the computers, but the programming has beaten both them and this
author. For instance, it took
lots of work to discover that this author’ s week of work with a front computer
actually was only playing with a
misinformation computer and its FALSE HOPE PROGRAMS.

C. INTERNAL HIERARCHIES

OVERVIEW.

The internal structuring of alter systems are built with alters being arranged in
hierarchies. Often the hierarchal
arrangement is a mirror of the group carrying out the programming. The CIA and
other intelligence groups use
SECTIONS. You will find the grids of alters arranged in SECTIONS. The Illuminati
have a Grand Druid
Council and other councils, which will be mirrored within the system. Alter
families will be set up as mini-
covens within the system, often with 13 to an alter families. HUBS will be created
in reflection of how Satanic

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 254 of 296
groups are organized into hubs.

THE INTERNAL HIERARCHIES form RATIONALES

Some of the structures within the programmed alters reflect the philosophies of the
ancient occult world. The
structures are buttressed by the occult beliefs that are connected to them. Cisco,
who has helped me co-author
two books on mind-control, pointed out how the ancient world had a god which could
only be adored by one
family. Each city had its own gods, and religion was tied to the family and the
city units. This was the Religion
of the Hearth, as some have called it.

The Roman Gens was an extension of this, the Gens were political associations of
several families who
collected into a religious union, as the Illuminati families have done. When we see
how the ancient religious
customs were, we see how the internal Illuminati stmcturing parallels this
thinking. Each internal city or world
is assigned a god (demon) during the programming. The Illuminati families have
collected themselves into a
Gen. This is an example of how the internal stmcturing is buttressed by some occult
philosophy which will in
turn buttress itself by its claim to antiquity, as if length of practice makes a
mistaken superstition valid. The
myths of the occult world and their symbology are very extensive. The programmers
have many items to choose
from as they construct the deeper internal worlds of an Illuminati slave. There is
a twisted logic to many of the
names they give.

The Magna Mater is the sybil, the symbol of truth, a goddess who can take the form
of a city in the occult world.
To apply the name MAGNA MATER to a part of the mind then creates a triple or
quadruple pun— we have
something that can be truth, a city, a goddess, and a sybil. The programmers thrive
on puns. The personification
of the stages of spiritual life which are called fairies are named White Ladies,
Green Ladies, and Black Ladies.
Dissociated parts of the mind can be given the name Green Ladies, and then the
secret meaning attached that
they are fairies that connect to the system’s spiritual development. The
possibilities seem endless. Since
cabalism is behind much of the Illuminati programming, and double images are so
important— some systems
may incorporate the dual being known as Metatron on top, and Samael on the bottom.
This is the occult concept
that all phenomena has an essential ambivalence. This is the Gemini concept.

Another Cabalistic concept that appears in programming is the silver palace also
known as the silver thread that
connects man to his origin and to his end. The palace in the occult world was to
have secret chambers
(dissociated areas in the subconscious) which hold treasure (programming truths).
In the occult world’s beliefs,
it has been said that the palace of glass represents the magically appearing
ancestral memories of mankind from
the Golden Age. In Druidism, the horse was linked to the solar wheel, which had
more wheels within itself.

During programming: Concepts are linked in series, Concepts are mirrored, and
Concepts are related to the
whole. The function of occult symbols lends itself to such applications.

p_ll-2.jpg

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 255 of 296

This artwork l* not aocurata,

but is bat baan includad
bacauaa H provrdaa
ganaral concapt of ho
clock (with Ms seasons), the
circular worlds (or planets),
the elevators (shown In the
picture as ribbons), and the
quadrants of each world are
dad together Certain things
must line up lor alters to come

out As the entire mechanism

rotates, st certain calendar
dates certain Internal attars are
activated who then in turn
move other alters to positions
within the system so that they
can come out at ritual times.
The worlds are stacked on top
of each other, and telescope
out like the old telescoping
army cups. This makes circles
within circles.
http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 256 of 296

P_12_l.jpg

about the pic

Barbie Dolls are used for the mind-control programming. Interestingly in 1995,
while fighting over Barbie dolls
a 6-yr. old girl in Modesto, CA stabbed a 7-year-old playmate with a knife while
telling her she was going to
kill her. Police did nothing with the girl who had used the knife except to have
the parents take her. One
wonders what was this all about. Meanwhile Barbie Dolls have drastically changed
and are now very occultic.

CHAPTER 12 SCIENCE No. 12-EXTERNAL CONTROLS

Advertising & Trauma-based programming.

ASSET CONTROL
SURVEILLANCE.

HARASSMENT
CAR COLORS
TELEVISION

BUILDING FAMILIES AND COMMUNITIES THAT HAVE INTERWOVEN PROGRAMMING

ISOLATION

BOARDING SCHOOLS & BODY PROGRAMMING.

Ml. the finalsolution..

The Programmers
http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 257 of 296

Advertizing & Trauma-based programming.

The Oregonian newspaper, Sat. Mar. 9, 1996, (p. El) ran a story about women
entitled, "She sells, She purrs,
she percolates, she’s a power player: Ads reflect society’s view of women." At the
top right is an ad with a
Marilyn Monroe type of model with puckered lips selling cigarettes. Below her is a
picture of a girl with the
caption, "You were born a daughter. You looked up to your mother. You looked up to
your father. You looked
up to everyone. You wanted to be a princess. You thought you were a princess."

The themes in this article match the thinking within Monarch type programming
scripts. Is this coincidence, or
just a sign of the times, that so much in our lives echoes programming scripts?
Some of the ads in today’s
magazines are obvious manipulations of the Monarch trauma-based mind-control. For
instance, Royal & Sun
Alliance Insurance Group controlled by the Rothschilds had an add in a recent
popular magazine which has
nothing but an entire page of violet-blue haze with an eye [an allusion to the All-
seeing eye] staring out of the
haze along with the big caption "YOU HAVE OUR ATTENTION." This would reinforce many
of the mind-
control programs. Ostensibly, the ad was for insurance.

Another ad that is an obvious manipulation of mind-control programming is an Aveda

ad placed in Vogue &
Vanity Fair magazines, where a woman’s face is broken up into 4 pieces and put into
a glass bottle along with a
white daisy type flower & a yellow flower. The caption reads ‘You, bottled." the
subcaption reads "what would
you be if you came back as a pure-fume?" Notice the play on words that the
programmers love.

Another more subtle example is a Virginia Slims ad which is designed to hit the
subconscious of the Monarch
slave. This ad has three thrones across the top of the page. In front of the three
thrones is the Virginia Slims
lady. The first two thrones have a chubby queen sitting on them & the third on the
far right is vacant. The 3
queens are an allusion to the 3 hierarchy queens and the maiden-mother-hidden crone
sequence in programming.
The queen holds a scepter which adds some more power to this as a subconscious
trigger. The caption reads,
"Virginia Slims remembers the shortest reign of a female monarch. Queen Katrina of
Valenski was crowned at
10 past the hour, lit a cigarette at 12 past the hour and was dethroned at 13 past
the hour."

The hidden meaning behind this is that the front woman, remembers on a subconscious
level the threat that if
you don’t remember the authority & power (thrones), and the power structure (the
triad), then you shall
remember the programming threat. This ad subtly reinforces the programming threats
to slaves.

Other ads that manipulate programming use Wizard of Oz, Alice In Wonderland and
Star Wars themes. They
use allusions to the programming scripts and show subtle occult symbols. The
hypnotic eye is very popular in
ads. Some ads simply seem to be a reflection of how our culture has become part of
the programming, for
instance a Sportsman device that is sold by an add with a big caption "Split
personality", or a Merit cigarette ad
that sells its product with the caption "Split personality." A watch ad for Bulova
has an empty chair with a
banner over it "Personality of the year’ and the caption "Is your watch making you
a missing person?"

During the programming, shifts in time certainly do make certain alters disappear,
so although this ad is may not
be a direct attempt to manipulate programming, it certainly is a product of today’s
mind-controlled society.

»>On the next pg. is an ad appealing directly to the thinking of a programmed

multiple.»

p_12_evel.jpg

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 258 of 296

p_12_eve2.jpg
ASSET CONTROL
SURVEILLANCE.

Over the years of watching the Illuminati manage their slaves, it is clear that
they like to have their slaves under
constant surveillance. Often times they use friends of the slave to keep tabs. For
instance, the teams that they put
together are great for using to monitor other team members. If they find that the
acquaintances and friends of the
slave are not contributing enough, they will send out people to keep tabs on the
slave.

Surveillance of a slave is done either to let the slave know that he or she is
being watched (obviously as an
intimidation device), or is done in line with common intelligence/police type
tactics. Many times the Illuminati
surveillance is so obvious, that this author has to conclude that it is
intentionally so. For understanding
undetectable surveillance. Hollywood movies are not teaching manuals. To watch
someone’s house the people
working for the Illuminati will often try to maintain about 2 blocks distance. If
they have to they can use battery
operated bugs or bugs installed using the wiring in the house. If they want to get
high-tech they can use fiber
optics or even go to satellite-ground antenna monitoring of what a person is doing.
If you are looking for a bug,
get a counter that will go up into the higher ranges, & expect them to stick bugs
away from equipment like
refrigerators and air conditioners which make a lot of noise.

They also have directional microphones called bionic ears which can be used to pick
up outside sounds from a
distance. Sophisticated filters can be placed on their listening devices to screen
out background noise. Lasers
beamed onto windows can be used to listen to conversations within a building, but
these have the drawbacks of
picking up building noises, & noises from the street. Laser listening devices are
going to function better at night.

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 259 of 296

Telephone taps are commonly done by the Network to control and monitor their
slaves. There are low-tech and
high-tech ways to do this. The bottom line is that all telephone conversations in
this nation (U.S.), all CB-radio
traffic, all radio traffic has been totally monitored since before the 1970’s. It
is a given that anything you say on
the telephone will be fed into a large computer which has words to watch for.
Unless you believe you are a high-
profile person, who is monitored 24-hours a day, it is best to stay away from
mentioning trigger words in your
conversation.

Often times, the people monitoring slaves team trail the slave. Teams of people can
track a person on foot or in
a car. Using a team is the best method in many situations. Often they tag team
follow a person. They also have
team formations that are used to keep track of a person, such as one person on the
opposite side of the street, and
one immediately behind and one far behind. Having a distant tracker allows the
close one to avoid being caught
if the slave tries to take evasive action or to ambush the stalker.

If the person watching the slave gets really concerned they may end up using
special headlights called "blackout
lights" to shadow the slave at night, which are shielded to keep the beams of light
from showing in front or to
the side of the car. These special lights light up the road in front of the car
only, so the car remains unseen by the
stalked mind-controlled victim.

There are a number of secret devices to aid the abusers in their control over
environment that the slave must live
in. The intelligence groups often use a radio device called AGENT ALERT which looks
like a ballpoint pen
which sends out a continual beeping when it is activated.

Besides their Global Positioning Satellites, intelligence has Pegasus, a ship that
can monitor & record electronic
transmissions while sailing offshore. After reading the mind-control significance
of Pegasi, it clearer the Navy
picked an appropriate horse to record electronic transmissions. Even though all
slaves have Reporting Alters, &
are tracked in other ways, the Illuminati often has redundant safety features to
monitor their "human assets".

Because the slave is monitored from so many different unseen methods, it does begin
to seem hopeless to some
to ever be free of Big Brother. If you add to all this, that the slave has been
programmed repeatedly that there is
no escaping their All-seeing eyes, then it is easy to see why so many slaves
acquiesce & just comply.

A Vol. 2 reader, who caught onto to what the book is about, pointed out how the new
film The Juror reflects
their approach to control. The movie shows a controller who is obsessed with who he
is controlling. This holds
true in real life for the programmers too. Even though Dr. Mengele programmed
thousands of people in his
lifetime, he had his "pets" (Lieblings), pet slaves that he was obsessed with. In
the movie, the controller says,
"Do what I say." and "If I can keep you scared, I can save your life." These could
have come straight out of a
programmer’s mouth. He picks out a juror who is creative & intelligent to control,
which are the criteria for
selecting victims in real life. The movie illustrates some of the concepts which
actually happen that this chapter
12 is trying to describe.

HARASSMENT

One of the things that the Network does to any slave that tries to break free, and
the Illuminati does to any of
their hierarchy slaves (like this book’s co-author Cisco) who tries to get free is
to harass them constantly.

Stephen Knight who researched the Freemasons wrote a chapter in his book The
Brotherhood, The Secret World
of the Freemasons about how they harass any opposition. (See chapter 16, pp. 140-
149). When Knight
interviewed ex-Masons they were in abject fear of the Masonic system. They didn’t
even want to talk about how
much power the Freemasons have to ruin careers, spy, and harass people. Since
Knight’s book is available for
the reader, and since there are a number of books (like those from Loompanics) that
are very detailed on
harassment techniques, this book will only briefly touch on the subject. However,
just because it is only briefly
mentioned please don’t mistakenly think this is a minor topic.

The Illuminati and their co-workers the Freemasons, the Mishpucka, and CIA put
outrageously great amounts of

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 260 of 296

efforts into harassment. It is not unusual for a recovering victim of mind-control

to find their favourite pet
killed, or human faeces in their oven, and other bizarre harassments that show the
warped character of the
controllers. The CIA, the Masonic leaders, and the Mishpucka keep extensive files
on everyone for purposes of
blackmail, and coercion. The Masonic leadership of Freemasonry in a given area will
have thousands of
"blackmail" files on essentially everyone of importance in their area. Upper
echelon people such as judges,
lawyers, and politicians are generally controlled via IRS infringements, and many
of the lower echelon people
are controlled through weird sexual items. This is where the Delta and Beta Monarch
slaves are so helpful to the
Illuminati. The Freemasons can have a sexual alter seduce a man, contrive a scene,
and then an alter that is in a
death trance takes the body so that the target of blackmail thinks he has killed
the woman. It works great for
blackmail. (This information comes from several witnesses who are informed about
the blackmail files & their
methods for blackmailing.)

CAR COLORS

The Vol. 2 book apparently neglected to relate how the colors of cars are used to
access victims. Some victims
around the U.S. are programmed to red & white cars. Autos with both colors will
arrive. Red & White are the
great mystical colors assoc, with the 2 headed eagle & Janus. White cars are for
high ranking slaves. Very
specific sexual slaves are picked up in red and black cars. In N.Y. brown
Volkswagens were frequently used for
accessing slaves. Two tone cars will be used to trigger particular alters to come
out. Another common practice
that is occurring across the U.S. is for the draconian enforcers to borrow cars
from dealerships so that they can’t
be traced. The license plates of cars are also used as access triggers for some
slaves.

TELEVISION

The all pervasive television, which has been so common place in the lives of
Americans, is used a great deal to
manipulate trauma-based mind-controlled slaves. Tests by researcher Herbert Krugman
have shown that TV
watchers used their right brain twice as much as their left brain and released
Beta-endorphin into their brains. In
other words, TV watching trains the mind to go into an altered state. If a blank
black frame is interjected every
32 frames on a show, a 45 beat/minute pulsation is created that puts a person into
a hypnotic trance. In Vol. 2, it
was brought out how the Lawnmower Man movie, displayed the symbols used to program
many of the slaves.
The movie was advertised with the slogan "God made him simple... Science made him a
god." This is a slogan
fitting for an Illuminati member who has been programmed to think he is a god, and
yet he must serve his
superiors.

BUILDING FAMILIES AND COMMUNITIES THAT HAVE INTERWOVEN PROGRAMMING

The Illuminati has increasingly wanted to keep their members within Illuminati
family settings. They have had
more problems with placing their members into families which are not part of their
mind-control than they have
had with children which are raised within Ilium, or cult type settings. If one or
both of the parents have
programming, the Illuminati often weaves the programming together so that the
entire family becomes one
programmed dissociative mechanism.

For instance, on a ritual night the child as it is being tucked in bed will say to
the mother, "MAY I HAVE A
DRINK OF WATER." This is the code trigger for the mother to give a drug in a drink.
The child is to say
another trigger to the parent when they get the drink, then is programmed to drink
the drug. The second trigger
causes the parent to switch to a personality that feels compelled to get the family
into the car and drive. The
family all mechanically click into a series of alter switches and end up at a
ritual. They mechanically trigger and
reinforce each others programming as they return from the ritual, and end up at
home with everyone’s front
alters not knowing what the family has been involved with. Here we have an entire
family whose testimony
could reinforce each other that they did nothing but sleep at home that night!

There are some locations, for instance, two entire towns in southern Utah that are
a strict offbeat shoot of
Mormonism, which are entirely programmed multiples. There have been some television
shows about entire
towns being caught up in secret satanic rituals. It is true, but they also have
occult mind-control programming

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 261 of 296

along with those rituals. Here we see how an entire city can trigger each other’s
programming and all be
involved in the insanity of all this without full awareness. This is in fact, where
the entire world is headed very
rapidly.

ISOLATION

While control mechanisms are put into place world-wide, the Illuminati still must
keep their children isolated
from the world. To successfully raise a child slave, the mind-control’s success
depends upon isolation. Children
involved in cult rituals do not talk to other children. If they are caught talking,
the standard punishment is to tie
the child to a dead child. They want their children to shut down, and only do what
they are told. They want the
child to respond only to the Programmer and its Mother of Darkness. They heap lots
of guilt upon any child that
breaks the rules of no communication. Children still manage to learn to speak with
their eyes and fingers. They
become skilled at this even though they know the punishment will be severe if
caught.
BOARDING SCHOOLS & BODY PROGRAMMING.

Most people would naturally think that this topic would belong to this chapter.
Actually, this topic DOES NOT
belong here. But it was placed here on purpose, because its placement here will
emphasize its point, while not
detracting from the Cranial Manipulation and Genetic Manipulations sections of
Chpt. 8.

Boarding schools not only give the elite a chance to isolate, educate, and
indoctrinate their children, but it is also
a great way to layer in body memories that instil a subconscious ethic of elitism.
It is an attitude of elitism that
allowed the Pharisees to crucify Christ, the Nazis to kill Jews, and Moslems to
kill Hindus, etc.

How does this layering of body memories happen? The memories of our bodies are
buried within the cells of
our bodies. Therapists have known about body memories for some time now. Cellular
level body memories are
way beyond the grasp of the consciousness. Buried into a deep unconscious
repression are the body memories of
the social values (elitism) that are contained in how the social elite walk, hold a
spoon and knife, how a person
must stand up straight with good posture, and how the person holds and uses their
facial muscles. The boarding
schools teach an entire world of elite mannerisms such as "keep a stiff upper lip"
to "don’t hold your knife in
your left hand."

West Point performs the same programming of body memories, to insure that their
West Pointers develop an
elitist attitude. The effect of these body memories is to subconsciously encourage
the mind into thinking that it
is elite. The erect posture and military gait that this author was taught carry
with them the implication of
superiority. While the conscious awareness of this elitist indoctrination can be
gotten in touch with and defused,
there are none-the-less buried elements of body memory that resist tampering. This
author would ask his fellow
West Pointers, how do they feel if they walk like a general around civilians?

This type of body programming contributes to an ethic of elitism. How it is created

and how it works has not
escaped the detection of the elite bloodlines. This is why the British boarding
schools are so strict about "good
manners." Through a plebe year of bracing, the mind develops body memories of how
to stand in a military
brace. Some cadets are so traumatized by their first year, they never return to a
normal posture. A military brace
has been proven to not be the healthiest posture. It’s this author’s contention
that the military brace is insisted
upon for mind-control, and not for health reasons.

Victims of mind-control have been placed in many humiliating body positions, as

well as many painful body
positions. It takes years of slow subconscious work as well as deep massage to pull
these up and work with
these body memories. For instance, during the tortures to create cat/kitten alters,
the children often crouch like
cats. Kitten alters will retain their body memories of crouching (hunching the
shoulders) like a cat. Sometimes
when their masters begin to beat on kitten alters, they will reflexively crouch
like a scared kitten. And what’ s
with the woman called Queen Sheri who has been managing the two professional
wrestlers Macho King and
Randy Savage? Both of these professional wrestlers are part of a "family" called
the New World Order. Queen
Sheri walks around in a cat costume and facial makeup that makes her look like a
real wild cat. Is this wildcat a

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 262 of 296

Monarch wildcat?

When controls fail, THE FINAL SOLUTION.

The World Order can send out teams of professional killers. (What’s new?) These
killers often emotionally
distance themselves from their victims by thinking of their "targets" as inferior
forms of life that they are
"liquidating", "terminating", "cleansing from this planet", etc. In 1996, a 4-
member hit team took out the entire
Bill Mueller family (Bill, Nancy, and 8 yr. old Sarah). Bill was a member of the
Special Ops Group SOG of the
Navy Seals. He had become a Patriot and a big gun dealer living in Arkansas.
Someone decided he was too
much of a threat and sent a team in to take not just him but his entire family out.
Booz-Allen & Hamilton, Inc
has been hired by the NWO to infiltrate the militias. This author has known in this
area several disobedient
slaves, and one therapist who lost their lives to assassins, as well as another one
who committed suicide
according to programming. But anymore what isn’t dangerous? Crossing the street and
eating at a restaurant can
kill you too. The reader knows this. This author also knows of several who were
going to be killed but escaped.
One troublemaker was to have been sacrfficed but broke free and hid, another was
ritually tortured, buried alive,
and left for dead, but managed to survive.

The Programmers
APPENDIX 1. The PROGRAMMERS

One night a Memphis policeman arrested a rowdy drunk,

who turned out to be Jerry Lee Lewis. Lewis has the reputation of
being one of the most sadistic mind-control programmers of all
time.

APPENDIX 1 - PROGRAMMERS/RESEARCHERS

DIRTY PSYCHIATRISTS involved with MIND CONTROL

DIRTY RESEARCHERS

DIRTY TAVISTOCK CONTROLLERS

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 263 of 296

SOME OF FREEMASONRY’S MIND-CONTROL PEOPLE

REMOTE VIEWING MIND-RESEARCH
ODDS & ENDS

LIST of PROGRAMMERS (continuation from the list given in Vol. 2 )

A FEW random CIA/INTELLIGENCE MEN involved WITH MIND-CONTROL

Anton LaYev— Profile of a trauma-based mind-control programmer
WHAT TO LOOK FOR.

MICHAEL AQUINO, a militarv/cult mind-control programmer

HIS CAREER
PERSONAL HISTORY.

UNDERSTANDING The CHURCH OF SET

UNDERSTANDING SOME OF AQUINO'S PROGRAMMING.

BACKGROUND
SEQUELAE OF ABUSE
The Illuminati set up the Josiah Macy, Jr. Foundation to direct some of the mind-
control its research, and its
financial affairs. Harold Abramson became one of its leaders. One of the Macy
Foundation’s directors has been
military intelligence chief and relative to Winston Churchill, Gen. Marlborough
Churchill. Both Winston and
Marlborough are of the corrupt Illuminati Marlborough family.

DIRTY PSYCHIATRISTS involved with MIND CONTROL

Dr. Van O. Austin, Utah

Dr. George Brock Chisholm, Tavistock

Dr. Lawrence D. Ginsberg

Dr. Robert G. Heath

Dr. Paul Hoch, Scot. Rite Mason

Dr. Robert Howell, Utah

Dr. Nathan Kline, Columbia Univ.

Dr. Nolan D.C. Lewis, dir NY State Psyc Inst. & Scottish Rite Mason
Dr. Amedeo S. Marrazzi, Missouri Inst, of Psychology
Dr. Sudha Tayi

DIRTY RESEARCHERS

Dr. Ross Adley, formerly of the Brain Research Center at Univ. of So. CA, now at
Loma Linda Univ. Med.
School, CIA, worked on ELF waves and the brain, and EM radiation.

Dr. Emmanuel Donchin, head of Psyc. Dept, at Urbana-Champaign’s Univ. of IL, worked
on thought-controlled
machines.

Dr. Wayne O. Evans— U.S. Mil. Stress Lab, Natick, Mass

Dr. Dave Morgan, Lockhead-Sanders, worked on the syntel
Dr. Arthur Upton, head National Cancer Inst.

DIRTY TAVISTOCK CONTROLLERS

W. R. Byon

Richard Crossman

H. V. Dicks

Ronald Lippert

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007
Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 264 of 296

Brig. Gen. Dr. John Rawlings Rees

SOME OF FREEMASONRY’S MIND-CONTROL PEOPLE

Dr. Robert Hanna Felix— 33°, dir of psyc. research for Scott. Rite, oversaw the
Lexington KT programming
facility

Dr. Franz J. Kailman-jewish Nazi who did research at NY State Psyc. Inst, while at
Columbia Univ.

Seymour Solomon Kety- exec, of Scot. Rites psychiatry experiments, & nat. dir. of
American Eugenics Soc.

Winfred Overholser- overall leader of Masonic research into mind-control, sup. of

St. ‘Elizabeth’s Hosp. a
mental hospital in Wash. D.C.

REMOTE VIEWING MIND-RESEARCH

Private organizations doing research into RV in the U.S. are ran by "retired"
intelligence people.

Joe McMoneagle — "retired Intelligence officer" left govt.’s Stargate to set up

"private" RV research.

ODDS & ENDS

• Hillary Clinton, who is a Grand Dame in the Illuminati, started in the early
1960s a group of mind-controlled
slaves which is called Royal Project. She reportedly exercises power in the White
House via 16 staffers who
have been given authority over the different departments of government. One mind-
control victim claims that
one of Clinton’s talks gave triggers for him to kill. One of Clinton’s never
mentioned cronies, who works
closely with him, and travels to meet him at various locations is Charles Whitmore
of Arkansas.

• One of the big areas where a great number of mind-controlled slaves congregate
are MUFON meetings. An
example of a slave handler, who is also a programmed slave is Dea Martin, who tells
people she has worked for
the government and who does aura readings. She controls her sidekick Jim Courant, a
commercial airline pilot.
An example of a programmed multiple with "alien" programming was serial murderer
Robert Moody. Film
taken of Moody in jail shows his MPD (DID).

• Kleinknecht was National Director of NASA during the Moon Flights when lots of
mind-control programming
was being done by both the Masonic lodges and NASA. C. Fred Kleinknecht was not
only director of NASA
but the Sec. General of the Scottish Rite 33°.

• The Doors Singer Jim Morrison used the occult code name Lizard King and The
Exterminating Angel. He was
involved with mind control.

• Col. John Alexander, (also called Doctor) who has been living in Arizona, and who
has been in charge of
making psychic warriors for the U.S. Army, has the inside reputation of being the
Illuminati’s top mind-control
programmer.

• James Monroe. It turns out that there have been two James Monroes involved in
programming. The first one
was bn. perhaps in the 1920’s, was 6’ tall, and he was the CIA man who set up the
Society for the Investigation
of Human Ecology, a CIA front for mind-control, He had a very polite front in spite
of being a sadistic
programmer. The second one was James Monroe Martinez, bn in 1938, 6’ tall, who was
busy setting up
underground bases such as the one at Los Alamos under the cover of working for GE.
One report said he died in
1965. His mother owned a Catholic half-way house in Albuquerque, NM.

• There are all kinds of events happening around us that show evidence of mind-
control. One example, is the
case of a Catholic man quitting the monastery and becoming a NASA physicist.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 265 of 296

• Part of the success of the mind-control lays within their child procurement
abilities. The’ corrupt Finders
group, which consisted of FBI/CIA men who helped procure children, were led by
Marion Pettie, who was
called "the Stroller" and "the Game Caller" by Finder members.

• The establishment allowed CIA programmer Dr. Louis Joyon "Jolly" West to examine
Jack Ruby in his jail
cell. When Ruby refused to admit to insanity. West labelled him "paranoid and
mentally ill" and Ruby was
placed on pills, which were called "happy pills". Ruby believed he was being
poisoned by the establishment.
• Part of the success of the mind-control lays in the fact that there is such a
widespread network of pedophiles.
On Channel 5, May 6, 1996, during a show "Priestly Sins," it was stated that "at
least 3000 [catholic] priests are
sexual abusers of children." The program stated that 600 priests have been reported
to law enforcement within
the last few years for complaints of sexual abuse of children. The show stated that
catholics are silenced and
punished if they speak up. Priests who speak out are penalized. For instance in
1985, a senior official at the
Vatican’s embassy in Wash. D.C. discovered rampant sexual abuse and wrote a report
on how it should be dealt
with responsibly. The church promptly buried the report.

LIST of PROGRAMMERS (continuation from the list given in Vol. 2)

Stephen Aldrich
Morse Allen
Dr. Charles L. Brown
Col. Campbell
Dr. Cleghon
Hillary Clinton

Jack F. (Uncle Jack) & Jill Coogan

Sen. Alan Cranston

"Gen." Earman

Don Ebner

Dr. Charles Evans

Dr. Tom Fox

Floyd & Mildred Frost & dau. Carol Frost Buis

Dr. George S. Glass

Dr. Goldshe

L. Wilson Greene

Dr. James Hamilton

Dr. Robert G. Heath

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 266 of 296

Richard Helms
Dr. Paul Hoch
Dr. Hyde

Dr. Korim (sp. not known)

Dr. Lowenstein

Mateland

Dr. Gary E. Miller

Dr. Moore

Dr. Martin Orne

Dr. Rosenberg

Dr. Woolsworth Russell

Cpt. George White (nickname/cover name Stormy)

Dr. Robert E. White

A FEW random CIA/INTELLIGENCE MEN involved WITH MIND-CONTROL

John Bacon
Tennant (Pete) Bagley
Col. Matt Baird
Bill Brown

Richard L. Conolly, Jr.

Burt Courage
Cong. Bud Cramer
Jerry Droller
Robert Feldman
Jim Ferguson
J. Peter Grace
Cynthia Hausman
Richard Helms
William J. Hood
Jack Kindschi
John McCone
Charles McKay
Cord Meyer
Comm. John R. Miller
Herbert Quinde
Wade Thomas

Anton LaVey— Profile of a trauma-based mind-control programmer

When someone coined the phrase "dynamite comes in small packages" the phrase was an
apt description of
Anton LaVey. (Released photographs of LaVey prevent people from realizing how short
his is.) In a personal

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 267 of 296

letter which Anton LaVey wrote, "With my swastika, I’m strong. My Satanic amulets
give me power. I’m not a
misfit anymore, with pimples and a heart murmur and flat feet."

Anton LaVey is famous for having started the Church of Satan. He chose
Walpurgisnacht, April 30, 1966 to
start the Church of Satan in San Francisco. Previously he had began holding
midnight magic seminars in 1960.
He and his occult friends held Magic Circle meetings until he founded the Church.
His Church of Satan is
officially recognized by the U.S. government and the military.

He turned an old Victorian House, at 61 14 California St., San Francisco into what
has been called "the Black
Castle". It was for years indeed black on the outside, and LaVey would drive a
hearse. Anton LaVey kept a full
grown 400 lb. Nubian lion named Togare from Ethiopia at his house (which was
allowed both inside & outside)
that scared the neighbours when it roared. He also has kept a black leopard.

LaVey loves to play his Hammond organ music in his black castle as if his house
were a stereotypical horror
house. Inside the house are rooms used for rituals, occult books including books on
cannibalism, coffins, a maze
of secret passageways, and LaVey’ s private saloon called the Den of Iniquity. He
called his satanic covens
"Grottos."

This author is aware that the Church of Satan got Grottos going in the following
cities: Amsterdam (Magistralis
Grotto, Neth.), Boston, Chicago, Dayton, Denver, Detroit, Edmonton (Can),
Indianapolis, Kansas City, Las
Vegas, London (Eng.), Los Angeles, Louisville, New York, Paris (Fr.), Phoenix,
Portland (OR), St. Petersburg,
Seattle, Silverton (OR), and Vancouver (Can).

Undoubtedly, there are other groups, as well as a scattered following of

individuals. The Church of Satan has
had many Ph.D.’s. The church has had a high percentage of professionals such as:
doctors, lawyers, teachers,
former FBI agents, IBM executives. Cult underground film maker Kenneth Anger was a
member of the Church
of Satan. An ex-high priest of the Church of Satan told this author how he was
recruited for the position of high
priest. He was promised anything he wanted in life, any woman, any money etc.— and
they made good on much
of that promise. As high priest, he micromanaged everyone’s lives in his grotto.
His people came to him for
permission and advice and orders for everything. It wasn’t just mind-control, it
was total control of their lives.
But giving orders and micromanaging the lives of many people became a drag.

One of Cathy O’Brien’s abusers was LaVey’ s High Priest Merle Kilgore, father of
Steve Kilgore. LaVey (bn.
April 1 1, 1930) comes from a Rumanian bloodline from Translyvania. As he grew up
he love the story of
Frankenstein. As a teenager he loved the occult. He dropped out of high school to
be part of the Clyde Beatty
circus.

LaVey likes to work from dusk to dawn. Like his ex-right hand man Michael Aquino,
another mind-control
programmer, both LaVey and Aquino are fascinated with the Nazis. (Michael Aquino’s
wife Lillith Sinclair was
formerly the head of the Church of Satan’s NY Lillith Grotto.) LaVey sports a Van
Dyke beard, and a head
shaved in the same fashion of executioners during the middle ages. Most of his
followers never see him.
Although LaVey has gotten wide press coverage, thanks to William Randolph Hearst’s
newspapers and his
publishing companies like Avon, LaVey is a very secretive person and very rarely
shows himself to even his
high priests, or even talks to them.

His Church is a collection of self-sustaining dictators. He exaggerates the numbers

of his church, apparently by
claiming people who come in contact with his church. Before we discuss more about
his organization and their
rituals, let’s touch on his role as a trauma-based mind-control programmer. Anton
LaVey has openly advocated
the creation of android humans. Even more startling is a music video shown on TV in
which Anton LaVey
personally gives a graphic description of how Anton LaVey intends to make the
listener into his "mind-
controlled sex slave". The audacity of this is mind-boggling. But then LaVey has
tended to be more frank than
other occult figures. The approach seems to be "I’H shock you so boldly, that you
will not believe what I am
saying, but will think its an act."

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007
Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 268 of 296

Taking inspiration from Orwell’s 1984 LaVey wrote, "Up is down, pleasure is pain,
darkness is light, slavery is
freedom, madness is sanity..." This is actually the language that is used at times
in the mind-control
programming! Anton LaVey has been the mind-control handler/programmer of a number
of Hollywood actors
& actresses, including Jayne Mansfield and Marilyn Monroe, who both serviced him as
sexual slaves. Jayne
Mansfield, who was a High Priestess in the Church of Satan, shocked people when on
a USO tour in Vietnam
she asked for a satanic religious service. Sam Brody, one of Mansfield’s handlers,
had a bitter struggle over who
would control Jayne, and one of LaVey’ s followers claimed to have tampered with
Brody’s car. Anton LaVey
has also been the programmer of his daughters such as Karla and Zeena and his son.
An ex-member of a satanic
cult in the Ozarks said, "If LaVey says jump, you jump." Some of his followers call
him “Uncle Anton" as if
they were programmed by him. LaVey’s cover is that he is simply a showman, a
buffoon. His cover has fooled
many people, the truth is the man is not to be trusted and has a lot more evil
power than people have realized.

LaVey has always had what some describe as a "warm relationship" with police. In
fact, he was on the police
force in the 1950’s as a photographer. The police were reluctant to question LaVey
about the death of Jayne
Mansfield (4/19/33-6/28/67) who was one of LaVey’s high priestesses and slaves in
his Church of Satan. Her
color was pink. Anton LaVey has been seen going onto military programming bases,
and was at the NORAD
area in Colorado for a while.

Dick Russell interviewed Anton LaVey with his approval. Russell wrote up the
interview in "The Satanist Who
Wants To Rule the World", (Argosy, June 1975, p. 41) that the Anton LaVey believes
that he and an elite force
of Satanists will rule the world. LaVey took an obscure occult tract from the 30’ s
and some thoughts from HG.
Well’s book The Island of Dr. Moreau for a ritual. From this, he came up with a
ritual which includes these
stanzas:

"Man is God. We are men. We are gods. God is man."

When the reader is done reading this book, he will see how this ritual can fit in
perfectly with trauma-based total
mind-control. In fact, when people attend the Church of Satan’s secret rituals,
once people enter the ritual room
two hooded guards prevent people from exiting prematurely through the closed doors.
The rituals have been
reported as being very disgusting. It well publicized that LaVey uses naked human
altars for rituals, after photos
were published of his satanic baptism of his 3 year old-daughter Zeena in May 1967.
Does the Church of Satan
involve summoning demons and worshipping Satan. Yes, most definitively. For
instance, here are the some of
the words of an important invocation used by his satanic rituals:

In nomine Dei nostri Satanas Luciferi excelsi! In the name of Satan, the Ruler of
the earth, the King of the
world, I command the forces of darkness to bestow their Infernal power upon me!...
By all the Gods of the Pit, I
command that these things of which I speak shall come to pass ! Come forth and
answer your names by
manifesting my desires! Hail Satan!"

LaVey’s book The Compleat Witch (NY Dodd, Mead, 1971) p. 266 advocates that one
achieve self-
understanding and "embrace and cherish the demon within him." In LaVey’s book The
Satanic Witch (LA:

Feral House, 1969) he states that a witch to be successful must make a pact with
the devil. His church loves to
chant "Hail Satan". They like Crowley’s law, Do What thou Wilt. LaVey & some of his
members teach that at
the core of each person is a demon waiting to be released.

LaVey loves Black Masses and desecrating anything sacred to Christians. LaVey urges
people in his books and
talks to bring out their "darkest" urging. He hints at human sacrifice in his
Satanic Bible, by having a section on
it, but is careful not to go too far out on a limb publicly. He always publicly
denies that Satanists should do
human sacrifices. One of the doctors of the San Francisco Church of Satan is said
to have brought LaVey’s
church a severed human leg from the hospital he worked at, which was basted in
Triple Sec and eaten by LaVey
and his group. Most of the rituals are done in secret, there are no way to confirm
rumours that they eat human
flesh, but knowing the mentality of some of his church members, they would do it
just to check it out as a new
experience.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 269 of 296

Illuminatus William Randolph Hearst gave Anton LaVey some big help. His Avon
Publishing published his
Satanic Bible in 1969 (it was first released in Dec. ‘69). Since then it has
reportedly gone through over 30
printings. LaVey’s next book The Satanic Rituals also was published by Hearst Avon
in 1972. It talks about the
power that blood sacrifices give the magician. Hearst’ s papers also gave him
publicity.

LaVey is always thinking of ways of promoting his theology. Years ago, he had a
topless witches Sabbath on
San Francisco’s North Beach. In 1990, the Church of Satan went into the Heavy Metal
music business. The
Church of Satan puts out a monthly magazine The Cloven Hoof which for most members
is their main indirect
communication from Magus LaVey.

WHAT TO LOOK FOR.

One of the most asked questions is, "Fritz, what does one look for?" One of the
best covers for Illuminati
kingpins is religion. Another is philanthropy. Philanthropy ties in with Illuminati
beliefs that your good deeds
must balance your evil deeds to gain power— it’ s a Gnostic cabalistic view point.
The Illuminati kingpins are
great philanthropists even though much of their philanthropy is self-serving.

Perhaps giving an example of a family that is suspect due to their circumstances

would help illustrate this point.
There is such a family which has gone almost undetected for years, and although
some people fear them, they
have not been reported on. Just because the police place a person on the suspect
list, does not mean that the
person is guilty. Everyone deserves the right to treated as innocent, until proven
guilty.

One of the groups that concern this author are the rich ultra-secretive
ultraconservative Talmudic Jewish groups.
This exclusive group keep their children away from contact with the outside world
and send them to exclusive,
semi-secret schools. An example of this would be the Reichmanns of Canada, who are
billionaires, and have had
some connections to the Rothschilds of England. It’s not that this author has
problems with people observing
their religious beliefs strictly (or in the ultra-conservative Talmudic groups,
"ultra-strictly" better describes their
extreme strictness). It’s great that people have standards of belief and conduct.
However, the author sees the
same patterns of legalism and secrecy that pervade Old Order Amish groups, — except
in the case of families
like the Reichmanns, the potential for mischief is great, because they are not
involved with milking cows, but
international banking.

While most people are simply ignorant about the Amish but are not fearful of them,
people who know rich
billionaires like the Reichmanns scared to death of them and a heavy cloak of
secrecy envelopes them. Renee
Reichmann was the great matriarch of the Reichmanns of Canada who are Talmidim
Chakham, followers of the
Talmud. They are not Hasidic. She is a descendent from King David, and King
Solomon. She lives in Toronto.
Her great-grandfather, a Gestetner, was one of the wealthiest men in Hungary. Most
of her family lives in
Montreal, two of her sons live in Toronto. Her children are Eva, Edward, Louis,
Albert, Paul & Ralph. Samuel
Reichmann is the father of the dynasty in Canada.

In 1929, his egg business made him rich. He learned how to work finances and
currency exchanges between
different countries to make money by tricks to circumvent legalities. Their family
has also gotten Rothschild
financial help, and during W.W. II they worked with Koppel, who ran the
Rothschild’s City Bank in Gibraltar.
Their family did a great many things during W.W. II from the trading center Tangier
in North Africa. Tangier
was located in a position to trade between the Axis and the Allies. Also during
W.W. II, under the direction of
the Bank of Spain the Reichmanns and others kept the Spanish currency artificially
high, by creating an artificial
demand for the currency. The Reichmanns made perhaps millions of dollars on
currency exchanges during the
war years.

Don Eduardo Reichman was the administrator of del Real Estate & Commercial Bank of
Tangier. Eva
Reichmann married a British merchant banker. Albert Reichmann is President of
Olympia & York
Developments Ltd. Paul sits on the board of the Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce
(CIBC) & on the board
of Rockefeller Center Properties, Inc. (a real estate investment trust for some of
the Rockefeller properties in
Manhattan.) Albert sits on the board of the Mt. Sinai Hospital in Toronto, and on
the board of Landmark Lands

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 270 of 296

Co., Inc. which owns some of the great golf courses in Palm Springs, CA. The
Ontario Ministry of Consumer &
Commercial Relations has offices in buildings owned by them. They tried to buy
banks in Israel. Their sect of
Judaism has a Yesodeh Hatorah school for ultra-orthodox boys. Their children have
very little exposure to
outside world. Their children do not have access to newspapers, television, or
radios. Ralph and Paul were
privately educated in England at Gateshead. It’s a perfect setup for trauma-based
mind-control.

Samuel Reichmann is known among his kind of Jewish sect as a philanthropist who
supports Torah institutions.
These Talmudic families consider pedigrees and genealogies very important, which is
very much in line with
the Illuminati’s mind-set. The reason that this family is mentioned is that the
Reichmanns haven’t been
mentioned in my previous books, and the circumstances that pervade the family have
the earmarks for what this
book is about. It may be that this family of billionaires consists of only
wonderful people, but it is a given that
most of the readers would be considered animals by these strict Talmudists, who
would never allow any of us of
the wrong bloodlines to be accepted into their "in" group. Obviously the
Rothschilds are of the right bloodline.

Likewise, international bankers tend to be a Machiavellian clique, (that is not

this author’s opinion, but the
opinion of honest hearted person who have ran in those circles.) Why has this
clique accepted a family like the
Reichmann’ s from such a narrow-minded judgemental sect into their fold? This
paragraph is not written toward
anyone specifically, it simply calling our attention a family of billionaires that
no one knows about, which lives
in veil of secrecy, and a religious setting that would make mind-control as easy as
imaginable. (The Reichmanns
would deny what’s been written here.)

There are victims of mind-control coming in to therapists from conservative Jewish

groups, and at least some of
these are Illuminati. The religious front could just as easily be Christian. Some
of the readers of Vol. 2 reported
back that the book helped them unveil the religious fronts that had helped derail
their suspicions of puzzling
situations that don’t add up. The next programmer to be written about uses the
front of being a leader of a
Satanic Cult. I say front, because Michael Aquino has created a public image for
his satanic cult, and hides
behind that public image. Anytime someone wants to reveal the ugly truth about him,
he hollers to the effect
that he is being persecuted by a wild witch-hunt. He hollers that people are just
having a knee-jerk reaction to
his satanic occultism, and that he is really safe.

MICHAEL AQUINO, a military/cult mind-control programmer

An OVERVIEW. Michael Aquino has been a trauma-based total mind-control (Monarch)

programmer for the
DIA Psychological Warfare Division. He is also a prominent public satanist. A photo
of Aquino in his military
uniform is in the center picture section of Carl A. Raschke’s Painted Black (San
Francisco: Harper & Row,
1990.) Other books contain various pictures of him in satanic garb with ritual
items. Most of the programmers
have chosen to remain in the background, Aquino with his enormous ego, has chosen
otherwise.

Senator Byrd (KKK leader & Freemason) and Aquino have done a great deal together
over the years, and have
been like a team. With the legal expertise of U.S. Sen. Robert C. Byrd, Aquino
established the Temple of Set, a
satanic cult as a legal religion recognized by the U.S. government and the U.S.
military. This exclusive cult was
designed to give these unchallenged criminals of the Network:

A. a legal organization whose membership consists of a mixed group of slaves and

handlers, B. a market outlet
for their illegal drugs and pom, C. a good public, legal, openly satanic front with
which to attack all media
coverage of ritual abuse.

The controlled media could now excuse itself from covering ritual abuse, by saying
that they had been
threatened to be sued by the Church of Set. Although the Church of Set has had the
entire power of the
establishment protecting it from investigation and criminal prosecution, the
climate of control over the United
States is still not complete enough for Satanists to openly get away with their
mind-control. By identifying itself
so intimately with the Church of Set, U.S. military intelligence has given the
world an open trail of clues to help
whistle-blowers expose the mind-control that has been going on throughout most of
this century. Michael
Aquino openly associated with men like President Ronald Reagan at the White House,
again giving us the

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 27 1 of 296

leverage to expose the secret satanic philosophies of America’s leadership. Most of

these men lead double lives,
and due to the mind-control it has been hard to establish (except for eye-
witnesses) that they are secret Satanists.

HIS CAREER

The army has known about Michael Aquino’s Satanism from the beginning, clear back
in 1968. Aquino (and
some of his satanic lieutenants) received a High security clearance (reportedly
level 6), and he served with the
World Affairs Council.

A dozen leaders within the Temple of Set were Military Intelligence officers (for
instance, Capt. Willie
Browning and Intelligence Officer Dennis Mann). Aquino wrote "From PSYOP to Mind
War: The Psychology
of Victory" published in the establishment’s prestigious Military Review magazine.
Aquino writes in this "From
PSYOP to MindWar..." article, "...we shall create MindWar. The term is harsh and
fear-inspiring, and so it
should be: It is a term of attack and victory..." Aquino is a sadistic programmer,
who loves to inflict pain on
others.

Aquino has a doctorate in political science. He has two masters degrees (one is in
political science, Univ. of CA,
Santa Barbara, where he also got his doctorate). Aquino is Airborne qualified. He
studied at the U.S. National
Defense University. He was in Military Intelligence in Vietnam & Germany, and the
Presideo. He was a
Defense Intelligence Agency attache, and taught political science on the university
level. He reported directly to
the Joint Chiefs of Staff and worked one on one with the Secretary of Defense
Cheney. He is a pseudo-
intellectual whose ego and astronomically-large pride gets in the way of real
learning.

He was the former national commander of the Eagle Scouts Honor Society. (The Boys
Scout system is heavily
influenced by Freemasons and contains unfortunately some perverts that try to take
advantage of the system for
their own perversions.) There was a massive coverup in the Presideo Day Care
scandal in which Aquino was
involved in. There were hundreds of witnesses of the abuse. The military and
intelligence put strong pressure on
the San Francisco police to get them to back down from doing anything to Aquino.
During that time period, the
Pentagon transferred Aquino from the Presideo back to the National Defense
University, Wash., D.C. (And later
he wound up in the St. Louis area.) During the investigation of the Temple of Set,
the FBI claimed they had no
record of such an organization. The military at the Presideo, had a spokesperson
tell the press that Aquino was a
good soldier who did his job. Aquino hides behind his religion. In his Scroll of
Set Aquino accuses the father of
the girl who pointed him out as her abuser as persecuting him because he is a
Satanist. Aquino writes, "Also
relevant is his profession as a Christian clergyman; I certainly doubt that he
would have made such an
outrageous accusation against any Lieutenant Colonel who was not known to be a
prominent Satanist." (p. 4
Oct. XXII)

The truth that everyone will realize on their own is that any loving, caring father
when he discovers some
pervert has severely sexually molested and tortured his daughter is going to go to
the police no matter what
religion the villain belongs to. In 1985, U.S. Army major Grady McMurtry of
Berkeley, CA and Kenneth
Grant’s OTO got into a legal battle over who was the actual chartered OTO lodge in
the U.S.

Col. Michael Aquino of U.S. Military Intelligence watched the legal battle, and
wrote these comments in the
Scroll of Set Vol. XII no. 5, Oct. ‘86, "While sitting in the courtroom watching
Judge Legge preside sternly over
the slug-out, I couldn’t help wondering if he had any idea he was ruling on which
group had legal claim to anal
sex as the supreme religious sacrament in the United States." Witnesses report that
one of Aquino’s favorite
types of sex is necrophilia, which of course can also be carried out with alters
that are in a death state.

PERSONAL HISTORY.

Michael’s father was an Italian Catholic. A Canadian police document that this
author has indicates that
Michael’s mother was Betty Ford. Michael’s wife is Lillith Sinclair. Besides being
a Satanic High Priest &
Ipsissimus, and an Military Intelligence Officer in Psychological warfare, Michael
was a stockbroker for a
while. In 1970, he joined the Church of Satan, and led a grotto in Kentucky.
Michael gave lectures on Satanism

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 272 of 296

at the University of Louisville, and used his house in Louisville for rituals.
Aquino claimed to be anointed as the
Second Beast, the one that Aleister Crowley prophesied in The Book of the Law. (See
Aquino’s The Book of
Coming Forth by Night.) While LaVey shaved his head and wore horns to look the
part, Aquino cut his hair in a
widow’s peak, plucked his eyebrows, and had a 666 tattooed under his scalp.

UNDERSTANDING The CHURCH OF SET

His Temple of Set was set up using ranks borrowed straight from the secret
Illuminati— Priests or Priestesses,
Adepts, Masters (Magus or Maga), and Ipsissimus or Ipsissima. (The Order of the
Golden Dawn also uses the
rank of ipsissimus. His cult uses new terminology such as Setian for Satanist. It’s
a common tactic of cults to
use new terms to separate the cult followers from the external world.

In Aquino’s bi-monthly periodical The Scroll of Set (Vol. XIII, No. 5, Oct. XXII,
1987, pg. 2 Aquino states,
"Christianity is finished as a serious contender for the minds of intelligent
humans." Aquino’s brand of Satanism
attempts to pre-date Christian ideas and goes make to Egyptian Hermetic magic and
mythology for its
symbolism.

Aquino also studied the Black Order and the SS in Germany and attempts to
incorporate Nazi occultism and
symbology into his satanic orders. The Temple of Set advertised in occult
magazines, computer bulletin boards,
and ads in the San Francisco Yellow pages. When the Temple of Set expanded to
Britain, David Austen from
Kent, England, became Aquino’s High Priest in Britain.

To let the reader see just one more example of collaboration behinds the scenes of
the Network, a Jesuit member
of the Temple of Set continued teaching at a Catholic School after he joined the
Temple. Aquino coined the
word Xeper (pronounced keffer) to mean the process of evolving a higher
consciousness. Scientifically
conducted research by Graphoanalysts has determined that a preoccupation with x’s
means a preoccupation with
death. Aquino and some other Satanists show their preoccupation with death by their
fascination for words that
begin with the letter "x". Aquino’s girlfriend Linda Blood has supposedly left the
Church of Set and was at a
conference that this author attended. She was very antagonistic toward the victims
of mind control at the
conference, and acted in every way like a cult plant. She was very disruptive of
what the victims of mind-
control were trying to gain at the conference.

He has written in favour of black magic and left hand path, but since most people
don’t know what black magic
& left hand path is, buzz words. Aquino stated on Ophray’s show that Satanists work
"for the good of
humankind." How? By exploring the "freedom of the will." The undercurrents of his
writings in his publication
The Crystal Tablet of Set is that he and his followers have power while the rest of
us are basically wimps.
Witnesses report how actual human sacrifices have been alternated with faked
sacrifices in the Temple of Set so
that it is difficult for witnesses to tell the real from the fantasy. The Temple of
Set, like the Illuminati have strict
rules that members are not allowed to keep incriminating items. Their precautions
to go undetected resemble the
Illuminati’s precautions.

UNDERSTANDING SOME OF AQUINO’S PROGRAMMING.

Like so many programmers, Aquino flies all over the country, and has victimized
people in numerous states and
military bases. Michael Aquino’s programming is standard military-type programming.
Aquino puts in his own
spirit guide into people. He likes to use his own version of Star Wars, with
himself as Darth Vader, for his
programming scripts. He programs in sexual and death (suicide) programs— such as
the Rivers of Blood suicide
protection program, and all the rest of the various types of programs.

His Temple of Set functions as a programming vehicle. The rituals are designed to
break the practitioners grip
on reality and logic and take them into the world of visualization, and creativity.
Members of Set take on a
magical name, they attempt in rituals to become another persona, which is a magical
double of the person called
"KA". And this ka work is done on the astral plane. Aquino is friends with Paul
Kantner who is part of the
mind-control scene and who put out an obvious programming song entitled White
Rabbit.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 273 of 296

In the Vol. 2 book, the significance of Leviathan was covered. The Church of Set
has an Order of Leviathan
headed by James Lewis VI° of Baxley, GA. Michael Aquino is familiar with all the
standard programming, the
Wizard of Oz and the other fairy tale themes. He is very proficient at programming,
having many years of
experience. In 1981, he used Cathy O’Brien to make two HOW TO films for training
military officers in the
skills needed to program slaves. These two training films were entitled "How to
Divide a Personality" and "How
to Create a Sex Slave." (See Cathy O’Brien’s monograph "Dick Cheney and Reagan’s
‘Hands-On’ Mind
Control Demonstrations" written/released 6/92.) President Reagan respected Aquino
and encouraged the
military to learn his programming techniques.

Aquino likes to work with Catholic mind-control victims. He is proficient at

manipulating the concept of hell
and of doing satanic reversals like the Black Mass.

On the following pages are a little of the paper trail on Mind-control Programmer
Michael Aquino:

• Some favorite photos of Michael Aquino in satanic garb.

• A two page letter of Aquino showing his fascination with Darth Vader. He rewrote
his own version of Star
Wars to use as a programming script. Programmers are given the freedom to decide
what scripts they want to
use.

• last page of a letter by Michael Aquino showing his preoccupation for Hitler and
Nazi things.
• two pages showing the trauma that therapists discovered in children that Aquino
had sexually traumatized at
the Presideo Day Care Center. As readers are aware the Judicial system never
pursued the case against Aquino.

• A page from the police report where the girl who claimed she had been sexually
molested by Aquino was
interviewed.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 274 of 296

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler

Page 275 of 296

I un pleased to report that it more or less does, save that Martin

Boraann's tunnel into the Kehlstein mountain begins with coppor/bronze doors and
Is 130m long. The brass elevator takes only a couple of minutes to reach the
Eagle's Nest, and there is no flagstone In front of its upper door. On the
other hand there is a very conspicuous flagstone right in front of the big
fireplace, so 1 expect that the 10 com m referents are entombed there (or vere
until Indiana Jones b party went off with them).

Adolf Hitler's own bouse - the Berghof - is now so completely overgrown

with forest that it's impossible to find it la less you know where to look. (It
took me a half-hour's plunging around in the underbrush].' Cn Valpurgls 1952 the
ruin a of the Berghof were dynamited by the German governnent; only one partially
unde r gr ou nd roan remains.
p_aquino.jpg

p_xeper-2.jpg

of women, is as much an act of violence as it is a sexual violation, it is argued

here that the abuse

reverberates in a chain reaction of violence-related responses in the child victim,

in his or her family, and in the
mental health system that is meant to serve the child. The Presidio case was made
particularly poignant by the
setting (the U.S. Army) and by the necessity for the victims’ families to face
simultaneously the abuse of their
children and the failure of goodness of the government that serves them.

BACKGROUND

At the Presidio Child Development Center, in 1986-87. a single incident of

suspected child sexual abuse led to a
full-scale investigation during which all the parents were informed that their
children may have been victims of
sexual abuse at the Center and were invited to come to the army’s Letterman Medical
Center if they observed
any unusual physical or emotional symptoms in their children. Here the children
received medical and
psychological evaluations by U.S. Army representatives.

Over time, the army, the FBI, and the San Francisco Police Department became
involved in the investigations.
Accusations of ritualistic abuse were made against a teacher (G) and a lieutenant
colonel ("Shamby") and his
wife (Mikey’): Shamby was also a high priest of a satanic sect. It was attested
that children had reported group
sexual activities with other children and with a doll: playing ‘games" in Mr. G’s
bed: and being brought to a
house with a black room, where sexual activities of an occult nature ensued with
Shamby and Mikey. Both boys
and girls reported acts of fondling and penetration by Mr. G. their teacher.
Clearly, this was a newsworthy event
and it was quickly picked up by the media across the country.

Three years later, the army had made out-of-court financial settlements with the
families of the alleged victims
and the teacher was reported dead of AIDS. This case-study analysis is based on the
author’s participation as an
evaluator of and psychotherapist for the girls (boys were assigned to male
therapists) who were alleged victims.
The author’s involvement began two years after the occurrence of the alleged events
when a team of lawyers
was filing suits against the army on behalf of alleged victims and their families.
Using process notes and

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 276 of 296

evaluation records from the assessment and treatment of two of the girls (aged 3-4
when they were allegedly
abused) and their families, along with anecdotal evidence from other cases, this
ar-tide addresses the
consequences and sequelae of institutional molestation for the child, the father,
the mother, and the family
system (consultation with therapists of the male victims revealed similar overall
findings). More specifically, it
underscores the unique features of sex and violence in the nursery when the
perpetrator of the abuse is that
historic symbol of patriarchal protection, the military establishment.

SEQUELAE OF ABUSE

• All the victimized children who received a medical evaluation tested negative for
the HIV virus at the time of
their initial evaluation. Recent research, however, indicates a possible incubation
period during which negative
test results can be found.

Finkelhor and Browne (1985) proposed that the experience of sexual abuse should be
analyzed in relation to
four trauma-causing factors: traumatic sexualization. betrayal, powerlessness, and
stigmatization. In addition,
they recommended assessing both the preabuse and postabuse situations in
determining the psychological
effects on the child victims. In the case of extrafamilial abuse, this model is
applicable to the victims’ families,
as well as to the victims themselves. According to Finkelhor and Browne’s model,
the preschool child who is a
victim of sexual abuse is at risk of severe levels of trauma, of which, in addition
to the obvious sexual
traumatization, betrayal and powerlessness are particularly salient factors.

Often, when a child enters a day care center, it is his or her first contact with
the institutional world outside the
family. At a young age, the child is asked to trust a stranger for care, succor,
and daily guidance. The child relies
on the parents’ assurance that this unfamiliar situation is safe and healthy. Given
such assurance, the child
typically allows an attachment to develop with the day care provider or teacher and
literally puts him- or herself
in that person’s hands.

At the Presidio, it was that very person who victimized the children, first by
violating them sexually and then by
warning them that, if they ever told their parents great harm would come to them
and their families, and that
they would probably never see their parents again. The majority of the children did
not tell their parents, who
did not find out about the situation until the Center sent a letter warning them
that their children may have been
abused.

As with incest, the preabuse situation in which the child has trusted an adult who
then accosts that child creates
great emotional and cognitive confusion ("If this person is caring for me and I am
totally dependent on him, he
couldn’t possibly be doing anything bad"). In addition, it engenders strong
feelings of betrayal when the child
comes to recognize that this person did do something bad to him or her and that
mother and father did nothing to
stop it. The severity of the trauma for children at the Presidio was immediately
manifested in clear-cut
symptoms. Before the abuse was exposed, parents had already noticed the following
changes in their children:
vaginal discharge, genital soreness, rashes, fear of the dark, sleep disturbances,
nightmares, sexually provocative
language ("Go down on the doll-69." "Get it up the butt," "Lick the doll’s twat,"
"Hump on the doll"), and
sexually inappropriate behavior (a four-year-old girl grabbing her older male
cousins genitals).

In addition, the children were exhibiting other radical changes in behavior,

including temper outbursts, sudden
mood shifts, and poor impulse control. All these behavioral symptoms are to be
expected in preschool children
who have been molested (Haugaard & Reppucci. 1988: Mac Vicar. 1987: Sink. 1988). Of
particular note were
the children’ s responses when they were first asked by their parents if something
bad had happened to them at
the day care center. One child screamed and ran out of the room. Another whimpered,
"They’re going to hurt
you if I tell," and still another said, "I can’t tell, or they’ll kill you."

Only later, after they were reassured that they would be protected, were the
children able to report that "Mr. G
touched my private parts," "Mr. G had me touch his penis," "We passed around a doll
and were told to touch the
doll in certain parts," "Mr. G took me to his house to see his beds," "I had to do
something embarrassing in front
of all the kids."

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 277 of 296

These responses highlight the second salient feature of the children’s trauma:
their sense of powerlessness. The
children had felt powerless to tell their parents because of the grave harm they
believed would coma to their
families if they did. This was not paranoid or fabricated fear a tmsted adult, a
representative of the U.S. Army,
had actually told them so. But, left to the devices of their own fantasy lives at
the age of magical thinking, the
children elaborated on these rears, sometimes to a bizarre degree. Their only
choice was to channel the anxiety
and trauma into formation of symptoms, until their parents, on the basis of the
warning letter, began to question
them on the matter. Only later, once the children entered the mental health system,
did the full cycle of trauma,
terror, and rage unfold. This phenomenon can best be understood by tracking the
children and their families
through the postabuse process, from discovery to treatment.

p_presidio.jpg

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 278 of 296

NCiCE 7 REPORT FORM CONTINUATION

SAN FRANCISCO POLICE CEPARtven

C«T.t»r «w «C*»Q*Ti*g off CE«

$70 910 OT<T 1 NjS t> - C- f

^F,U)Cf

sr»o o«rtisi i • >-'£111 or occu««£wcc

^>-■^-3 f-f^. cq/a / ?C • OIo^-q Pni . /o /<i
Kl/vrvAO £“ JW 0 Sjil/er ; / S7<3

NUUS dlo

was ro<_0 A-/ (fto^ That *-/aa

i'MT*A.o|€u/a ^/fy)'~C^g) CD

) ^

A^ts HA.6

^5 TT«*J T-k A 7- GO Nrti

; w ", f

v P>g*M fret-cc-r-cA •"'ixP Thc g.Tv

A- wo Cfit'-uT y oF Ca-v / 7 uaa/C(Cco. 15 /o

~ Gr7p0 M 'APPT- ^A-S foooC ivtT «

K-f A/^0 Gc). Pn.; . Os//w'/?7 - O90O

Si b«U.S<fl/v

Tr.| Pj) That Ben-wc<w Tw<- ftflevc /v^o was bacOOCi;

QPP At S^j s cx > Pn.c-sn>!a bftv CaQ-c Co^tct Apam^Arf lv

TlAlCS- CftJPn STAXS Th+t n/^J TWO Occ.Alt0AJS WN<.a/ Me PlClOCO u p C7) A>
- Xhc — *Tm-c ; m u.a-s i~pqiwm«ta 0,v < / 'sx s ) th^t CZ 1 ma t> uo

Pfv^-r-s aha (g/fr) uia-s. P/v^\j>6<a u i>h ~Ti-i<. So >t .c^ ft.

'.AwT I f 5
O^-A-Srow Uji~t-h So.<- ca Ou-ka Pawt s . - Thu tu*S Um^^l A-i, (7) mao <0iT

h<la-s.ci-f- t*j fspfxvoi, uy A yeAfl.- 9\— ~Th.s T< m c ,Q Sr«*Tc;

Ha^woc- Am o u>o»ji-6 luc-t- Nta^CLF lyno.' fA.(0-x-r<ygA ■

<jtgr STATCS 'y-'f+.-r IN -Jam. (IP l<?87 fk 8cc^t A^a-A-_£ ft Cn > <-x> hen
Im \ jouv; i A>g- 6 s 3 ^) P.T ~Thc PhjLs~.o/o Cam Oew/rcq .

Vxl AS Q UCSTT0W<-A ON Ol/mfg~7 pftl. A-a<V»JT ftciT /-tap g AJc

— Tr»^ . t; Sta^^iV/TS. @ Cuas S'u&.t:'g.<p^^A/Tv-y g.xi'^c/Kji lAjfo Cw..lA

TTWCA -ft^y W Fc-& . 19 g > A-Pt^A E=ouN- V'OTi . Trr<_ TV>c/lA P.?T //uPS.Vw

^ j^JJ. — Tx/VT CS)hao t^irCL-tS€a £,C;»^g- ^ut.t7xo . DwT/mc. Tw-c- Ajc-xT pg-u,'
’

\L'.< i.r~s GT) tt>ub QVpT^ That- $>c H*o &<<«/ A-to^csTCP Ay jSl AM-O /I

■ I M l / ■ -,- ' . . --■ -

- vy - H* <cy Ptr*t> A S yugL^_y r h-o ^ e i 6gvjr.i-(fcs cuc^x. u^<wu;aj,

Ja L CA • e>^/i\)si (ftftv ) s (^) twt> (v? - ) ujc/ig At Tug. Pri 4 st&io PX

Y ,^TT" rc?N a a . . w 757T\ : — ;= —

— 2jj — IB/ Pi) 4 *j0 ;ni a Pu /<u/urr £0 '"'Y'Ci.u >t h P 6 /A ^ LCA-.

6p2= T*lS lEltlfi Loojcco OC Awo Sftu/ (s?) UjrLdAi H< l/«4w >0

/F_g«- I )/Vi0- O Ul AS 1 »j«UA>U..VA A- yu^+'t^. S-H 1

/LT- ^/Di'T /lr«i

^ LJE — S.rK. KA 1 ^. *-* — ~Dr<- h. Atv 1 f, Trl9 Sl+i/tT. (.'ll Looses oft ^ o T

^LNl ■ k/pO Oftm <fs 0VJ<.A GP^I AwA A-CLI-f/uG/)

!t PtiKia ,<P
— fity 3<HS *TlA»t (7) SAiA VfS 7rfAT*S Nltfv/.’

— (<(/pT) ■r«^xr*n/nx:

PAGE OF ?

ICSS "ENTRY RY:

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 279 of 296

APPENDIX B. THE PROGRAMMING SITES

Some MAJOR MIND-CONTROL PROGRAMMING SITES with explanations of their programming.

(Fritz
Springmeier originally exposed many of these sites in 1993, so it is possible they
have made some changes since
they were originally exposed. Most of these operated for years, and may still be
operating. We are aware of that
some of their programming bases have been moved after exposure.) Besides these
major programming sites,
there are countless minor ones. For instance, some of the programming sites for
water-beach tortures have been
visited by the co-authors, but are not listed. The massive Boeing Plant in the
Seatle, WA area with its large
amount underground tunnels has been used for programming, as well as the ARCO
Beaver Valley Plant in
Pennslyvannia. So has the chapel at the Coast Guard Academy at New London, Conn,
which was built by A.W.
Mellon of the Mellon Illuminati family via their Mellon Foundation. This list is
not put forth as comprehensive.
Without question, this list is only the tip of the iceberg.

29 Palms, CA-

Area 51 (Dreamland, Groom Lake), NV— Area 51 is also known as Dreamland. There are
a number of extensive
underground facilities in the area. This was one of the first genetic research
facilities in the U.S. and perhaps the
first major genetic research facility. The people/workers & victims are brought in
by airplane and tube shuttle.
The worst cases of UFO/alien type of Monarch programming is coming out of Area 5
1 . The eggs from slaves
are being harvested and weird genetic creatures are being developed from human eggs
which have been
genetically mixed with other things.

Bethseda, MD— The Bethesada Naval Hospital

Bingham, UT— A red brick house, which was a closed House of Prostitution. The
building was used for KKK
programming. Child pom was produced in the basement, and upstairs programmed child
slaves serviced KKK
members. The KKK activity in the area connects in with the Illuminati controlled
Kennecott Copper Co. (aka
Utah Copper Co.) Russell G. Frazer, head of Bingham’s Klavern & doctor for
Kennecott Copper Co. did the
electro-shock to split personalities.

Black Forest, Germany— Because the U.S-U.K. and Germany do so much programming, and
some of the people
in the U.S. were programmed in the U.K., Germany or Russia, it is worthwhile to
mention some of the German
programming sites. A number of witnesses report about castles in the Black Forest
which are used for
programming & ritual. Basal, Sw. on the border with Germany is a important
Illuminati center. Frankfurt, Berlin
and Zurich are all important programming/ritual sites. The Jesuits and the Catholic
churches are very active in
programming in Germany.

Boulder, CO— The headquarters for EMC, a type of electra-magnetic mind control that
is being broadcast to
modify the thinking of Americans, and to control slaves.

Butner, N.C.— Center of Correctional Research, all types of mind control are
carried out and experimented with
on the inmates.

Camp Peary, VA— The CIA’s The Farm is located on a narrow strip of land between the
York & James Rivers
near Williamsburg, VA, used for programming CIA slaves. It has red brick buildings,
and looks similar to a
small college. The official crytonym was ISOLATION. People who are brought in who
don’t know where they
are for training are called Black Trainees.

China Lake Naval Research Base (Inyokern), CA—

This facility had a country store, and hangers, and a hospital (address for the
hospital is the code- 232 Naval Air
Weapons Station) which all provided sites for programming. This site has been
operational since the early
1950s. Large numbers of children (batches of 1000 or 2,000 or 3,000 children were
run through this facility at a
time. This facility did much of the original traumas and mind- splitting tortures
that created the MPD. Other
http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 280 of 296

facilities then specialized in further programming that was then layered in on top
of the original China Lake
programming. A great deal of dehumanization in cages was done to large numbers of
tiny children at China
Lake Naval Facility. Nimitz Hospital did drug testing of the children prior to
their programming.

Colorado Springs, CO— The ALEX system programming and end-times Military
programming is coming out of
Colorado Springs and is connected to NORAD. One of the Colorado sites is doing
alien programming with
mock UFOs.

Dillsboro Nike Base— Monarch programming of many kinds

Disneyland, C A— Disneyland has been an off hour site for Illuminati and satanic
rituals for years.

Programming has gone on using Disneyland as one big prop for programming. Many of
the Disney movies are
used for programming, and some Disney scripts are especially tailored for Monarch
slave programming. The
Peter Pan programming can use the ship. The space programming can use the space
props. The satanic
programming can use the castles. Lots of mirror programming is done at Disneyland,
and Disney world. There is
also Magic Mountain programming, and programming using the Around the World Dolls,
and its theme song.
Some of Wizard of Oz and the Cinderella programming was also done at Disneyland
using costumes. Preverbal
children are taken to Disneyland to get them ready for the scripts.

Disneyworld, FL— Disneyworld was created as the eastern counterpart to the

Disneyland programming site. One
of the rides in Disneyworld plays "It’s a small, small world" which is Disneyland
developed programming
theme.

Ft. Campbell, KT— Base programs are placed in here.

Ft. Detrick, MD— involved with medical/biological experimentation

Ft. Holabird, MD— This site is no longer in existence, but was the Army
Intelligence School. CIC used the
school. The place was known as "the Bird."

Ft. Hood, TX— programming involving military uses of Delta Monarch slaves was done
here.

Ft. Huahuachua, AZ— HQ for Army Intelligence.

Ft. Knox, KT —The 1st Earth Batt. was developed here.

Ft. Lewis, WA— involved with the Psychic warfare part of the Monarch Programming.

Ft. McClellen— Ft. Meade, MD— The National Security Agency was created on 4 Nov
1952. Its headquarters
were Fort Meade, VA. The National Security Agency (NSA) employs tens of thousands
of employees and has a
budget larger than the CIA. It has also been kept far more secret, while the CIA
has been used as the fall guy to
protect the National Security Agency’s reputation. In the late 1960’s, under
Operation Minaret and Program
Shamrock, the NSA and its British counterpart GCHQ began monitoring much of the
communication within the
USA and UK. The NSA monitors all American calls via computers using trip words,
specific names, specific
addresses, specific telephone numbers, etc. NSA has several computer to record all
the millions of conversations
which the computers have examined and deemed worthy of recording. How the NSA can
get any use out of
millions of recorded telephone conversations is beyond me? What intelligence agency
could adequately process
so much information?

These organizations now monitor all communications within both countries. At least
one congressman got upset
that his phone was bugged by the NSA. (see David Corn’s article, "The case of the
bugged senator" in Nation,
Feb. 6, ‘89, p. 152.)

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 281 of 296

The NSA has developed a fiberoptics network called Internet computer network. An
orange book is used to
specify some of the NSA’s security levels.

An informant in the National Security Agency states that establishment newspapers

like the Wall Street Journal
and the New York Times are used to communicate secret messages which are placed
within want ads, buzz
words in editorials, and via other methods. Because of some of what this person
told me, I have given some
possible examples in this newsletter of how people might be using the papers for
secret messages. For instance
using Michael Jackson with his hands making some type of sign might be a signal.
Manfried Adler and the US
Senate Committee investigating the CIA found that 90% of the CIA’s secret messages
are transmitted via the
media, with the aid of coded texts and pictures.

A raised forefinger or two raised forefingers while a speaker is talking means that
the message is a masonic
message coming from a masonic speaker.

The Illuminati uses code words within the large establishment papers to warn their
people what they are going
to do with the economy. In this way, people in the Illuminati can take appropriate
responses.

Goddard Space Flight Center— NASA mirror-theme programming

Grissom AFB, IND-

Hollywood, CA— One of the programmers/handlers in the Hollywood area is

surprisingly Anton LaVey. This is
one reason Anton LaVey has followers who will carry out his very wishes. LaVey’ s
children of course were
programmed too. His own girls have been participating in the nude in satanic
rituals since little children.

Homestead AFB, FL-

Kirkland AFB, NM— Lampe, MO— This has been the site of a CIA near-death trauma
center where slaves are
programmed. It is an R&R center for the CIA where they can have any sexual
perversion or drug they want.
This has been a large cocaine supply depot also. Hal Meadows was director of this
center which is deep in the
woods surrounded by cabin chalets overlooking a small deep lake. A gravel road
leads to the site which is
fenced and well-guarded. Hal Meadows address was Box 27, Lampe, MO 65681.

Langley, VA— Slaves for the wants of intelligence.

Las Vegas (sites in and around Las Vegas), NV— MGM’s Grand Hotel and Theme park
were built for
programming, but there are also some sites outside of the city used. In the general
area of Las Vegas in remote
sites, the elite gather for slave auctions once a year where Monarch slaves are
sold and traded. One of the
favorite slave auction sites was 20 miles out of Las Vegas and 10 miles off the
main road into the site. The Mob
is involved with Monarch slaves in Las Vegas. A blue-eyed 1 1 year old girl will go
for $50,000. Toronto,
Canada is another regular site for Monarch slave auctions.

McClellan AFB, CA - Very bad Child and adult porn using Monarch victims is
distributed through this base as
well as the other bases listed in this list. A T.W. Sanderson worked with Monarchs
at this base.

MacDill AFB, FL -Near Tampa, FL

Maxwell AFB, AL —

Montreal, Que., Canada -McGill Univ., McGill Psychiatric Training Network, Allan
Memorial Inst., St. Mary’s
Hosp.- The Zombie Room (Sleep Room) in the basement, the Isolation chamber and the
Grid Room at St.
Mary’s Hospital were used for programming.

Mt. Shasta, CA— Underground facilities around this huge mountain in the Lake Shasta
area are putting out

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 282 of 296

Monarch programming that makes the people think they are in communication with
aliens. This facility is for
torturing & reprogramming captured runaway Monarch slaves. People are brought into
the area via helicopter,
plane, or flying saucer. This site is probably the largest mind-control programming
center. It is in a remote
wooded area. It is heavily guarded, has fences, and a large contingent of black
helicopters. Mt. Shasta is
equipped with state of the art high tech programming equipment. Mind-controlled
slaves who are soldiers are
programmed and trained at the Mt. Shasta facility.

Nashville, TN— These sites work with the Country Western Music Industry which is
actually a CIA front for
moving drugs to finance their dirty black activities. Fiddler’s Inn, Nashville fits
in with the Monarch
Programming.

Papillion, NE—

Patrick AFB, -Portland (Old OMSI, New OMSI, Bldg. Near Monarch Hotel at 8800 SE
Sunnyside Rd.,

Mormon Temple, etc.), OR. The Old OMSI building had a back door on the west side in
which slaves were
taken in to the bottom floor and reprogrammed. Although security guards aren’t
visible, they are there with
electronic surveillance. The people running OMSI are tied in the Illuminati. The
DC-3 airplane outside of the
building was used in the programming as a hypnotic trigger. The submarine docked
outside of the new OMSI
building is also used as a programming hypnotic tool. The new Mormon Temple has an
extremely high tech
underground tunnel facility for programming built underneath it. Witnesses have
collaborated their testimony on
this high tech programming site under the Portland Mormon Temple. Although building
plans are to be public
information, the city of Lake Oswego makes it very difficult to view the temple’s
building plans. The plans
show that the foundation walls are far thicker than any conceivable earthquake
would ever call for. The reason
is that the foundation helps house an underground arena for the Illuminati & and
their guests to watch perverse
shows.

Presideo, CA (incl. Alcatraz, San Francisco)— The Illuminati and various Satanic
cults used the Presideo for
their programming. Split-brain & other programming was done at Letterman hospital.
Fort Point was used for
Illuminati ritual & programming, as well as a number of churches, underground gun
emplacements and the large
circular Greek column art building at the Presideo. Alcatraz, abandoned as a
prison, was used for water tortures
and other programming. Tunnels connected buildings, and the Mule/Horse buildings
and the cemetery also were
used. This is one of the older programming sites. Psychic warfare activity also was
experimented on in this area.
Letterman Hospital has been used for the initial drug testing of the infants before
programming. Lots of isolation
programming in damp cold places was done at the Presideo. Lots of porn and military
programming have also
been done here. Redstone Arsenal, AL— San Antonio, TX— Salt Lake City (Mormon
Temple)— This
underground facility works in conjunction with the Mormon hierarchy who are allowed
to create slaves. The
Illuminati put in base programming that still gives them ultimate control beyond
the control that the Mormon
programming has.

Scotty’s Castle, Death Valley, CA-Mengele (Dr.Green) programmed in some of his

"internal boxes" as well as
other Illuminati programming was done at this site. Mengele had a large circular
red bed in the castle which he
stocked with his little girl slaves, who already had kitten sexual alters. Scotty’s
Castle is a castle located in
Death Valley CA. It has a very interesting history. To reach the castle one is
required to drive through many
miles of desert. If one drives to Inyo County, CA, the same county that has China
Lake Naval Testing Grounds,
and Inyokern, and then you drive on Hwy. 190 into Death Valley National Monument
(it is not a park or forest,
dead valleys are called monuments), next you go north on a road after Stove Pipe
for 35 miles.

The man who built Scotty’s Castle was Walter Perry Scott (1872-1954). Walter P.
Scott was the son of an
alcohol distiller and horse breeder in Kentucky. Walter did not get any formal
education. He left home and went
west where he worked as a mule driver, and a water boy. From there he became a
horse wrangler. Because of
his talent with horses Buffalo Bill made him the feature rider along with Annie
Oakley in Buffalo Bill’s family
show. The show travelled and Scotty was with it eleven years. During this time,
Scotty made many important
friendships with men of power and wealth. In 1900, Walter married and left the
show. He got a loan from Julian
Gerard, a NY banker, to go prospecting for gold which he failed to pay back. Julian
Gerard was repeatedly

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 283 of 296

sending people to hassle Scotty to get his money back. In 1905, Walter Scott
("Scotty") scattered gold nuggets
and $100 bills from N.Y. to L.A. Where he got all this gold and $100 bills is a
mystery, but it wasn’t from
prospecting. The idea of finding a secret mine was very obviously a cover for
however Scotty managed to get
his money. Scotty is well-known for his penchant to throw away $20 gold pieces as
if they were candy wherever
he went. Nobody believed he had a mine, strangely the IRS never got interested in
Scotty. Why? The IRS went
after Charles Caughlin who was exposing the elite, the bankers, the Freemasons,
etc. in the early 1930’s on his
radio show. There was no reason to suspect Caughlin of any cheating on his Income
Tax, and the audits found
the IRS actually owed Caughlin money.

However the national papers printed front page stories of the IRS investigation,
and practically ignored that the
man was exonerated. Yet, the IRS left Scotty alone. Hmmm. Although Scotty was
married, he became intimate
friends with Albert Mussey Johnson (1872-1948), a Chicago millionaire, who was v.p.
from 1906 to 1926 of the
National Life Insurance Co. Albert M. Johnson was born in Ohio, and lived in
Arkansas and Missouri before
moving to Chicago. Johnson came out and stayed in Death Valley. The stay helped his
health, and he and Scotty
remained close friends. In 1924, construction secretly began on a castle in Death
Valley. The best of materials
were used and the materials had to be hauled clear out in the desert by track to
Grapevine Canyon where the
castle sits. Hundreds of workers were hired. The castle got its kitchen tiles from
Spain. Special rugs were made
on the European island of Majorca for the castle. Tiles for the incompleted pool
came from the Mediterranean.
Many of the furnishing of the castle came from cathedrals and palaces in Spain and
Morocco. Draperies made
for the castle were hand-tooled in selected sheepskin leather. Sixty hand-carved
panels, each of a different
design, were installed in the music -room ceiling. A Welte Mignon organ reported to
have cost $160,000 —the
finest of its kind in Western United States was placed in the music room, even
though Scotty could not play the
organ. Twelve bathrooms were installed. Several kitchens were installed. Tunnels
and secret rooms were built
under the buildings. Around $2 million (dollars of that time period) were spent on
building the castle,
supposedly from Scotty’s "gold mine." The castle became known as Scotty’s Castle.
It is ideal as a Satanic ritual
site. It can accommodate numerous people. It is remote. It has hidden rooms and
areas and tunnels.

Tavistock, England— This has been the primary programming center for England. The
Rothschild programmers
work out of Tavistock. A large number of slaves in America have been programmed
there.

Tavistock has been doing mind-control since before W.W.ll. Under the supervision of
London’s W Board & 20
Committee MI6 and MIS’s Section BIA ran double agents and mind-controlled
spies/couriers during W.W. II.
MI6 has had an office at Century House, No. 100, Westminster Bridge Road. MI5
offices have been in part on
Curzon St. MI5 has operated behind a number of fronts, incl. their fake travel
agency Casuro Holidays. MI-5’s
address for mail is Room 055, The War Office, London. Special Intelligence Service
(SIS) dealt with all types
of mind control. Tavistock was under SIS. The British government has had their own
telephone exchange with a
222 prefix, which was later linked to another secret exchange YTAN. Outsiders could
dial 222 8080 to get into
the secret govt, exchange. Men like mind-control expert/hypnotist Eric Trist worked
for Tavistock. A six-man
team which wore black berets also helped w/ mind control at Tavistock.

Two people who became terrorists after their visits to Tavistock are Angela Davis
and Stockley Carmichael who
went to a conference at Tavistock entitled Dialectics of Liberation in 1967. It’s
main building is a bland 6-story
building. The address is The Training Office, The Tavistock Clinic, 120 Belsize
Lane, London, UK NWs SBA.
Tel. no. 071-435 7111. The chief exec, is Anton Obholzer. The Chair of Prof. Comm,
is Nicholas Temple. Both
are skilled in psychology. The Tavistock Clinic was founded in 1920, and in 1946
the Tavistock Institute was
created as an independent body to assist the Tavistock Clinic. The Institute does
more of the research. The
Royal Free Hospital at the University of London works with Tavistock Clinic, as
well as the Science Policy
Research Unit (SPRU) of Sussex University. A large number of Britian’s
psychologist, social workers and
police get their training at Tavistock. Tavistock has set themselves up as the
authority on ritual abuse and MPD
(DID). In other words, the primary programming site, is pretending to be the
leading institution trying to solve
the problem! That’s a good cover.

Tinker, AFB, OK— Tinkerbell programming is carried out here. This programming makes
alters think they are
like Tinkerbell in that they will never grow up or age.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 284 of 296

Titusville, FL— At the Kennedy Space Center. Mind control testing is done, and base
programming such as the
Wizard of Oz programming is done here. Also NASA high tech programming is done
here.

Tulsa, OK — Believed to have an Alice In Wonderland theme to their programming.

Oral Roberts University is
used for programming. The programming to infiltrate and capture the Christian
church via the
healing/charismatic movement has centered around Tulsa and Oral Roberts University.

Utah State Prison— The prison has carried out mind control for over 30 years on
their inmates for the intelligence
agencies with the help of the U.S. government’s power to cover it up.

Versailles, IL — Brain implants are put into Monarchs here.

Washington, D.C. area— The basement of the Pentagon and other facilities around
Washington D.C. such as the
Jesuit Georgetown Univ. Hosp. are involved with Mind-Control. Presidential Models
are moving in and out of
Washington, D.C. carrying messages and performing their sexual acts for the lusts
of politicians. There is also a
NASA Mind-control Programming Center in Washington D.C. Secret tunnels connect the
White House to other
buildings. These tunnels are used to bring in slaves. Some secret rooms in the
lower White House are set aside
for rituals.

Wright-Patterson AFB— Near Dayton, OH, Virtual reality programming is carried out
here.

Youngstown, OH— The Youngstown Charm School has been run by Illuminatus Prosser
Seward Mellon along
with a U.S. Congressman named Jim Trafficant. The old stone building originally
belonged to one of the
railroad elite. This school is for Beta models and gives them advance sexual charm
training. This school
produces about 6 new Monarch slaves every three days. Mafia deals are carried out
on the second floor of the
charm school. A slave who is being trained/programmed at the Charm school will take
a course that last a few
days. The first day may be spent hanging in a dungeon which was once a basement
wine celler. The torture
dungeon has all the traditional torture devices, a stretching rack, whips, hanging
chains, etc. In the dungeon
rooms were a black Nubian goat "Satan", a small donkey "Nester’, and a small white
pony "Trigger", as well as
dogs and snakes. The slave is taught silence in the dungeon as they are subjected
to bestiality.

Click here for picture 1

Click here for picture 2

Click here for picture 3

Click here for picture 4

Click here for picture 5

Click here for picture 6

Click here for picture 7

Click here for picture 8

Click here for picture 9

Click here for picture 10

Click here for picture 1 1

Click here for picture 12

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 285 of 296
Click here for picture 13

• We have just touched the surface of the vest network of programming sites. Two
examples of an entire series
of programming sites— 1. the Coast to Coast campground resorts & 2. the Jesuit-mn
institutions, which are often
programming sites incl. Jesuit College, WV. An example of the former is the Park
City Diamond Caverns. KT
Coast to Coast resort, which has had a sensory deprivation tank, headphones for
state of the art harmonic
programming, etc. These membership camp sites are used to program children. Nor
have we touched upon the
large numbers of programmed Russians & Eastern Europeans that are coming Into this
nation. When this book
was written more people immigrated to the U.S. from Russia than anywhere else.
Europe is teeming with prgmg
sites, incl. the Vatican. Sebulun Zuflucht in Marienheide, Ger. is about the only
european attempt at
deprogramming .

p_cloning.jpg

Major Stops Involved In Gene Cloning

f7l Engineered
bacterial c€Sl
btvkfc*
many
times

APPENDIX 3. CLONES, SYNTHETICS, ORGANIC ROBOTOIDS AND DOUBLES

PUBLICLY ANNOUNCED GENETIC EVENTS

Section A. The "Future Shock" that this topic subjects the common person to
Section B. Instructions on how to clone a person
http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 286 of 296

A TECHNIQUE-INSTRUCTIONS HOW TO CLONE A HUMAN

Section C. The four types of "clones" that are used by the Illuminati,

1. actual clones,

2. synthetic people,

3. organic robotoids,

4. doubles (look alikes) How the memory of a person is transferred for the organic
robotoids

Section D. Secret cloning sites (See also Appendix B, where D.U.M. bases are
listed.) Simon Wiesenthal
OREGON’S UNDERGROUND SECRET CLONING FACILITY

FURTHER INVESTIGATIONS AT DULCE’S UNDERGROUND CLONING FACILITY

SUMMARY OF THE FOUR METHODS.

FINAL NOTES. Clintons

PUBLICLY ANNOUNCED GENETIC EVENTS

1890— A rabbit embryo was successfully transplanted to a foster mother rabbit’s

uterus.

1944— A human ova was fertilized in vitro, that is in layman’s terms an egg was
artificially inseminated in a test
tube.

1952— Briggs & King in Indiana University clone a frog.

1970s— Rand Corporation predicts that "para-humans" will be genetically created to

do menial tasks in the
future. In a totally different affair, Lord Rothschild, who is a physiologist who
has studied genetics, warned that
self-centered fanatics might set up cloning shops privately. Lord Rothschild
suggested to genetic scientists that a
clone controlling organization with world wide jurisdiction to license cloning be
set up to protect the world from
evil men who might want to clone people for evil purposes. He called his suggestion
‘Commission for Genetical
Control."
1977— Announcement of the first successful cloning of a person, which was done for
someone very wealthy.
This whole affair came under strong attack by the establishment. The book giving
the shrouded details came out
in 1978. The author went into hiding, and our Congress had a parade of
establishment research doctors testify at
a hearing to debunk the book and to reassure the public that medical researchers
were too concerned about
ethics to clone people. The author was convinced of the veracity of the cloning
event, although the
media/establishment doctors claimed the author wrote the book merely as fiction.

1980— Twinning (bisection of an embryo), which is a form of cloning was

successfully done with horse foals,
sheep and cattle had -already been cloned in this fashion in the previous years.

1981— Mice are cloned. And embryo transfer for cattle becomes a thriving business.

1983— A water buffalo embryo was successfully transplanted to a foster mother

buffalo.

1984— A human embryo was successfully transplanted and born with a human foster
mother.

1997— A successful human clone is publicly announced.

Scientists working in secret got serious about cloning in the early 1960’s.
Abortions began to be performed
wholesale at this time to provide fetal tissue for their cloning work. The young
generation of Americans are
asking, ‘When will cloning of people take place?" The answer is that it already has
long ago. An article recently
written by Andrew Kimbrell that was placed in many leading daily papers across the
U.S. is quite revealing. He
comes right up to almost telling people what has been going on. The article was
entitle, "Science is about to
Deliver." (June 22, 1993) "...most Americans are unaware of the real-life exploits
of current genetic engineers,
science facts which in many cases are as chilling as any science fiction.... Pigs
have been genetically designed to
contain human-growth genes in the hopes of creating "super pigs" that would have
more meat. "...U.S.

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 287 of 296
government and private researchers have expended billions of taxpayer dollars in
the creation of tens of
thousands of genetically engineered animals never before seen. ...One prominent
scientist predicts that we may
soon see "five-ton cows and pigs 12 feet long and 5 feet tall. "Genetic engineers.,
.have cloned higher mammals,
including cattle. ...One writer notes that "genetic engineering has the potential
to create a vast army of identical
clones, each produced to some preset specification. Canon fodder, scientists, opera
singers, all could be
manufactured to order..." "The New York Times has editorialized, ‘Life is special,
and humans even more so,
but biological machines are still machines that now can be altered, cloned, and
patented.’ " —(WOW! Readers
do YOU REALIZE THAT BETWEEN THE LINES THEY ARE TALKING ABOUT BIONIC ROBOTOIDS-
the robots that are now being created to take the place of people in high places.
And the chilling idea that
human-like machines will be produced that will not be treated as anything but
machines— that is a chilling idea
too.

In this author’s September, 1993 newsletter there were two article by this author
on cloning, one entitled
"Clones, Synthetics, Organic Robotoids, and Doubles" and the other article "Dulce
Genetic Research/Cloning
Facility." In the month following my September ‘93 newsletter’s release, the
establishment came out with
stories about humans being cloned. [I felt that this was confirmation that God’s
had directed me to publish the
information I had on cloning 1/2 months before the secular media came out with
their stories about the "first"
laboratory duplication of a human embryo.]

This ‘93 cloning was the first publicly revealed & publicly accepted human cloning,
but the truth is that it had
already been done for about 30 years secretly. In December, 1993’s newsletter 1 had
a followup article on
cloning where I reviewed what the media was telling people about cloning after the
‘first" human cloning had
been announced. My article also discussed the novel Multiple Man which is about how
exact copies of the
President are made. The book has some surprising similarities with what they
actually did with President Carter!

Finally in September of ’96, this author’s newsletter came out with its fourth
article on cloning. This appendix is
not the final word on the topic. The whole topic about clones, synthetics,
robotoids and doubles could have a
great deal more said. This appendix is merely a review of what those four articles
contained. Cloning also
relates in a big way to the cranial/body manipulation that was introduced in this
book. It also relates to the group
mind/proxying that is being done. Perhaps at some point this author can go into the
deeper intricacies of cloning,
but for now this appendix will provide its information in the following format:

Section A. The "Future Shock" that this topic subjects the common person to.

What happens when a technologically backward people are suddenly confronted with a
technologically
advanced people? What happens is that people are called on to change, in many cases
the stress is what Alvin
Toffler described and called "Future Shock". The overstimulation of new ideas, new
decisions, new ways of
looking at things can cause great distress to the mind and body. Radical changes to
adapt to the new situation
are demanded. In the case of the Navajo, one can see pickups parked beside hogans.
In Nepal where I lived, the
Nepalese had never gone through a horse and buggy era, so they had no word for
drive in their language. When
cars suddenly appeared— the first was carried into Katmandu on the backs of
porters, they had no word for
"drive", so they used the words they had "sit and go." So where we say "Let’s drive
to town." They would say
literally, "Let’s sit and go to town."

The American people have in general been kept in the dark about the limits of
scientific developments. The
known reasons people have not learned are varied. The Cold War was one reason.
Capitalist corporate
advantage is another reason. They call it trade secrets. Scientific pride and the
ability to outstrip other
researchers is another, and for the public just their technical jargon is enough to
prevent people from closely
watching the level of research going on.

But underlying most of the coverup is this: that the overall satanic plan is to
keep people ignorant of these
scientific advances BECAUSE they are being used quite often to control and
manipulate the world. What has
developed is a situation where the American people are no longer in touch with
where the elite’s secret
technology is. It is clear that the elite know this and are aware that some of the
"Future Shock" needs to reduced

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 288 of 296

if they don’t want to self-destruct society. You need to be aware (mentally

prepared) that most of the readers of
this will experience future shock when they read that cloning of humans is possible
& has gone on for decades.
The elite had a dilemma. If society isn’t moved forward to match their secret
scientific advances, it will soon be
like cave-men meeting modern-day men. Society won’t be capable of adjusting— only
self-destructing. On the
other hand they certainly can’t tell us what they are already doing, because they
are using this technology
against us to control us. For this reason they are giving us movies that show us
things that they have already
invented— but these are put forth as fiction in these Hollywood films. They hope to
lesson the Future Shock,
which their own secrecy has greatly contributed toward creating, while maintaining
control over the general
population.

SOME OF THE FILMS THAT SHOW EXISTING TECHNOLOGY:

Clone— cloning; Jurassic Park— cloning

Genesis II— underground genetics laboratories that are connected by tube shuttles.

Terminal Man— brain stem implants

Star Trek— various items. In addition to some of today’s secret technology being
shown, the attitudes and beliefs
shown on the two series, especially Star Trek the Next Generation are the attitudes
the Satanic elite want people
to have.

READERS PREPARE FOR FUTURE SHOCK

The Scriptures give strong indications that genetic monsters, the half-breed
Nephalim will exist in the end times.
God’s Word also forecasts that the mark of beast will be needed for buying &
selling.

One item conveyed by the Bible’s book of Revelation is that totally unexpected
sudden change will characterize
the end times. Christians need to be prepared for unusual big changes. So great
will these changes be that the
nations will be distressed, and men’s hearts will fail them for fear (LK 21:25-27).
The Bible predicted that
knowledge shall increase in the last days before Christ returns. (DN 12:4) But that
knowledge will be used for
evil, because the Bible also says that the world will be totally corrupt as in
Noah’s time (MT 24:37)— which was
a time of the genetic monsters, the half-bred Nephalim. It also says men and horses
will be out of work. (ZEC
8: 10) And it is believed that Nahum 2:3-4 must be describing automobiles, and that
Isaiah 31:5, and 60:8 are
describing and prophesying airships in the last day. The description of the "mark
of the beast" is startlingly
accurate in describing the microchip which is being inserted into people’s hands
and foreheads.

The information that is allowed out for the public to access has been heavily
censored. Still in spite of all the
intense secrecy, if a person takes the time to dig and to find key items written by
scientists, enough of a shadow
picture develops to allow a person to realize that they already can produce several
things the public is unaware
of. Many times the articles will discuss only a tiny aspect of a larger process, or
will say we have the knowledge
to do such and such but the actual doing is years away. And somehow people swallow
that we could have the
capability to do it, but aren’t. For instance, in a book that was published in
1979, Robert Gilmore McKinnel,
Professor of Genetics and Cell Biology, College of Biological Sciences, University
of Minnesota, wrote "It has
been reported that mice and some large domestic animals have been cloned. Humans
have not. Because the
reproductive biology of humans. ..is similar to that of mice and other mammals, it
is likely that humans could be
cloned." Some of the men who know what is actually being done, are afraid to tell
what they know. However, I
do not have neither a professional reputation nor a job to guard. I have never
taken any oath of secrecy to any of
these organizations of the establishment. I can simply tell you the truth without
fear.

Section B. Instructions on how to clone a person.

For those who want the medical description of just one way that cloning of people
can be done (and this
capability has been around for at least a decade— and much longer secretly.) The
idea that we don’t have the

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 289 of 296

knowledge to do it is simply a myth for public consumption. Any microbiologist

worth anything knows that we
have the knowledge and the means— they can only claim that cloning of humans hasn’t
happened because
supposedly no one wants to do it.

A TECHNIQUE-INSTRUCTIONS HOW TO CLONE A HUMAN:

The ovulation and ovaries of the woman can be monitored. Just before natural
ovulation, there is an increase of
luteinizing hormone which is called the luteinizing hormone surge. This can be
detected by either blood or urine
samples. The growth of the follicle can be monitored by visualization with ovarian
ultrasonography. Ultrasound
diagnosis will reveal on which side of the woman’s ovaries the ripening follicle is
found. This procedure will
allow people to know when the follicle is ripe for the retrieval of the oocyte.

When the time is appropriate a hollow aspiration needle is inserted into one or
several ripe follicles under visual
guidance of the laparoscope. The oocyte is removed with some follicular fluid.
Experienced laparoscopists have
a success rate over 90% in recovering the oocyte. Prior to this, it is likely that
the woman will have been given
Clomiphene citrate, or this drag used in combination with another drag so that
there will be several eggs that
can be retrieved at one time.

The oocytes obtained from the ripe ovarian follicles are not fertilized when
retrieved, although another process
would be to fertilize first, before extracting. If they don’t fertilize first, then
they can take the harvested oocytes
and incubate them in a culture medium for several hours to get maturation. They
need maturation because they
have been taken from the ovary before ovulation, and are not as mature as
spontaneously ovulated ova.

Thawed or fresh semen is washed and certifuged so that it will be diluted to the
proper concentration to fertilize
in vitro. The in vitro fertilization is carried out. After some amount of hours,
(about 12) both pronuclei are
identifiable for enucleation. The enucleation is accomplished with either one of
two well-established methods.
One method is to surgically enucleate it with a micropipette, another is with a
bleb of cytoplasm containing both
the male and female pronuclei. Either method has worked fine. These nuclei by the
way have been obtained
from the inner-cell mass of an early human embryo. This again is a well established
practice.

Let us digress slightly and explain the method to obtain the nuclei. The zona
pellucida must be removed from a
cultured embryo, the trophectoderm separated from the inner cell mass, and then,
the cells dissociated with an
appropriate enzyme in a calcium-and magnesium-free salt solution. Going back to the
cloning process, there are
several methods for doing a donor nucleus (obtained from its source using the just
mentioned method) with
enucleated cytoplasm (obtained from the woman’s in vitro fertilized ovum). One
might be to surgically implant
it with a micropipette, another is fusion with an inactivated Sendai virus.
Whichever way is considered most
viable by those performing this will be used. And then the human nuclear transplant
will be cultured until it can
be placed into a human foster mother.

When the clone has reached the 8 - to 16 cell stage it will be transferred into the
foster mother. If needed, the
transfer can be done later, and the clone is simply frozen. When the transfer takes
place, the clone is drawn into
a fine plastic tube (a catheter) which, then in turn, would be introduced through
the cervical canal into the
interior of the uterus. — This is just one process for successfully cloning humans.
Other more refined
techniques may well be in use.

Section C. The four types of ‘clones’ that are used by the Illuminati:
Cl. Actual Clones. This is a person who has been grown from a test tube (called "in
vitro") or implanted womb,
which has the identical genetic makeup to another person— an identical twin so to
speak in terms of genetic
makeup. The genetic coding has reproduced, and a new person who is an identical
twin is now in existence.

C2. Synthetic People. These are "persons" who look everybit as real as a real
person, but simulate human
beings. Certain tissues extracted from cattle are the starting point. (This is part
of the reason for cattle
mutilations.) The process is an advancement of a process discovered in the late
1950’ s. This 1959 experiment

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 290 of 296

was reported in a book in 1968 called The Biological Time Bomb by Gordon Rettray
Taylor. Taylor describes
the experiment done in France, "They had extracted DNA from the cells of the khaki
Cam phells and had
injected it into the white Pekins, thinking that just possibly the offspring of the
latter might show some character
derived from khaki Campbells. To their astonishment the actual ducks they injected
began to change. Their
white feathers darkened, and their necks began to take on the peculiar curve which
is a mark of the khaki
Campbell." The scientists working under the auspices of the Rothschilds, (who are
directed by Satan himself)
developed this process by working at secret breakneck speed. They developed an
advanced development of the
process they discovered with the DNA chicken experiment. By the late 1970’s,
synthetic people could be
produced by the Illuminati.

C3. Organic Robotoids. This is an "artificial life" form that is created through
processes that are totally
different than cloning or synthetics. Organic robotoid technology is being made to
make exact as possible copies
of important people such as Presidents and some of their staff. For instance, the
Jimmy Carter who came to
Portland a few years ago who I stood two feet away from and examined visually was
not the Jimmy Carter that
had run for President.

On Easter, 1979 the first robotoid model of Jimmy Carter replaced the man Jimmy
Carter. By the time "Carter"
was seen by me, they must have been on at least robotoid no. 100. This is why a
friend of mine who was
recently in Washington D.C. almost bumped into President Clinton jogging. My friend
was surprised by the lack
of security.

Kaiser Aluminum News which is put out by Kaiser Aluminum & Chemical Corporation put
out a series of
articles to a specialized audience in the 1960’s. This material was also published
under the book title The
Dynamics of Change (Prentice-Hall: Englewood Cliffs, N.J., 1967).

Under the title heading "GENETIC MANIPULATION" we read, "The ability to control the
formation of new
beings may be one of the most basic developments of the future. Recent discoveries
about the nucleonic acids,
the basic building blocks of life, have led to the belief that man may some day be
able to treat genes in such a
way that desired characteristics can be realized..."

Under the heading "MAN-MACHINE SYMBIOSIS" we read, "...Computers exist which can
learn, remember,
see, seek goals, reason, walk, sing on key, talk, be irritable, play games, grasp,
adapt to an environment and
even design improvements in themselves., .man-like computers may one day contain
plasma circulating through
a viscera-like envelope, allowing them to be self-healing."

Under the heading "HUMAN ROBOTS" we read, "...An electronic circuit that imitates
two neurons, the cells of
the human brain, has been built, and has enabled a robot to deal with some
unexpected situations, but the neuron
structure was bulky. The brain has billions of neurons, meaning an incredible
miniaturization job will be
necessary before truly ‘human’ robots are developed." As the reader knows since the
1960’s when this was
written an incredible miniaturation job has been done in computers. What the public
knows of that minituration
is incredible and that is only part of what has actually occurred. In fact,
scientists are now able to manipulate
DNA to create computers.

A basic thing that is needed to create a computer is material that will

consistently change given some type of
"signal". This is because the computer works off of base two— or what is simply an
on— off switch system, or a 0
or 1 system of numbers. Living biological material is superior to other material
for making computers because
the heat created by the methods in conventional computers slows the speed. For
super-computers to work at
great speeds they need to use biological material that will not heat up. This type
of miituration has already been
done. It creates computers far beyond what we are familiar with. Organic robotoids
are amazingly humanlike, so
humanlike that it is hard for the scientists who have created them to get used to
the idea that they are not
humans.
Biological computer brains for the robotiods came as a result of research into
holograms. If you tear up a
conventional photograph you ruin it, but if you tear up the film that produces a
hologram, each piece still

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 291 of 296

contains almost all the same image. This is why part of the brain of people can be
removed and the brain regain
what it had lost. A holographic image of a person’s brain is made, and then when
the brain of a robotoid is
made, the biological computer in its head is caused to form according to the
holographic record of a person
being copied. Some deviations from the holographic record are needed, because the
"person" is a robotoid and
not a person. The brain of the robotoid has almost all of the correct memory of the
person reproduced, but the
robotoid brain is really a computer made from biological material which is
programmed, it is not a human brain.

First, "Clinton" has the energy to jog because it may well be a robotoid, and
second thing, an assassination of a
robotoid is not so serious. These robotoids have a biological computer-brain that
is programmed. They can think
in the sense a computer thinks, but secret advances in understanding the human
brain, have allowed the makers
of organic robotoids to have the memory of a person at a given point in time
transferred to an organic robotoid.
The key then for making what appears to be a clone— but they are not a real clone—
is to capture the person to be
copied and make a holographic copy of the brain memory and transfer that to the
robotoid.

How the memory of a person is transferred for the organic robotoids. In order to
successfully make human
organic robotoids— in a sense to make bionic robots— the ability to simulate the
personality of the person being
copied was necessary. The only viable solution was to learn how the brain coded
memory and duplicate that
process. The brain is entering into its memory about 10 million bits of information
a second. The incredible
storage capability of the human brain which weighs on the average 3.25 lbs in human
males and 2.9 lbs in
human females is incredible. The brain can easily store 100 million billion bits of
information. It’s no wonder
we don’t use it all.

All the computers in the world put together do not compare with one intelligent
person’s brain. Numerous tests
and experiments from many different angles all showed investigators that the brain
stored information as a
hologram. The place in the brain where a memory is stored isn’t in just one
location. Memories are stored in
synapses in sequence, but they are stored in a holographic method. From what I
understand, rhythmic pulses
radiate from a small area of the brain like a stone creates ripples in a pond.
Waves go through the cerebrum, in
the way that laser light is used to create a hologram. Different frequencies are
used by the brain and different
neuron impulses are used to reference (tag) the different details. These tags are
the brain’s own codes or
reference standards for cataloging information. The brain has to be able to access
the encoder/decoder
(holographic code standards) for a particular piece of information to be retrieve
for the conscious.

Brain injuries can destroy one decoder, and leave other decoders for a memory
intact. When a multiple (a person
with MPD/DID) is created layers and layers of amnesia walls (actual walls) are
built into the brain, and then
specific codes are created which cause the mind to bring these compartments of
memory to the surface. Each
compartment is built into an alter (personality) or a functioning part of the
System (built somewhat like a series
of computers). Where a normal person may be aware of a conscious and a somewhat
subconscious track running
simultaneously, the mind of a multiple runs several tracks at once.

On a local level within the brain, researchers have called a memories storage unit
an engram. Polypeptidenucleic
acid holds a piece of information, such as a trauma memory. Proteins and other
substances are involved in the
memory process. How a person eats can influence their mental abilities. But it must
be born in mind that a
memory is retained holographically in countless locations in the memory storage
area of the brain, just as the
ripples of a stone dropped into water flow throughout an entire pond. The mind will
have a number of reference
points from which a particular memory can be decoded. The information that is
stored in the brain is both
dynamic and holographic. It is not stored like a book. If the dynamic impulses of
the brain cease, so do the
memories. Freezing and reviving a human brain will serve to erase its memory.

1 will try to explain things in clear terms if the reader will bear with me. The
reason that we recogmze objects so
quickly is that the brain performs what is similar to what researchers call a
Fourier transfer. Messages are
transmitted through Fourier-transform messages. What is a Fourier-transform
message? A Fourier transform is a
mathematical method where a complex wave, or a complex pattern is broken down and
converted into a
basically longer, but precise signal of simpler frequencies. In other words a
squiggly line is hard to
communicate, but via the Fourier transform it becomes a string of numbers which is
quite easy to transmit. In

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 292 of 296

other words, a complex squiggly line and a straight line after the conversion are
both just as easy to record. The
brain stores information in a form similar to a Fourier transform, so that when it
must look for similar patterns, it
can quickly overlook everything but another identical Fourier transform pattern. A
mental comparison is done
so quick that it gives the ability to the brain to "instantly" recognize people who
one hasn’t seen for years. The
Holograms of memory that the brain makes are transmitted through Fourier-transform
messages. Holograms are
hard to destroy, for each piece contains the whole. Rip a holograph in half and you
still have the same picture.
Rip it in half again and the same picture remains. After a great many cuts in half
the holograph begins to get a
little fuzzy, as it loses some of its detail, but the entire picture is still
there. That is why memories begin to get
somewhat fuzzy, because we are only puffing up a small piece of brain that recorded
the memory. However, if
we can pull up more of the holographic image of the memory we get a more distinct
detailed picture.

It was secret research into holograms that gave Illuminati scientists the ability
to copy the memory of an entire
brain. A holographic image is made of the host’s brain and that is transferred into
the biological matter
functioning as a brain of the robotoid. Since the body and brain of the robotoid
are not identical to the original
person being copied, adjustments have to be taught and programmed into the mind of
the robotoid. The entire
process is sophisticated, but then so are many manufacturing processes today.

C4. Doubles (look alikes). There is an ongoing program to find look alikes for
prominent people, as well as a
program to create secret identical twins (which are separated at birth and never
see each other).

George Bush’s double was promiscuous, while George Bush is a pedophile. His double
was living in France
after Bush was no longer President. By the use of doubles, (or one of the
synthetics or organic robotoids) the
elite are able to sneak away and perform satanic rituals. On certain occasions, if
Clinton or Bush only needed to
do low level tasks in front of the public, they could have their double substitute
for them. The Illuminati
working with several organizations has had a look alike operation where doubles of
certain key people are found
and then used.

In the book Desert Shield and The New World Order pub. by Northpoint Tactical
Teams, Topton, NC, if you
look on page 32 you will see a picture of the original FDR who had a mole over his
eyes and then you will a see
a picture of the double of Roosevelt who they used, who had no mole and had
different ear lobes. Roosevelt
may have died prior to when it was actually announced.

Over the years I have seen numerous photos exposing either the Robotoids or the
doubles that they use. This
author’s previous S' ’93 article had some pictures about the dead Pope Paul VI, who
my Be Wise As Serpents
book said was murdered. This recent Pope was replaced with a double who had had
plastic surgery. As a double
gets older the plastic surgery will not look as convincing, because time changes
people differently. One ex-
Catholic said the whole thing sounded like science fiction. It does sound far out
at first, but the evidence is there
for people to see. For myself, the ex-Illuminati have told me about the double’s
program. From what I
understand the double or look-alike program has been more successful than the
robotoids and synthetics. The
reason is that people live longer and are more dependable in some ways. The project
to find look alikes for
prominent people has been very successful. Plastic surgery has also been done to
help touch up the doubles.

Section D. Secret cloning sites (See also Appendix B, where D.U.M. bases are
listed.)

Ada, Oklahoma’s underground facility is being used to clone humans. The other
cloning facilities are turning
out weird creatures. Due to the processes involved they give off lots of gamma
radiation (Gamma is at the far
end of the electromagnetic wave spectrum— it is even a longer wave than
ultraviolet). Because they give off
Gamma radiation, these facilities must be deep underground. The cloning is done at
level 7. The average depth
(according to one of the men who built these Deep Underground Facilities - D.U.M.)
is 5,600’.

The secret government has been building them no stop since W.W. II. I personally
have only been in an
underground city in Oahu, HA, but I have spoken to others who are wanting to save
humanity and stop the
NWO, and these witnesses know a lot about the underground facilities.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 293 of 296

One of the men who betrayed the human race and helped with the cloning was Austrian
born Simon
Wiesenthal. Simon Wiesenthal, was a US intelligence agent with a photographic
memory (perhaps a scarred
brain stem). Wiesenthal seriously hunted Nazis that were not on the CIA’s payroll
or CIA associated groups.
Simon Wiesenthal, under the disguise of being a great Nazi hunter, actually
assisted protecting the FBI’s and the
CIA’s agents who were Nazi criminals. Wiesenthal tried to stop CBS from doing a
show exposing the FBI-Nazi
connection.

Jewish Intelligence (the Moussad) knew all about the hundreds if not thousands of
Nazi War criminals that
worked for American Intelligence and the FBI, but never went public about it.
Instead they occasionally used
the information as leverage against American intelligence. One of the code no.s for
Simon Wiesenthal given by
a Monarch slave was something like 063 097. If someone else knows the full and
correct code for him, go ahead
and share it.

Unholy Trinity is a book written about how the Vatican, the US State Department,
and MI-6 smuggled Nazis
out of Germany at the end of WW II. An entire book could be written about the
thousands of die hard Nazis
who have been working for American intelligence, however Simon Wiesenthal’ s name
is mentioned here
because he helped start the cloning for the worst elements of the NWO.

OREGON’S UNDERGROUND SECRET CLONING FACILITY

In at least one of my newsletters, the secret cloning facility at Bull Run near Mt.
Hood, OR was discussed. Bull
Run is a large tract of forested land with some water reservoirs/lakes that is set
up to help provide water for the
Portland Metro area. My house on Lincoln St. was also near 8 reservoirs that were
built at nearby Mt. Tabor.
These reservoirs at Mt. Tabor were for Portland drinking water too. The Mt. Tabor
reservoirs have simple single
fences on their perimeter, and people are able to throw garbage into these
reservoirs if they want to be nasty.
However, the Bull Run water supply which is very isolated is extremely well
protected. It is rare that people
would stray up into the area anyway. People are told that this large tract of land
is simply for Portland’s water
supply, and yet several years ago a Patriot military unit reconned the area after
getting info from me. They were
able to identify 3 strongly guarded rings of defense at the Bull Run reservoir. The
area has lots of electronic
surveillance, etc. It is either the most valuable water on God’s green earth, or
there is something else in the
vicinity of Larch Mountain (south of the famous Multnomah Falls which sit on 1-84)—
something besides a water
reservoir. Of course, those in the know, know that it’s an underground facility
which the CIA use. It’s not an
accident Tektronics here in the Portland area does work/research with holograms.

FURTHER INVESTIGATIONS AT DULCE’S UNDERGROUND CLONING FACILITY

My article about Dulce [which I investigated in person on foot] also sparked a

small group of dedicated
Christians to try to retrace my steps and find the Duke facility. They reported
back to me that they found
nothing and that the reservation police and the local people claimed they’d never
even heard of any underground
facility. All I can say is that, doesn’t that strike you as fishy that all kinds of
people have been up in that area
looking for the site, interviewing the Jicarilla Apaches that live in the area for
years, talking about Dulce over
Art Bell’s Radio show, etc. and locals have never heard anything about it?? At the
very least they should know
that other people looked for the site. The reservation and town of Dulce, NM have a
small population. There is
little that everyone doesn’t know about what goes on in the area, and yet they are
surprised by the topic of an
underground facility? The whole thing smells like the key people in the area have
been convinced to keep their
mouths shut & pretend they know nothing.

My comments: sometimes when you’re looking for a rat, you’ll smell it before you
see it. According to someone
who has worked in the Dulce Underground Facility the openings on the north and SW
face (Aztec Cliffs) are
still in use. Actually the cliff that has a face that looks like an Aztec on Mt.
Archeleta has been cemented shut
because hikers kept straying into the area. A deep needle detector which could
detect metal or magnetism deep
down could reveal the Dulce Underground Facility— but people who get this close
often disappear.

SUMMARY OF THE FOUR METHODS.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 294 of 296
This Appendix covers 4 different methods that have been used to make copies of
people, these were cloning,
creating synthetic duplicates, creating organic robotoids, and finding look alike
doubles. [Programs for all four
of these methods have had almost unlimited funding by the intelligence/Illuminati
elite.]

Next, the basic principles for creating a synthetic human were covered. Synthetic
humans were in some ways
found to be superior to the robotoids that were created. The first few years of
robotoids were fraught with
problems. [Since my inside information is somewhat dated, I cannot give readers the
status of current robotoid
abilities, however, I believe from what I’ve seen that the program continues.]

The synthetics were people who had their genes altered to look more like the person
they were to copy. The
robotoids were the formation of new beings that look human but are actually bionic
robots. Their memories
were created by using living "brain tissue" which is some type of programmable
living biological matter, and
programming this material as a sophisticated computer. In order to get the memory
of the person being copied, a
holographic image of the person’s brain is made and transferred to the robotoid.
Because the robotoid "brain" is
not functioning like a human (although the end result is nearly identical so that
viewers have to know what
differences to look for), there are of course some adjustments that have to be made
after the holographic image
of the host is transferred to the living biological matter that will function as
the brain of the robotoid. Lord
Willing, this author may write some more on this topic later. The ability of the
Illuminati to copy people using
the 4 methods listed above, are not going to be the deciding factor in their moves
to control the world, but it
does give them a great deal of flexibility in their operations. This author
frequently reflects on the words of the
Illuminati Grand Master who told Cisco, who was then a child, while touring a
cloning facility, "Never, never
think you are seeing who you think you are seeing.’

FINAL NOTES.

As this author’s reflects back on what’s gone into this first part, he can’t help
thinking about how God will
reveal all things that are secret. (See Dan, 2:22 and other verses). The prophet
Daniel called him the revealer of
secrets." The secrets which are revealed in this book are minuscule compared to
what God Almighty will reveal
in His day. And as this author reflects back he realizes that there is so much more
that could be said.

This author has neglected to get my information about the Clintons into this. For
instance, this author
interviewed a woman who went to school with Hillary, and two of Hillary’s mind-
control victims. Our
establishment media have neglected to tell the American people about Bill Clinton’
s roots & ties in Hot Springs,
Ark.

Hot Springs is a city that has forty-seven thermal springs which have brought the
jet set from all over the world.
The mafia syndicate & their nightclubs made Hot Springs a hot bed of vice,
gambling, prostitution. During the
1920’ s the territory so popular with organized crime, that they classified the
territory "neutral ground" like they
did Hollywood. In the early 1960’s, Hot Springs had the largest illegal gambling
operations in the entire U.S.
Billy’s uncle Roy was a politician in Arkansas’s legislature connected to all this
mess. And Bill Clinton’s uncle
Raymond Clinton, who had a Buick dealership, was tied to all this corruption.

Bill & his brother Roger’s cocaine habits are well known by those familiar with
them, as well as their wild
parties at the Coachman’s Inn, Little Rock, Ark. What are not known are Hillary &
Bill’s membership in the
secret Illuminati.

And for some reason some of their more intimate associates are also not known, such
as Charles "Chip"
Whitmore, a Satanist & programmer. Chip & Bill have met often on a weekly basis
over the years. This
continues, for instance when Bill was in England so was Chip, when Bill went to
Florida so did Chip. Chip
played drums with mind-control programmer Jerry Lee Lewis. He was also a friend of
Jack Ruby. (It’s a small
world at the top of corruption.) Chip owns Cash McCool’s Tavern. He is 5’6, glasses
for his poor eyesight, has
good hearing, and has a filthy mouth. He changes the car he owns & drives every 3-5
months. Chip had a
programmed girl murder a man, and then the Network got him off of his murder
charges. Chip’s family’s Villa
Mare in Little Rock was pictured in the opening shots of Designing Women.

http://www. whale. to/b/sp/springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 295 of 296

Chip Whitm ore has been in charge of assassinations in his area, and controls the
local law enforcement in
Arkansas. Jack Stevens, said to be the largest investment banker in Little Rock, is
CIA/part of the Network. He
exchanged information with Chip via their mutual black cleaning lady. Further,
Whitmore & Stevens tie in with
a string of corruption that extends into the Assembly of God churches & other parts
of Churchianity.

Over Chip is a Dr. Paul Palmer. The media just gives us glimpses of the depth of
occult corruption. For instance,
Insight magazine Feb. 26, ’96, page 48, in an article by Suzanne Fields had a photo
of Hillary’s backside
wearing what appeared to be a golden dragon on her black coat when she went to
court to talk about the Rose
Law Firm billing records. She has sometimes been called the Dragon lady for good
reasons. Will today’s
modern equivalents to shamans, our psychiatric community help protect us from
murderers like Chip
Whitmore? Not likely.

The Biographical Directory of Fellows and Members of the American Psychiatric

Association reveals that in
1957 there were 7,104 American members in the American Psychiatric Association. Of
those 7,104, a total of
1,253 had moved to America from Germany and Eastern Europe. This helps us
understand the enormous
influence Operation Paperclip had on America. Operation Paperclip was the CIA’s
project to smuggle Nazi
criminals into our nation, some of which have now made Penn’s campus infamous. No
wonder the False
Memory Spindrome got started at Pennsylvania University. We were warned by a
psychiatrist in a Weekly
World News story of Jan. 9, 1996 about a strange new sleeping disorder where people
die after seeing a hooded
robe figure chase them. This new "Deadly Dream Syndrome" sounds strongly like mind-
control. Perhaps there
is no way to have given the readers anything but a drop in the bucket.

Some of the details that got left out on the way include:

the Seventh-Day Adventist church’s secret cooperation with the government to supply
young men (1,500) for
government experiments called Operation Whitecoat;

how the Dept, of Energy set up hotlines for victims of radiation experiments, in
other words the fox is in control
of where the victim goes for help;

Peter A. Petito, "Mr. Intelligence" in Italy, and his connections to the Network;

William Randolph Hearst’ s costume parties and his half dozen homes like San
Simeon;

Torrance, CA’s Penthouses and Disney’s mind-control;

the Masonic peace sign of uplifted hands with wrists crossed in the film 1984;

the movie Army of Darkness with its mirror image programming, "London Bridges
falling down" programming
ditty, etc.;

how FEMA works with the 6th Army that Aquino was part of, how Voodooism uses
Waterfalls for healing
such as at Sardo, Haiti;

how Mothers of Darkness alters are trained to love a marble, fed the marble, care
for it, and then to shatter it
with a hammer until its fine like salt and then to repeat the process and only
split the marble but not crush it as
part of their training to program;

how a certain torture is done to make the victim think they have a butterfly as a
head with the head of the
butterfly in their third eye area;

how scribbling is used to anchor programming in child victims;

programmed soul-ties to aliens;

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007

Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula by Fritz Springmeier & Cisco Wheeler
Page 296 of 296

Mr. Greenjean’s (of Capt. Kangaroo) talk of Mr. Moon & how it was used for
programming;

the blood sacrifices under the Temple Mount on March 13th this year;

the Masonic corruption in Arcadia, FL and the G. Pierce Wood Memorial Hospital;

how secret meetings of the CIA have studied how UFOs could be used as "clever
hostile propaganda" trick to
take advantage of the populace’s gullibility; how Mengele’s family never claimed
his bones— they knew they
weren’t the real ones, and how the International Red Cross gave him an I.D.S. to
travel with; South Africa’s
occult Shu Shung Palace... maybe someone else will pick up where this author has
left off, the mind-control is
all around us !

[back] [home]

http ://w w w . whale . to/b/ sp/ springmeier.html

3/1/2007